公告:由于近期本站访问量增加,单核VPS不足以提供足够的性能为各位服务,网站访问速度较慢。请考虑向我们捐赠,帮助我们升级服务器!

用户:随便问我

来自BetaWorld 百科
跳转到导航 跳转到搜索

尚未添加到任何已有项目中的内容:

疑点暂存

Win 3.11 for workgroups Hebrew RTM(the one version 3.11.050):

该版hebrew rtm比后发RTM(无050标识)出的更早,两者皆为RTM。

泰语版wfw3.11rtm版本3.11.0

Win 3.11 for workgroups Russian 1993-10-14 version:

情况可能和win3.2 redchina一样,但因为语言不通找不出决定性的证据。

待写内容

Win3.0 MME待加OEM版: IBM OEM, Creative Labs OEM, NEC OEM(PC98) MS Team Manager 97 Beta 3 Microsoft Mini Manager build 034

可能有用的key

部分过于难看的内容经过排版,key本身不动。

WindowsXP 2520 Pro 英文版--60天免激活序列号:
RK7J8-2PGYQ-P47VV-V6PMB-F6XPQ

Windows XP 2505 RC1--序列号:
DTWB2-VX8WY-FG8R3-X696T-66Y46
Q3R8Y-MP9KD-3M6KB-383YB-7PK9Q
411Y0-URB45-34R3B-310N6-70U51
F0R6R-347JU-57IC3-M0V34-11Z16
50M38-0DY53-7UPU5-7H380-M8111

Microsoft Whistler Professional Beta 2 2462繁体中文版
S/N:QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y

Microsoft Windows Millennium B2 V4.90.2438 98 第三版中文完整测试版
S/N:RBDC9-VTRC8-D7972-J97JY-PRVMG

Microsoft Windows Whistler Pro CD-Key:
F6PGG-4YYDJ-3FF3T-R328P-3BXTG
...............................................
Windows 2000 Professional RC3
VXKC4-2B3YF-W9MFK-QB3DB-9Y7MB

Windows 2000 Server RC3
H6TWQ-TQQM8-HXJYG-D69F7-R84VM
..............................................
Windows 95 v4.00.950 R2 : 875-7215850

Windows 95 v4.00.950 R3/R6 : 975-4769754

Windows98 build 1708 and 1720 and maybe others - 
Serial Number: HGBRM-RBK3V-M9FXV-YCXDK-V38J4

Memphis (WIN 98): K4HVD-Q9TJ9-6CRX9-C9G68-RQ2D3

Win98 Second Edition V 4.10.2174 A 
Serial Number C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ

Microsoft Windows Whistler Build 2505RC1/2509postRC1
BJXGH-4TG7P-F9PRP-K6FJD-JQMPM

Microsoft Windows Whistler Beta 2 Build 2502/2504
JJWKH-7M9R8-26VM4-FX8CC-GDPD8

Microsoft Windows Whistler Beta 2 Build 2486
BJXGH-4TG7P-F9PRP-K6FJD-JQMPM

Microsoft Windows Whistler Beta 2 Build 2474-2499
DTWB2-VX8WY-FG8R3-X696T-66Y46

Microsoft Windows Whistler Beta 2 Build 2469
Q3R8Y-MP9KD-3M6KB-383YB-7PK9Q

Microsoft Windows Whistler Beta 1 Build 2462-2465
DW3CF-D7KYR-KMR6C-3X7FX-T8CVM
QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y
DW3CF-D7KYR-KMR6C-3X7FX-T8CVM

Microsoft Windows Whistler Build 2296 & 2458
QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y
VXKC4-2B3YF-W9MFK-QB3DB-9Y7MB

Windows 98 Build 1708/Build 1720:
HGBRM-RBK3V-M9FXV-YCXDK-V38J4

Windows 98 Build 1708:
BBH2G-D2VK9-QD4M9-F63XB-43C33

Windows 98 Build 1720:
HGBRM-RBK3V- M9FXV-YCXDK-V38J4

Windows 98 Build 1723:
HGBRM-RBK3V-M9FXV-YCXDK-V38J4

Windows 98 OSR Beta Refresh beta 2 and up to build 2150:C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ

Windows 95(other build keys):
875-7215850
100-1208613
757-2573155

Windows 95 (build 490) : 100-1208613

Windows 98 OSR Beta Refresh - CD-Key: C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 2 - CD-Key: C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ
Windows 98 OSR1 Build 2150 - CD-Key: C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ
Windows 98 OSR1 v4.10.2126 - CD-Key: C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ
Windows 98 OSR1 v4.10.2131 - CD-Key: C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ

Windows 97 Code: 26495-OEM-0004791-53803

.............................................
Windows XP Home Build 2542-2600
s/n: 4C4DQ-323QV-XBWTX-CX8YQ-3KJKM

Microsoft Windows Vista Build 5308
S/N: Client_S/N: R4HB8-QGQK4-79X38-QH3HK-Q3PJ6
Server_S/N: WBVG8-4JPQB-6HJ6H-XH7YY-D2GQY

Windows Vista 5308
S/N: WGDJW-B8DYC-WVKX4-6MKF4-B8PK8

Windows Vista Beta 2 32bit
S/N: V4TYH-74MWQ-6VTBQ-XRD3V-9MMX2

Windows vista beta 2 build 5342
S/N: GKFV7-F2D9H-QKYXY-777P3-4M73W 
TGX39-HB48W-R29DH-6BVKB-3XFDW 
Q8WDJ-TR4KJ-X8WHM-GVGV3-H74C3 
CKY24-Q8QRH-X3KMR-C6BCY-T847Y 
C6RDR-7PC77-476GM-VYMGD-DDH2B 
R4HB8-QGQK4-79X38-QH3HK-Q3PJ6

Windows Vista Beta 5259
S/N: TGX39-HB48W-R29DH-6BVKB-3XFDW

windows vista beta2
S/N: BV8W7-2Q9TX-KDHP9-9B98J-439WT

Windows Vista Beta2 Build 5384.4
S/N: PVYFQ-2JTBV-9KXQ2-FQHDY-MTBVH

Windows Vista build 5536
Name: Chris
S/N: 6BJ24-CGPHV-FKX6G-4RJ3C-T24FV
for any think ask me:) i am a webmaster

Windows Vista RC1 (build 5600)
S/N: BV8W7-2Q9TX-KDHP9-9B98J-439WT

Windows Vista RC2 5744
S/N: PVYFQ-2JTBV-9KXQ2-FQHDY-MTBVH

windows vista
版本: Beta2 /560
网址: www.microsoft.com/de/
S/N: GKFV7-F2D9H-QKYXY-777P3-4M73W
PVYFQ-2JTBV-9KXQ2-FQHDY-MTBVH
Gild für die Aktuell gültige deutsche Downloadversion unter:
http://download.windowsvista.com/preview/rc1/de/download.htm

Windows Longhorn 40 CD-keys
DPTWG-M9PGK-2HT2J-JT9R9-6V8WM
WDYW9-4VJ63-RB8PW-46Q37-9M72Y
WF224-7QFP2-4H2H2-62DGW-KXFCY
WF2Q7-R9WJF-24JGX-G6CH8-VWYPY
WF3X4-8WV6F-G8XVK-QYP47-P92KB
WF4BF-QYRYM-TJMXP-BGMKP-CV4CY
WF4C4-29K22-RPTG6-WXW46-BVR9B
WF6BD-RHP7T-3BG4B-9PFH8-T3T6M
WF6QT-42PG6-62966-CFPR4-6JPKB
WF7CM-VGQ2G-638TF-MGGG9-K966M
WDHPT-W2688-D8YCG-MXVMD-QFV2Y
WDJ7X-KJWW7-VY4TP-4XVJ8-3KQGM
WDKK4-D8PVY-82P2D-FRJCH-KKQGM
WDMCX-VV2JX-DPYQP-DWJJR-7BKTM
WDMVM-J3FTT-PXQTX-F62HW-8QH2Y
WDPQX-7W72Y-W7KXV-M32Q3-H672Y
WDPTH-H44HD-3PKGG-QVGY8-HWPKB
WDQ23-28KM8-MYCR6-JGKF3-DXJXB
WDQ48-V8QKY-2GB9V-FPDH8-7KV2Y
WDQJQ-RVHQ3-7TYCG-JQDKH-YWYPY
WDRCM-DRVGY-T3YQY-V47YP-XMF9B
WDRR9-TX2PH-R3633-6G882-KBKTM
WDRYW-G682C-BCDFJ-FB2HJ-YCXTM
WDTCJ-PQGH8-76CRJ-CCH4F-RYBPY
WDTQ4-JTC3D-DQHD2-QBD2M-4DDGM
WDV2M-H8QVB-JDV9X-HW7M4-HPCKB
WDV47-MP3XD-D2MD6-7WDPX-X89TM
WDVQX-KQRY7-9R6F4-W76K4-BJ9TM
WDVRV-JHHYY-49893-HPGRB-78DGM
WDWQT-GTWBK-3PG86-3Q7MT-FKQGM
WDX6J-TKPKP-KXRX3-XK8RB-T89TM
WDXHK-8HTXQ-38BVY-HMRRX-TVCKB
WDY7J-VH676-6W6GJ-3XDGD-B2MPY
WDYJD-P9KWP-FF623-J4GF6-7WYPY
WDYMT-9J8DR-737MH-KC2Q4-JRV2Y
WDYPX-JCTPH-6T6X9-Y9BW2-YWT6M
WDYR9-8W7FJ-MBVDK-8P7X8-D4JXB
WD3B4-8FP2F-HG32G-2TKMJ-HM3GM
WD3K9-Y8JT8-XM6HY-6GPF3-3RQGM
WD3RY-GJD27-PXW6X-FVHX6-7466M
WD46W-G43JC-4RG9H-HB9PP-X3H2Y
WD4JJ-XPXKJ-87976-J7VHP-DBRCY
WD78W-DPJ8G-VB3CM-42T2F-73YPY
WD7RD-K96P7-VBPC7-9J8C7-JMBPY
WD7W4-37XP7-Y2CKW-CBR67-Q9FCY
WD7YP-8CV4R-PKPXJ-M3D4H-V24CY
WD84B-X22FW-J73T4-79BVM-GVXTM
WD86P-7KF33-CQ3GQ-VHCBW-R2MPY
WD86P-XK3DX-4437D-CJJWW-BBWXB
WD8FY-8XYBJ-KKDKB-89T3R-RGKTM
WD8TG-V9FKV-3TJ2M-H83CQ-29V2Y
WD933-G4XVY-YXGYM-BHV3T-89JXB
WD94K-W98PY-T8G66-MYYPF-QGWXB
WD9RT-MPRMB-Q222M-MJC9V-QPG6M
WDB43-R8H38-GG786-4672Y-Y28XB
WDB8R-99G7K-XCP8V-B29CB-DWYPY
WDBHQ-H3QDK-94D78-MYQTD-XRV2Y
WDBHY-G8H69-6P2RT-48HP8-VQYPY
WDC69-H38QC-V942H-K4G3J-2M3GM
WDCX9-J4HDH-8JJR3-QMR4B-MF66M
WDD9T-WGV3D-288R7-64QT2-BXQGM
WDDKH-VV469-KV8BX-6WB8V-PGBPY
WDF72-G3BBF-XY3CY-D8673-3KV2Y
WDFVT-QRDR4-VWWG9-KBKMC-WCR9B
WDG28-JJXKY-F68BM-W3PY3-CBKTM
WDG8H-4R4M3-KPH2F-62JB4-KB72Y
WT7B9-R4R28-WXTWV-J74X7-2W9TM
WT8M7-BCR9K-M46HF-CD22C-X9QGM
WT8XB-B6PJB-YKX7B-MKQRT-8RQGM
WT97G-F23H4-VDXFX-KXRFJ-C4JXB
WTBT9-M24W3-CF92M-33CX7-9KJXB
WTBTB-WGXGQ-PC7DX-77GVJ-63T6M
WTBXH-GR3F7-33BPK-6D6JR-K8H2Y
WTC84-4RFX4-BDFX6-3GFF7-BT3GM
WT7B9-R4R28-WXTWV-J74X7-2W9TM
WT8M7-BCR9K-M46HF-CD22C-X9QGM
WT8XB-B6PJB-YKX7B-MKQRT-8RQGM
WT97G-F23H4-VDXFX-KXRFJ-C4JXB
WTBT9-M24W3-CF92M-33CX7-9KJXB
WTCQX-DVXGV-GY6RW-PGDVR-BWPKB
WTDVV-CDPJD-V4VV9-GBHDM-QKV2Y
WTFPG-K797G-XVH8R-J8K7Q-4D9TM
WTGBG-BBDDT-FBCD4-KMY7V-JJH2Y
WTGWT-2YT9B-4RVY8-GKT36-FX2KB
WTH4M-HBTGH-BQHG2-DYVDC-44QGM
WTH7K-F2V9D-FBXD2-C6JWH-6V8XB
WTJ9D-MP8C4-XWMQ7-VH77T-CBWXB
WTKMP-2VY64-7M7RP-GMVWQ-28YPY
WTKXJ-YFQH9-7PWCP-QWDKT-JKJXB
WTKYR-4HT6D-MQ7WC-BRXVF-VY3GM
WTP6B-V37BV-DM7WK-HVKM9-YT3GM
WTPQK-T4TKD-HG94F-9XG34-M6RCY
WTQJ6-QM6CJ-MKR73-R3FTR-KK2KB
WTQPH-383F2-KB2TP-BHY8T-J2R9B
WTRB8-Q632D-RJ2YQ-PJBQY-6WH2Y
WTRDK-TD2GC-Q2WK9-JY68T-DQ49B
WTT7X-48FDM-3FMM4-9HDPQ-C9FCY
WTVVF-XXC4B-JWKJV-FVTRV-36KTM
WTWJR-76DGP-2226Q-6DC9H-TPG6M
WTWWW-M79FR-CRMRW-JMJBW-6T3GM
WTX2X-3TGXR-9YFMX-CTW47-GGBPY
WTY3H-88DGV-TM22T-8XPJ4-XQYPY
WTYM3-9GK9D-H48BY-WGW2P-3WT6M
WTYQF-HBRKH-RM9JK-67HB9-DMBPY
WV27G-D697P-VHBH4-RKJD3-VDDGM
WV2WH-3WMFB-QKXPM-DVYH8-6P8XB
DPTWG-M9PGK-2HT2J-JT9R9-6V8WM

Windows Vista/Longhorn(Build 5308)
S/N: QGVK9-4Y2VT-6YXTH-74QJV-9G3GG
Got it as a beta tester

Windows 7 Beta 32-bit
S/N: GG4MQ-MGK72-HVXFW-KHCRF-KW6KY

Windows 7 beta Nov. 08 build 6801
S/N: J7PYM-6X6FJ-QRKYT-TW4KF-BY7H9 
D67PP-QBKVV-6FWDJ-4K2XB-D4684 
HQDKC-F3P6D-C9YYM-HRB89-QDBB7 
76DX2-7YMCQ-K2WCP-672K2-BK44W 
2RG93-6XVFJ-RKHQ7-D2RTT-3FMQT 
TT63R-8JGWP-WWT97-R6WQC-4CVWY 
YQJX6-D6TRM-VWBM7-PHDJK-YPXJH 
Q7J7F-GQHBT-Q42RQ-2F8XV-2WKKM 

Windows 7 Build 7000
7XRCQ-RPY28-YY9P8-R6HD8-84GH3 
RFFTV-J6K7W-MHBQJ-XYMMJ-Q8DCH 
482XP-6J9WR-4JXT3-VBPP6-FQF4M
GG4MQ-MGK72-HVXFW-KHCRF-KW6KY
TQ32R-WFBDM-GFHD2-QGVMH-3P9GC
8XPDH-PCKKG-6MPKT-FTM67-ZFMWG
4HJRK-X6Q28-HWRFY-WDYHJ-K8HDH 
GG4MQ-MGK72-HVXFW-KHCRF-KW6KY 
QXV7B-K78W2-QGPR6-9FWH9-KGMM7
6JKV2-QPB8H-RQ893-FW7TM-PBJ73
RFFTV-J6K7W-M HBQJ-XYMMJ-Q8DCH 
JYDV8-H8VXG-74RPT-6BJPB-X42V4 
D9RHV-JG8XC-C 77H2-3YF6D-RYRJ9

Windows 7 RC
S/N: Q3VMJ-TMJ3M-99RF9-CVPJ3-Q7VF3

Windows XP Beta 2 Build 2428
RBDC9-VTRC8-D7972-J97JY-PRVMG 
s/n: : QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y

WINDOWS 97 BETA : MENPHIS 
2859500057111-34276(这啥?)

Microsoft Office 2007 2007 (keine Beta)
S/N: KGFVY-7733B-8WCK9-KTG64-BC7D8
ist die Serial für die Verkaufsversion - nix Beta oder so

Microsoft Office 2007 beta
S/N: HGJH4-9W9FY-8C7B6-P2H6X-9DQ9T

Microsoft Office Professional 2010 Beta
Product Key: 49QGP-V2MRB-XYMYK-Y26V2-YVXYK

Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2007 2007 - Beta2
Name: anything
S/N: MTP6Q-D868F-448FG-B6MG7-3DBKT

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Beta
<u>Enterprise Edition:</u>
S/N: TFGPQ-J9267-T3R9G-99P7B-HXG47
<u>Standard Edition:</u>
S/N: 2T88R-MBH2C-M7V97-9HVDW-VXTGF
<u>Datacenter Edition:</u>
S/N: GQJJW-4RPC9-VGW22-6VTKV-7MCC6
<u>Itanium Based Systems Edition:</u>
S/N: CQ936-9K2T8-6GPRX-3JR9T-JF4CJ
<u>Windows Web Server Edition:</u>
S/N: GT8BY-FRKHB-7PB8W-GQ7YF-3DXJ6
Note: Product Keys for Evaluation

Microsoft Windows Seven (7) Beta
S/N: Windows 7 Beta 32 Bit:
    * 6JKV2-QPB8H-RQ893-FW7TM-PBJ73
    * QXV7B-K78W2-QGPR6-9FWH9-KGMM7
    * 4HJRK-X6Q28-HWRFY-WDYHJ-K8HDH
    * GG4MQ-MGK72-HVXFW-KHCRF-KW6KY
    * TQ32R-WFBDM-GFHD2-QGVMH-3P9GC
Windows 7 Beta 64 Bit:(其他来源补足)
JYDV8-H8VXG-74RPT-6BJPB-X42V4
7XRCQ-RPY28-YY9P8-R6HD8-84GH3
D9RHV-JG8XC-C77H2-3YF6D-RYRJ9
RFFTV-J6K7W-MHBQJ-XYMMJ-Q8DCH
4HJRK-X6Q28-HWRFY-WDYHJ-K8HDH

office 2007 beta 2
Name: open lic key no nead to activate
S/N: RQCRJ-FCTYM-V3PDF-GRD46-9YHXQ
enjoy

Office Professional Plus 2007 Beta 2
S/N: MTP6Q-D868F-448FG-B6MG7-3DBKT

Windows Server 2003 Enterprise rc2 Beta2
S/N: s/n: VQ83Q-89DJ9-X9TG9-QF6MC-FRV2D

Windows .NET Server 2003 German
s/n: CKY24-Q8QRH-X3KMR-C6BCY-T847Y

Windows 2003 Candidated Release
s/n: HJYCJ-647BB-76FYQ-J76JT-P78XD
...........................................
Microsoft Windows 98 1720+
#/HGBRM-RBK3V-M9FXV-YCXDK-V38J4

Microsoft Windows 98 Build 1723
#/HGBRM-RBK3V-M9FXV-YCXDK-V38J4

Microsoft Windows 98 RC4
#/320DD-23GW3-2H9CJ-39FNE-3E3IS

Microsoft Windows 98 RC5
#/K4HVD-Q9TJ9-6CRX9-C9G68-RQ2D3

MS Frontpage 98 3.01 Beta(几个标题都一样)
8067-4039161
8123-0123512
9978-3492547

MS IE Administration Kit 3.1 (IEAK)
Install code: 1234567792

MS Outlook 98 Final Beta
#/1112-1111111

Windows 95 (build 490)
100-1208613

Windows 95 950 r2
8757215850

Windows 95 950 r6
9754769754

Windows 95 v4.00.950 R2
875-7215850

Windows 95 v4.00.950 R3/R6
975-4769754

WINDOWS 98
RC5 CD KEY - K4HVD-Q9TJ9-6CRX9-C9G68-RQ2D3

Windows 98 Build 1708
HGBRM-RBK3V-M9FXV-YCXDK-V38J4

Windows 98 SE RC3 Build 2222
C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ

Windows 98 Second Edition RC3 Build 2222
C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ

Windows RC5
Possible key is K4HVD-Q9TJ9-6CRX9-C9G68-RQ2D3

Memphis 1713 Released (Win98)
HGBRM-RBK3V-M9FXV-YCXDK-V38J4

Microsoft Money v2.01 beta for Windows
00-105-0200-99999979
...........................................
MicroSoft Windows 98 Second Edition RC1
C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ

MicroSoft Windows 98 Second Edition RC2
FTBT6-96WDC-384FQ-WF482-Q3M73
...........................................
Windows 95 950 r2 - 875-7215850
Windows 95 950 r3 - 975-4769754
Windows 95 950 r6 - 975-4969754
...........................................
(这些看起来是被截断了)
Memphis 1410 beta 1          :09-A12345
Microsoft Money v2.01 beta (Win3)     : #: 00-105-0200-99999979
Microsoft Office 97 Pro Beta          : cdkey: 0701-0743365
Microsoft Works v4.0 beta             : #: 33977-053-0111756
...........................................
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.RC2.3718.CHS.iso
SN : CKY24-Q8QRH-X3KMR-C6BCY-T847Y
SN : KRMXQ-BJDUW-J89MB-7767F-PVR8M
...........................................
windows vista rc2 中文版
FCDW7-QP4XD-R48GT-Q47Y3-HTR9P
...........................................
  Windows Server 2008 R2 RC各版的测试产品序列号:
  ·Windows Server 2008 R2 Release Candidate Enterprise(标准版)
  Product Code : Q7Y83-W4FVQ-6MC6C-6QQTD-TPM88
  ·Windows Server 2008 R2 Release Candidate Standard(企业版)
  Product Code : V4KRB-QDWK2-GVT4X-BV4XG-34TV4
  ·Windows Server 2008 R2 Release Candidate Datacenter(数据中心版)
  Product Code : WXGKX-XXW8X-P8KTJ-PFX7T-DPYYW
  ·Windows Web Server 2008 R2 Release Candidate(WEB版)
  Product Code: RBBKH-BVD6B-74FV9-RYPJ7-TCFXB
...................................................
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise RC1 
产品密钥 1: HVFX4-C6DY3-M792V-DBXXG-8T24Q 
产品密钥 2: 83XTG-V8DHP-TF73Y-G7MCX-4Q4XB 
产品密钥 3: H6BXB-CQWDR-QRRJD-9HV7R-TMGKJ 
产品密钥 4: CV3TD-JJ4G7-P2TJG-3MMXH-YXRWR 
产品密钥 5: H6V9C-PJF42-H29WV-HW334-WYYM4 

Windows Server 2008 Standard RC1 
产品密钥 1: VWRJT-DJJYR-QG7YD-Q7X73-TQCHT 
产品密钥 2: 87PC6-CTW7M-C3DVH-TYGGR-BRJPM 
产品密钥 3: YKYMG-C68WD-4RCGB-3FMJT-FG637 
产品密钥 4: TKGXB-G6PYQ-Q7F3M-G9HJW-TXCBT 
产品密钥 5: Q642B-4WHQF-DPQT4-WCDJJ-J7RG2 

Windows Server 2008 Datacenter RC1 
产品密钥 1: QX9DX-DYXT8-G3CMF-G4F9F-Y9MPP 
产品密钥 2: GDQRG-PX42M-YYYBK-7Y7XD-G76GP 
产品密钥 3: RDPFX-8TPGR-3PMCX-P68W7-JTCWP 
产品密钥 4: C2YRQ-4JVDJ-GCCTG-Y3JWB-GXTQJ 
产品密钥 5: MXD74-82KC7-MV8MR-XRMK9-WVT7R
................................................
2000 RC-1/SP-1 
K4CJ8-XHQMW-YF7HH-MYRGM-J3DRW

WINDOWS 7 Release Candidate 1: 
C43GM-DWWV8-V6MGY-G834Y-Y8QH3 
6JQ32-Y9CGY-3Y986-HDQKT-BPFPG 
KBHBX-GP9P3-KH4H4-HKJP4-9VYKQ 
GPRG6-H3WBB-WJK6G-XX2C7-QGWQ9 
P72QK-2Y3B8-YDHDV-29DQB-QKWWM 
Q3VMJ-TMJ3M-99RF9-CVPJ3-Q7VF3 
BCGX7-P3XWP-PPPCV-Q2H7C-FCGFR 
9JBBV-7Q7P7-CTDB7-KYBKG-X8HHC 
KGMPT-GQ6XF-DM3VM-HW6PR-DX9G8 
MT39G-9HYXX-J3V3Q-RPXJB-RQ6D7 
MM7DF-G8XWM-J2VRG-4M3C4-GR27X 
MVBCQ-B3VPW-CT369-VM9TB-YFGBP 
MVYTY-QP8R7-6G6WG-87MGT-CRH2P 
6F4BB-YCB3T-WK763-3P6YJ-BVH24 
RGQ3V-MCMTC-6HP8R-98CDK-VP3FM
............................................
Microsoft Office 2000 Beta 2 : 
s/n: BBH2G-D2VK9-QD4M9-F63XB-43C33 or 
s/n: MP4F9-W6C8V-HTCCT-T7M7R-Y7K3Y

Microsoft SMS 2.0 beta2 For WindowsNT : 
s/n: 11111-11111-11111-11111-11111

Microsoft SQL Server 7.0 Enterprise Edition Build 611 : 
s/n: 111-1111111

Microsoft Windows 98 OEM Service Release 1 Beta 1 : 
s/n: C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ

(此处合并)
Microsoft Windows 98 OSR Beta Refresh : 
Microsoft Windows 98 OSR1 v4.10.2126 : 
Microsoft Windows 98 OSR1 v4.10.2131 : 
Microsoft Windows 98 OSR1 Build 2150 : 
Microsoft Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 2 : 
Microsoft Windows 98 Second edition Build 2162 : 
CD-Key: C9TCH-G72Y6-G4DQK-QCQRM-K7XFQ
..................................................
Windows 95 (build 490) .........................................100-1208613
................................................................757-2573155
................................................................875-7215850
..................................................
Windows XP Build 2446, 2454 & 2458 CD-Key: QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y
Windows XP Beta 2 (2462)
CD-Key: DW3CF-D7KYR-KMR6C-3X7FX-T8CVM
Windows XP Build 2469
CD-Key: Q3R8Y-MP9KD-3M6KB-383YB-7PK9Q
Windows XP Build 2474 - 2499
CD-Key: DTWB2-VX8WY-FG8R3-X696T-66Y46
Windows XP Build 2502-2505 (RC1)
CD-Key: BJXGH-4TG7P-F9PRP-K6FJD-JQMPM
Windows XP 25xx/350x (60 Days)
CD-Key: RK7J8-2PGYQ-P47VV-V6PMB-F6XPQ
Windows XP 2542+ (30 Days) Home
CD-Key: BQJG2-2MJT7-H7F6K-XW98B-4HQRQ
Windows XP 2542+ (30 Days) Pro
CD-Key: BX6HT-MDJKW-H2J4X-BX67W-TVVFG
Windows XP PRE-RTM 2600
CD-Key: BX6HT-MDJKW-H2J4X-BX67W-TVVFG

BX6HT-MDJKW-H2J4X-BX67W-TVVFG (2542專業人員僅僅)[2600] 
BQJG2-2MJT7-H7F6K-XW98B-4HQRQ (2542個人僅僅) 

Microsoft Whistler Professional Beta 2 2462繁體中文版 S/N:QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y
Microsoft Windows Millennium B2 V4.90.2438 98 第三版中文完整測試版 S/N:RBDC9-VTRC8-D7972-J97JY-PRVMG
Microsoft Windows Whistler Pro CD-Key:
F6PGG-4YYDJ-3FF3T-R328P-3BXTG
Microsoft Windows XP 2428 中文版 
S/N:F6PGG-4YYDJ-3FF3T-R328P-3BXTG or 
S/N:RBDC9-VTRC8-D7972-J97JY-PRVMG or 
S/N:QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y
Microsoft Windows XP Professional Beta2 build 2505) 中文繁體專業完整版 
S/N:RK7J8-2PGYQ-P47VV-V6PMB-F6XPQ
..................................................
Windows Millennium Beta 2 Build 2419.5  S/N:RBDC9-VTRC8-D7972-J97JY-PRVMG
..................................................
Microsoft Whistler Person build 2410-- SN:F6PGG-4YYDJ-3FF3T-R328P-3BXTG

Microsoft Windows Whistler Pro
CD-Key:F6PGG-4YYDJ-3FF3T-R328P-3BXTG
Microsoft Windows XP 2428 S/N:F6PGG-4YYDJ-3FF3T-R328P-3BXTG or
S/N:RBDC9-VTRC8-D7972-J97JY-PRVMG
..................................................
Microsoft Windows 2003 .NET

版本: Enterprise Edition
网址: www.microsoft.com

s/n: G4GC3-PWBMF-36BH6-3RXK8-D9V23 AktivationKey: 119501-164671-893012-496996-208900-871600-717516 

Microsoft Windows Server 2003

版本: Enterprise rc2 Beta2
网址: www.microsoft.com

s/n: VQ83Q-89DJ9-X9TG9-QF6MC-FRV2D 

Microsoft Windows Vista

版本: Beta 2 Build 5270
网址: www.microsoft.com

S/N: R4HB8-QGQK4-79X38-QH3HK-Q3PJ6

Microsoft Windows Vista

版本: Build 5308
网址: www.microsoft.com

S/N: Client_S/N: R4HB8-QGQK4-79X38-QH3HK-Q3PJ6
Server_S/N: WBVG8-4JPQB-6HJ6H-XH7YY-D2GQY

Microsoft Windows Whistler

版本: RC1 and RC2
s/n: BFB47-3C7FY-WHR6H-G9X4D-7TTFJ or s/n: RK7J8-2PGYQ-P47VV-V6PMB-F6XPQ 

Microsoft Windows Whistler

版本: 2542 Pro
s/n: BX6HT-MDJKW-H2J4X-BX67W-TVVFG 

Microsoft Windows Whistler

版本: 2542 Personal
s/n: BQJG2-2MJT7-H7F6K-XW98B-4HQRQ 

WINDOWS 97 BETA : MENPHIS 

网址: www.microsoft.com 

2859500057111-34276 

Windows

版本: Whistler
网址: www.microsoft.com

s/n: F6PGG-4YYDJ-3FF3T-R328P-3BXTG or s/n: DW3CF-D7KYR-KMR6C-3X7FX-T8CVM

Windows .NET Server 2003 German

版本: Enterprise RC2
网址: www.microsoft.com/windows.net

s/n: CKY24-Q8QRH-X3KMR-C6BCY-T847Y 

Windows .Net Enterprise Server for itanium

网址: www.microsoft.com/

s/n: K74W7-WR4HR-H7P6B-4V9BF-XJD6Y 

Windows 2003

版本: Candidated Release 2
网址: http://www.tcs.com

s/n: HJYCJ-647BB-76FYQ-J76JT-P78XD 

Windows 2003

版本: Server.net
网址: http://www.tcs.com

s/n: K4RBR-F3K42-M9RXG-48TPR-H6BPB or s/n: C4C24-QDY9P-GQJ4F-2DB6G-PFQ9W 

Windows 2003

版本: (.NET) German Retail
网址: http://www.tcs.com

s/n: C4C24-QDY9P-GQJ4F-2DB6G-PFQ9W 

Windows 2003 Server

版本: .net
网址: www.microsoft.com

s/n: K4RBR-F3K42-M9RXG-48TPR-H6BPB or QW32K-48T2T-3D2PJ-DXBWY-C6WRJ or C4C24-QDY9P-GQJ4F-2DB6G-PFQ9W 

microsoft windows xp home eidition

版本: sp2 built 2162
S/N: wwwjr-bx7cv-p32x2-c7vt3-qd6bp
.......................................................
Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition build 2462
S/N: QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y
S/N: VQGJ8-4T8GB-83M2Y-GFBYX-T22MP

Microsoft windows XP Pro Corp SP2 RC2
M69KY-RGJCB-XK478-RXRC8-4RR78
HRT3W-JXFYD-VT7GC-3XJRY-TPXYQ
Q2FFM-97RHX-YHMDC-Q2DJM-8M9DW
C8KJ8-6CXYG-WQ8KM-WG3Y4-W98T3
FFQP3-HC26G-R98XJ-FHHR9-TT86D
H8846-2FCG7-MDBGT-8VP7K-63XVT

Microsoft Windows.net Server Family
GP99K-BVTDC-M8PTB-T37PJ-7JH2B

Microsoft Windows Longhorn all
S/N: WT7B9-R4R28-WXTWV-J74X7-2W9TM
S/N: WT8M7-BCR9K-M46HF-CD22C-X9QGM
S/N: WT8XB-B6PJB-YKX7B-MKQRT-8RQGM
S/N: WT97G-F23H4-VDXFX-KXRFJ-C4JXB
S/N: WTBT9-M24W3-CF92M-33CX7-9KJXB
S/N: WTQPH-383F2-KB2TP-BHY8T-J2R9B
S/N: WTWWW-M79FR-CRMRW-JMJBW-6T3GM
S/N: KR2X8-M8MGV-FQBRR-322YQ-QPM2Y
S/N: FGQQD-FDFWC-P276Q-GXHGW-4JPJM

Microsoft Windows Longhorn Alpha Build 3683
CKY24-Q8QRH-X3KMR-C6BCY-T847Y

Microsoft Windows Longhorn build 4015 alfa
S/N: CKY24-Q8QRH-X3KMR-C6BCY-T847Y

Microsoft Windows Longhorn Build 4074
s/n: TCP8W-T8PQJ-WWRRH-QH76C-99FBW

Microsoft Windows Longhorn build 4074 beta
S/N: TCP8W-T8PQJ-WWRRH-QH76C-99FBW

Microsoft Windows 2003 .NET Server RC
S/N: HK4GF-RFKKT-C9H7X-3D748-TYF8M
S/N: HDRF9-P7XGM-V23YT-WDMR8-CTBPB

Microsoft Windows 2003 Enterprise Server RC2
S/N: fcdcf-md7gt-tj4fg-qtjw7-d2xr3

Microsoft Windows 2003 RC2
S/N: HJYCJ-647BB-76FYQ-J76JT-P78XD


Microsoft Windows XP 60 day 2509-2532
S/N: RK7J8-2PGYQ-P47VV-V6PMB-F6XPQ

Microsoft Windows XP build 2419/2428
S/N: RBDC9-VTRC8-D7972-J97JY-PRVMG

Microsoft Windows XP build 2428/2419
S/N: RBDC9-VTRC8-D7972-J97JY-PRVMG

Microsoft Windows XP build 2469
S/N: Q3R8Y-MP9KD-3M6KB-383YB-7PK9Q

Microsoft Windows XP build 2474/2475
S/N: DTWB2-VX8WY-FG8R3-X696T-66Y46

Microsoft Windows XP build 2481
S/N: QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y

Microsoft Windows XP build 2502/2505
S/N: JJWKH-7M9R8-26VM4-FX8CC-GDPD8

Microsoft Windows XP build 2505 RC1
S/N: BJXGH-4TG7P-F9PRP-K6FJD-JQMPM
S/N: 411Y0-URB45-34R3B-310N6-70U51
S/N: F0R6R-347JU-57IC3-M0V34-11Z16
S/N: 50M38-0DY53-7UPU5-7H380-M8111

Microsoft Windows XP build 266
S/N: RK7J8-2PGYQ-4P7VL-V6PMB-F6XPQ

OFFICE 2003 Beta2 : DM8R3-3VBXF-F7JRX-FJ7P4-YD3HM
ALL APPS EXCEPT OFFICE : CXDH9-4QMFJ-K482C-49XYF-QTH3Y
FRONTPAGE
INFOPATH
ONENOTE
OUTLOOK WITH BCM

Microsoft Office XP Release Candidate 1 (RC1) 
MQPD6-C748R-FMRV6-8C3QK-79THJ 

Windows "Longhorn" Client Preview DQ948-7C7YT-W79CT-X38MQ-XXV2Y
Windows .NET Server (Release Candidates) VWB7G-HJY3D-JYDXC-DCGR8-4BBP3
Microsoft Office Pro 2003 Beta 2 Suite DM8R3-3VBXF-F7JRX-FJ7P4-YD3HM
Microsoft Office System 2003 Beta 2 Apps CXDH9-4QMFJ-K482C-49XYF-QTH3Y

Windows Vista Build5365 English DVD ISO
32bit版
PVYFQ-2JTBV-9KXQ2-FQHDY-MTBVH
2J4JT-P34KF-YMGH8-FKDRQ-JP8M9
之前版本的?
TCP8W-T8PQJ-WWRRH-QH76C-99FBW(似乎是5408版)
WBVG8-4JPQB-6HJ6H-XH7YY-D2GQY (Server)
R4HB8-QGQK4-79X38-QH3HK-Q3PJ6 (Client)
64bit版
WGDJW-B8DYC-WVKX4-6MKF4-B8PK8
.......................................................
LH 3683 till LH 4029(main) = CKY24-Q8QRH-X3KMR-C6BCY-T847Y
LH 4029(Lab06n) till LH 5112 = TCP8W-T8PQJ-WWRRH-QH76C-99FBW
LH 5212(winmain) till LH 5231= GKFV7-F2D9H-QKYXY-777P3-4M73W
LH 5259 = TGX39-HB48W-R29DH-6BVKB-3XFDW
LH 5270 =
Starter = R93TJ-7R9P9-B9GXM-HPYJM-VDH3W
Home Basic= KJ89T-MF23J-XD9X9-WHDF3-DV8X8
Home Basic N= CDV26-DG6DG-7DY4J-GHXPR-W8YMT
Home Premium = RK83M-X2CQ4-6K2CW-W7HKF-TPTBW
Professional Standard= WHPY8-M92RQ-2KMD9-QWQMK-8KV4M
Professional Standard N= KFBH3-BX3DC-9YFWJ-Y9D7V-TPCJY
Professional Enterprise= MFKHB-RYT8V-443HR-DC64T-T8YRD
Ultimate= R4HB8-QGQK4-79X38-QH3HK-Q3PJ6
LH 5308.17 = 7KYMQ-R788Q-4RF69-KTWKM-92PFJ (All Sku's)
LH 5308.6 =
Ultimate: WGDJW-B8DYC-WVKX4-6MKF4-B8PK8
LH 5310 =
Ultimate: WGDJW-B8DYC-WVKX4-6MKF4-B8PK8
LH 5355 =
Starter= 6GHT4-62PKK-H3274-4YHC4-7FGPY
Home Basic= PY2RB-BQRKG-9TQ3P-GVJ43-VFGR6
Home Basic N= 6J8RT-947JQ-XDGV4-4FCTV-QRRXV
Home Premium = 7KKWR-978CY-8GMWD-X2RF9-PJ6BB
Business= YVT36-YVCP2-J97GQ-7T22R-RWV8P
Business N= 7K8QY-WRC42-QCRDJ-QK968-XFJCJ
Enterprise= MF9PG-RQK7R-26BPJ-TWFYK-RHXCM
Ultimate= 7YJ76-6WJF4-D3PH9-P2Q6W-Y9Q38
LH 5384.4 = PVYFQ-2JTBV-9KXQ2-FQHDY-MTBVH (all Sku's)
Lh 5435 =
Starter 6GHT4-62PKK-H3274-4YHC4-7FGPY
Home Basic PY2RB-BQRKG-9TQ3P-GVJ43-VFGR6
Home Basic N 6J8RT-947JQ-XDGV4-4FCTV-QRRXV
Home Premium 7KKWR-978CY-8GMWD-X2RF9-PJ6BB
Business YVT36-YVCP2-J97GQ-7T22R-RWV8P
Business N 7K8QY-WRC42-QCRDJ-QK968-XFJCJ
Enterprise MF9PG-RQK7R-26BPJ-TWFYK-RHXCM
Ultimate 7YJ76-6WJF4-D3PH9-P2Q6W-Y9Q38
Lh 5466 =
Starter 6GHT4-62PKK-H3274-4YHC4-7FGPY
Home Basic PY2RB-BQRKG-9TQ3P-GVJ43-VFGR6
Home Basic N 6J8RT-947JQ-XDGV4-4FCTV-QRRXV
Home Premium 7KKWR-978CY-8GMWD-X2RF9-PJ6BB
Business YVT36-YVCP2-J97GQ-7T22R-RWV8P
Business N 7K8QY-WRC42-QCRDJ-QK968-XFJCJ
Enterprise MF9PG-RQK7R-26BPJ-TWFYK-RHXCM
Ultimate 7YJ76-6WJF4-D3PH9-P2Q6W-Y9Q38
LH 5491 =
Starter 6GHT4-62PKK-H3274-4YHC4-7FGPY
Home Basic PY2RB-BQRKG-9TQ3P-GVJ43-VFGR6
Home Basic N 6J8RT-947JQ-XDGV4-4FCTV-QRRXV
Home Premium 7KKWR-978CY-8GMWD-X2RF9-PJ6BB
Business YVT36-YVCP2-J97GQ-7T22R-RWV8P
Business N 7K8QY-WRC42-QCRDJ-QK968-XFJCJ
Enterprise MF9PG-RQK7R-26BPJ-TWFYK-RHXCM
Ultimate 7YJ76-6WJF4-D3PH9-P2Q6W-Y9Q38
LH 5723 =
Starter 6GHT4-62PKK-H3274-4YHC4-7FGPY
Home Basic PY2RB-BQRKG-9TQ3P-GVJ43-VFGR6
Home Basic N 6J8RT-947JQ-XDGV4-4FCTV-QRRXV
Home Premium 7KKWR-978CY-8GMWD-X2RF9-PJ6BB
Business YVT36-YVCP2-J97GQ-7T22R-RWV8P
Business N 7K8QY-WRC42-QCRDJ-QK968-XFJCJ
Enterprise MF9PG-RQK7R-26BPJ-TWFYK-RHXCM
Ultimate 7YJ76-6WJF4-D3PH9-P2Q6W-Y9Q38
LH 5728 =
Starter 6GHT4-62PKK-H3274-4YHC4-7FGPY
Home Basic PY2RB-BQRKG-9TQ3P-GVJ43-VFGR6
Home Basic N 6J8RT-947JQ-XDGV4-4FCTV-QRRXV
Home Premium 7KKWR-978CY-8GMWD-
X2RF9-PJ6BB
Business YVT36-YVCP2-J97GQ-7T22R-RWV8P
Business N 7K8QY-WRC42-QCRDJ-QK968-XFJCJ
Enterprise MF9PG-RQK7R-26BPJ-TWFYK-RHXCM
Ultimate 7YJ76-6WJF4-D3PH9-P2Q6W-Y9Q38
LH 5744 =
Starter 6GHT4-62PKK-H3274-4YHC4-7FGPY
Home Basic KHHM6-HC47Q-2JWBW-WYCX4-FWT3B
Home Basic N 6J8RT-947JQ-XDGV4-4FCTV-QRRXV
Home Premium 7T6DF-PJF8R-2DVRB-9CXP9-G2MXG
Business 9C4TD-CPPRV-B7HVB-4976C-H6VW8
Business N 7K8QY-WRC42-QCRDJ-QK968-XFJCJ
Enterprise MF9PG-RQK7R-26BPJ-TWFYK-RHXCM
Ultimate 3YFJ7-3486F-7488V-3VDMF-2PJMW
LH 5758 till 5920.16387 = Use Windows Vista Retail keys
.......................................................
: Windows 2000 RC3(2183) CD-Key:
: ========================
: FGWDX-XRVRH-3MG7J-HWQ9W-Q9T2Y
: VXKC4-2B3YF-W9MFK-QB3DB-9Y7MB
: Windows 2000 RC3(2183) Server CD-Key:
: ========================
: WY6PG-M2YPT-KGT4H-CPY6T-GRDCY
: H6TWQ-TQQM8-HXJYG-D69F7-R84VM
: Windows 2000 RC3(2183) Adv. Server CD-Key:
: ========================
: WY6PG-M2YPT-KGT4H-CPY6T-GRDCY
: H6TWQ-TQQM8-HXJYG-D69F7-R84VM

Fake随记

MICROSOFT.WINDOWS.8.RC1-LZ0 实际上是Win8 b8102 x86原iso。

Beta相关PreDB记录

PreDB 横杠分隔不同来源

MICROSOFT.LONGHORN.ALPHA.BUILD.3683-BETAZ
Microsoft.Longhorn.Build.4029-RERLS
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.4074.Driver.Kit-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.WinHEC.Build.4074-BetasIRC
Longhorn.4074.Activation.Crack-BetasIRC
Microsoft.BizTalk.Server.2004.Service.Pack.2.Beta.SUB100.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.BizTalk.Server.2006.Beta.1-WinBeta
Microsoft.BizTalk.Server.2006.Enterprise.Edition.CTP-WinBeta
Microsoft.BizTalk.Server.2006.R2.EDI.CTP3-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Certificate.Lifecycle.Manager.Beta.1.SUB100.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Commerce.Server.2006.Beta1.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Commerce.Server.2007.Beta.R.C.-SKULLZ
Microsoft.Exchange.Server.2007.Beta2.x64.DE.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Exchange.Server.2007.Beta2.x64.EN.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Exchange.Server.2007.Beta2.x86.DE.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Exchange.Server.2007.Beta2.x86.EN.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Exchange.Server.2007.SP1.Beta.1.64Bit.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Host.Integration.Server.2004.Beta.3-BetasIRC
Microsoft.ISA.Server.2007.Enterprise.Edition.Beta1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.8.32Bit.Build.6001.18343.SUB100-WinBeta
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.8.32Bit.Build.6001.18344.SUB100-WinBeta
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.8.64Bit.Build.6001.18343.SUB100-WinBeta
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.8.64Bit.Build.6001.18344.SUB100-WinBeta
Microsoft.Media.Center.SDK.Build.5381.for.Windows.Vista.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Media.Center.SDK.Build.5472.for.Windows.Vista.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Office.12.Beta.DVD-LH
Microsoft.Office.12.Build.3111-COLABLiKJE
Microsoft.Office.12.OneNote.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.12.PRE-RELEASE.Build.3417.Enterprise.Edition-GRAVEDiGGER
Microsoft.Office.12.Professional.Beta.1-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.12.Project.Professional.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.12.Server.Beta.1-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.12.Visio.Professional.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.2007.Beta.1.Refresh.READ.NFO-PUBLiCBETA
Microsoft.Office.2007.Beta2.SPANISH-inD
Microsoft.Office.2007.Professional.Beta2.German.AIO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Office.2007.Professional.Plus.BETA.SPANiSH-iND
Microsoft.Office.InfoPath.2003.Toolkit.for.Visual.Studio.2005.Beta2-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Office.Professional.Plus.2007.Beta.1TR-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.Select.2007.DVD.Beta.1.Refresh-PUBLiCBETA
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.WorkGroup.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.64Bit.Standard.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Speech.Server.2007.Beta.Developer.Edition.for.Windows.XP-WinBeta
Microsoft.Speech.Server.2007.Beta.Enterprise.Edition.for.Windows.Server.2003-WinBeta
Microsoft.System.Center.Virtual.Machine.Manager.Beta1-LH
Microsoft.VSIP.Extras.SDK.2003.Beta.Refresh-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Virtual.PC.2004.French.RETAIL-RESET
Microsoft.Virtual.PC.2004.Incl.SP1.French.RETAIL-RESET
Microsoft.Virtual.PC.2004.SPANiSH-EiTheL
Microsoft.Virtual.PC.2007.Beta.x64.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.PC.2007.Beta.x86.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.Enterprise.SP1.Beta.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.1-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.1.SUB100.DIRFIX-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.1.x64-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.1.x64.SUB100.DIRFIX-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.2.SUB100-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.2.x64.SUB100-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta2.x64.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta2.x86.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.v1.1.465.Enterprise.Edition-TBE
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.Beta.2.Team.Suite.Edition.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.Workshop.2364-ExAuST
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.6.SP6.Beta.Refresh-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.Integration.Package.2003.Beta-BetasIRC
Microsoft.WindoFS.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.6001.16497.April.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows..Beta..Build.000.x.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Datacenter.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Datacenter.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2.Itanium.DVD-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Datacenter.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2.x64-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Enterprise.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.SP2.Beta.2786.PROPER-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.SP2.Beta.2786.x64.PROPER-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.Enterprise.SP2.RC.Integrated.VOL.Edition-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.Enterprise.x64.SP2.RC.Integrated.MULTI.IMAGE-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.SP1.32Bit.RC0-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.SP1.64Bit.RC1.2038.iNTERNAL.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.Standard.SP2.RC.Integrated.VOL.Edition-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.Standard.x64.SP2.RC.Integrated.MULTI.IMAGE-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Standard.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Standard.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2.x64-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Web.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2004.BETA-TSZiSO
Microsoft.Windows.7.32Bit.Build.6801.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.7.64Bit.Build.6801.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.7.Beta.1.Build.7000.x86.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.7.Beta.1.Build.7000.x86.DVD.REPACK-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5728.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Home.Server.Beta.2.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Live.Mobile.10.7.Refresh.Beta.SUB100.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.4074.Driver.Kit-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.4074.SDK-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Alpha.M5.Build.4015-MNP
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Build.4074.iNTERNAL.DVD-BuRN
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Pro.Corp.FiNAL-BETASIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.5600.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.5728.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.5744.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.5757.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.6001.16461.February.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.6001.16497.April.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.6001.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.build.5384.4.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.5728.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.5757.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.6001.16461.February.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.6001.16497.April.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.6001.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.Beta2.Build.5384.x64.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.Beta2.Build.5384.x86.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.WinHEC.Build.4074.IA64-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.WinHEC.Build.4074.Repack-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.build.4083.AMD64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Media.Player.11.Beta.Build.5358.For.Windows.XP.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Media.Player.11.Beta.Build.5358.For.Windows.XP.UNGENUINE.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Media.Player.v11.GENUINE.CRACK-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.SDK.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.SDK.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5728.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Standalone.SP1.GERMAN.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.64Bit.Enterprise.SP1.Integrated.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Enterprise.Edition.SP2.English.RC-LH
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Enterprise.Edition.SP2.English.Volume.Licensing.Customers.RC-LH
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2725.JP.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2725.JP.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2786.EN.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2805.DE.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2805.EN.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.32Bit.Build.6001.16606.June.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.32Bit.Build.6001.17042.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.SP2.64Bit.Build.6002.16497.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5270.DVD.iNTERNAL-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5365.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5381.1.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5536.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5728.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.b5384.4.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.English.for.Vista.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.English.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.German.for.Vista.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.German.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.Japanese.for.Vista.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.Japanese.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5536.Language.Pack.English.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5536.Language.Pack.German.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5536.Language.Pack.Japanese.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5365.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5381.1.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5384.4.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5728.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5744.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Automated.Install.Kit.RC2.WAIK.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5259.TAP.Build.x86.DVD.READNFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5270.Driver.Kit.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5308.x86.German.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.x64.DVD.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.x64.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.x86.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.Symbols.amd64fre-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5728.Automated.Installation.Kit.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5840.x86.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.32Bit.Build.6001.16549.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.32Bit.Build.6001.16659.Beta.1.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.Update.32Bit.Build.6001.16633.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.Update.32Bit.Build.6001.16659.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.Update.32Bit.Build.6001.17128.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.Update.64Bit.Build.6001.16633.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.Update.64Bit.Build.6001.16659.Beta.1.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.32Bit.Build.6002.16497.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.64Bit.Build.6002.16497.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.x64.Build.5456.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.x64.Build.5456.DVD.NFOFix-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Embedded.SP2.Feature.Pack.2007.CTP.Build.1-LH
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Embedded.SP2.Feature.Pack.2007.CTP.Build.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Pro.x64.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.SP2.Build.2138.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.SP2.RC2.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP3.Build.3180.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP3.Build.3205.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP3.Build.3300.RC2.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Tablet.PC.Edition.2004.Alpha.Upgrade-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.x64.Professional.Corporate.SP2.RC.Integrated.MULTI.IMAGE-ETH0
Microsoft.XImage.Build.5270.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.XImage.Build.5270.ia64.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.XImage.Build.5270.x64.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Windows.7.RC1.build.7048.x64.SPANiSH-RABO
Windows.7.RC1.build.7048.x86.32bits.SPANiSH-RABO
Windows.7.ServerEnterprise.Build.7260.x64-OMGWTF
Windows.7.ULTIMATE.German.Build.7600.RTM.incl.Toolkit.x64-NOTRADE
Windows.Driver.Kit.EDW.Build.5456-LH
Windows.Georgia.Build.2380-MDWF
Windows.Vista.Build.5231-LH
Windows.Vista.Build.5259.x86.DVD-IND
Windows.Vista.Build.5308.x86.German.DVD-BetaInsiders
Windows.Vista.Build.6000.SDK.v0.0.RTM.DVD-NLN
Windows.Vista.CTP.Build.5231-LH
Windows.Vista.CTP.Build.5231.CD.Version.READ.NFO-LH
Windows.Vista.CTP.Build.5231.x64-LH
Windows.Vista.CTP.Build.5231.x64.CD.Version.READ.NFO-LH
Windows.Vista.CTP.Build.5270-LH
Windows.Vista.CTP.Build.5270.x64-LH
Windows.Vista.CTP.Build.5308-LH
Windows.Vista.CTP.Build.5308.x64-LH
Windows.Vista.Ultimate.Build.5308.60-LH
Windows.Vista.Ultimate.Build.5308.60.x64-LH
longhorn.4051.PDC.WINBETA.iso-bootable
windows.longhorn.build.4008-mnp
MICROSOFT.WINDOWS.2000.AND.NT4.SOURCE.CODE-SCENELEADER
---------------------------------------
MICROSOFT.COMMAND.SHELL.V.2.PREVIEW.PACKAGE-BETASIRC
MICROSOFT.EXCHANGE.SERVER.2000.RELEASE.CANDIDATE.1-RiSE
MICROSOFT.HOST.INTEGRATION.SERVER.2000.BETA.2-RiSE
MICROSOFT.LCS.2005.ENTERPRISE.BETA.SUB100-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.LCS.2005.ENTERPRISE.EDITION.RC.SUB100-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.LCS.2005.STANDARD.BETA.SUB100-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.LCS.2005.STANDARD.EDITION.RC.SUB100-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.MONEY.2005.BETA.1-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.OFFICE.2010.v14.0.4302.1000.BETA.1.VOLUME.X86-64.ENGLISH-WZT
MICROSOFT.OFFICIAL.BETA.CURRICULUM.WINDOWS.2000.MANAGING.A.NETWORK.ENVIRONMENT.COURSE.2126A-JGT
MICROSOFT.OPERATIONS.MANAGER.2005.EXPRESS.RC2.SUB100-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.OPERATIONS.MANAGER.2005.FULL.RC2.SUB100-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.SMALL.BUSINESS.ACCOUNTING.2006.BETA.2.INTERNAL-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.SMS.2003.DMFP.BETA.2.SUB100-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.SMS.2003.SP1.RC1.UPGRADE-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.SQL.SERVER.2005.BETA.2.RESOURCE.DVD-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.SQL.SERVER.2005.DEVELOPER.POST.BETA.2-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.VIRTUAL.SERVER.2005.ENTERPRISE.RC.SUB100-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.WINDOWS.2003.SP1.1247.BETA-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.WINDOWS.2003.SP1.1260.BETA-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.WINDOWS.8.RC1.ISO-LZ0
MICROSOFT.WINDOWS.DRIVER.FOUNDATION.INTERNAL.SUB100-BRiCK
MICROSOFT.WINDOWS.MILLENIUM.RC1-GLoW
MICROSOFT.WINDOWS.XP.SP2.SOURCE-CODE.Hacked-EXPLOiT
Microsoft.BizTalk.Server.2004.Service.Pack.2.Beta.SUB100.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.BizTalk.Server.2006.Beta.1-WinBeta
Microsoft.BizTalk.Server.2006.R2.EDI.CTP3-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Biztalk.Server.2004.BETA-HUiSO
Microsoft.Certificate.Lifecycle.Manager.Beta.1.SUB100.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Codename.Avalon.and.Indigo.Beta1.RC.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Codename.Avalon.and.Indigo.Community.Technology.Preview.March.2005-WinBeta
Microsoft.Codename.Istanbul.Enterprise.Build.1168-WinBeta
Microsoft.Codename.Istanbul.Enterprise.Build.1168-WinBeta2
Microsoft.Codename.Istanbul.Standard.Build.1168-WinBeta
Microsoft.Command.Shell.Beta1.ia64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Command.Shell.Beta1.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Command.Shell.Beta1.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Command.Shell.Preview.v2.0-WinBeta
Microsoft.Commerce.Server.2006.Beta1.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Commerce.Server.2007.Beta.R.C.-SKULLZ
Microsoft.Dashboard.Retail.4627.XBOX-COMPLEX
Microsoft.DirectX.8.Win2K.BETA-KAMEL
Microsoft.DirectX.8.Win9XME.BETA-KAMEL
Microsoft.English.Query.v7.5.Beta.2-uFo
Microsoft.Enterprise.Desktop.Virtualization.Beta.1.0.66.SUB100-WinBeta
Microsoft.Exchange.Server.2007.Beta2.x64.DE.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Exchange.Server.2007.Beta2.x64.EN.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Exchange.Server.2007.Beta2.x86.DE.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Exchange.Server.2007.Beta2.x86.EN.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Exchange.Server.2007.SP1.Beta.1.64Bit.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Groove.Server.2010.Beta.Build.4006.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Host.Integration.Server.2004.Beta.3-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Host.Integration.Server.2004.Beta2-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Host.Integration.Server.2004.RC1-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Hyper-V.Server.2008.R2.RC.x64.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Hyper-V.Server.2008.R2.x64-ZWTiSO
Microsoft.ISA.Server.2007.Enterprise.Edition.Beta1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.7.0.5296.0.Beta.2.Validation.Patch.FREE.FROM.WEB-iND
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.7.0.Build.5346.5.Beta.2.x86.German-PDC
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.7.0.Build.5358.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.7.Beta.1-WinBeta
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.8.32Bit.Build.6001.18343.SUB100-WinBeta
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.8.32Bit.Build.6001.18344.SUB100-WinBeta
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.8.64Bit.Build.6001.18343.SUB100-WinBeta
Microsoft.Internet.Explorer.8.64Bit.Build.6001.18344.SUB100-WinBeta
Microsoft.Kodu.Beta.1.0.0.104-WinBeta
Microsoft.Kodu.Beta.1.0.22.0.Academic.Version-WinBeta
Microsoft.Kodu.Beta.1.0.22.0.General.Version-WinBeta
Microsoft.Kodu.Beta.1.0.23.0.Academic.Version-WinBeta
Microsoft.Kodu.Beta.1.0.23.0.General.Version-WinBeta
Microsoft.Kodu.Beta.1.0.7.0-WinBeta
Microsoft.Limit.Login.Beta-BetasIRC
Microsoft.MSN.Messenger.7.5.0160.Beta-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.MSN.Messenger.7.5.0162.Beta-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.MSN.Messenger.v6.2.0137.Multiaccount.and.Ads.Remover.WinALL.iNTERNAL.Patch-NGEN
Microsoft.Management.Console.2.1.Beta2-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Management.Console.2.1.Beta2.SDK-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Media.Center.SDK.Build.5381.for.Windows.Vista.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Media.Center.SDK.Build.5384.for.Windows.Vista.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Media.Center.SDK.Build.5456.for.Windows.Vista.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Media.Center.SDK.Build.5472.for.Windows.Vista.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Office.12.Beta.1.AIO.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.12.Beta.DVD-LH
Microsoft.Office.12.Build.3111-COLABLiKJE
Microsoft.Office.12.FrontPage.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.12.OneNote.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.12.PRE-RELEASE.Build.3417.Enterprise.Edition-GRAVEDiGGER
Microsoft.Office.12.PRE.RELEASE.Build.3417.Enterprise.Edition-GRAVEDiGGER
Microsoft.Office.12.Professional.Beta.1-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.12.Project.Professional.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.12.Server.Beta.1-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.12.Visio.Professional.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.2003.SP1.Build.6353-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.2007.Beta.1.Refresh.READ.NFO-PUBLiCBETA
Microsoft.Office.2007.Beta.2.iNTERNAL.French.WinALL.Cracked-ENGiNE
Microsoft.Office.2007.Beta2.SPANISH-inD
Microsoft.Office.2007.Professional.Beta2.German.AIO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Office.2007.Professional.Plus.BETA.SPANiSH-iND
Microsoft.Office.2010.BETA.1.Build.4417.x64-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Office.2010.BETA.1.Build.4417.x86-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Office.2010.Build.4536.NFOFiX-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.2010.Build.4536.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.2010.Build.4536.x86-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.2010.PRE.RTM.Build.4730.x64-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Office.2010.PRE.RTM.Build.4730.x86-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Office.2010.Professional.Plus.RC0.Build.4734-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.2010.Professional.Plus.RC0.x64.Build.4734-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.2010.SP1.Beta1-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.2010.Web.Applications.Beta.1-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.B2.Refresh.AIO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.InfoPath.2003.Toolkit.for.Visual.Studio.2005.Beta2-BetaInsider
Microsoft.Office.Professional.Plus.2007.Beta.1TR-WinBeta
Microsoft.Office.Professional.Plus.2010.Techical.Preview.x64.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Office.Professional.Plus.2010.Techical.Preview.x86-iND
Microsoft.Office.Select.2007.DVD.Beta.1.Refresh-PUBLiCBETA
Microsoft.Office.System.2003.Beta.2.Kit.MULTILINGUAL-LCDiSO
Microsoft.Operations.Manager.2005.Beta.3.Bundle-WinBeta
Microsoft.Operations.Manager.2005.Beta3.Express.SUB100-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Operations.Manager.2005.Beta3.Full.SUB100-BetasIRC
Microsoft.PURE.A.U.T.O.v5442154.5b-ZWTiSO
Microsoft.Plus.Digital.Media.Edition.ENGLiSH-NLiSO
Microsoft.Plus.for.WindowsXP.GERMAN.INTERNAL.iSO-MATRIX
Microsoft.Project.Professional.2010.Beta.1.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Project.Professional.2010.Beta.1.x86-WinBeta
Microsoft.Project.Professional.2010.Build.4536.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Project.Professional.2010.Build.4536.x86-WinBeta
Microsoft.Project.Server.2010.Beta.Build.4006.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Proxy.3.Comet.beta2-PWA
Microsoft.SMS.2003.Inventory.Tool.for.Dell.Updates.Beta.iNTERNAL-BRiCK
Microsoft.SMS.2003.SP1.Beta-BetasIRC
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.April.Community.Technology.Preview.Build.2000.090.1116.00.DVD-WinBet
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.April.Community.Technology.Preview.Build.2000.090.1116.00.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.CTP-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.Devel.Edi.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.Developer.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.Enterprise.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00.DVD.READ.NFO-WinB
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.Enterprise.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.Express.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.Exss.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.Standard.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.32Bit.WorkGroup.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.64Bit.Developer.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.64Bit.Standard.Edition.June.CTP.Build.2000.090.1187.00.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.AMD64.December04.CTP-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.AMD64Bit.Build.9.00.852-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.Build.9.00.852-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.December04.CTP-WinBeta
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.Developer.Edition.Beta2-YUM
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2005.Enterprise.July.CTP-ARNISO
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2008.R2.Enterprise.Evaluation.November.CTP.DVD-LiBiSO
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2008.R2.Enterprise.Evaluation.November.CTP.REPACK.DVD-LiBiSO
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2008.R2.Express.Edition.CTP.v10.50.1092-Lz0
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2008.R2.Express.Edition.CTP.v10.50.1092.WIN64-Lz0
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2008.R2.Express.Edition.November.CTP.v10.50.1352.12.FRENCH-iND
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2008.R2.Express.Edition.November.CTP.x64.v10.50.1352.12.FRENCH-iND
Microsoft.SQL.Server.2008.R2.RC1-WinBeta
Microsoft.Search.Server.2010.Beta.Build.4006.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.SharePoint.Designer.2010.RC1.Build.4730.1010-WinBeta
Microsoft.SharePoint.Designer.Technical.Preview.2010-Lz0
Microsoft.SharePoint.Designer.Technical.Preview.2010.x64-Lz0
Microsoft.SharePoint.Foundation.2010.RC1.Build.4730.1010-WinBeta
Microsoft.SharePoint.Server.2010.RC1.Build.4730.1010-WinBeta
Microsoft.Sharepoint.Designer.2010.Build.4536.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Sharepoint.Designer.2010.Build.4536.x86-WinBeta
Microsoft.Sharepoint.Foundation.2010.Build.4536.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Sharepoint.Server.2010.Beta.Build.4006.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Sharepoint.Server.2010.Build.4536.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Sharepoint.Workspace.2010.Build.4536.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Sharepoint.Workspace.2010.Build.4536.x86-WinBeta
Microsoft.Small.Business.Accounting.2006.b1.0.2601-WinBeta
Microsoft.Speech.Server.2007.Beta.Developer.Edition.for.Windows.XP-WinBeta
Microsoft.Speech.Server.2007.Beta.Enterprise.Edition.for.Windows.Server.2003-WinBeta
Microsoft.Sql.Server.2005.Beta.2.Developer.ISO-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Student.Graphing.Calculator.2006.Beta2-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Student.Graphing.Calculator.2006.Beta3-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.System.Center.Operations.Manager.2007.MP.Authoring.Console.SP1.RC.amd64.x86.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.System.Center.Operations.Manager.2007.SP1.RC-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.System.Center.Operations.Manager.2007.SP1.RC.Upgrade-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Systems.Management.Server.2003.RC1.Japanese-GiSO
Microsoft.TrainingBase.Disk.Base09A.RC.DVD-iRONiSO
Microsoft.VSIP.Extras.SDK.2003.Beta.Refresh-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Virtual.PC.2007.Beta.x64.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.PC.2007.Beta.x86.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.PC.2007.RC.x64.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.PC.2007.RC.x86.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.Enterprise.SP1.Beta.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.1-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.1.SUB100.DIRFIX-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.1.x64-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.1.x64.SUB100.DIRFIX-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.2.SUB100-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta.2.x64.SUB100-LH
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta2.x64.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.R2.SP1.Beta2.x86.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.build.1.1.445-WinBeta
Microsoft.Virtual.Server.2005.v1.1.465.Enterprise.Edition-TBE
Microsoft.Visio.2010.Build.4536.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visio.2010.Build.4536.x86-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.Beta.2-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.Beta.2.Standard.Edition.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.Beta.2.Team.Suite.Edition.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.July.CTP.Build.8.00.50630.0.Professional.Edition.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.July.CTP.Build.8.00.50630.0.Standard.Edition.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.June.CTP.Build.8.00.50601.0.Professional.Edition.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.June.CTP.Build.8.00.50601.0.Team.Foundation.Server.Edition.READ.NFO-Win
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.June.CTP.Build.8.00.50601.0.Team.Foundation.Server.Edition.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.June.CTP.Build.8.00.50601.0.Team.Suite.Edition.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2005.Workshop.2364-ExAuST
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2008.Beta2.Professional.DVD.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2008.Beta2.Team.Suite.DVD.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2010.Integrated.Shell.Beta.2-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2010.Isolated.Shell.Beta.2-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2010.Service.Pack.1.Only.Beta.READNFO.MULTI-KOPiE
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.2010.Ultimate.x86.Beta.2-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.6.SP6.Beta.Refresh-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.CTP.December.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.Integration.Package.2003.Beta-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Visual.Studio.Lightswitch.Beta1.READNFO.x86-KOPiE
Microsoft.WinFS.Beta.1-WinBeta
Microsoft.WinFX.SDK.Avalon.CTP-WinBeta
Microsoft.WindoFS.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.6001.16497.April.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Advanced.Server.SP4.and.RU1.Build.1.032.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Advanced.Server.SP4.and.RU1.Build.1.038.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Professional.SP4.and.RU1.Build.1.021.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Professional.SP4.and.RU1.Build.1.028.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Professional.SP4.and.RU1.Build.1.032.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Professional.SP4.and.RU1.Build.1.038.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Server.SP4.and.RU1.Build.1.028.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Server.SP4.and.RU1.Build.1.032.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Server.SP4.and.RU1.Build.1.038.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Update.Rollup.1.Beta1.Build.1.028.German-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Update.Rollup.1.Build.1.038.English.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Update.Rollup.1.Build.1.038.German.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.2000.Update.Rollup.1.Build.1.038.Japanese.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Datacenter.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Datacenter.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2.Itanium.DVD-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Datacenter.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2.x64-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Enterprise.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.SP1.1184.Interim.Update.CD-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.2003.SP1.Beta.1173.SDK-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.2003.SP2.Beta.2786.PROPER-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.SP2.Beta.2786.ia64-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.SP2.Beta.2786.x64.PROPER-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.Enterprise.SP2.RC.Integrated.VOL.Edition-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.Enterprise.x64.SP2.RC.Integrated.MULTI.IMAGE-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.SP1.32Bit.RC0-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.SP1.32Bit.RC1.2038.German-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.SP1.32Bit.RC1.2038.iNTERNAL.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.SP1.64Bit.RC1.2038.iNTERNAL.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.R2.Standard.x64.SP2.RC.Integrated.MULTI.IMAGE-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Server.SP1.Build.1260.32Bit-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Service.Pack.1.Build.1159.Update-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2805.ia64-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Standard.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Standard.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2.x64-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2003.Web.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.2004.BETA-TSZiSO
Microsoft.Windows.7.32Bit.Build.6801.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.7.64Bit.Build.6801.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.7.7260.RTM.BRANCH.32BIT-BBYERSR
Microsoft.Windows.7.Beta.1.Build.7000.x64.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.7.Beta.1.Build.7000.x86.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.7.Beta.1.Build.7000.x86.DVD.REPACK-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.6519.M1.DVD-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.6956.x86.DVD-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7000.x64.German.DVD-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7000.x86.German.DVD-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7022.x86.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7057.x64.READ.NFO.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7057.x86.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7068.DIRFiX.NFOFiX.x86.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7068.x64.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7077.x64.iNTERNAL.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7077.x86.iNTERNAL.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7086.x86.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7100.RC1.x64.iNTERNAL-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7100.RC1.x86.iNTERNAL-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7127.PRE-RTM.GERMAN.x64.iNTERNAL-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7127.PRE-RTM.GERMAN.x86.iNTERNAL-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7127.x64.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7127.x86.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7201.x64.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7201.x64.iNTERNAL-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7201.x86-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7227.PRE-SP1.x86-UP2DATE
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7229.x64.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7229.x86.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7264.x64-Win7
Microsoft.Windows.7.Build.7264.x86-Win7
Microsoft.Windows.7.RC.Build.7100.x64.MSDN-ISO
Microsoft.Windows.7.RC.b7100.x64.DVD-SheepNET
Microsoft.Windows.7.RC.b7100.x64.DVD-ZoneNetGay
Microsoft.Windows.7.RC.b7100.x64.DVD-oneNEThomosexuAL
Microsoft.Windows.7.RC.b7100.x86.DVD-LocalNet
Microsoft.Windows.7.RC1.Build.7100.x64.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.RC1.Build.7100.x86.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.RC1.Language.Pack.x64.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.RC1.Language.Pack.x86.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.Ultimate.7601.16537.100327.PreSp1-SITES_INT
Microsoft.Windows.7.beta.7137.0.090521.1745.X64.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.beta.7137.0.090521.1745.X86.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.7.x64.Build.7264-iND
Microsoft.Windows.8.1.Build.6.3.9369.x64.DVD-iND
Microsoft.Windows.8.BETA.BLUID.7850.M1.x86.PC-FRANCO_Int
Microsoft.Windows.99.ENGLISH.RARE.BETA.BOOTABLE.ISO-NAKENHUND
Microsoft.Windows.Application.Compatibility.Toolkit.4.0.Beta.WiNXP-BRiCK
Microsoft.Windows.Automated.Installation.Kit.Vista.SP1.Build.16659-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Automated.Installation.Kit.Vista.SP1.Build.16659.German-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Automated.Installation.Kit.Vista.SP1.Build.16659.Japanese-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Automated.Installation.Kit.for.Windows.7.Build.7100.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Centro.Beta1.3DVD.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Centro.CTP.3DVD.READ.NFO.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Codename.Longhorn.4066.Enterprise.Edition.x86-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.Command.Shell.Preview.V.3.WiNXP2K3-BRiCK
Microsoft.Windows.DCT.5.2.Beta2.REPACK-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Defender.Beta.2.Build.1.1.1051.0-BRD
Microsoft.Windows.Defender.Beta.2.Build.1.1.1347.0-iND
Microsoft.Windows.Defender.Beta.2.Build.v1.1.1347.0-ECU
Microsoft.Windows.Defender.Beta.2.Build.v1.1.1347.0.German-ECU
Microsoft.Windows.Defender.v1.1.1593.0-ECU
Microsoft.Windows.Defender.x64.v1.1.1593.0-ECU
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.Build.6001.16549-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.EDW.Build.5483.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.For.Windows.Vista.Build.5840.DVD.PRE.RTM-LH
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.for.Windows.7.Build.7100-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.for.Windows.Vista.Beta2.Build.5384.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Driver.Kit.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5728.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Embedded.Standard.CTP.DVD-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.Essential.Business.Server.Beta2.3DVD.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Essential.Business.Server.RC1.4DVD.READ.NFO-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.HCT.12.0.Beta-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.HCT.v11.2-TBE
Microsoft.Windows.HPC.Pack.2008.Beta2-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.HPC.Server.2008.Beta.1-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.HPC.Server.2008.R2.RC-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.HPC.Server.2008.RC2-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.HPC.Server.2008.RC2.SDK.x64-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.HPC.Server.2008.RC2.SDK.x86-MSBP
Microsoft.Windows.Home.Server.2010.Build.7360-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Home.Server.Beta.2.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Home.Server.CTP.DVD-SWARE
Microsoft.Windows.Journal.WinALL-FTS
Microsoft.Windows.Live.Mail.Desktop.8.0.Build.0624.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Live.Messenger.8.0.Build.0863.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Live.Mobile.10.7.Beta1.SUB100.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Live.Mobile.10.7.Beta1.for.Windows.Vista.Testers.SUB100.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Live.Mobile.10.7.PocketPC.Refresh.Beta.for.Windows.Vista.Testers.SUB100.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Live.Mobile.10.7.Refresh.Beta.SUB100.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Live.Mobile.10.7.Smartphone.Refresh.Beta.for.Windows.Vista.Testers.SUB100.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Logo.Kit.1.1.Build.6475.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.4074.Driver.Kit-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.4074.SDK-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Alpha.Build.4053-STOLEN
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Alpha.M5.Build.4015-MNP
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Alpha.M6.Build.4008-Sjabby
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Beta.1.SDK-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Build.4074.iNTERNAL.DVD-BuRN
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Pro.Corp.FiNAL-BETASIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Reloaded.M1TR-iND
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.5600.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.5728.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.5744.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.5757.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.6001.16461.February.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.6001.16497.April.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.Build.6001.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.32Bit.build.5384.4.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.5600.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.5728.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.5744.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.5757.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.6001.16461.February.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.6001.16497.April.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.64Bit.Build.6001.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.Beta2.Build.5384.x64.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.Beta2.Build.5384.x86.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.Build.5600-LH
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.Build.5600.x64-LH
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.Server.x64.build.5384.4.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.WinHEC.Build.4074-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.WinHEC.Build.4074.AMD64-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.WinHEC.Build.4074.IA64-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.WinHEC.Build.4074.Repack-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.b5048.32bit.WinHec.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.build.4083.AMD64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.build.4083.AMD64.NFOFix-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Longhorn.soon-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Media.Player.11.Beta.Build.5358.For.Windows.XP.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Media.Player.11.Beta.Build.5358.For.Windows.XP.UNGENUINE.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Media.Player.11.Beta.Build.5358.German.For.Windows.XP.UNGENUINE.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Media.Player.9.0.0.3133-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.Media.Player.v11.Beta.WinXP.Cracked-CRD
Microsoft.Windows.Millennium.Build.2460-CORPGODS
Microsoft.Windows.Mobile.2005.Codename.Magneto.5.1.1700.Build.14326.0.0.0-Betas
Microsoft.Windows.SDK.for.Windows.Vista.Beta2.Build.5384.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.SDK.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.SDK.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.SDK.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.SDK.for.Windows.Vista.Build.5728.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Blade.SP1.Build.1421-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Blade.SP1.Build.1433-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Blade.SP1.Integrated.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Datacenter.SP1.Build.1421-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Datacenter.SP1.Build.1433-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Datacenter.SP1.Integrated.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Enterprise.SP1.Build.1421-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Enterprise.SP1.Integrated.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Standalone.SP1.Build.1421-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Standalone.SP1.Build.1433-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Standalone.SP1.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Standalone.SP1.GERMAN.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Standard.SP1.Build.1421-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32Bit.Standard.SP1.Integrated.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32bit.Enterprise.SP1.Build.1433-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.32bit.Standard.SP1.Build.1433-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.64Bit.Datacenter.SP1.Integrated.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.64Bit.Enterprise.SP1.Integrated.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.64Bit.Standard.SP1.Integrated.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.AMD64.Enterprise.SP1.Build.1218-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.AMD64.Standard.SP1.Build.1218-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Build.1184-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Enterprise.Edition.SP2.English.RC-LH
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Enterprise.Edition.SP2.English.Volume.Licensing.Customers.RC-LH
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Enterprise.Edition.with.Service.Pack.2.Beta.Build.2175.German.ia64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Enterprise.Edition.with.Service.Pack.2.Beta.Build.2175.German.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Integrated.ENT.AMD64.Build.1184-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.R2.Beta.IDS.Build.1970-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.R2.Beta.IDS.Build.1970.1.German-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.R2.Beta2.English.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.R2.Beta2.German.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.R2.Beta2.Japanese.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.R2.Beta2.SDK-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.R2.Enterprise.Edition.with.Service.Pack.2.Beta.Build.2175.German.x86.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.R2.Standard.Edition.with.Service.Pack.2.Beta.Build.2175.German.x86.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.SP1.1023-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.SP2.Build.2175.8in1.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2721.DE.IA64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2721.DE.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2721.EN.IA64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2721.EN.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2721.EN.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2721.JP.IA64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2721.JP.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2721.JP.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2725.DE.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2725.EN.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2725.EN.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2725.JP.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2725.JP.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2786.EN.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2786.EN.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2805.DE.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2805.EN.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Service.Pack.2.Build.2805.EN.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.Standard.Edition.with.Service.Pack.2.Beta.Build.2175.German.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.ia64Bit.Standalone.SP1.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.ia64Bit.Standalone.SP1.GERMAN.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.x64.Datacenter.SP1.Build.1421-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.x64.Datacenter.SP1.Build.1433-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.x64.Enterprise.SP1.Build.1421-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.x64.Enterprise.SP1.Build.1433-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.x64.Standard.SP1.Build.1421-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.x64.Standard.SP1.Build.1433-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2003.x86.Build.1184-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.32Bit.Build.6001.16606.June.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.32Bit.Build.6001.16648.September.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.32Bit.Build.6001.17042.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.64Bit.Build.6001.16606.June.CTP.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.R2.64Bit.Build.6801.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.R2.64Bit.Build.7000.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.R2.64Bit.Build.7100.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.SP2.32Bit.Build.6002.16497.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.SP2.32Bit.Build.6002.16659.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.SP2.64Bit.Build.6002.16497.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.SP2.64Bit.Build.6002.16659.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.WDK.RC0-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.WDK.RC1.Escrow.Build.6001.17048-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.x64.RC1.Build.6001.17051.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.2008.x86.RC1.Build.6001.17051.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.Update.Services.3.0.SP1.RC.X64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Server.Update.Services.3.0.SP1.RC.X86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Sticky.Notes.WinAll-FTS
Microsoft.Windows.Storage.Server.2008.R2.Beta.1-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.User.State.Migration.Tool.2.6.RC0.WiNALL-BRiCK
Microsoft.Windows.V1.1985-dANISHgOLD
Microsoft.Windows.Virtual.PC.and.Windows.XP.Mode.for.Windows.7.Build.7100.x64-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Virtual.PC.and.Windows.XP.Mode.for.Windows.7.Build.7100.x86-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5270.DVD.iNTERNAL-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5342.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5365.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5365.DVD-WinBeta.
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5381.1.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5384.4.DVD.DIRFIX-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5456.DVD.iNTERNAL-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5456.DVD.iNTERNAL.NFOFix-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5536.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5536.DVD.NFOFiX-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5600.RC1.DVD.iNTERNAL-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5728.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Build.5744.DVD.iNTERNAL-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.Server.Core.Build.5270-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.32Bit.b5384.4.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.English.for.Vista.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.English.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.German.for.Vista.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.German.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.Japanese.for.Vista.x64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5472.Language.Pack.Japanese.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5536.Language.Pack.English.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5536.Language.Pack.German.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.5536.Language.Pack.Japanese.for.Vista.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5270.DVD.iNTERNAL-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5342.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5365.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5381.1.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5384.4.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5600.RC1.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5728.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Build.5744.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.64Bit.Server.Core.Build.5270-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Automated.Install.Kit.RC2.WAIK.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Beta2.Build.5384.x64.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Beta2.Build.5384.x86.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5259.TAP.Build.x86.DVD.READNFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5259.x86.DVD.READNFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5270.Driver.Kit.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5270.x86.German.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5308.x64.German.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5308.x86.German.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.x64.DVD.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.x64.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.x86.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5456.x86.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.Automated.Installation.Kit.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.Symbols.amd64chk-BetaInsiPREREPORT
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.Symbols.amd64chk-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.Symbols.amd64fre-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.Symbols.x86chk-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.Symbols.x86fre-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.x64.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.x64.German.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.x64.Japanese.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.x86.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.x86.German.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5472.x86.Japanese.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5536.Symbols.x86fre-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5536.x86.DVD.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5536.x86.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5536.x86.JAPANESE.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5552.x86.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.Automated.Installation.Kit.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.RC1.x64.DVD.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.RC1.x64.FRENCH.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.RC1.x64.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.RC1.x86.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.RC1.x86.FRENCH.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.RC1.x86.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.RC1.x86.READ.NFO-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5600.RC1.x86.SPANISH.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5728.Automated.Installation.Kit.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5728.x64.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5728.x86.GERMAN.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5744.CD.Version.READ.NFO-LH
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5744.RC2.x64.DVD.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5744.RC2.x86.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Build.5840.x86.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Codename.LIV3D.Beta.1.32Bit.DVD.READ.NFO-WinSeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Codename.Longhorn.Beta.1.32Bit.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Codename.Longhorn.Beta.1.64Bit.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Codename.Longhorn.Beta.1.64Bit.Server.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Codename.Longhorn.Beta.1.Developers.Kit-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Codename.Longhorn.Beta.1.FIX-ANTIWPA
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Final.Build.6.0.6000.RTM.SPANISH-BoRrasS
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.32Bit.Build.6001.16549.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.32Bit.Build.6001.16659.Beta.1.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.Update.32Bit.Build.6001.16633.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.Update.32Bit.Build.6001.16659.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.Update.32Bit.Build.6001.17128.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.Update.64Bit.Build.6001.16633.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP1.Update.64Bit.Build.6001.16659.Beta.1.DVD.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.32Bit.Build.6002.16497.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.32Bit.Build.6002.16659.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.64Bit.Build.6002.16497.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.64Bit.Build.6002.16659.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.RC.Update.32Bit.Build.6002.16670-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.RC.Update.64Bit.Build.6002.16670-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.Update.32Bit.Build.6002.16497-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.Update.32Bit.Build.6002.16659-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.Update.32Bit.Build.6002.17043-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.Update.64Bit.Build.6002.16497-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.Update.64Bit.Build.6002.16659-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.SP2.Update.64Bit.Build.6002.17043-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Service.Pack.1.amd64.Build.6001.16659.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Service.Pack.1.amd64.Build.6001.16659.German.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Service.Pack.1.x64.Build.6001.17042.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Service.Pack.1.x86.Build.6001.16659.DVD.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Service.Pack.1.x86.Build.6001.16659.German.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Service.Pack.1.x86.Build.6001.17042.DVD-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Symbols.Build.5381.amd64-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Symbols.Build.5381.x86-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.x32.Final.Build.6.0.6000.RTM.MSDN.SPANISH-FastSCeNe
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.x32.RETAIL.SPANISH-IND
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.x64.Build.5456.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.x64.Build.5456.DVD.NFOFix-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Vista.x64.Final.Build.6.0.6000.RTM.MSDN.SPANISH-FastSCeNe
Microsoft.Windows.Web.Server.2008.R2.64Bit.Build.7000.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Web.Server.2008.SP2.32Bit.Build.6002.16497.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Web.Server.2008.SP2.32Bit.Build.6002.16659.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Web.Server.2008.SP2.64Bit.Build.6002.16497.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Web.Server.2008.SP2.64Bit.Build.6002.16659.DVD-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.Whistler.Professional.Beta.1.ISO-RiSE
Microsoft.Windows.XP.2003.Enterprise.Server.Keygen-YAG
Microsoft.Windows.XP.64-Bit.Edition.For.64-bit.Extended.Systems-TBE
Microsoft.Windows.XP.64.Bit.SP1.Integrated.For.64.Bit.Ext.Systems-TBE
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Embedded.Feature.Preview.2008.CTP-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Embedded.SP2.Feature.Pack.2007.CTP.Build.1-LH
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Embedded.SP2.Feature.Pack.2007.CTP.Build.1.iNTERNAL-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Embedded.SP2.Feature.Pack.2007.CTP.Build.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Home.OEM.SP3.RC2.Build.3300.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Home.Retail.SP3.RC2.Build.3300.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Home.Upgrade.SP3.RC2.Build.3300.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.PRO.AMD64.Build.1184-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Pro.64bit.Build.1812-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Pro.AMD64.Build.1218-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Pro.x64.Build.1421-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Pro.x64.Build.1433-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Pro.x64.With.SP2.Beta.Refresh.2-LH
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Prof.Corp.SP2.Integr.RC.2.2-LCDiSO
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.Corporate.SP2.Integrated.RC.2.2-LCDiSO
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.Corporate.SP3.RC1.Build.3244.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.Corporate.SP3.RC2.Build.3300.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.N.Corporate.SP3.RC1.Build.3244.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.OEM.SP3.RC2.Build.3300.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.Retail.SP3.RC2.Build.3300.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.SP2.BETA.04.01-TDA
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.SP2.Build.2082.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.SP2.Build.2138.Beta.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.SP2.RC1.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.SP2.RC1.Integrated.REPACK-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.SP2.RC2.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.Student.Edition.SP3.RC1.Build.3244.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.Student.Edition.SP3.RC2.Build.3300.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.Upgrade.SP3.RC2.Build.3300.Integrated-ETH0
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professional.x64.Edition.Service.Pack.2.Beta.Build.2175-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Professionnelle.beta.2.FRENCH.ISO-Ulysse
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP1.v1065.WinXP-LUCiD
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.2111.2in1-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.2111.Interim.Update.ISO-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.2120.2in1.ISO-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.2126.2in1-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.2142.Express.Installer-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.Beta.2082.Express-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.Beta.2082.Express.REPACK-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.Beta.2082.Full-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.Beta.Build.2120-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.Build.2055.UxTheme.Patch-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.Build.2126-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.Build.2138-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.Build.2142-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.RC1.2096.2in1-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP2.RC2.Build.2149-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP3.Build.3180.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP3.Build.3205.Beta.1.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.SP3.Build.3300.RC2.READ.NFO-WinBeta
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Service.Pack.3.Build.3205.Beta.1.German-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Service.Pack.3.Build.3205.Beta.1.Japanese-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Service.Pack.3.Build.3244.RC1-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Service.Pack.3.Build.3300.RC2.German-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.Windows.XP.TPCE.2004.Developer.Kit.1.7-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.Tablet.PC.Edition.2004.Alpha.Upgrade-BetasIRC
Microsoft.Windows.XP.x64.Professional.Corporate.SP2.RC.Integrated.MULTI.IMAGE-ETH0
Microsoft.XImage.Build.5270.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.XImage.Build.5270.ia64.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft.XImage.Build.5270.x64.SUB100-BetaInsiders
Microsoft_Operations_Manager_2004_Beta2-Winbeta
Microsoft_Windows_7_Rc1_Build_7100_x64_FRENCH-DEFEAT
Microsoft_Windows_95_950C_OSR2.5_beta-PWA
Microsoft_Windows_Server_2003_64Bit_Datacenter_SP1_Integrated_Build_1812-WinBeta
Microsoft_Windows_XP_Pro_64bit_Build_1812-WinBeta
microsoft.office.2003.one.note.beta-winbeta

Win95 Key计算

WINDOWS95


只要合於下述公式之序號,不必原告指定的「唯一」序號,仍可安裝。
ABCDE-FGH-IJKLMNO-PQRST
1. ABC 為 001 至 366 之間的三位數字。
2. D 為一固定數字 9 。
3. E為介於 5 至 9 之間的一位數字。
4. FGH為英文字母 OEM 或 oem 皆可。
5. I為一固定數字 0。
6. JKLMNO 此六個數字之和為 7的倍數,
 即J+K+L+M+N+O= 7×n  ( n 為常整數 )
7. PQRST 為介於 00000至99999之間的五位數字。
8. 此一公式,經測試,僅有一、二組無法使用。

Win98 setupx.dll和ProductType引用

100 - Clean install using Microsoft Internal
101 - Clean install using Full CD
102 - Clean install using CD
103 - Clean install using Full Floppy
104 - Clean install using Floppy
105 - Clean install using Web
110 - Clean install using Select CD
111 - Clean install using MSDN CD
112 - Clean install using WIN98 Upgrade (Windows 98 SE only)
115 - Clean install using Full OEM CD
116 - Clean install using OEM CD
120 - Clean install using OEM Preinstall Kit

1
2 - Retail CD Upgrade (full too?)
3 - Floppy Upgrade
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 - Floppy
8 - Floppy
9 - OEM CD Full

Win95:

1: Microsoft internal - doesn't require a product key of any kind
2: Retail CD upgrade - requires a 10-digit product key and a qualifying product (MS-DOS, OS/2 or an earlier version of Windows) for upgrade
3: Retail floppy upgrade - requires a 10-digit product key and a qualifying product for upgrade, will check for user information in the bootsector of disk 2 and write it there
4: Retail floppy full - requires a 10-digit product key, will check for user information in the bootsector of disk 2 and write it there
5: Unknown - requires a 10-digit product key. This behaves the same way as type 6, and I've never seen it used on actual installation media of any kind, which leads me to suspect it's entirely unused or was possibly reserved for future use. Maybe this product type was to be used by a planned full retail CD release, but as said, no media has been found so far that actually uses it.
6: Unknown - see type 5 above.
7: OEM Preinstallation Kit floppy - This does not seem to ask for any product key, but will check for user information in the bootsector of disk 2 and write it there. This is a rare media type that was used by OEMs to preinstall Windows 95 onto their computers, the product type is also often overriden with a different one on actual media (see below for how this works).
8: OEM floppy full - requires an OEM product key, will check for user information in the bootsector of disk 2 and write it there.
9: OEM CD full - requires an OEM product key.

水木清华(newsmth)帖子随记

正式中文版WINDOWS98鉴别方法!

发信人: phn (阿潘), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: 正式中文版WINDOWS98鉴别方法!
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Aug 31 17:12:16 1998)

这是一位网友(和微软有业务联系)告诉我的:


if you want to know which is
Simplified Chinese Windows 98 final release version CD
you can see:
3xxM, autorun,
all files' date is 1998-06-19  20:01
don't see version, all version is 4.10.1998 from RC0-RC5, final release
is same version.
So RC=release candidate.
Windows 98 english and chinese SP1 is on schedule.
English SP1 will release on Sep.

BTW: 我可不是为盗版商推销积压货哦, 嘻嘻 ;o)

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 202.102.13.24]

关于PWin98SE(2222A)之我见

发信人: cybergene (活泼的基因), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: 关于PWin98SE(2222A)之我见
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Aug 23 13:13:44 1999)


作为一个喜欢尝试各种新软件或软件新版本的Software-Fun,我老早就把自己的
机器升成了Win98SE。见到前面有许多关于询问PWin98SE的情况,下面就把俺的感受
和大家交流交流:

1、过程:
我是先装的PWin98正式版,然后升级到IE5.0,尔后又升级到2184版,最后升级到
2222A的。到现在已经有半年多了,一直也没有重新装过。
2、感受:
从上98后就觉得比原来的97好用多了。我的机器配置是P200MMX+64M+5.1GHDD,在现在
也只能算是低等水平吧,但是就我机器平时的工作量来说,Win98的确很令我满意:
我一般在做主页时需要同时运行如下软件:
Netscape 4.6(one or more)、
IE5.0(one or more)、
Photoshop 5.0CS、
Word 97、
Dreamweaver 2.0、
Apache 1.3.6 for Win32、
Ultraedit6.0、
CuteFTP2.8、
ACDSee32 2.4等

在这种情况下系统只是稍稍有些慢而已,并没有出现不稳定的现象(这一点我要
解释一下:不是从未出过问题,但是半年多来出GPF的次数真的是屈指可数)。

3、一些问题的解释:
 a.关于Win98中安装时不拷贝某些文件的问题,我个人的感觉是差别不是非常大,
不过如果自己拷贝了那些文件,在关机时似乎的确会少出现几次不能“安全关机”的
现象。
 b.关于IE5容易“死”的问题,是IE5对浏览FTP站点时的处理的确做得不好,我对此
的办法是:凡是ftp://开头的URL我一律复制后用CuteFTP来打开,不用IE5直接点击。

4、一点声明:
俺写上面这些的意思并不是想夸奖98有多么多么的好,仅仅是就事论事而已。
如果Linux下可以方便的处理中文,可能我就不懂98了。:-)

p.s. 关于直接装98se之后IE5没有繁体语言包的问题,我个人认为还是线装98,
然后升级IE5(这时安装语言包),再升成98SE的好。--其实多用不了多少时间的。

--
    Talking the way you are talking now. There are things that
 have to be done and you do them and you never talk about them.
 You don't try to justify them, they can't be justified. You just
 do them, then you forget it...

Welcome to DNA Studio: http://202.112.87.24/main.html

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 202.112.87.24]

Windows 千年盛世 sc beta2 感觉

发信人: kxn (身体恢复中~20%), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Windows 千年盛世 sc beta2 感觉
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Feb 27 22:02:45 2000)


比较爱死,  :( 还挺慢

安装的时候出了一个非法操作,但是居然进行下去了

我是从 98 升级的,所以硬件兼容性不知道,用的都是 98 的 driver

升级以后发现比 98 改变了的有, 

CD 播放器和 2K 的一样花了

游戏里面多了一些, NT 里的游戏都有了,还多了个蜘蛛牌

自带的是 IE 5.5, 暴不稳定,我用它看小说经常失去响应,而且不知为什么

txt 文件默认用的是楷体字,就更慢了

其他我还真没有看出什么新鲜的,试一试以前的 98 游戏倒是都能玩

于是很快就删掉重装 97 了

Over.

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.136.178]

Q: What is Windows "Whistler"?

发信人: hammer (小棰子), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Q: What is Windows "Whistler"?
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon May  1 12:25:18 2000)

business/consumer version of Windows classed as Windows 2001.

Q: What will be new in Windows "Whistler"?
A: Little is really known, but if it heads the way that Whistler was 
going to then it will be much more HTML based than any other operating 
system.

Q: Will Windows "Whistler" have a new Graphic User Interface (GUI)?
A: Yes, the beginnings are already in place - and internal releases have
 already done away with the start bar.

Q: Has testing of Windows "Whistler" begun?
A: Only internally

Q: When is Windows "Whistler" due to be finally released?
A: No date has been announced but it is expected sometime at the end 
of 2001.

Q: If I am a games player, should I go for Windows 2000 or wait for 
"Whistler"?
A: Defiantly wait for Windows "Whistler" for the simple reason that it 
is designed for both the business & consumer thus is more adept at games
 playing.


--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.136.246]

Re: WinXP2458下网卡怎么装?NE2000,ISA

发信人: iMEMS (少保九千岁), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: WinXP2458下网卡怎么装?NE2000,ISA
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Fri Mar 23 01:07:12 2001)

easy
1. manual install a new device from harddisk from the
   inf dir in win2k
2. unzip the ne*.* from the drivers.cab in whistler i386
   to a temp dir.
3. choose this temp dir when whistler require the dir for 
   these ne2000 compatible sys files.
4. ignore the digital assighment warning, but go on to an end.
5. set the irq and io.
6. restart
7. network tcp/ip setting

【 在 denggang (邓邓) 的大作中提到: 】
: 安装了Win Whistler2458,怎么网卡驱动那么少?我的网卡是旧点,
: 但2000也支持的,不识别,也找不到驱动,据说2000的驱动可以用,
: 哪里可以找到?


--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.117.51.70]

Re: 谁能在贴一遍xp 2462 sev版,15天的破解方法?

发信人: yern (金黄色), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 谁能在贴一遍xp 2462 sev版,15天的破解方法?
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Fri Apr 13 20:24:37 2001)

2464a - Beta 2

Product-Key

QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y

(I) Pre-Installation Perperations if you didn't download my ISO:

  -Extract the .ISO with ISObuster or any other iso extracter
1. Delete idwlog.exe and sysparse.exe from the i386 folder of the 
installation folder
2. Replace winlogon.ex_, setupreg.hiv and setupp.ini (i386 folder 
also) with those provided in the
    files provided in the PreInstall folder.
  
(II) Post Installation After 100% and final reboot (Safe Mode):

1. Boot into Safe Mode - F8 at startup
2. Start -> Control Panel -> Admin Tools -> CPU Management -> Local 
Users
  -Delete Microsoft Account and Help Account
  -Change guest password
  -Rename Administrator
3. Now U need to edit the Registery which is Really easy to do
  -Start -> Run 
  -regedit
  -HKEY\Software\Microsoft\WindowsNT\CurrentVersion\
    -Modify "RegDone" to 1
  -HKEY\Software\Microsoft\WindowsNT\CurrentVersion\WinLogon
    -Modify "Activation Required" to 0
  -HKEY\Software\Microsoft\WindowsNT\CurrentVersion\WinLogon
    -Modify "SFCDisable" to 1
  -Close Regedit
4. The final step: 
  -Start -> Run
*Copy and past these commands one at a time in the run box.
  - regsvr32.exe -u regwizc.dll
  - regsvr32.exe -u licdll.dll

【 在 mitdreaming (I Love MCSB) 的大作中提到: 】
: 不好意思,谢谢了县!


--
金&黄色


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.174.17]

Windows XP 2465 crack

发信人: kodey (砍刀), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Windows XP 2465 crack
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Apr 29 22:52:41 2001)

Windows XP 2465 crack by BaTMaN 
2465 - Interim Build 2465 Ver. 2002 
Product-Key 
QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y 
(I) Pre-Installation:
-Extract the .ISO with ISObuster or any other iso extracter
1. Delete idwlog.exe and sysparse.exe from the i386 folder of the installation folder
2. Replace winlogon.ex_, setupreg.hiv and setupp.ini (i386 folder also) with those provided in the
files provided in the PreInstall folder.

(II) Post Installation After 100% and final reboot (Safe Mode): 
1. Boot into Safe Mode - F8 at startup
2. Start -> Control Panel -> Admin Tools -> Computer Management -> Local Users
-Delete Microsoft Account and Help Account
-Rename Administrator
3. The final step: 
-Start -> Run
*Copy and past these commands one at a time in the run box.
- regsvr32.exe -u regwizc.dll
- regsvr32.exe -u licdll.dll 
(III) Windows XP Remove XP Build From Desktop 
1. Right-Click Your Desktop And Press "PrWperties"
2. Goto The "Desktop" Tab
3. Press "Customize Desktop"
4. Move To The "Web" Tab
5. Enable The "Lock Desktop Items Option"
6. Press Ok In The "Customize Desktop" Window And Then In The "Properties" Window 
There, Your All Done, No More Build No. On Desktop, Even Though A Couple More Annoying Things Were Added Now. 


--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.200.43.170]

关于xp2480和2491(转载)

发信人: gladglad (lori), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: 关于xp2480和2491(转载)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Wed May 23 16:01:30 2001)

leaboard 论坛出现了一张2491的截图,很多人都深信2491已经发
。可惜的是微软历史还没有在一周之内发布2个内部测试版的先例。再
次说明一下,到目前为止,网络上可供下载的 
最新的WinXP测试版的版本号是2474,英文版,任何更高版本都是假的。 
另外那张2491的截图制作人Photoshop用的还是蛮不错的.
可惜的是他没有注意到,从2474版本开始,
微软在about信息中就已经放弃了"Build 版本号.idx序号.xxxxxx-xxxx"的版本
表示格式,而是采用"Build版本号.main.xxxxxx-xxxx"的格式。
单凭这点,就足以说明那张图是假的了,另外还能说明的是,
作图人自己连2474都没有安装上,因此不知道这点小更改,真是百密一疏。 

请大家不要再浪费时间讨论2480和2491的事情了。记住,微软发布内部测试版的时间最短周期是一周!!若真的有新版出来了,我会及时通知大家。 
--
找一个ppmm来告别单身


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.169.200]

Re: 请问,xp2774有什么改进,我好决定是否重装

发信人: fiend (紫虹~开阔的心世界不会小), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 请问,xp2774有什么改进,我好决定是否重装
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Fri May 25 00:02:13 2001)

从我由2465升级后使用8个小时的经验来看
task bar bug没有了
系统启动很快,比2465稍快(我没有安装其他新软件)
关机开始出现无法关闭的情形,后来在一次关机前主动卸载了AVP monitor后
关机正常,也很快,AVP也不用先unload
而且没有turn off实际为restart的bug
D3D问题解决,播放mpeg,rm,divx,dvd均无问题

界面方面的改进,抛砖引玉先说几个:
1、开机启动画面,原来的彩色进度条变成了闪烁的loading字样
出现了2002字样
2、IE和explorer的logo从小的转动的地球变成飘动的windowsxp logo
3、开机检查磁盘时的界面变成彩色,和欢迎画面的色彩和结构相仿
4、txt默认图标变漂亮了
5、My Documents下多了一个My Video目录
6、Network Connections的图标有小变化,而且New Connection Wizard
放到左边的Tasks窗口里了

初步印象,改进不大,用2465的倒不需要升级,2469的升升级可以
解决D3D的问题,当然,打那个补丁也可以,不过据说效果不大好

【 在 yuyi99 (ruyi) 的大作中提到: 】
: 到底有什么改进,哪位装了,不妨说说,看了前面的文章,好像毛病很多
: 我刚下载,还没决定是否装,我现在用的是2462


--
 へ︿︿ㄟ  ┏┳┳━━┳━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┓
(  p ︶ˇ﹋ˇ︶  o ) ┣╋┫ ↘ ┃  欢迎访问fiend.dhs.org fiendftp.dhs.org  ┃
╰   ▂▂  ▂▂   ╯ ┣♀╋┳┳┫   超过6G的mp3  MTV删除中  还有实用软件   ┃
 ( 【 ★ ▉ ★ 】 )  ┣┻┻╋♂┫春花秋月┃
 ≡≡ ﹌ ● ﹌ ≡≡  ┃ ↖ ┣╋┫㊣≡能不能优雅的走着钢索≡㊣┃
 ╰db╯  ┗━━┻┻┻━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┛


※ 修改:·fiend 於 May 25 00:03:42 修改本文·[FROM: 166.111.145.231]
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.145.231]

Re: 请问,xp2774有什么改进,我好决定是否重装

发信人: LiveMotion (LiveMotion@dhxy.pku), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 请问,xp2774有什么改进,我好决定是否重装
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Thu May 24 23:59:57 2001)

呵呵,要照你这么说,那到rtm出了的时候,不知道有多少bug了
其实xp基本已经定型了,如果不再捆绑什么小东东,现在主要就是
在修正bug了,所以应该是越高的版本越好的说
我觉得2474是不错的,但是由于大家太过着急得到它了,结果在传
播的过程中出了不少意外,但是现在能够得到的最终版本还是很
棒的.
要说比2463,其实改进的地方不是很大,但是2463似乎有工具栏的
bug吧,2474是没有了,而且个人感觉速度比2463有不少提升,不仅
是启动还是应用程序的打开执行什么的.界面作了若干修改,但是
大体保持了一贯的whistler风格,值得一提的是,对于搜索界面作
了美化,左边的链接选择frame加上了蓝色的背景,做成了列表链接
的形势,风格和以前完全不同了,下面还有一只可爱的小狗,挺逗的
反正.
不过如果你怕麻烦或者没有把握能弄清楚哪些是必须的补丁的话,
还是等吧,2480应该就是rc1了
【 在 stid (不需要) 的大作中提到: 】
: 我觉得还是不要装
: 我现在用的2463还可以,不过有一点小毛病,但是可以忍受
: 2474有什么毛病就难说了


--

※ 修改:·LiveMotion 於 May 25 00:00:47 修改本文·[FROM:   162.105.99.78]
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 162.105.99.78]

What's new about winxp2485

发信人: lml (升级中...), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: What's new about winxp2485
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Fri Jun  8 11:11:59 2001)


Anyone who is fooled into thinking that this (build 2485 of Windows XP) is in 
fact Release Candidate 1 (RC1) will not be far off the mark. Many people are 
already calling this the most stable, fast and complete build to date, not 
that it come's a
surprise when you think that every new build "should" be better than the 
last anyway.
The reasons for this are among the following:
Internet Explorer bug's are fixed (ie: display window borders works)
Taskbar now flashes orange when in the background (instead of orange "lines")
Start Menu display's correctly (not overlapped by underlying menu)
Direct3D and OpenGL works properly (finally!)
Build number is no longer displayed in "System Properties" tab
Version changes:

Windows Messenger updated to build 4.0.0142
DirectX updated to 8.1 (4.08.01.0810)
Internet Explorer & Outlook Express 6 @ 6.0.2485
Stability is much better giving users a feeling that XP is "ready" just a 
week or 2 away from RC1 we wonder if there is much more to improve on!
Downside's to this build are still the Outlook Express icons that need 
looking at, these were not displayed correctly on my machine (black 
boxes underneath all icons) this may be a sign that they are being worked 
on. The Desktop icon still looks sucky 
(IMHO) but given that XP is now feature frozen I guess its something we
will have to live with =o(
 
--
    On the Stork Tower
The sun along the mountain bows;
The Yellow River seawards flows.
You will enjoy a grander sight
By climbing to a greater height.


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.200.43.170]

Re: 请教xp2485瘦身方法

发信人: cluck (永久归宿清寒小屋), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 请教xp2485瘦身方法
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Jun 11 10:07:30 2001)

windows\system32\dllcache
windows\drivercache
windows\help
【 在 Shaggy (摇头虫子) 的大作中提到: 】
: 到底都可以删除什么东西
: 我的C盘之装了xp和offic还有proe,再加上不到500M的My Document
: 4.8G的空间就只剩下1.5G多点了,proe用了不到500M,offic英文和中文补丁一共
: 也就900M吧,就是说xp和他的组件用了1.3个G呢,到底都可以删除什么东西让它
: 减减肥啊。。。。。


--
红酥手,黄滕酒,满城春色宫墙柳;东风恶,欢情薄,一怀愁绪,几年离索,错错错。
  春如旧,人空瘦,泪痕红邑鲛绡透;桃花落,闲池阁,山盟虽在,锦书难托,莫莫莫。
                                                              -陆  游·钗头凤-
世情薄,人情恶,雨送黄昏花易落;晓风乾,泪痕残,欲笺心事,读语斜阑,难难难。
  人成各,今非昨,病魂尝似秋千索;角声寒,夜阑珊,怕人寻问,咽泪妆欢,瞒瞒瞒。
                                                              -唐蕙仙·钗头凤-


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.160.57]

[转载]★★WindowsXP RC1★★

发信人: MarchRain (^_^), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: [转载]★★WindowsXP RC1★★
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Wed Jun 13 23:04:22 2001)

发信人: wiky (★悲情Wiky★), 信区: Newsoftware
标  题: ★★WindowsXP RC1★★
发信站: 荔园晨风BBS站 (Wed Jun 13 22:35:36 2001), 转信

Windows XP「新瓶」不是「舊酒」

令人矚目的Windows XP Professional RC1終於發表了。根據微軟的一貫做法,到

了RC版本的階段,無論是用戶界面或功能都與最終的正式版本相差不遠,因此我們

可以從這RC1 版先睹正式版本的風采。

任重而道遠

微軟希望以XP實現Windows統一作業系統天下的目標,而這重任其實也是兩三年前

曾經賦予Windows 2000的使命。但Windows 2000的如意算盤始終未能打響,否則也

不會有Windows Me的出現了。因此,XP Professional仍然是定位於個人用家,而

Server等其他版本則針對專業用家。雖然我們是次測試的Professional版本只是針

對個人用家,但其安裝 光碟的淨容量竟然多達478MB,微軟對XP的祈望可見一斑。



IE逐漸引退

XP RC1內置的瀏覽器是IE6,但新系統默認的瀏覽器卻換成了多功能的MSN,而IE作

為瀏覽器的地位逐漸下降並且內化,其內核被進一步嵌入了系統 的核心。MSN會依

照使用者的所在國家和城市,為個人度身訂做的單一瀏覽器。用家只需要透過一個

MSN瀏覽器便可以享受娛樂、新聞、購物、聊天室等所有互聯網 內容。就連多媒體

的播放控制界面及Hotmail電郵都包括在同一版面內,表現出微軟企圖獨霸網上多

媒體和相關服務的野心。

翻版從此絕跡

XP的安裝速度十分快,無論從Win 98、Me或Win 2000上都可以直接安裝,安裝過程

十分簡單,相信不會難倒慣於使用微軟產品的用家,在此略過不提。但在安裝的過

程中有一先決條件,就是要求用家原來的作業 系統必須是正版。微軟決心打擊翻

版,所以從XP開始便加入了網上認證的環節。未經認證的XP就只能生存14日,如果

閣下使用的是翻版就自然不可能通過 認證。

萬能檔案總管


這個不顯眼的檔案總管,在不斷演進至今已不只局限在管理文件﹔而是集管理,處

理和瀏覽於一身的萬能總管。XP的檔案總管可以對圖像文件檔 進行更方便的瀏覽

和管理,例如將圖像旋轉,以幻燈換片方式顯示所有圖檔,以及支援播放更多類型

媒體檔案等。XP之檔案總管甚至可以用文件夾 中的文件圖像作為文件夾自身的圖

示。如果需要顯示檔案的細節,檔案總管甚至可以顯示影音文件的作者和版權持有

人等﹔對圖像文件,更可以顯 示出該圖像使用何種牌子型號的數碼相機所拍攝。



功能體貼入微

除了大的改進之外,XP就連一些細微的地方也沒有放過。好像附屬應用程式組中的

小畫家,以前只能支援DIB和BMP這兩種最老套的無壓縮 並體積巨大的格式﹔而
XP Pro中的小畫家現在已經支援JPEG,TIFF,GIF等多種格式。關機的畫面就更加

吸引,當選擇了關機後,桌面的牆紙便由彩色逐漸褪成黑白﹔ 而關機、重新啟動

及睡眠功能則變成了可以選擇的按鈕。

在人機界面方面,XP新增加了人工語音合成引擎,以及熒幕鍵盤,方便輸入工作。

而XP Pro使用的Clear Type技術令到文字的顯示效果更加平滑,尤其是中文的顯示

完全沒有了以前Windows經常見到的筆畫不均勻和文字變形的情。遠程控制功能

則 容許電腦間互相傳送文件,並且由一部電腦操控另外的多部電腦。

作為家用的個人作業系統,XP Pro保留了Win Me受歡迎的系統還原功能,對那些一

知半解又喜歡胡亂嘗試新軟件的玩家就最有用。此外,XP Pro還內置了上網分享和

簡單的防火牆功能。為方便用家管理自己的網頁,XP Pro還有網頁同步功能,並且

可以設定自動排程進行網頁同步更新。此外,XP Pro讓用家可透過互聯網與專門的

標準時間基準進行校正,令電腦的內部時間保持準確。

結論

結論

把Windows XP與之前的版本相比,可見其進步是深層次的,再不只是簡單的改進使

用界面或增加新功能,而是向著Microsoft.net這概念踏出第一步。其中的P ro版

本將會成為家庭用家和遊戲玩家的平台,並徹底取代Win Me。就以RC1中已經內置

了最新的DirectX 8.1版本及顯示卡驅動程式為例,它能夠支援所有新遊戲,
3DMark 2001的測試得分更大幅度超越Win Me,亦改善了以前Win 2000在OpenGL表

現較好而3D成績落後的情。

Microsoft Windows XP涉獵的範圍似乎愈來愈廣,從視窗外觀及介面、互聯網功能

如內置防火牆以至多媒體播放和製作等等,微軟都想納入其王國之內。當驚 嘆
Windows XP功能的同時,也不禁聯想起那些依靠微軟的小型軟件公司的生存空間又

被壓縮了一截。

--
  Welcome To Wiky DOD Studio
      http://192.168.0.177



※ 来源:·荔园晨风BBS站 bbs.szu.edu.cn·[FROM: 192.168.0.177]
  

--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 210.39.3.50]

Re: xp.net和winxp到底有什么区别啊?

发信人: yingfuchen (绝剑), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: xp.net和winxp到底有什么区别啊?
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Wed Jul 25 00:11:27 2001)

.net是server ,advanced server,date center
xp是personal,professional
【 在 dailyface (每天新感觉) 的大作中提到: 】
: rt.


--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 162.105.52.129]

autopatch for xp2520

发信人: MarchRain (“心软”), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: autopatch for xp2520
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Fri Jul 27 04:29:20 2001)

  http://perso.chello.fr/lf/autopatch2520.rar 

This is a modified Windows XP CD.  It has an integrated patch that 
resets the 60 day activation grace period every time the machine 
reboots. 

Installation: 

Any one of the following approaches 

1.Boot from CD; 
2.Under Windows 9x/ME/NT/2000/XP, run “INSTALL.BAT” to clean install 
or “UPGRADE.BAT” to upgrade; 
3.Under Windows 9x/ME/NT/2000/XP, run setup.exe or winnt32.exe 
(important: do not select “Dynamic Updates”); 
4.Under DOS, run winnt.exe; 

For 3 and 4, use this key when asked 


RK7J8 - 2PGYQ - P47VV - V6PMB - F6XPQ 

Features: 

No CD key input (if boot from CD or use the .BAT files) 
No 180 day time limit 
60 day grace period (new), which is reset at every reboot 
No “Comment?” button 
Pre-installed Tweak UI 
Pre-installed DirectX manager 
Pre-installed “Sachs Aquarium” screen saver (new version 0.99L
 with a starfish) 
User account “HelpAssistant” and “SUPPORT_388945a0” 
deleted 
Built-in “Guest” account disabled 
Updated XP_XTRAS directory 

Notes: 

The activation dialog has been disabled. If you need to open it (to 
activate XP with a valid key or to see how it looks*), do the following:
 
Open a command window; 
Type the commands: 
Regsvr32 /s licdll.dll 
Regsvr32 /s regwizc.dll 
%systemroot%\system32\oobe\msoobe.exe /a 

To disable the dialog again, type the following commands 
Regsvr32 /s /u licdll.dll 
Regsvr32 /s /u regwizc.dll 


--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 210.39.3.50]

Windows XP sn s/n cdkey cd-key

寄信人: windtear (死亡线上的挣扎!)
标  题: Windows XP sn s/n cdkey cd-key
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Jul 30 21:11:33 2001)
来  源: 166.111.176.248 

2600
BX6HT-MDJKW-H2J4X-BX67W-TVVFG

2542
RK7J8-2PGYQ-P47VV-V6PMB-F6XPQ
pro:BX6HT-MDJKW-H2J4X-BX67W-TVVFG
home:BQJG2-2MJT7-H7F6K-XW98B-4HQRQ

2535
CH6BH-G7PCX-KTM8K-WRKBD-HC7TW

2526(xp rc2)
XB88B-9B96V-CRJPG-64882-GQBDD

60day(also for 3505)
RK7J8-2PGYQ-P47VV-V6PMB-F6XPQ

180day internet(telephone) 已经不能用了 用烂了:P 后证明确实不能用了 留作纪念
CXGDD-GP2B2-RKWWD-HG3HY-VDJ7J


2480 cn         再来增加
2464a
QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y

2462
DW3CF-D7KYR-KMR6C-3X7FX-T8CVM
DW87C-76RXP-LLK6C-3FJ2J-2908F
203KR-234TJ-389H8-3F2HU-1W187

2458
2446
QB2BW-8PJ2D-9X7JK-BCCRT-D233Y

2428
F6PGG-4YYDJ-3FF3T-R328P-3BXTG
RBDC9-VTRC8-D7972-J97JY-PRVMG

xp2542 cracked!!!

发信人: yingfuchen (绝剑), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: xp2542 cracked!!!
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Fri Aug 17 10:58:41 2001)

终于搞定2542,
下面是crack和我安装成功的shotcut
ftp://com.pku.edu.cn/incoming/2542_crack/
安装说明:
将压缩包中i386下文件解出,覆盖安装文件中i386下文件,
然后用sn:RK7J8-2PGYQ-P47VV-V6PMB-F6XPQ  (别的我没试过,出问题我可不负责:)
装完,就可以使用,期限60天,当然,你可以激活,或者接着crack
(进safemode,运行reset3.exe 和 pop-up.bat)
enjoy it:)

--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 162.105.52.129]

Windows XP中发现跟踪码

发信人: ever (流星), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Windows XP中发现跟踪码
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Wed Aug 29 21:00:29 2001)

发信人: ssun (explorer), 信区: TechNews
标  题: Windows XP中发现跟踪码
发信站: 南京大学小百合站 (Wed Aug 29 15:22:55 2001), 站内信件

(www.pcnews.com.cn 专稿 张永刚)微软位打击盗版真是不遗余力,近日,有人发
现在微软发布的Windows XP本中隐藏有“拷贝标识码”(universally unique
identifier)。也就是说,每一份从微软站点下载的拷贝或从微软处得来的CD版
Windows XP都有一个加了密的唯一标识码。由于微软对每一个参与测试Windows
XP的用户都进行了详细的登记,所以通过这一标识码可以唯一确定使用这一拷贝的
用户信息。通过这种方式,微软可以跟踪每一份Windows XP的拷贝。如果有谁胆敢
把Windows XP非法拷贝给他人或协助盗版,微软根据盗版Windows XP中的标识码就
可以顺藤摸瓜,找到元凶。

  这一标识码由于通过MD5加密算法进行加密所以一直以来都没有被人发现。网
上现在已经有了解码程序,只要下载这一程序,运行“md5 *.iso”就可以得到如
下标识码信息(因拷贝不同会有所不同):

D:\WinXP>md5 *.iso
0227f25ed04d54488b5f52fb4239ba46 *usa_2600__x86fre.per_whistler.iso
d1f3716dce6233ab353032c6b67ef40e *usa_2600_x86eval.pro_whistler.iso
36c7fe8b9d9b0d14296d1a380e907867 *usa_2600__x86chk.pro_whistler.iso
b3c25315840fdf440760401e95022c35 *usa_2600__symcd2.sym_whistler.iso

  所以,使用正版Windows XP的人现在要注意了,不要轻易把自己的拷贝借给他
人安装或复制,因为你的一举一动都被微软看在眼里。

--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.119.60.168]

微软正式承认Windows XP使用跟踪技术(转载)

发信人: Erratic (漂砾), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: 微软正式承认Windows XP使用跟踪技术(转载)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Sep  3 20:26:44 2001)



From : CSDN


微软正式承认Windows XP使用跟踪技术 
2001-9-1 17:20:51,阅读次数: 1661



新闻内容:

  (北京青年报)微软正式承认,在其发布给测试者的Windows XP中确实使用了跟踪技术
,监视那些泄漏Windows XP的测试人员。

  微软在信中写道:

  我们真希望你当初能够私下里跟我联系此事。确实,我们使用了跟踪技术监视那些泄
漏Windows XP的人。通过这项技术,我们现在已经发现了大量测试人员,在未经允许的情
况下蓄意泄漏Windows XP给他人,这些人已经被从测试者名单上除名了。你的文章泄漏了
这一隐藏在Windows 
XP中的秘密,把它公之于众,使我们再也不能像以前那样轻易的发现这些不法之徒,给我
们带来了诸多不便。

  大量的Beta版测试网站向我们一次次反应,有很多家伙通过不法手段得到了Windows 
XP的测试版本。我们的跟踪技术正是为了有效的阻止这一趋势的蔓延。同时,我想你保证
,这一技术只是一些标记而已,对系统的安装和激活不会产生任何作用。

  这一跟踪技术并不涉及任何个人隐私问题:

  ·它只是一个产品标签,不涉及到任何个人安全和隐私信息。

  ·为什么不涉及个人隐私呢?因为得到这一跟踪码的是你,而不是我们。除非你把包
含此跟踪码的私有拷贝四处分发,否则,这一跟踪码只会保存在你的机器当中。

  ·我们并不是使用这一技术跟踪什么人下载了,下载了多少次,因为这些信息都已经
被服务器记录在了LOG文件当中,需要时随时可以得到。我们只是使用这一技术跟踪那些
泄漏XP的人,使他们的账号不能再使用。

  看来微软也是满肚子苦水,好不容易想出来的妙招就这么泡汤了。

 
--

   一剑走天下
   两樽论春秋


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.214.7]

NT5.0 试用报告

发信人: chxliu (chxliu), 信区: NewSoftware


        感觉很不错,画面非常漂亮,IIS也升级到了5.0 .而且是全版,什么语言都
有.
        唯一的缺陷的对中文支持还是不够好,有些中文无法显示.另外安装过程很
漫长,几乎让我无法忍受.
        测试结果:
        因为对中文数据库支持有问题,我现在不得不使用.......win98,呵呵.
        希望各位高手们放过我们,别老来黑咱们.
        现在 NT5.0 已经放到化云坊上,欢迎试试.



发信人: chxliu (chxliu), 信区: NewSoftware

【 在 Jonny (识时务者为俊杰.寻梦中回首) 的大作中提到: 】
:     嘿嘿,我取那东西,让你们服务器不正常了一段时间呢,竟然是 Serv-U
:     的服务器,那东西不理想。

        没办法啊,用 IIS 不支持断点续传,而 WardFTP 又存在响应方面的
问题,所以只好用 Serv-U 了。有什么好的解决办法,还请赐教。

Win2K Beta3 在 4.80/incoming

发信人: gloria (深蓝), 信区: NewSoftware

【 在 Jonny (识时务者为俊杰.寻梦中回首) 的大作中提到: 】
:     Win2000.Beta3.By.Jonny 目录。
:     是压缩文件,解开后有 8000 多个文件,小心哦。

我昨天装了一个晚上
唯一的感觉就是: 累!
先是我的硬盘几乎要折腾不开
这可能不是M$的毛病, 是作这些东西的大侠们太有耐心了
340M的东西, 先unzip, 再unrar, 最后要cabinet, 前后解三遍
前两遍时间>20m, 最后一遍时间>30m
出来8000多个文件, 我只好边解边删
好不容易开始安装了, 刚开始看到有bootdisk, 以为非要做盘
结果做完四张盘启动后冲俺要CD!(这四张盘启动足有15分钟)
只好放弃软盘, 还是按NT的老方法安装, 装个DOS, 然后winnt
下面的过程与NT4没啥差别, 开始又狂拷一遍文件到硬盘(我一直不能理解NT为啥要这样)
然后启动, 安装时发现我有傻了眼
原来这个东西至少需要630M空间, 而我分给它的900M分区由于临时文件占了300多M不够了
这个分区原来装的NT4 Server, 是肯定够的
只好暂时放弃, 进win98用PM4搬来移去将分区凑成1.9G(再不够我就砸了这鬼东西)
这下倒没问题, 安装时间虽说长点, 除了有些检测程序出了crash外倒没出大问题
安装选项里多了很多东西, 比如smtp server, index server, IIS5, certificate server
感觉好象是要像Linux一样将基本的网络服务都包括进来
我装了一些常用的服务(其实也没啥用, 主要是看看)
最后空间用了大约800M
我不得不痛骂M$简直是硬盘猪
包括这些服务器的Linux装上不会超过300M(要知道Win2000里不包括编译器啊)
起来后看着还比较花梢, 支持的硬件很多(连我的Creative DVD解压卡都能识别)
可是偶然的机会我看了看Task Manager, 哇赛, 用了90多M内存(幸亏俺是128M)
其它用起来感觉还凑合, 不过觉得没啥新东西, 就是NT4+Win98
目前要用中文是个大大的问题, 安装俺看见有Simlified Chinese就是不让人选
能用的中文系统基本上没有(俺的第一步要求很简单, 能看BBS)
最后只好翻出NJWin1.6, 用里面的NJWin for Win3/NT勉强可用
但是屏幕刷新超级之慢, 而且要狂读硬盘, 字还经常有重叠
其它的中文系统基本上连字都出不来

好了, 先写这么多
总之, 微软的东西个个都是垃圾!!!!
这个Win2000 Server除了界面花哨外连给Linux提鞋都不配



发信人: chxliu (chxliu), 信区: NewSoftware

        看来 Beta3 对中文的支持还是有问题。原来我们也花了一晚上在装
Beta2 ,感觉还可以,倒不象你说的那么难受,呵呵。不过因为它对中文的
支持存在问题,中文数据库根本打不开,所以最后又放弃了。


【 在 gloria (深蓝) 的大作中提到: 】
: 我昨天装了一个晚上
: 唯一的感觉就是: 累!
: 先是我的硬盘几乎要折腾不开
: 这可能不是M$的毛病, 是作这些东西的大侠们太有耐心了
: 340M的东西, 先unzip, 再unrar, 最后要cabinet, 前后解三遍
: 前两遍时间>20m, 最后一遍时间>30m
: 出来8000多个文件, 我只好边解边删
: 好不容易开始安装了, 刚开始看到有bootdisk, 以为非要做盘
: 结果做完四张盘启动后冲俺要CD!(这四张盘启动足有15分钟)
: 只好放弃软盘, 还是按NT的老方法安装, 装个DOS, 然后winnt
: 下面的过程与NT4没啥差别, 开始又狂拷一遍文件到硬盘(我一直不能理解NT为啥要这样)
: 然后启动, 安装时发现我有傻了眼
: 原来这个东西至少需要630M空间, 而我分给它的900M分区由于临时文件占了300多M不够了
: 这个分区原来装的NT4 Server, 是肯定够的
: 只好暂时放弃, 进win98用PM4搬来移去将分区凑成1.9G(再不够我就砸了这鬼东西)
: 这下倒没问题, 安装时间虽说长点, 除了有些检测程序出了crash外倒没出大问题
: 安装选项里多了很多东西, 比如smtp server, index server, IIS5, certificate server
: 感觉好象是要像Linux一样将基本的网络服务都包括进来
: 我装了一些常用的服务(其实也没啥用, 主要是看看)
: 最后空间用了大约800M
: 我不得不痛骂M$简直是硬盘猪
: 包括这些服务器的Linux装上不会超过300M(要知道Win2000里不包括编译器啊)
: 起来后看着还比较花梢, 支持的硬件很多(连我的Creative DVD解压卡都能识别)
: 可是偶然的机会我看了看Task Manager, 哇赛, 用了90多M内存(幸亏俺是128M)
: 其它用起来感觉还凑合, 不过觉得没啥新东西, 就是NT4+Win98
: 目前要用中文是个大大的问题, 安装俺看见有Simlified Chinese就是不让人选
: 能用的中文系统基本上没有(俺的第一步要求很简单, 能看BBS)
: 最后只好翻出NJWin1.6, 用里面的NJWin for Win3/NT勉强可用
: 但是屏幕刷新超级之慢, 而且要狂读硬盘, 字还经常有重叠
: 其它的中文系统基本上连字都出不来
: 好了, 先写这么多
: 总之, 微软的东西个个都是垃圾!!!!
: 这个Win2000 Server除了界面花哨外连给Linux提鞋都不配




发信人: DanielWJ (daniel), 信区: NewSoftware

haha
This version can use Chinese, and you can download Microsoft PinYin to input
Chinese.  Pls go to Control Panel ->regional setting, to set country
And it's not same as NT4 + Win98. It changes a lot.
You'd better use it well, then say it. It so magic product.


【 在 gloria (深蓝) 的大作中提到: 】
: 我昨天装了一个晚上
: 唯一的感觉就是: 累!
: 先是我的硬盘几乎要折腾不开
: 这可能不是M$的毛病, 是作这些东西的大侠们太有耐心了
: 340M的东西, 先unzip, 再unrar, 最后要cabinet, 前后解三遍
: 前两遍时间>20m, 最后一遍时间>30m
: 出来8000多个文件, 我只好边解边删
: 好不容易开始安装了, 刚开始看到有bootdisk, 以为非要做盘
: 结果做完四张盘启动后冲俺要CD!(这四张盘启动足有15分钟)
: 只好放弃软盘, 还是按NT的老方法安装, 装个DOS, 然后winnt
: 下面的过程与NT4没啥差别, 开始又狂拷一遍文件到硬盘(我一直不能理解NT为啥要这样)
: 然后启动, 安装时发现我有傻了眼
: 原来这个东西至少需要630M空间, 而我分给它的900M分区由于临时文件占了300多M不够了
: 这个分区原来装的NT4 Server, 是肯定够的
: 只好暂时放弃, 进win98用PM4搬来移去将分区凑成1.9G(再不够我就砸了这鬼东西)
: 这下倒没问题, 安装时间虽说长点, 除了有些检测程序出了crash外倒没出大问题
: 安装选项里多了很多东西, 比如smtp server, index server, IIS5, certificate server
: 感觉好象是要像Linux一样将基本的网络服务都包括进来
: 我装了一些常用的服务(其实也没啥用, 主要是看看)
: 最后空间用了大约800M
: 我不得不痛骂M$简直是硬盘猪
: 包括这些服务器的Linux装上不会超过300M(要知道Win2000里不包括编译器啊)
: 起来后看着还比较花梢, 支持的硬件很多(连我的Creative DVD解压卡都能识别)
: 可是偶然的机会我看了看Task Manager, 哇赛, 用了90多M内存(幸亏俺是128M)
: 其它用起来感觉还凑合, 不过觉得没啥新东西, 就是NT4+Win98
: 目前要用中文是个大大的问题, 安装俺看见有Simlified Chinese就是不让人选
: 能用的中文系统基本上没有(俺的第一步要求很简单, 能看BBS)
: 最后只好翻出NJWin1.6, 用里面的NJWin for Win3/NT勉强可用
: 但是屏幕刷新超级之慢, 而且要狂读硬盘, 字还经常有重叠
: 其它的中文系统基本上连字都出不来
: 好了, 先写这么多
: 总之, 微软的东西个个都是垃圾!!!!
: 这个Win2000 Server除了界面花哨外连给Linux提鞋都不配

Re: 有谁用过NT5。0BETA2

发信人: boyalone (不笑), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Re: 有谁用过NT5。0BETA2
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Nov 15 15:03:49 1998)

【 在 waterheart (好人好梦) 的大作中提到: 】
:         有没有可以在里面处理汉字的


--
我用的版本盗的不好
中文部分没盗下来
但我用nt4的也很稳定
具体做法
装完nt5后
在控制面板里将regional settings
中的地区改为China
default language改为simplified chinese 
然后会问你很多文件在哪
反正就在nt4和nt5的目录下,耐心的找
就行了
但有一个关于输入法的exe找不到
但我那有一个外挂的输入法(mspyxxx.exe)
装上就可以了
还有一个chxxx.dll不知干吗使,反正没找到
也不碍事
作完以上步骤后
你重启起来发觉外观没变
但连一下bbs试试,汉字终于出来了
richwin nt 不知怎样,不过既然nt5内核
 支持chinese倒也不碍事\                                                /
  \    o -->                          <-- o    /
    \++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++/    
          两小球何时相撞?
          解:
               F=Ma

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 166.111.6.32]

win2k vs. linux

发信人: oldfat (我是老肥), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 请问什么东西解压.ace,不要winace(null)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Sep 26 18:21:09 1999)




【 在 figer (我) 的大作中提到: 】
: 第一个给我啊,版主,多谢了,上到哪里准备?
: hero 3在win2k下确实能用,而且速度比98下要快,主要是进城的时候
: 一闪而过,没有任何延迟,呵呵,估计是win2k的dma比较好的原因
我有种感觉,win2k是一个划时代的产品,那天和ivan讨论,
他说2000和nt4、98相比就像3.1和95的区别,这个产品
是我用过的ms产品中最稳定、最快、最好用的产品,
真怕ms一统江湖,但是没办法,人家的产品就是好用,
sigh

--
         ◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎
         ◎  哲平:                          ◎
         ◎    『喜欢。喜欢。喜欢。喜欢。    ◎
         ◎      喜欢。喜欢。喜欢。喜欢。』  ◎
         ◎                       你的理子   ◎
         ◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 210.39.3.50]
发信人: figer (我), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 请问什么东西解压.ace,不要winace(null)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Sep 26 18:31:27 1999)

【 在 oldfat (我是老肥) 的大作中提到: 】
: 我有种感觉,win2k是一个划时代的产品,那天和ivan讨论,
: 他说2000和nt4、98相比就像3.1和95的区别,这个产品
: 是我用过的ms产品中最稳定、最快、最好用的产品,
: 真怕ms一统江湖,但是没办法,人家的产品就是好用,
: sigh

是啊,我现在感觉win2k rc2和所有的操作系统(微软的〕绝对是本质
区别,包括它以前的那个win2k build 2114,速度快,极其稳定,
安全性也好,解决了winnt4.0中的好多问题,不知道正式版是什么样子,
不过我认为现在的rc2其实完全能当成正式版卖了,我这些天一直用
各种变态的方法折腾我的win2k rc2,但是它就是不死机,除非你用一个
前台独占的程序(游戏:P〕,否则要象它死确实有点困难,
对于应用程序的优化简直就是极点,office系列一点即入,photoshop5.5
启动只要3秒,这种速度在9x下是不可想象的。而且内存释放的极为干净,
除了今天发现的那个winace,看来微软的赌注压对了,呜呜,什么时候
中国才能有一个象95一样的操作系统,我肯定支持,linux的中文版买了
好多张,实在是失望了。希望我们这一代能出个好的操作系统和m$竞争。

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 166.111.177.131]
发信人: xsz (勇哥~~让心和思想一同腐蚀), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 请问什么东西解压.ace,不要winace(null)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Sep 26 19:35:26 1999)

【 在 oldfat (我是老肥) 的大作中提到: 】
: 我有种感觉,win2k是一个划时代的产品,那天和ivan讨论,
: 他说2000和nt4、98相比就像3.1和95的区别,这个产品
: 是我用过的ms产品中最稳定、最快、最好用的产品,
: 真怕ms一统江湖,但是没办法,人家的产品就是好用,
: sigh

呵呵,我也有这种感觉,其实GUI绝对是有优势的,这点不容质疑,关键
是它稳定与否,随着硬件价格的降低,一个定位合适的图形界面绝对会
比字符界面来得招人喜欢,在这我并不否认linux的发展潜力很大,但
如果用它来做个人平台的话总觉得支持太少了,而X的硬件消耗和Win
似乎也是一个量级的东东,并没有绝对优势可言.

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: thermdyn.chemen]
发信人: figer (我), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 请问什么东西解压.ace,不要winace(null)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Sep 26 19:48:01 1999)

【 在 xsz (勇哥~~让心和思想一同腐蚀) 的大作中提到: 】
: 呵呵,我也有这种感觉,其实GUI绝对是有优势的,这点不容质疑,关键
: 是它稳定与否,随着硬件价格的降低,一个定位合适的图形界面绝对会
: 比字符界面来得招人喜欢,在这我并不否认linux的发展潜力很大,但
: 如果用它来做个人平台的话总觉得支持太少了,而X的硬件消耗和Win
: 似乎也是一个量级的东东,并没有绝对优势可言.

看来两位版主的意见倒是相同了,我认为linux应该和winnt的server竞争,
而不是和workstatinon竞争,因为不是一个东西,就象拿汽车和馒头对比
一样,没有可比性

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 166.111.177.131]
发信人: xsz (勇哥~~让心和思想一同腐蚀), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 请问什么东西解压.ace,不要winace(null)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Sep 26 19:52:14 1999)

【 在 figer (我) 的大作中提到: 】
: 看来两位版主的意见倒是相同了,我认为linux应该和winnt的server竞争,
: 而不是和workstatinon竞争,因为不是一个东西,就象拿汽车和馒头对比
: 一样,没有可比性

就比较性来说当然应该unix和winnt server比较,可是如果linux如果也是
和winnt server比较的话就有点不太公平了,因为linux的发展方向并不是
单纯的服务器环境,它还是更希望能成为一个个人操作平台的吧,否则它也
不会起点那么低了,可以探讨,可以探讨,因为我对linux的认识还在初级阶
段,所以可能有不对的地方,欢迎给我指正:)

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: thermdyn.chemen]
发信人: figer (我), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 请问什么东西解压.ace,不要winace(null)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Sep 26 20:17:26 1999)

【 在 xsz (勇哥~~让心和思想一同腐蚀) 的大作中提到: 】
: 就比较性来说当然应该unix和winnt server比较,可是如果linux如果也是
: 和winnt server比较的话就有点不太公平了,因为linux的发展方向并不是
: 单纯的服务器环境,它还是更希望能成为一个个人操作平台的吧,否则它也
: 不会起点那么低了,可以探讨,可以探讨,因为我对linux的认识还在初级阶
: 段,所以可能有不对的地方,欢迎给我指正:)

有道理,不过我并不看好linux的个人平台,因为个人平台需要的是简单实用,
而linux的发展好象有点象mac os我感觉就是技术至上那种东西,
可惜的是没有考虑兼容性的问题,而且闲杂linux的优势我认为是在于网络,
换言之,就是它对网络服务的支持远远比它对现在常用软件的支持好,
我认为这是它发展的一个失误,微软的成功就在于兼容并包,别人的东西好,
我先把你拿过来,最后为我所用,这样才会使自己越来越强大,我用过一段时间
的linux,后来就是因为兼容性问题才不得已回到了ms,不过现在win2k的发展
已经让我很吃惊了,非常成熟的一个作品,没有白白浪费gates的几十亿美元,
看来下一代的操作系统非它莫属了

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 166.111.177.131]

Re: 这些软件还可以用么?

发信人: hwdz (把酒临风), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 这些软件还可以用么?
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Wed Oct 13 14:14:29 1999)

【 在 truebasic (忙着复习准备考G的小鸭~~焦头烂额) 的大作中提到: 】

从科大转的一篇文章,参考一下吧
超级解霸可以用现在的sthdvd测试版代替


发 表 人:Xing_Yun(星云)                          版面名称:WindowsNT[4168]
文章提要:Win 2000尝鲜记
源 发 站:中国科大BBS站(Wed, 13 Oct 1999 08:23:01)
                                                                          71%
           从10.10开始使用Win2000,到现在反映良好,这之间仅出现2次
     运行程序执行错误而重起,几次IE  Error,关闭之外,不象98下经常死机。
           我装了原来Win98下的所有软件,除了Latex找不到DPMI设备无法运行
     其他都正常,下面列一下我所用的软件:
           Nav 2000 for nt workstation
           winzip 7.0             ACDSee 2.41            NJStar 2.1
           Calypso 3.0.0.14       Foxmail 3.0 Beta2      Realplayer
           Adobe Acrobatreader    Photoshop 5.5          Illustrator8.0
           Macromedia Dreamweaver Authorware 4.03        Director 7.02
           Flash 4.0              Ulead Webrazor 2.0     Edit plus 1.25
           NetTerm 2.42a          VC 6.0                 Maple
           Winamp 2.03            Absolute ftp 1.60      Audio Catalyst 2.1
           Ghost View 2.65        超级解霸dvd测试版      Net Ants 2.67
           Teleport 1.29b1107     Cool edit pro 1.2      Personal Avi editor
           Maya 2.5               Softimage 3.8 |extreme 考拉输入法
           未测试的为mathematica 4.0,matlab,spss 9.0,                

           我刚安装完时,C盘占了700多兆,现在是0.99GB,我把系统上的Temp目录
      改到D:\temp下(有1G的剩余空间),似乎运行速度会快了点。
           现在感到不爽的就一个——网上邻居运行速度慢,其他都感觉非常满意!!!
           我的配置是PII 233, 64MBRAM, 10G, 安装的是Win 2K RC 2.
           希望过一个月之后,我还是非常满意。    ^_^
--
※ 来源: 中国科大BBS站 [bbs.ustc.edu.cn]              

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 210.45.208.1]

win2k下必须的service

发信人: figer (某人), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: win2k下必须的service
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Nov 29 12:19:53 1999)


        event log
        local disk manager
        plug and play
        remote procedure call
        remote registry service
        run as service
        security count manager
        windows managment instrumentation driver extensions
        workstaion
        有了这些就可以最小启动了,
        我在英文的2183下只启动这些service的时候内存占用是43M

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 166.111.162.131]

Win2k Pro Final ISO

发信人: zzzzzh (来去匆匆), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Win2k Pro Final ISO
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Dec 19 13:21:16 1999)

预发行版的Win2000 Pro英文版2195实际就是最终发行版,只不过有3个安装文件不同。
其中最关键的是setupreg.hiv,这个好像是个安装流程文件,Time Bomb就在这里,
CDROM和BOOTDISK里各有一个.另外,setupup.ini和eula.txt文件都影响不大。
作天搞了一个Build2195 ISO的补丁,把这3个文件给重写了一下,
放在lib.pku/incoming/Win2kProPatch里面了,原来的ISO还有,有兴趣的可以试试。
我用WinImage展开这3个文件都没问题。


--
              自己动手,丰衣足食

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.204.85.6]

关于win2k的几个问题的说明

发信人: oldfat (老肥也), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: 关于win2k的几个问题的说明
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Dec 19 22:08:26 1999)

看来大家有很多问题,就我所知,为了帮主大家更好的
安装好win2k,就几个问题根据我的经验回答如下:


1.硬件配置:
win2k相比起以前的ms操作系统来说,这次的驱动程序是带
的最全的,大部分主流的硬件,在driver.cab中都有驱动
程序,不过有些杂牌的硬件不一定保证。

不过注意一点,由于win2k正式发售日期在2000年2月17日
所以很多硬件产商可能到那时才会出正式的驱动程序,而现在
在driver.cab中所带驱动程序大多是beta版的,只能满足
基本功能要求。像我的sblive,就不支持eax和multi-speaker

根据我的经验,要跑win2k,对你的系统要求最高的不是cpu,
而是内存,p516mmx跑win2k绝对没问题,但内存如果低于
64m,你就最好不要装,否则会很辛苦的。

2.build问题
win2k从开发到成品一共经历了差不多3年,中间经历了很多
过程。windows系列从98开始就引进了build这一区分版本
的概念。比如说,win98 final的build就是1998,98se的
build就是2222,而win2k最后的build是2195(应该是的)
我很奇怪,这一次的build为什么不是2000,不过要注意,
在之前也有个2195,那个版本是以iso的形式放在lib的,
那个版本有444天的限制,而且在屏幕的右下角有
“evaluation version"字样,注意,不要装这个版本。
现在在lib的是没有限制的,请赶快下载。

3.版本问题
win2k一共有4个版本,现在面世的有三个版本,pro,
srv,adsrv,大概过一段时间后,会有个datacenter
server的版。那么对于我们来说,装哪个版本更适合呢?
如果你不开发server/client程序,或者不拿来做网站,
pro就绝对足够了,虽然说现在很多游戏不支持2k,
但我相信,以后的游戏会主要以2k作为游戏平台,
pro就足够能满足大部分人的需求。至于srv,adsrv等
作服务器的版本,对内存需求太大,不装也罢。

4.对中文的支持。
从2k开始,(包括o2k and win2k),ms使用了unicode
技术,这使到在英文下处理中文变成了现实,大家只需
安装不同语言的字符集即可。具体在win2k下实现的过程
如下,进control panel,选regional setting,先装入
simplified chinese的字符集,然后将所有的默认选项
选成chinese(prc)即可,记得,一定要先装字符集,
否则不能选chinese(prc).

5.对软件的支持
大部分在98/nt4下运行的软件都能在2k下运行,除了些游戏,
因为这些游戏在安装前会判断你的os,因为2k is base on
nt technology,所以游戏的安装程序判断你的操作系统是
nt,就不会继续安装下去,解决方法,你可以在98下装一次,
然后将注册表中改变部分导入到2k下,应该就是没有问题的。
但由于现在部分硬件2k还不支持,像tnt, diamond s90等,
所以就算安装成功,也玩不了。

6.新功能
由于2k是基于nt4基础上的,所以有很多9x下没有的功能,
对那些不熟悉nt4的同志们来说,你最好找几本书看看,
否则会手忙脚乱的,而装一次2k耗时很长,所以不清楚你在
干什么就不要乱干,否则谁后果很严重,尤其是你用了ntfs
格式的话,注意,ntfs有它的优点,也有很大的缺点。



希望大家都能更好的使用2k这一划时代的ms产品,

--
         ◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎
         ◎  哲平:                          ◎
         ◎    『喜欢。喜欢。喜欢。喜欢。    ◎
         ◎      喜欢。喜欢。喜欢。喜欢。』  ◎
         ◎                       你的理子   ◎
         ◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 210.39.3.50]

win2kpro下能用的和不能用的软件

发信人: cybergene (活泼的基因), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 什么FTP软件能使用WWW的代理?
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Dec  6 10:27:09 1999)

【 在 sevenup (方鸿渐) 的大作中提到: 】
:         就象浏览器那样的。

NetAnts

--
Windows: 32 bit extensions and a graphical shell for a 16 bit patch to
an 8 bit operating system originally coded for a 4 bit microprocessor,
written by a 2 bit company, that can't stand 1 bit of competition.

Welcome to DNA Studio: http://dnastudio.dhs.org
new software, navupdate, wallpapers, mp3z, linux, forums......

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 202.112.85.250]
发信人: xsz (勇哥~~努力!~~奋斗!), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 什么FTP软件能使用WWW的代理?
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Dec  6 10:27:31 1999)

【 在 sevenup (方鸿渐) 的大作中提到: 】
:         就象浏览器那样的。

估计只有netants,jetcar这样的东东了

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: thermdyn.chemen]
发信人: cybergene (活泼的基因), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 什么FTP软件能使用WWW的代理?
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Dec  6 10:28:01 1999)

【 在 sevenup (方鸿渐) 的大作中提到: 】
:         就象浏览器那样的。

刚试了一下,Leech也可以。

--
Windows: 32 bit extensions and a graphical shell for a 16 bit patch to
an 8 bit operating system originally coded for a 4 bit microprocessor,
written by a 2 bit company, that can't stand 1 bit of competition.

Welcome to DNA Studio: http://dnastudio.dhs.org
new software, navupdate, wallpapers, mp3z, linux, forums......

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 202.112.85.250]
发信人: kxn (好好学习!), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 什么FTP软件能使用WWW的代理?
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Dec  6 12:15:05 1999)

【 在 cybergene (活泼的基因) 的大作中提到: 】
: NetAnts
ReGet 可以
cute 似乎可以, 不敢肯定 

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 166.111.163.178]
发信人: heiheihei (嘿嘿嘿), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: 紫光输入法,faint
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Dec 12 09:54:56 1999)

期望挺高,太失望了。
如果你敲一个字母w, 会出现"为"字, 再敲w,会出现"我",再敲w,又变成了"为",
莫名其妙!
加了个背景图,倒是挺cool,但是那个输入框却不支持中文,输入汉字是乱码,faint.

NT4+SP4
--
************************************************
牵牵心理热线--http://psyonline.com.cn
我们一直在努力,做中国最专业的心理学网站!
************************************************

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 202.112.83.182]
发信人: mwgjh (萧秋雨), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 紫光输入法,faint
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Dec 12 13:42:21 1999)

【 在 heiheihei (嘿嘿嘿) 的大作中提到: 】
: 期望挺高,太失望了。
: 如果你敲一个字母w, 会出现"为"字, 再敲w,会出现"我",再敲w,又变成了"为",
: 莫名其妙!
: 加了个背景图,倒是挺cool,但是那个输入框却不支持中文,输入汉字是乱码,faint.
: NT4+SP4

  最要命的是敲d的时候,有时候是"的",有时候是"大",还有可能是"打"。
  不过它的词库比新拼音大多了,我觉得还不错。

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 202.114.208.160]
发信人: stny (Tony), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 紫光输入法,faint
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Dec 12 16:00:42 1999)


【 在 mwgjh (萧秋雨) 的大作中提到: 】
:   敲第一个d是"的",紧接着敲第二个d是"大",再敲第三个d又成了"的"...
:   有这样调整字序的吗?
 帮助里是这样解释的:
动态调整字序

紫光拼音输入法对字词输入具有最近输入记忆和联想的能力,使用动态调整字序选
项时,输入法将根据前次输入情况调整候选字词的顺序。

调整的依据是将最可能出现的字优先提供选择。其中对前次输入情况的判断包括了
对字的判断和标点符号的判断。
例如,如果您刚输入了句号,输入“z”时(假设这时使用模糊音设置“z=zh”)
,优先显示的字是“在”;如果您刚刚输入了“筷”,则输入“z”时,将优先提
示“子”。

  也就是说,它是上下文相关来动态调整的,而不是根据使用频率来调整的。

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 bbs.net.tsinghua.edu.cn·[FROM: 210.34.11.61]
发信人: CHh5945 (痴), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: 我的Win2kPro下能用的软件 与 不能用的软件
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Dec 20 14:19:31 1999)

Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional Release Candidate 3 中文版下能使用

ACDSee2.42 + 汉化 + 注册                个人认为比3.0小巧好用
Acrobat Reader 4.0 0528 01:01 中文版
Advanced Dialer 2.2 + 汉化 + 注册       2k下用不着了,但可用
CTerm 1999金秋版
DLExpert0.83                            很少用但可用
DynaDoc Free Reader 3.50中文版
FoxMail 3.0β2
CnShare 1.0                             中国共享软件屏保
CuteFTP 3.5.4 + 汉化 + 注册             等3.5.6的汉化注册
HySnapDX 3.52.00 + 汉化 + 注册
LeapFTP 2.61 + 汉化 + 注册
MagicSet 2.94A for Windows 2000         改注册表的好东东,等2.95 for Win2k
Microsoft Office 2000 (9.0.2812)
Norton Antivirus 2000 for NT            安装前后有些小问题,不影响使用
NetAnts 2.75
NetInfo 3.5 + 注册
Opera 3.60.0.286 + 汉化 + 注册
ReadBOOK 1.21                           界面部分英文,不影响使用
RealPlayer Plus 6.0.7.362               就是Plus 7.0
RealJukebox 1.0.0.439
SthSvcd 5.5 1999.3.8 豪杰超级DVD(试用)
UltraEdit 7.00a + 汉化 + 注册
Winamp 2.5e汉化版
WinImage中文版 5.00.5000 + 注册
WinRAR 2.60汉化版 + 注册
WinZip 7.0 SR-1 (1285) + 汉化 + 注册



Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional Release Candidate 3 中文版下不能使用

NetHacker II Beta(测试版)
NetXRay 3.03
Remote Administrator 1.11               个人认为比PcAnywhere小巧、快不少
STerm 0.917 下的 Sniffer                可惜0.918开始Sniffer没了
微软拼音输入法2.0                       7M左右的单安装版,有一些问题



大家多提一些吧。

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.114.208.160]
发信人: figer (某人), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 我的Win2kPro下能用的软件 与 不能用的软件
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Dec 20 14:34:47 1999)

【 在 CHh5945 (痴) 的大作中提到: 】
: Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional Release Candidate 3 中文版下能使用
: ACDSee2.42 + 汉化 + 注册                个人认为比3.0小巧好用
        感觉3.0的画面更清晰一些,没有2.x的那种模糊了。
: Acrobat Reader 4.0 0528 01:01 中文版
: Advanced Dialer 2.2 + 汉化 + 注册       2k下用不着了,但可用
: CTerm 1999金秋版
: DLExpert0.83                            很少用但可用
: DynaDoc Free Reader 3.50中文版
: FoxMail 3.0β2
: CnShare 1.0                             中国共享软件屏保
: CuteFTP 3.5.4 + 汉化 + 注册             等3.5.6的汉化注册
: HySnapDX 3.52.00 + 汉化 + 注册
: LeapFTP 2.61 + 汉化 + 注册
: MagicSet 2.94A for Windows 2000         改注册表的好东东,等2.95 for Win2k
: Microsoft Office 2000 (9.0.2812)
: Norton Antivirus 2000 for NT            安装前后有些小问题,不影响使用
: NetAnts 2.75
: NetInfo 3.5 + 注册
: Opera 3.60.0.286 + 汉化 + 注册
: ReadBOOK 1.21                           界面部分英文,不影响使用
: RealPlayer Plus 6.0.7.362               就是Plus 7.0
: RealJukebox 1.0.0.439
: SthSvcd 5.5 1999.3.8 豪杰超级DVD(试用)
: UltraEdit 7.00a + 汉化 + 注册
: Winamp 2.5e汉化版
: WinImage中文版 5.00.5000 + 注册
: WinRAR 2.60汉化版 + 注册
: WinZip 7.0 SR-1 (1285) + 汉化 + 注册
: Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional Release Candidate 3 中文版下不能使用
: NetHacker II Beta(测试版)
: NetXRay 3.03
        这个我的用不了,网卡不行:(,每次可以安装,但是没法驱动网卡
: Remote Administrator 1.11               个人认为比PcAnywhere小巧、快不少
: STerm 0.917 下的 Sniffer                可惜0.918开始Sniffer没了
        你在2K下能监听?呵呵,好象那个东西不行的,因为2K是NT啊:P
: 微软拼音输入法2.0                       7M左右的单安装版,有一些问题
: 大家多提一些吧。
        自由拼音3.0 没有任何问题,嘻嘻。
        jetcar0.74b 没问题,完全通过
        the bat!1.38e 没问题
        serv-U 2.5 没问题
        hero3 没问题
        quake2 没问题
        game expert 没问题(好容易找了一个可以在2K下改游戏的东西)
        winace1.0 没问题
        wincmd 4.01 没问题
        大家把自己用的写出来就可以了,呵呵。不过我的一般不用汉化的,
        因为汉化the bat!136之后就发现注册码失效了,呵呵,而且
        用的习惯了,都知道怎么用了,用不用汉化都可以。

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.162.3]
发信人: CHh5945 (痴), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 我的Win2kPro下能用的软件 与 不能用的软件
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Dec 20 14:46:55 1999)

figer兄没看清呀。
NetXRay 3.03和Sniffer都是不行的。

补充:
Serv-U 2.5a、2.5b都可以。
SthVcd 5.5 + 十全大补不行。

【 在 figer (某人) 的大作中提到: 】
:         感觉3.0的画面更清晰一些,没有2.x的那种模糊了。
:         这个我的用不了,网卡不行:(,每次可以安装,但是没法驱动网卡
:         你在2K下能监听?呵呵,好象那个东西不行的,因为2K是NT啊:P
:         自由拼音3.0 没有任何问题,嘻嘻。
:         jetcar0.74b 没问题,完全通过
:         the bat!1.38e 没问题
:         serv-U 2.5 没问题
:         hero3 没问题
:         quake2 没问题
:         game expert 没问题(好容易找了一个可以在2K下改游戏的东西)
:         winace1.0 没问题
:         wincmd 4.01 没问题
:         大家把自己用的写出来就可以了,呵呵。不过我的一般不用汉化的,
:         因为汉化the bat!136之后就发现注册码失效了,呵呵,而且
:         用的习惯了,都知道怎么用了,用不用汉化都可以。


--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.114.208.160]
发信人: chenccc (chenxian), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 我的Win2kPro下能用的软件 与 不能用的软件
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Tue Dec 21 16:08:47 1999)

【 在 CHh5945 (痴) 的大作中提到: 】

: Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional Release Candidate 3 中文版下能使用
: ACDSee2.42 + 汉化 + 注册                个人认为比3.0小巧好用
: Microsoft Office 2000 (9.0.2812)
                  ^^^^^中文Office97能不能用?不想用O2k的说
: Norton Antivirus 2000 for NT            安装前后有些小问题,不影响使用
: NetAnts 2.75
: NetInfo 3.5 + 注册
: Opera 3.60.0.286 + 汉化 + 注册
: ReadBOOK 1.21                           界面部分英文,不影响使用
: RealPlayer Plus 6.0.7.362               就是Plus 7.0
: RealJukebox 1.0.0.439
: SthSvcd 5.5 1999.3.8 豪杰超级DVD(试用)
: UltraEdit 7.00a + 汉化 + 注册
: Winamp 2.5e汉化版
: WinImage中文版 5.00.5000 + 注册
: WinRAR 2.60汉化版 + 注册
: WinZip 7.0 SR-1 (1285) + 汉化 + 注册
: Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional Release Candidate 3 中文版下不能使用
: NetHacker II Beta(测试版)
: NetXRay 3.03
: Remote Administrator 1.11               个人认为比PcAnywhere小巧、快不少
: STerm 0.917 下的 Sniffer                可惜0.918开始Sniffer没了
: 微软拼音输入法2.0                       7M左右的单安装版,有一些问题
: 大家多提一些吧。


--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.38.207.123]
发信人: Atlas (觉今是而昨非), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 我的Win2kPro下能用的软件 与 不能用的软件
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Tue Dec 21 21:01:16 1999)

        NO PROBLEM.
        I use it now.        

【 在 chenccc (chenxian) 的大作中提到: 】
:                   ^^^^^中文Office97能不能用?不想用O2k的说


--
栋宇存而弗毁兮,
形神逝其焉如。
     

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.144.48]
发信人: yuanjingli (环顾四方), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Re: 我的Win2kPro下能用的软件 与 不能用的软件
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Tue Dec 21 22:48:53 1999)


为什么不用,比office97好用的多,例如,有12次copy&paste

【 在 chenccc (chenxian) 的大作中提到: 】
:                   ^^^^^中文Office97能不能用?不想用O2k的说


--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.52.95]

win2k adv srv使用印象

发信人: figer (某人), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: win2k adv srv使用印象
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Jan  3 21:56:24 2000)


自从11月花了两周时间下载了WIN2000 Adv.Srv(RC3.2183)后,
我的主操作系统就改成了WIN2K.
PS: 现在谁在-CD市场上可以找到RC2以后的版本吗? 据我所知,
-CD中一般都是不能再烂的Beta3(213x). 另外现在已有了RC3.2195
了, 但我也懒得再去下了, 2183已经很稳定, 驱动程序至少对我
来说也已足够, 直接用着2183等正式版吧---除非再发现哪个版本
有什么重大突破.

安装程序330M, 从南平下载, 因为种种原因, 共花了我30多小时,
前后两周时间才下下来. 一安装, 居然还失败了, 真要把我给气疯掉.
跑到新闻组上去问, 才知道HIVESYS.INF确实是有问题.
更新之后再装, 一切顺利. 虽然是英文版, 但对中文的支持真是
没得说---除了操作系统界面是英文的外, 一切中文软件和中文内容全部
正常.

很多人说起W2K, 重头都是在冬眠, TS/TSC和华丽的界面, 操作等方面,
但我因职业触觉, 首先注意到的则是它的网络管理.
W2K仍然有域控制器(DC)的概念, 但和NT4整合得好象就不是很紧密. 在
W2K的服务器上, 我不能用W2K的工具来管理域, 却得用NT4的Server Tools
来做这些工作. 不知是我没做对, 还是W2K确实如此?
在W2K的网络管理中, 我认为最有意义的一个方面是W2K引入了象Novell的
NDS一样的目录树概念: Active Directory, 可以把整个网络中的共享目录
集中管理. 相对于它的重要对手--NOVELL来说, 这方面终于不再逊色.
在我的目光中, 最有意义的第二个方面就是Quota了. 这也一直是NT网络
最重要的缺陷之一, 现在在NT5中也终于得到了弥补.
第三个方面自然就是大家都很感兴趣的TS/TSC了, 象UNIX的X终端, NT揖都可以利用服务
器?
大的处理器和海量内存来进行工作,
使终端的成本得以最大限度的降低, 从来都是网络的重要方面. 经过无盘95
的风风雨雨之后, 我本已对共享应用程序这个模式非常失望. 但TS的出现,
使我也再次关注共享--服务器端运行. 虽然向来保守的我现在对TS最看好的
方面主要还是在远程管理. 但我也认为通过对它的熟悉掌握, 通过应用程序
厂商对它的进一步支持, 它的前途不可限量---可能因此改变NT现有的一切
网络工作模式.
最后一个不得不讲的方面应该是冬眠了, 虽然我从不认为这对服务器有
什么实质上的意义, 但W2K毕竟也是包含了工作站版本的. 由于W2K不象W98,
很少会需要重启, 而冬眠不但能缩短70%以上的启动时间, 更加可以保存关
正常.

软件也都可以在W2K下用. 象我用的OFFICE97/2K, FOXMAIL, AGENT(一个著名
的新闻组阅读软件), NJWIN, MS-PROXY CLIENT等都运行正常. 而运行不正常
的软件却只发现有RICHVIEW和NW client32.
最后, 也应该说是真正的缺点恐怕还是我前面提到过的: 与NT4整合得不够
紧密. 不管怎么说, 在NT5下不能通过NT4域管理方式来管理NT4的域, 都应该
算是一个严重的错误. 这将导致许多用户升级困难. 只是不知道这是不是我还
没有掌握W2K的管理方式才有这样的看法.

说来可笑, 我说的W2K的缺点时似乎都是在为它歌功诵德. 其实, NW的高效
率文件打印服务, UNIX的许多方面都是W2K望尘莫及的. 但我这里主要是把它
和W9x/NT在相比较. 应该可以说: 相对于9x/NT来说, W2K确实是很好的东西,
除非是P5级CPU与32M以下内存的组合, 否则我就推荐W2K.

一直以来, 我都自称"反M$阵营中的坚定分子", 可是各种不可抗拒因素使我
在事实上却越来越倒向微软的怀抱了. 可贺乎? 可怜乎?



-!- 不敢再称

--
※ 修改:·jpg 於 Jan  4 08:36:28 修改本文·[FROM: argo.zsu.edu.cn]
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.162.3]

WIN2000安装前/后应该做的几件事

发信人: figer (某人), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: WIN2000安装前/后应该做的几件事   
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Jan  3 21:58:33 2000)


最近本组讨论WIN2K的文章非常多(废话,W2K组嘛),不过有
很大一部分问题是重复的,或是具有类似的解决方法,尤其是关于安
装和初始设置。所以我想把这些问题集中起来放在一起,在万千的网
站上也会存放一份,希望有安装上的问题的朋友能先浏览一下,看看
你的问题是不是已经有解决办法了,如果没有再问不迟。为了不使这
篇文章太罗嗦,我不会写得太详细,而有很多的问题只是提一下解决
方法,具体步骤可以参考组内/网站上的WIN2000区文章。另外,这
里只谈PRO版,且以RC3为例。不过其它版本不会差太远。

文中提到的其它文档,都可以在组里面的老贴中找到,或到这里
看看:
http://www.webking.com.cn/goodnews/syssoft/windows2000/index.htm

本文主要目的是为不太熟悉WIN2K的朋友作个介绍与指南,如果
您很熟悉W2K,当然也欢迎您来信或把您的经验/技巧/意见发到组
上,我将视情况定期整理。请寄Su99

安装前应做的事


1、想想,值得装W2K么?
要看干什么了。如果一般用来上网,写文章,搞开发,那么
WIN2000很适合,它的稳定性是9X无法相比的。如果主要玩游戏,
那么还是考虑WIN9X吧。当然你也可以装9X/2000双启动,但请一定
安在不同的分区,否则会有很多麻烦。



2、我的机器跑得动W2K么?
最好是PII/CELERON级的CPU,MMX200左右也差不太多,最重要
是内存大。64M是基本,128M就很舒服了。如果只有32M,千万不要
装,会死人的 :-) 服务器版就更恐怖了,一般不要考虑。

另外是硬盘。准备用来装W2K的那个分区请至少留1G的空间。
怎么会这么大?算算吧:
..刚安好的winnt+program files+documents and setting三个
目录共=600M 
..交换文件pagefile.sys大概100M(会变化)
..如果用冬眠,还要一个和内存大小相同的hiberfil.sys 
加起来就已经800M了,总要为以后留点空间吧。所以1G是最基
本的。



3、升级主板BIOS
这一步差不多是最重要的,有很多问题都是由它引起的。如果不
升级到最新的BIOS,有可能会安装失败,就算成功也可能无法使用
最新的ACPI支持,还可能有其它一些小问题。以下列出了几种笔者
见过的,非升级不可的板子: 

..华硕P2L97:1008会造成COM口不认,1009就OK 
..华硕P2B/P2B-F:1010以前的可能会造成COM口问题,
1010/1011没问题
..GIGA 6ZXC/6BXC:1.0的BIOS会造成安装兰屏,如果用F7跳
过则无法使用ACPI。升级到1.3一切搞定 
当然还有其它很多,无法列举。最近组上在征集各种主板对ACPI
和电源管理的情况,等积累到一定数量可能会列个表出来。 

总之要记得,一定要先升级BIOS再安装,否则,就算安装好后
再升级,也可能无法开启一些功能。



4、准备驱动程序
W2K的驱动程序采用了WDM规范,和NT/9X都有点不一样,所以,
如果2000无法正确识别你的硬件,而你又没有厂家提供的WIN2K专
用驱动的话,一般来说就没指望在W2K下用它了。有很少的硬件可以
使用NT4的驱动程序来安装。

不过也不用太担心,只要是比较大路的货色,象S3,TRIDENT,
MATROX之类的显卡,ESS,CRYSTAL的声卡,NE2000兼容网卡,PCI
网卡,一般都不会有任何问题。出问题的一般是特别新的显卡和特别
好的声卡。如果装不上可以试一下NT的驱动。相信随着W2K的普及,
厂家会逐渐开始提供W2K驱动。到网上找找。



5、开始安装
首先建议你把文件复制到硬盘再安装。W2K有几千个小文件,会
造成光驱光头的频繁定位而降低速度、增加磨损。如果硬盘空间不紧
张的话,就把安装目录留着吧,免得到时候放光盘。

你的W2K安装盘应该有一个I386目录,有两个文件可以开始安
装:winnt.exe和winnt32.exe。前者用于DOS下的安装,后者用于
从已有的WINDOWS升级。不过,现在流行的RC1/2/3虽然可以从中文
9X(SE2222A不行)下开始安装,但不能升级,而是安装成双启动。

如果从DOS下安装,请一定先加载SMARTDRV,否则你会后悔的。

WIN2K完全支持FAT/FAT32/NTFS。所以,如果你用9X/2000双启
动的话,完全可以把所有分区转成FAT32。



安装后应该做的事


1、改注册表
不会吧,一来就改注册表。其实这一步不必要,但是改了之后有
个好处,就是以后安装组件/驱动程序不会要你插光盘,而是直接进
行。如果你根本没有光盘的话,最好进行这一步,否则一些程序如
SFC(系统文件修复)只会让你插光盘,根本不给你选目录的机会。
前提是你把安装程序留在硬盘上。

我们假设你是从c:\w2k\i386开始安装的,现在进入注册表编辑
器regedit,前往:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Setup
会看到右边后三个都是跟目录有关的设置。哪怕你是从C盘安装
的,W2K也会自作聪明地把它们设为光盘的相应目录(真不知道它怎
么想的),比如f:\w2k\i386(假设F是光驱)。现在把它们全部改回
来。其中有一个是用的UNICODE,每个英文占两个字节,不用怕,小
心点,只需要把F改成C即可,不用动其它的。

改好就行了,包括下一步的中文支持安装都不会再提任何“盘在
哪里”的傻问题。
改注册表还可以打开《WIN NT/2000命令行隐藏设置》,允许使
用TAB键进行命令行的目录/文件名补全。



2、安装中文支持
这一步很重要,所以专门写了一篇《WIN2K的中文支持》,里面
对安装智能ABC/五笔有详细的叙述,就不在这里罗嗦了。总之W2K
的中文支持是很好的。



3、设置电源管理
W2K的电源管理是一个亮点,包括让电脑向家电“即开即用”方
向迈近一大步的“冬眠”,所以也专门在《WIN2K的电源管理简介》
中有详述。



4、关掉调试器Dr. Watson
运行drwtsn32,把除了visual notification之外的全都去掉。
否则一旦有程序出错,硬盘会响很久,而且会占用很多空间

如果你以前遇到过这种情况,请查找user.dmp文件并删掉,可
能会省掉几十M的空间。这是出错程序的现场,对我们没用。

关于Dr. Watson的问题,在《关于DR WATSON》中有叙述。



5、删掉不需要的组件
WIN2K的添加/删除程序看不到写字板/画图这些东西。按照《在
WIN2000中删掉不需要的组件》中的办法,可以控制这些组件的去留。



6、拨号上网
请看星矢写的《win2000设置internet拨号上网》,有详细的步骤。
另外有一个极短的《WIN2000 ICS(INTERNET连接共享)介绍》。 


7、如果崩溃
如果崩溃了,请你一定试一下Recovery Console,在《RECOVERY 
CONSOLE介绍》中有叙述。这个功能还很不完善,可能不会
有很大的意义



8、其它问题
诸如某种具体硬件的兼容性,双启动等问题,请参考《WIN2000
常见问答》




整理:su99 (su99@webking.com.cn)



 
 供稿人:万千WIN2000组
 

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.162.3]

Microsoft 许可协议——供Win2kPro预发行代码

发信人: CHh5945 (痴痴), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Microsoft 许可协议——供Win2kPro预发行代码
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Fri Feb 18 19:02:27 2000)

这是一份您(个人或单一实体),作为最终用户(“受
方”),与 Microsoft Corporation(“Microsoft”)
之间的法律协议。您一旦安装、复制或以其它方式使
用(如下所述)本软件,即表示您同意接收这份
Microsoft 许可协议和保密协议。如果您不同意本协议
中的条款,请不要安装、复制或使用本软件。
Microsoft 许可协议
供 Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional 预发行代码
1. 许可证的授予。
(a) Microsoft 授予 “受方”一份有限的、非独家
的、不可转让的、无版税的许可证,在您处的最多数目
至五(5)台的 CPU 上安装和使用随附本协议的软
件(“产品"),仅供您内部测试之用。Microsoft 保留
一切其它权利。受方不得出租、租赁、出售、分许可、
转让或以其他方式转移本产品或任何随附的印刷材
料(“文件”)。受方不得对产品进行反向工程和反向
编译,但如果当地适用法律明示禁止前述限制,则不在
此限。受方不得将本产品用于实际操作环境中,要求本
产品在该环境中具有与商业发行的产品一样的性能远
行,或者在数据没有充分备份的情况下使用。受方不得
将本产品用于基准或性能测试。Microsoft 及其供应商
将保留本产品的所有权和一切产权,除本协议明文规定
外,本协议不得被视为转移本产品或其内含的特征或资
料的任何所有权或许可权。
(b) 当 Microsoft 要求时,受方同意向 Microsoft
提供合理的反馈,包括但不限于有关本产品的测试的使
用性、故障汇报及测试结果。另外,如果 Microsoft 要
求时,受方将作合理的努力查阅和注释一切所提供的文
件。受方提供的所有的故障汇报、测试结果及其它反馈
均为 Microsoft 所有并可以由 Microsoft 自行决定其
用途。由于开发工作的性质,Microsoft 不能确定本产
品的错误或差异何时可以得到解决。
(c) 受方对产品的使用仅限于受方之处。在未获得
Microsoft 书面同意的情况下,受方不得将产品向第
三方演示或展示。
(d)本“产品”可能包含 Windows NetMeeting 这种使
应用程序即使只安装在其中一台计算机上也能够在两台
或多台计算机上共享的技术。您可以结合 Microsoft 所
有的应用程序产品使用此项技术(根据上述 1(a) 节的允
许),以用于召开多方会议。至于非 Microsoft 应用程
序的共享情况,受方应该参阅随附的许可协议或与许可证
发行方联系以确定许可证发行方是否允许共享其应用程
序。
2.协议期限。本协议期限自接受复制, 安装和使用本产
品之日开始至 Microsoft 在任何时间给受方书面终止为
止,无论有无起因本协议在 Microsoft 为本产品进行商
业发行时无需通知而终止。在本协议终止后,受方应停
止使用本产品,并且在要求时,立即将所有全部或部分本
产品副本及 Microsoft 提供的有关材料退还 Microsoft
或证明其已被销毁。
3.支持。Microsoft 没有义务为本产品提供技术支持或
其他支持。但是,有限的技术支持如果在 Microsoft 提
供给受方的材料中提及,则可能提供这类的支持,支持
的使用受“联机”文档和/或其他 Microsoft 提供的材料
中所述的各项 Microsoft 政策和计划的制约。作为支持
的一部分而提供给受方的任何附加软件代码应被视为本产
品的一部分,并受本协议中的各项条款和条件约束。至
于受方作为支持的一部分而提供给 Microsoft 的技术资
料,Microsoft 可将该资料用于其商业用途,包括产品
支持和开发。Microsoft 在使用该技术资料时不会以个
人形式提及受方。该有限支持可能不会在美国境外的所
有国家(地区)提供,并且将在本产品开始商业发行后
中止。
4.产品维护。Microsoft 没有义务为本协议项下所授予
的产品向受方提供维护、技术支持或更新版本。无论在
任何情况下 Microsoft 都没有义务因受方参加测试计划
而免费为受方提供本产品的一份商业发行版本。
Microsoft 没有义务对本产品进行商业发行。
5.保证否认。在适用法律所允许的最大范围内,
Microsoft 及其供应商以“即此”形式包含其中所有错
误并没有任何种保证的形式提供本产品及其(如果有的
话)支持服务。在适用法律所允许的最大范围内,
Microsoft 进一步否认任何明示的或暗示的担保(如果
有的话),包括但不限于适销性、适用性、无病毒、响
应的准确性和完整性、疏忽或工作质量问题造成的问题、
所有有关本产品以及提供或未能提供支持服务并且不保
障宁静使用、符合描述、无侵权的行为的默认保证。有
关使用或运行本产品和文件的所有风险由受方承担。
6.无意外、因果性和某些其它损失责任。在适用法律
所允许的最大范围内,在任何情况下,Microsoft 或
其供应商绝不就因使用或不能使用本产品或提供或未能
提供支持服务或提供或不能提供协议其它条款所引起的
任何特别的、意外的、间接的或因果性损害(包括,但
不限于营业利益损失、营业中断、人身伤害、隐私暴露、
无法履行任何义务包括名誉或合理义务、营业信息遗失、
金钱上的或其他任何损失)承担赔偿责任,即使是由于
Microsoft 及其提供商出错、疏忽(包括大意)、有限
责任、违反合同和违反担保时均不负责,即使
Microsoft 事先被告知该损害发生的可能性。
7.有限责任和补偿。无论发生的损失是由于什么原因
造成(包括但不局限于以上所述所有损失以及一切直
接的或一般性的损失),Microsoft 及其任何提供商
在这份协议下的全部责任以及您所有的赔偿将局限于
您所支付的产品价格或五美元。上述排除和限制否认
书在相关法律允许的范围内生效,即使赔偿并未达到
原有意义。
8.管辖法律;律师费用。本协议受华盛顿州法管辖并且
受方同意接收华盛顿州的州级和联邦级法院管辖。受方
自动放弃缺乏法律保护和地点不方便的保护辞。如相关
法律或法院规定允许,开庭费可能由任何一方支付。如
果 Microsoft 或受方聘用律师执行任何本协议项下授
予的或有关的权利,那么胜方应有权收回合理的律师
费用。
9.出口限制。受方确认就本产品和文件而言,不会将
其直接或间接地出口或转口于(i)任何受美国出口限
制的国家(目前包括但不一定限于古巴、苏丹、伊朗、
伊拉克、利比亚、朝鲜和叙利亚)以及这些国家(地
区)的国民无论居住在世界何地计划将本产品和文件
传输或运送回这些国家(地区)内;(ii)任何受方
知道或应知道会将本产品用于设计、开发或生产核、
化工或生物类的武器的任何个人或实体,或(iii)任
何被美国的任何联邦机构禁止参于美国出口交易项目
的任何个人或实体。
如果您就本协议有任何疑问,或如果您因任何原因想与
Microsoft 接洽,请写信给:Microsoft Corporation,
WWPG Beta Team,One Microsoft Way,
Redmond, WA 98052-6399。

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.114.208.160]

win2k_SC零售版本特征

发信人: jobss (Ning Ge), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: win2k_SC零售版本特征
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Mar 13 19:49:56 2000)

        2000-01-10 版本号是2195.1 or 2195.3
        点setup.exe按鼠标右键--->属性,可以知道版本号.
        xixi..

--
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.112.169.6]

关于windows 2000的答问,不可不看!!!(oldfat)

发信人: kouzh (寇仲【少泡网,练刀法,破天魔】), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: 关于windows 2000的答问,不可不看!!!(oldfat)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sat Mar 18 01:28:56 2000)

          作者: 主题:   关于windows 2000的答问,不可不看!!! 
            oldfat
            成员 
            Posts: 9
            Registered: Mar 2000  发表于 03-18-2000 12:22 AM            
    

            本来我不打算写这篇文章的,但实在是气愤不过某些人的言语,就写下这篇
            一点综述吧。

            本篇文章里面的内容主要来自于以下网址: http://corob.net/win2000/ ,
            英语好的朋友请直接访问。我只不过是将部分内容翻译成中文并加上自己
            的体会而已(括号内的内容)。

            问:我应该使用哪个版本的windows 2000?
            答:Build 2195是windows 2000的最终版本号(最终Build)。2195是在
            1999年12月15日发布的最终版本RTM(Release To Manufacturing,也就
            是制造版本。微软这次除了用年份、build命名版本号之外,还多了个新
            名次---RTM,具体情况请参看 
            http://www.microsoft.com/presspass/press/1999/Dec99/W2KrtmPR.asp)。 
            问:2195.3是什么?是最终版本吗?
            答:错!根本就不存在2195.3,只有2195。但是2195有两个版本,一个是
            有120天时间限制的试用版,另外一个是没有时间限制的版本。这两个版本
            都是最终版本。
            (oldfat注1:2195就是最终的build号,根本就不存在什么2195.3。英文版
            的windows 2000最终版是1999-12-15就出来了,没有几天,CORE就Release
            了硬盘版和ISO版,这是最早出现的warez版的windows 2000。没有几天,
            某个组织release了所谓的2195.3,结果马上就被nuked掉了。又过了几天
            PWA release了OEM版,在他们的NFO中讲到:“恭喜CORE,因为他们是最早
            Release正式版的windows 2000。微软在Release最终版时,一共出了两个
            版本,一个是没有时间限制的,一个是有120天时间限制的。而那个没有时间
            限制的版本,保密性极高,一般的微软职员都没权使用,只能使用120天限制
            版的。”所以PWA就比CORE晚了几天才release。)
            (注2:我不相信微软同一个产品的build是不一样的,不可能说英文版的是
            2195,而中文版是2196,这个根本不可能。中文版只是将英文版所有英文版
            的东西汉化成中文版的,内核没有任何区别,所以build号也应该一样)。

            问:如何辨别我的windows 2000是否有时间限制?
            答:运行“winver"(开始-->运行,然后输入winver)。在"Copyright (C) 
            1981-1999 Microsoft Corp." (这是英文版的提示,中文版应该是“版权
            所有(C) 1981-1999 Microsoft Corp”)下面有"Evaluation copy. 
            Expires ," (“评估版本,将于<某天后到期>”)
            之类的字样。
            问:很不幸,我装得是有时间限制的版本,我该怎么办?
            答:唯一的解决方法就是重新安装没有时间限制的版本,除此之外,没有任何
            解决方案。

            问:那我从哪能够得到没有限制的版本?难道我要重新全部DOWN过?

            答:很高兴告诉你,你不用那样做。实际上,有120天时间限制的版本和没有时间
            限制的版本只有一个文件是不同的----在i386目录下的setupreg.hiv,你只需
            将没有时间限制的版本中的那个文件覆盖掉有时间限制的就行了。另外,你可以
            通过http://corob.net/win2000/setupreg.asp 上面所说的方法手动修改该文件
            也可以达到同样的目的。

            问:怎样去处掉安装过程中需要输入注册号这个过程?
            答:打开i386目录下的setupp.ini,将PID后面的数字改成51873270,那么在
            整个安装过程中就不会再问你输入序列号了。

            问:怎么做windows 2000启动光盘?
            答:你可以参照http://corob.net/win2000/bootcd.asp 上面所说的方法进行
            制作。
            (oldfat注:windows 2000的原版光盘是可以直接启动安装的,这样既省掉了
            要预先分区的这个步骤,其次,用启动光盘安装windows 2000要比从硬盘安装
            少启动机器一次。)
            oldfat: 我记得好像《软件》杂志第三期随刊附送windows 2000简体中文版最终
            测试版,我估计就是有时间限制的2195,不知那个无量D版商将这个版本做成D
            版,然后冒充正式版的windows 2000简体中文版。
            注1:多谢EFNET中win2000中的朋友们!!!
            注2:虽然MS说要到3月20日才正是发售windows 2000简体中文版,但实际上,
            连邦和中赫早在13号就到货了,所以很多人就买了。我的一个朋友刚好久买了
            一套professional的,1999元,我看过,的确是2195。
            注3:guest,请你说话文明点,不要出口伤人。我很不like你这种说话方式,
            而且你好像不懂装懂,自以为是。希望你注意点,不过没有你,我也不会浪费
            时间来写这篇帖子。主啊!饶恕这些无知的人吧。




--
  就让它尘归尘,
            土归土,
                网络归网络,                    
                    现实归现实吧。

  飞吧,自我

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 162.105.39.231]

Whislter 2267使用感受(一)

发信人: CHh5945 (痴痴), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Whislter 2267使用感受(一)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Tue Oct 31 07:49:08 2000)

发信人: sq (写Whislter使用感受中……), 信区: NewSoftware WWW-POST
标  题: Whislter 2267使用感受(一)
发信站: 武汉白云黄鹤站 (Mon Oct 30 14:17:19 2000) , 站内信件

  周末抽空把Whislter Pro 2267从蓝皮鼠上拉了下来,装上后用了几天。从这
几天的使用感受来看,whislter确实算的上一个架构相当成熟的操作系统了, 一
些试用感受,不吐不快。本想写成FAQ形式,但自己也刚刚用了没有几天,所以还
是从安装开始,结合自己遇到的问题写一下了。
    我一共在两套不同的配置上安装了Whislter,分别耗时35分钟和50分钟。

第一套配置:C333 oc C665(133×5,2.2v)
            TNT2标准版/16MB (核心125 oc 155 ; 显存150 oc 175)
            IBM 30G+WD 6.4G (均为2M缓存,WD为5400转)
            MSI 6199NA主板
            128MB×2 KingMax
            ……
            ……

第二套配置:C366 oc C550  (100×5.5 ,2.0v)
            Permedia2 /8MB SGRAM
            酷鱼II  13.6G
            杂牌VIA 133A
            64MB KingMax
            ……
            ……

  硬盘全部采用NTFS分为两个区,在C盘上事先安装2K SERVER以及常用软件作对
比参照。将Whislter安装在D盘上。第一套配置中把系统安装在IBM盘上,Whislter
所有的安装文件均放在WD盘上。要说明的是,写出的基本上都是我自己的主观感受
,时间和条件所限,没有跑任何一款测试软件来量化系统的表现,所以态度和观点
可能会失于严谨,请各位多担待了。


--

--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.114.208.160]

Whislter 2267使用感受(二)

发信人: CHh5945 (痴痴), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Whislter 2267使用感受(二)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Tue Oct 31 07:49:35 2000)

发信人: sq (写Whislter使用感受中……), 信区: NewSoftware WWW-POST
标  题: Whislter 2267使用感受(二)
发信站: 武汉白云黄鹤站 (Mon Oct 30 14:18:50 2000) , 站内信件

  整个安装向导可以说是windows 2k安装向导和windows 9X安装向导的结合,整
个安装界面和9X非常相似,同为采用的step by step主题式安装,但是所有的安装
步骤几乎和2K相同。本想采用全新安装,但带有smartdev的9X启动盘不在手头,只
得作罢,所以选择了在2K中安装。

    整个安装过程几乎没有什么组件可以定制选择,第一次重启后,安装程序便会
用自带的OS-Loader改写引导区,因为语言版本的冲突,引导菜单中会局部出现乱码
。虽然曾在ChinaByte上看到过Whislter的介绍,但安装完成后,还是被它漂亮的登
录画面所打动。

    在256MB的系统上,Whislter的表现应该可以用酣畅淋漓来形容,因为有大容量
内存的保证,运行速度和2K SERVER版没有什么明显的区别.但是有一个有趣的现象
不可不提,在两套内存相差很大的系统中,启动速度几乎相同!!到登录过程完成
,系统不再读盘之后,查看了任务管理器,所耗内存为78MB左右,和2KSERVER的71
MB(默认安装,没有再另行打开获关闭任何附加服务)相差不大,也从侧面证明了运
行速度大致相同。界面比2K又漂亮了很多,尤其是开始菜单可以说是一种全新的体
系,但是我还是喜欢传统的开始菜单,这些都可以在任务栏属性中选择。



--

--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.114.208.160]

Whislter 2267使用感受(三)

发信人: CHh5945 (痴痴), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Whislter 2267使用感受(三)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Tue Oct 31 07:50:04 2000)

发信人: sq (写Whislter使用感受中……), 信区: NewSoftware WWW-POST
标  题: Whislter 2267使用感受(三)
发信站: 武汉白云黄鹤站 (Mon Oct 30 14:19:37 2000) , 站内信件

    就我使用的这两套系统来看,应该说Whislter的硬件兼容性是相当好的,所
有的硬件都可以识别出来,包括一块杂牌内猫和两块不知名的PCI杂牌网卡,并且
使用完全正常!

    得益于系统良好的磁盘管理能力,我在2K SERVER中安装的绝大多数软件都可
以直接正常运行,包括Photoshop5.5,3DMAX R2/R3,AutoCAD R14/2000等等。因
为手头没有什么游戏,所以测试游戏的兼容性只得作罢。

    虽然系统是英文版本,但是对中文的支持除去我发现的个别现象外,可以用
优秀来评价,要注意的是,想系统能完整的支持中文显示,在安装过程中就设置
好地域和语种是事半功倍的.我到现在唯一发现的不足只有两个:1)当用系统自
带的写字板来编辑中文文档时,字体横向压缩的比较厉害,和在UltraEdit中显示
出的效果差不多。但是当采用其他的中文文档编辑器(如Sunny SmartNote 或者
Dreamedit)后,又会显示出标准的宋体。2)上白云时,无论是直接telnet还是
用Cterm,出来的效果就和没有打开ansi控制一样.如果说上个问题没有什么大碍
的话,这个问题我自己还没有找到行之有效的解决办法。


--

--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.114.208.160]

Whislter 2267使用感受(四)

发信人: CHh5945 (痴痴), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Whislter 2267使用感受(四)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Tue Oct 31 07:50:32 2000)

发信人: sq (写Whislter使用感受中……), 信区: NewSoftware WWW-POST
标  题: Whislter 2267使用感受(四)
发信站: 武汉白云黄鹤站 (Mon Oct 30 14:20:30 2000) , 站内信件

    IE的版本号是5.6,并且还是直接128位加密的,不需要打补丁。不知道到正
式发行时,中文版系统的IE是否还是56位加密.Outlook Express的版本号同样是
5.6,不过没有感受到和5.0/5版的差别在什么地方。IIS没有来得及安装,所以是
否和以前有什么改进,也下不了结论。Web页面的浏览速度和2K持平。

    在9X和2K中,活动桌面都是可以选择是否打开的,但是到了Whislter,却没
有了关闭活动桌面的选项,根据经验,活动桌面是要占据8~10MB内存空间的!是
否可以通过修改注册表来关闭活动桌面,我没有去细看,又兴趣的朋友,可以研
究一下。

    整个系统的运行效率还是相当高的,在9X和2K设置Cterm属性时都会出现中文
显示不完全的现象,但是在Whislter下就没有这个问题.其他的软件也都运行正常
,只是除了3D MAX R3——渲染速度明显赶不上2K,相信这只是显卡驱动程序的问
题。

    连续运行了这几天,系统十分稳定,没有死过机。因为CPU被我超到了665Mhz
的频率,显卡也在88的AGP外频下超负荷运转,应该说整个系统的稳定性还是给我
留下了非常深刻的印象(这块极品C333的CPU我一般都是在112×5,降压到1.8v来
使用的)。不过占用的内存确实太大,那套64MB的系统只能说是可以完成安装.速
度感和使用486/16MB来跑95的感受差不多。128MB是正常运行Whislter的最低要求

    经过了这几天的试用,没有发现什么大的BUG,就像我的签名档说的那样,我
被彻底征服了。虽然现在的Whislter还只是在测试阶段,但我还是把原来的系统由
2k Pro+RH Lniux改便成了Whislter Pro 2267+RH Linux。

注:还有一点忘记说了,2250和2257我不知道,但是2267有使用时间的上限限制,
    我把系统时钟调到2000年2月份时,居然拒绝安装,faint。




--

--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.114.208.160]

Office2K3B2五笔解决方法(不知old否)

发信人: sd2345678 (caniggia), 信区: Lesbian
发信人: cygwin (人生如梦), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Re: Office2K3B2五笔解决方法(不知old否)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sat Jul 12 00:10:42 2003), 转信

用86版。
chinese版很多人都说受害了
我也用过一段98
后来又改回86了

【 在 bigfatcat (http://huzhenghui.51.net/) 的大作中提到: 】
: 为什么不要用?
                                                   __..
                                                 .'  /__
--                      .         __           ..`..'-.'
                         \.-.-..-'  '---._.---'      a `-'|
                          `-' (                     .   .'
                              `       )     `.       `-'
                               \     .        .     .'
                                `.  .         :   .'
                                  `.  )"""--""\ |/ \
                                   | / \\     : ( `\\
                                   _/   ^      \_\  ^
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 166.111.168.186]

Windows XP SP2 build 1224 download

发信人: fifanwc (国际足联), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Windows XP SP2 build 1224 download
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sat Aug  9 03:21:20 2003), 转信

http://www.techconnect.ws/modules.php?name=News&file=article&sid=1849&mode=&order=0&thold=0

Together with xBetas we present to you a new Windows XP Service Pack 2 build 1224. This one has been released yesterday
and includes some of the newest fixes from the previous version.

Update: just updated the files... Read on for the download...

Download Windows XP SP2 build 1224

Note: Not supported by Microsoft!


--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.120.224.18]

Longhorn PDC 4051

发信人: pythias00 (Mp3), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Longhorn PDC 4051
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Oct 26 00:42:56 2003), 转信


Longhorn PDC Build 4051 Includes New Slate Theme

Posted by DoubleDoom on 22nd October 2003 05:46 PM - no comments
 When Longhorn debuts this october 26th at the Professional Developers Conference in LA it will debut with a whole new
theme code-named "Slate". The Longhorn PDC build (4051) was decided around two weeks ago. Since then lucky company
employees have had the chance to use the OS or take a look at it but are under strict orders not to talk to anyone
about the PDC build.

Two pictures (which are confirmed to be real) have leaked onto the internet showing the new theme. Although they're not
the best pictures they do however highlight the new theme very well. The leakers known as "ABSO1ut3 1nfin!ty & B3y0nD"
leaked the well documented 4029 screenshots around 2 months ago. Included in the package is a set of Q and A's making
people aware that build 4051 is the PDC build, aero isn't included in the PDC build and will only be demo'd and also
that plex is no longer the theme, "slate" has replaced it.

Also included is a note to Robert Scoble (http://longhornblogs.com/scobleizer/) documenting how these pictures belong
to him. Robert is an MS Employee who has helped manage PDC. According to internal sources at Microsoft the PDC build is
"amazing" and very stable. Roll on 26th October




--

[XP1800+][ASUS K7V266C][Ramos DDR333 512M][Leadtek Winfast A170 DDR]
[LaJi 17'][Logitech USB Wheel Mouse][Logitech keyboard]
[Realtek RTL8139][Logitech USB Camera][WDC WD400BB-00DEA0][ST3120022A]
[ATAPI CDROM 44X][IOMEGA ZIPCD 4X/4X/24X][刚弄到一块蓝色布垫]


※ 修改:·pythias00 于 Oct 26 00:45:10 修改本文·[FROM: 219.224.187.201]
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 219.224.187.201]

Chinese Support for Longhorn 4051(转载)

发信人: stenve (男生), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Chinese Support for Longhorn 4051(转载)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Oct 27 22:42:08 2003), 转信

I use Windows XP Pro ENU for many days, so I know how to tune a ENU version
of Windows XP into a good Chinese-savvy OS. The same method works in
Longhorn now.

Steps:
1.Prepare your Longhorn Install medium (Such as CD-ROM) now.
2.Choose Control Panel->Regional and Language Options.
3.Select the 2nd page, Languages, and check (click) the checkbox before
"Install files for East Asian languages". Press OK, and OK again :=)
4.While all files are copied, don't restart immediatery, choose Cancel or
No.
5.In Regional and Language Options Dialogbox, choose the 3rd page, Advanced.
6.You can see a combobox (the text field with a down arrow:-) saying
"English (Un*S*)". Click on the down arrow and choose "Chinese (RPC)"
7.Press OK ,and OK in the popup dialogbox.
8.When Windows tells you to restart, just do it.
9.After a working restart, now Longhorn supports Chinese .
--

--

※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 202.192.157.41]

Longhorn Tweaks-Build 4051

发信人: pythias00 (Mp3), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Longhorn Tweaks-Build 4051
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Wed Oct 29 02:26:03 2003), 转信

Changes Over Build 4029

   Welcome screen is similar to 4029 but now sports black as the color of
 choice to match the new Slate theme.
   The setup routine has been redone for this build and is much nicer than
 previous builds.
   New Slate theme included in this build, Plex is gone for good.
   Carousel view in Hardware and Devices has been removed.
   New sidebar clock design yet again.
   Preview pane polished but still somewhat slow.
   Download manager in Internet Explorer works intermittently (reported by
 numorous people that it works on and off or not at all)
   Popup blocker in Internet Explorer improved, works very nicely.
   New boot screen (Looks a bit weird).

Bugs and Known Issues in 4051

   Explorer is still leaky with the sidebar on (see below).
   In Outlook 2003 when you click Personal Folders it displays the html code
 instead of Outlook Today.
   Network Browsing is broken by default. See "Repair Longhorns Networking
" later on in this guide.
   Internet Explorer's download manager is flakey. Sometimes it work, sometimes
 it doesn't.
   If a menu overlaps the sidebar, it may remove the sidebar gredient from
 the overlapped area. To fix this, just resize another tile over the missing
 gredient area and things should return to normal.
   If Windows Explorer or Internet Explorer lock up, you will get a glimpse
 of where the original titlebar (from previous windows versions) is in Explorer
.

Frequently Asked Questions (F.A.Q.)

   Q: Why is my Longhorn CD not bootable?
   A: Because the original release was missing its boot record. You will
need to obtain a fixed ISO or find a patch to make the CD bootable.

   Q: Does the memory leak still exist in Explorer?
   Unfortunatly, it does, but there are two solutions to repair the leak
or stop it completely. Read the rest of the guide for more information.

Performance Tweaks

   Here's where the fun begins. This build has a lot to be tweaked to speed
 it up so here we go!

Uninstalling un-needed components:

   First open SYSOC.INF. You can do this by clicking the Windows flag (Start
), and then clicking Run. Type "notepad C:\WINDOWS\INF\SYSOC.INF" (without
 the quotes.
   Then delete all instances of the word HIDE and save.

Now navigate to Add/Remove Programs in the Control Panel
Go to Add/Remove Windows Components

Uninstall the following:

   %avalon_desc%
   %mfDesc%
   %mygames_desc%
   %sidebar_desc%
   TabletPCRuntime_desc%
   oc_biologon
   Windows File System Services (WinFS)
   Windows Storage Full-text Index
NOTE: There is a leak in the Windows Explorer process when you have the sidebar
 on. Make absolutely sure you uninstall %avalon_desc% and %sidebar_desc%,
 this will either stop the leak or slow it down, depends on your system configuration
.

Disabling Unnecessary Services:

Go to Start --> Run and type Services.msc
Now set the following services to DISABLED

   Automatic Updates
   AvRtSvr
   Base Firewall Engine
   Biometric Resource Manager
   Castle Service
   Certificate Propogation
   Computer Data Synchronization Manager
   Digital ID Management Service
   Error Reporting Service
   Font Cache Service
   FontCacheService
   Fusion Isolation Service
   ICF/ICS - Firewall and connection sharing
   IPSEC Services
   NS$ShellSubscriptions
   Offline Files Service
   Parental Control Auditing
   Remote Registry
   Secondary Logon
   Software Licensing Service
   SSDP Discovery Service
   System Maintenance Service
   System Restore Service
   Universal Plug and Play Device Host
   WindowsEventForwardingService
   WinFSSync
   Performance Options:

Now go to Computer properties --> Advanced Tab, under Performance options
 click the Settings button.

Uncheck the following:

Animate Windows when Minimizing and Maximizing
Fade or slide menus into view
Fade or slide tool tips into view
Fade out menu items after clicking
Show preview and filters in folders (VERY IMPORTANT)
Show shadows under menus
Show translucent selection rectangle
Slide open combo boxes
Slide taskbar buttons
Smooth edges of screen fonts
Smooth-scroll list boxes
Use a background image for each folder type
Now open Computer and go to Tools --> Folder Options and click View Tab and
 uncheck the following:

Automatically search for network folders and printers
Choose smart icons when opening new windows
Display file size information in folder tips
Display simple folder view in explorer's folder list
Hide extenstions for known file types
Use Domain folder sharing wizard
Use simple file sharing
The Infamous Explorer Memory Leak

Everyone remember the explorer.exe memory leak that was present in 4015 and
 4029? Well suprise! Its still here! Good news is it can be capped off for
 good with a few simple steps.

Start by disabling the sidebar (right click sidebar --> properties uncheck
 Enable Sidebar)
Go into Computer, go to tools --> Folder Options and check "Run Explorer
windows in a seperate process"
Right click Computer and go to properties, Advanced tab, under performance
 hit settings and uncheck "Show preview and filters in folder"
Now reboot and there will be no more memory leak. The sidebar has pretty
much been turned into a waste of space in this build, and filters are sort
 of broken in places, so theres no real need to have them turned on.
Repair Longhorns Networking

In terms of Networking, build 4051 is sort of.. well.. messed up. You may
 not be able to browse some computers' network shares or even the entire
network itself. To fix this, follow the instructions below.

Make sure that your workgroup is set the same as all of your other machines
. You can change this by clicking the Windows flag (Start), right-clicking
 on My Computer, and selecting Properties. Click the Computer Name tab, and
 then click the Change button. Change the workgroup name and press OK. Don
't reboot if asked.
Next, you will need to change a setting for the Client for Microsoft Networks
. To change this setting, click the Windows flag (Start), and then click
Control Panel. Double-click Network Connections. Next, right-click on "Local
 Area Connection" and click Properties. Select "Client for Microsoft Networks
" and then click "Properties". Click the arrow next to the first drop-down
 box in the Properties dialog and select "Windows Locator". Press OK, and
 close the Properties window.
Restart your computer.
After performing the above steps you should be able to browse through network
 shares and other network related items without any problems.

Components Of the Sidebar


This is one of the disappointments of build 4051 if you ask me. Microsoft
 seriously downsized the amount of tiles available, theres only 5 tiles in
 this build.

Clock Tile - The analog clock that we've seen in 4029, although its been
redesigned slightly. It looks alot better and now has the "digital time"
(EG: 5:23PM) and the date below it.
Quick Launch - Displays the items in your Quick Launch. Slightly redesigned
, no longer has the names by the items.
Classic Tray Tile - Displays the System Tray. Some icons may not appear correctly
 or at all. You can access them by clicking on the tile itself, which will
 display a list of the tray icons. (Note: It doesn't seem to refresh well
)
Slide Show Tile - display a picture slideshow on the sidebar, cool if you
're bored and need something to stare at. Seems to only display the contents
 of My Pictures and is not customizable in this build.
Sync - Used for file syncronization. Requires WinFS

--

[XP1800+][ASUS K7V266C][Ramos DDR333 512M][Leadtek Winfast A170 DDR]
[LaJi 17'][Logitech USB Wheel Mouse][Logitech keyboard]
[Realtek RTL8139][Logitech USB Camera][WDC WD400BB-00DEA0][ST3120022A]
[ATAPI CDROM 44X][IOMEGA ZIPCD 4X/4X/24X][刚弄到一块蓝色布垫]


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 219.224.187.201]

Windows Longhorn新特性一览

发信人: pythias00 (Mp3), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Windows Longhorn新特性一览
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Thu Oct 30 01:57:11 2003), 转信

Windows Longhorn新特性一览      访问次数:4320

  Longhorn是微软下一代技术和平台的软件开发代号,这一代软件将包括Windows,Windows Server,.NET和Microsoft Office软件的 新版本。Windows "Longhorn"是下一代主要的Windows桌面操作系统,它很象Windiws XP,但包括了许多新的特性,如:基于任务(或者 智能)的用户界面,可扩展、可停靠的开始面板,和一个基于SQL Server 2003的、被称为WinFS的文件系统。Windows Longhorn也将和  Windows XP一样,将会发布Home版,Professional版,Tablet PC版,MEdia Center版,64位版和其它版本,但这些版本名字如何确定还 没有最终明确。

  Windows Longhorn将有哪些新功能?

  1.Windows Longhorn将会倡导基于任务的界面,这个功能将远远超过现在在 Windows XP中见到的界面。这一新的用户界面代码名称 位Aero,是基于被称之为Avalon的、基于.NET的新的API。

  2.Windows Longhorn的开始菜单和任务栏将用一个新的Sidebar组件所代替,这个组件可以根据用户的喜好选择是否停靠在桌面的一 边。Sidebar是基于XML 的,可以链接倒本地资源,也可以链接倒远程资源。

  3.Windows Longhorn将要求计算机安装具有3D效果的视频硬件展示许多特殊的效果,以使屏幕更栩栩如生。但这并不意味着基本的窗口和鼠标界面将会被取代,而是让它们看上去更美观。

  4.Windows Longhorn将可选择地采用微软和Intel,AMD共同开发的Palladium安全技术。

  5.Windows Longhorn将采用类似数据库的文件系统,称之为Windows Future Storage (WinFS),它基于SQL Server2003的技术(代码名字位Yukon)。这种文件系统提取物理文件位置,允许用户进行复杂的数据检索和排序,这在今天是不可能实现的。例如:目前的文件 象电子邮件,联系人,Word文档,音乐文件等都是完全分开的,在Windows Longhorn中将不再是这样。WinFS不是一个全新的文件系统, 而是对NFTS的扩展,它仍然需要NFTS。微软正在努力使我们在日益增长的硬件设备中查找我们所需要的数据更加容易。通过为文件系统增加关系数据库的功能,检索数据和文档将更加迅速。正如微软一位执行官所说疑问的那样:“为什么我们在因特网上找我们想要的东西只需要几秒钟,而在我们自己的机器上却需要花费更多的时间呢?”。除了采用WinFS技术之外,微软还新增加一个文件系统概念:库,它 将象集合那样组织数据,而不管它们系统中的实际物理存储位置。例如:照片和电影库将搜集呢系统中所有的电子照片和数码影像的链接。

  6.Windows Longhorn将包含许多反病毒(AV)的API,它将会帮助开发人员更容易地把他们的软件继承进基本的操作系统中。微软也 将会向Longhorn用户提供反病毒的自动更新的订阅,以确保用户的系统保持最新的反病毒功能。

  7.Windows Longhorn将包含集成的可刻录DVD功能,它可以识别任何一种可刻录DVD格式。数字媒体狂热者们能够直接从摄像机直接拷贝倒可刻录的DVD上,而不用再复制到硬盘上。

  8.Windows Longhorn将包含一种更高级的错误报告工具Error Reporting Tool (ERT),它允许用户向微软报告Bug,并且可以自动修 复这些Bug 。

  9.Windows Longhorn采用一种新的安装机制,将会在20分钟之内安装Windows Longhorn。

  10.Windows Longhorn将包含许多新的API,以提供对系统的新功能的访问。

  11.Windows Longhorn的编程机制将发生很大的变化,将统一Web和Windows编程模型,同时提供连线和离线的用户体验。在生成
Longhorn的技术中,微软已经完全转移到基于.NET的可管理代码环境。Longhorn生成器最终将明确与以前的Win32 API进行分离,也就是 说,Win32将会处于维护的状态,所有的开发都是以可管理的.NET API展开的。一个被成为Avalon的API形成Desktop Compositing
Engine (DCE)(桌面创作引擎)的基本元素,DCE将替代以前的GDI和GDI+。另外一个被成为Aero的API,为新的用户界面提供API。这些全新的所有 API将采用XML应用程序标记语言,XML Application markup language (XAML),对开发人员提供比以前方便的多的访问能力。 这种思想极大地减少了API的数量,并且使API更加标准化。目前,已经有超过76000个Wi n32 API和无数的包装。在Longhorn里,微软希 望把这些API减少到8000到10000个。另外一个重要的变化涉及到硬件驱动,在过去,微软允许消费者使用非签名(non-signed)的驱动程序以实现兼容性的需求,但这样经常导致稳定性的问题。在Longhorn中,用户只能使用经过签名的驱动程序了。

  开发人员比较关心的是Visual Studio .NET "Whidbey"的发布,Whidbey是Windows Longhorn的IDE编程环境,目前处于Beta版的状态。Whidbey包括XAML的可视化设计器。在10月23号洛杉矶的PDC大会上,微软将向开发人员提供第一个Longhorn Software Developer Kit (SDK)的公开发布版本。Longhorn Software Developer Kit将包含开发人员可访问的UI组件和行为。


--

[XP1800+][ASUS K7V266C][Ramos DDR333 512M][Leadtek Winfast A170 DDR]
[LaJi 17'][Logitech USB Wheel Mouse][Logitech keyboard]
[Realtek RTL8139][Logitech USB Camera][WDC WD400BB-00DEA0][ST3120022A]
[ATAPI CDROM 44X][IOMEGA ZIPCD 4X/4X/24X][刚弄到一块蓝色布垫]


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 219.224.187.201]

Re: xp.sp2 & 2003.sp1

发信人: Lord (小地主◎喜欢老婆的大眼睛), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Re: xp.sp2 & 2003.sp1
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sat Dec 20 23:38:51 2003), 转信

转贴的。你可以试一下
========================================
Windows XP Service Pack 2 beta 2055 本地安装法


首先大家去下载一个Windows XP Service Pack 2 beta 2055
下载完成后把下载回来的xpsp2-express.exe解压到一个临时目录,如:xpsp2-express,接下来打开update下的update.url,可以看到一个URL链接:http://wxpsp2.windowsupdate.micr ... x86fre-USA-2055.psf,去下载吧,这个就是我们本地安装的文件,有300多M之巨 ,接着修改update.url,把这个链接修改为你下载的本地安装文件的地址,如:file:///C:/WindowsXP-SP2-x86fre-USA-2055.psf。接下来等文件下载完了运行update下的update.exe,呵呵,已经是本地安装了哦。

=======================================


【 在 lyyq (lyyq) 的大作中提到: 】
: SP2好像是网络安装得啊
: 没有硬盘安装得吗


--
                                                                   ●
   ┃┿  ┿    .˙ │ ┿┑    路请┄┅阅━读◆最即时的信息◆━x┅┄      .·¨‥. . ·˙
     ┿  ━┿    ┃┿   ┿┷  ·…’';   ┄┅  ━ ◆最热烈的讨论◆━ ┅┄       '¨*  ●
 ·˙│  ·│     │  / ﹨  版   ˙·˙‥.  ┄┅  ━ ◆最旺的人气◆━ ┅┄
  .·.                                                            THUExpress
                  新手上路请先阅读精华区治版方针  x-2-1-1


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 211.96.233.1]

xp.en.vlk.sp2b2082试用 :)

发信人: li0nBc (dRag0nMa), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: xp.en.vlk.sp2b2082试用 :)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Thu Feb 26 08:54:51 2004), 转信

1>正如大家所预料的,sp2又ban了很多key,呵呵,所以,推荐refresh install.
这几个key是我检验可以用来安装的,当然,肯定还有其它的:
QVJ2P-2HY64-TX2TJ-R6XXD-QP646
2Q8XT-MMFHR-KTK32-RCYJ6-YCTJY
MT2MV-WBFV4-8FJP4-DCT6X-8383D

2>ie的版本是6.0.2900.2082 update version:sp2
dX 的版本是9.0b 4.09.0000.0903

3>内建的firewall的界面又很大的改善,可以选择exceptions了,但是,好像不能不接收有程序链接的警告.
性能还没有测试.

4>windows的update界面有所改观,正在测试(现在的网络有些慢),scan的时候error,后边会再测试.

5>在b2055上集成的,依然缺少3个文件:nmoldwb.dll,nmwb.dll,nmwhiteb.chm,不过不影响使用

6>装完系统后,第一个装的是alcohol 120%(1.4.7b1005),应为要装ibm的驱动.一切正常
后边又装了java vm

7>tweak的时候发现以前通过修改注册表来取消系统文件保护功能的做法失效,还是会弹出对话框
不知道是不是要crack:)

8>区域设置没有看到设置默认语言的地方,我装的时候是选择装亚洲语言支持,这样装了很多垃圾(日文等)
所有,以后会再winnt.sif里面设置,装简体跟繁体.地区设置成china (prc)后,语言自动默认简体.

9>多了个security center,包括firewall,av跟windows update的提醒.

10>first logon 的配置中,要选择是否自动update,我选择否,结果hang了,按电源键关掉,希望final里面会改.


11>暂时这么多了,还在测试,有新感受会及时分享

--
滚滚长江东逝水,浪花淘尽英雄。是非成败转头空,青山依旧在,几度夕阳红。
白发渔樵江渚上,惯看秋月春风。一壶浊酒喜相逢,古今多少事,都付笑谈中。
                                                        明·杨慎


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 61.170.175.*]

Re: xp.en.vlk.sp2b2082试用 :)

发信人: RonLiang (俩零), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Re: xp.en.vlk.sp2b2082试用 :)
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Thu Feb 26 09:12:42 2004), 转信


【 在 li0nBc (dRag0nMa) 的大作中提到: 】
: 标  题: xp.en.vlk.sp2b2082试用 :)
: 发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Thu Feb 26 08:54:51 2004), 转信
:
: 1>正如大家所预料的,sp2又ban了很多key,呵呵,所以,推荐refresh install.
: 这几个key是我检验可以用来安装的,当然,肯定还有其它的:
: QVJ2P-2HY64-TX2TJ-R6XXD-QP646
: 2Q8XT-MMFHR-KTK32-RCYJ6-YCTJY
: MT2MV-WBFV4-8FJP4-DCT6X-8383D
:
: 2>ie的版本是6.0.2900.2082 update version:sp2
IE下载文件时的弹出框变化不小。hoho
: dX 的版本是9.0b 4.09.0000.0903
MediaPlayer 9.00.00.3124
XP的多系统选单的名字都是Windows XP Media Center Edition了。
:
: 3>内建的firewall的界面又很大的改善,可以选择exceptions了,但是,好像不能不接收有程序链接的警告.
: 性能还没有测试.
奇差无比。极不稳定
:
: 4>windows的update界面有所改观,正在测试(现在的网络有些慢),scan的时候error,后边会再测试.
的确,和2055beta的还有进步。
我的没有报错。不过有19.2M的升级文件可选。。
:
: 5>在b2055上集成的,依然缺少3个文件:nmoldwb.dll,nmwb.dll,nmwhiteb.chm,不过不影响使用
:
: 6>装完系统后,第一个装的是alcohol 120%(1.4.7b1005),应为要装ibm的驱动.一切正常
: 后边又装了java vm
偶直接装的sun java
:
: 7>tweak的时候发现以前通过修改注册表来取消系统文件保护功能的做法失效,还是会弹出对话框
: 不知道是不是要crack:)
:
: 8>区域设置没有看到设置默认语言的地方,我装的时候是选择装亚洲语言支持,这样装了很多垃圾(日文等)
: 所有,以后会再winnt.sif里面设置,装简体跟繁体.地区设置成china (prc)后,语言自动默认简体.
:
: 9>多了个security center,包括firewall,av跟windows update的提醒.
这个可以在服务中禁用
:
: 10>first logon 的配置中,要选择是否自动update,我选择否,结果hang了,按电源键关掉,希望final里面会改.
我比较幸运。我选了yes
:
:
: 11>暂时这么多了,还在测试,有新感受会及时分享
:
: --
: 滚滚长江东逝水,浪花淘尽英雄。是非成败转头空,青山依旧在,几度夕阳红。
: 白发渔樵江渚上,惯看秋月春风。一壶浊酒喜相逢,古今多少事,都付笑谈中。
:                                                         明·杨慎
:
:
: ※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 61.170.175.*]


--
当你的电脑被病毒或者木马侵害的时候,请到virus版。
如果你受益于virus版,那么今后就请你帮助你的病友们,因为你深知他们所处的境地。
如果virus版未能如你所愿,那么也请你为了他们,将后来跟病毒斗争的经验告诉他们。
当你对病毒反病毒技术感兴趣的时候,请到virus版。共同提高、共同关心计算机安全。
virus版需要每一位网友的支持!


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 219.224.138.*]

Winxp sp2 2082 一些截图

发信人: archon (Just DO it), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Winxp sp2 2082 一些截图
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Thu Feb 26 09:51:21 2004)

1. 系统
2. Security Center
3. Windows firewall - General
4. Windows firewall - Exceptions
5. Windows firewall - Advanced
6. Internat Options (Prompt-windows management)
7. IE Popup blocked bar
8. IE About

--

 ┈╆─╮┈┈╋───╋┈┊┈╬──┼┈┈┈┈┼┼┈┈╬──╋┈┈┈p数据库[ACCESS][十进制数据]
   │  │ 我 │ 的   ┼─  Feb█2┈┤ 世 ├──╬┼┼┼╭─┼╮美│xtEditor的优缺
 ┈ █7─┼┈┈roge█z───┼  │  ╚──┤ 界 │┼合集] 以下几█款─╢不│┗─哪个更█好─╮些
   │  │    │      ╬─╯      ┈╩──╯  │  │再│    │丽│zz from 乌鸦的日
 ┈┗─┼┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈┈│┈┼─╬┈┈╬─╯┈ecky!经典使用问题集(0516版)zz f


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 http://smth.org·[FROM: 159.226.21.*]

XP SP2 Beta v2096试用

发信人: RonLiang (俩零), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: XP SP2 Beta v2096试用
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Thu Mar 18 14:10:11 2004), 转信

安装完重启之后先进入了安装系统时才有的“请稍候”那个黑屏幕。:)
估计重新设定了不少东西。
IE版本是6.0.2900.2096,谈出广告屏蔽一如既往的好。
Media Player版本9.0.0.3133。解决了2082里面MediaPlayer的SRS功能不佳的Bug
以前最受诟病的ICF的兼容性稳定性问题现在已经很好了。
DCOM服务和别的SP2版本一样,不可或缺了。禁用这个会很麻烦。
和所有XP SP2一样,现在的windows autoupdate如果被禁用之后,连手动的在线更新都没法进行。

总的来说,现在的SP2暂时没有发现不稳定的地方。
比以前的SP2进步了不少。甚至感觉速度比2082快多了,无论是启动还是运行速度。
现在XP Sp1为了防Welchia要打的补丁太多了。
SP2的推出是越早越好。
不过这个版本现在还要在线打一个补丁:March Security Beta (7)

新装的SP2之后原来的微软拼音2003被打回3.0了。。。
Office之外没法用体验版了。现在修复一次Office就好了。^_^

--
当你的电脑被病毒或者木马侵害的时候,请到virus版。
如果你受益于virus版,那么今后就请你帮助你的病友们,因为你深知他们所处的境地。
如果virus版未能如你所愿,那么也请你为了他们,将后来跟病毒斗争的经验告诉他们。
当你对病毒反病毒技术感兴趣的时候,请到virus版。共同提高、共同关心计算机安全。
virus版需要每一位网友的支持!


※ 修改:·RonLiang 于 Mar 18 14:29:56 修改本文·[FROM:   219.224.138.*]
※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 219.224.138.*]

体验longhorn build 5048

发信人: nikilee (niki), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: 体验longhorn build 5048
发信站: 水木社区 (Wed Apr 27 12:46:41 2005), 站内

    昨天晚上从eea上把longhorn拖回来之后就迫不及待的
开始尝试,本人机器配置不是很好,没有体验到什么东西,
就简单写一点吧,回到新家了,呵呵。
    整个系统安装大概耗费了40分钟,安装完成之后,声卡
驱动自动安装了,我的显卡是unichrome集成的,没有驱动,
下载了for XP的驱动安装一切正常,4074的时候怎么都不能
安装:(。
    最郁闷的事情是安装完成之后安装了一下daemon,结果
系统开始频繁自动重启,到保护模式下不能卸载,说是windows
installer在保护模式下不能启动,在启动的时候按F8出现的选
项中多了一个在遇到错误的时候不重启机器,选择之后发现直接
死机,什么反应都没有,进入保护模式之后想system restore告
诉我系统中有一个硬件设备故障,不能restore,郁闷坏了,干脆
重新安装。
    测试了一下一些基本的软件,都能够比较正常的运行,不过
MyIE2在显示器的左上角一块白色,看不见输入的地址,IE很耗系
统资源,一个进程大概要35M。
    系统安装完成之后大概只需要200M内存,没有WinFS,有一个
mssearch服务,搜索的速度挺快的,还可以设置多个filter,应该
以后还会有较大改进。
    AERO的开始菜单按钮很酷,鼠标放上去之后那盏灯会变亮。
    Norton Anti-virus 企业办ver10安装完成之后不能正常启动
自动防护。
    回头安装一下office和VS2005beta尝试一下。

    其他的还在体验中,慢慢汇报。

--

※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 218.104.71.*]

Re: 体验longhorn build 5048

发信人: Vela (快乐的小帆船), 信区: NewSoftware                                                                          标  题: Re: 体验longhorn build 5048                                                                                     发信站: 水木社区 (Sat Apr 30 09:11:09 2005), 站内                                                                                                                                                                                               俺的机器是sp2200+512+radeon9000 on asus board                                                                                                                                                                                                   重新分了个区后就装了,都还顺利。                                                                                        只是貌似和以前的多系统启动略有区别,longhorn自己整了个用来boot的咚咚,俺的启动菜单要选两层;启动挺慢的。                longhorn把自己安装所在盘作为了系统盘C,其他的顺推,因此盘符有了变化,害得我有若干软件无法执行;默认好像不显示盘符,只有 名称,甚不习惯;6G的盘装完剩了不到2G。                                                                                  longhorn的系统盘上不只document、windows、program三个文件夹,还有个build、InstalledRepository文件夹,还没弄清楚。        装完系统看设备管理器,发现网卡没装上,只好重新找了驱动手动安装,管他认不认,还行,装完可用;声卡貌似装上了,但死活没有声音,最后也是手动安装,装完也可用了;显卡认不出来,手动装了一下,显示型号就对上了;几个驱动直接运行setup(for xp版)都不 好使,声卡那个还提示说不支持目前系统,呵呵;不过到现在。还有个咚咚不知是啥,还有个?挂在那里。                          俺用的GB看新闻,而且习惯大图标,但在longhorn上,GB的大图标也太大了点,主要是图标周围的空白太多了,占了很多空间,不知怎么弄的。                                                                                                                  其他还没有来得及试,只是看了盖子的演讲,觉得那个glass挺有意思,查了查弄了一下。只是开了dwm以后,感觉机子从586变回286了,窗口透明有了,最大、最小化的时候有那个animations and transition效果,按钮也变样了,可惜阿,太费劲了,跑不起来。         觉得要是不提dwm的话,眼下的状况还可以,当然很大型的软件还没有试,但就一些常用的看还行,弄起来和xp有些相似,lh自带了xp主 题,选了以后基本上就是个xp拉,除了那些改进。                                                                            大体就这些先,其他的再补充。                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            【 在 nikilee (niki) 的大作中提到: 】                                                                                   :     昨天晚上从eea上把longhorn拖回来之后就迫不及待的                                                                   : 开始尝试,本人机器配置不是很好,没有体验到什么东西,                                                                  : 就简单写一点吧,回到新家了,呵呵。                                                                                    : ...................



--
凡属不可避免的就是理所当然的


※ 来源: ·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: Phoenix City]

Vista.5231.PROPER.软件试用手记 [1]

发信人: withinsea (沐海|呵呵……呵呵呵……呵呵呵呵……), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Vista.5231.PROPER.软件试用手记 [1]
发信站: 水木社区 (Thu Oct 13 01:39:17 2005), 站内

装好了系统下一步就该上软件了吧……也不知能用的还有多少
p.s. 以下仅限于平时我用到的软件

[1] copy and use

1. CTerm (3.23 build 050514)
   正常啊正常,huhu^^。所以现在在这里贴得很高兴

2. TM (2005)
   启动后界面上一片空白……像一个 VB 里新建立的空窗口
   虽然貌似是在运行着但实际上等于没法用。只能等下一个版本了……
   (MSN 我没试。不是有 www 版本了么……那东西好强)

3. ACDSee32 (2.44)
   正常。这才叫好软件哪……多少年头了……

4. LeapFTP (2.7.5.610)
   正常。继 ACDSee32 之后再次印证简单即美……

5. MPlayer (20050717-KK)
   正常。虽然因为没有声卡驱动没法出声,图像确实是好的

6. FlashPlayerMX
   唔……正常。没啥可说的……

--
あの空を回る風車の羽根達は              ...,,,..
いつまでも同じ夢見る              .::::::::::::::::...
届かない場所をずっと見つめてる   ::::::''''    _ ,- -""-.
願いを秘めた鳥の夢を             :''      ,,- '          `           「AIR」
                               ." ``'- -''           .... the 1000th summer


※ 修改:·withinsea 于 Oct 13 01:39:28 修改本文·[FROM: 221.221.207.*]
※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 221.221.207.*]

Vista.5231.PROPER.软件试用手记 [2]

发信人: withinsea (沐海|呵呵……呵呵呵……呵呵呵呵……), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Vista.5231.PROPER.软件试用手记 [2]
发信站: 水木社区 (Thu Oct 13 02:33:07 2005), 站内

下面是……就算是常用软件吧。虽然依各人的习惯会有很大不同……

[2] 搞些大软件之前手头必备的东西

1. WinRAR (3.5rc)
   正常。啊哈……这个要是没法用就要命了……

2. Daemon Tools (3.47)
   大家都知道这个没法用了哈。虽然我不死心还是试了一下……
   终于发现把大软件都存成 .iso 的做法是会有麻烦的 - -b
   对了前两天说到哪个虚拟光驱现在在 Vista 可以用来着?
   注:Daemon 3.11 可用 - -b

3. foobar & lyricII (0.8.2)
   应该是正常的。不过声卡问题……没法验证了
   (其它的多媒体相关的软件我就都没试了)

4. FlashGet (1.71chs)
   正常。终于下定决心换这个了。没广告是重要原因……

5. BitSpirit (3.0.1.077 似乎是……)
   运行是正常的。但是界面有错位的现象出现,字号也变小了。
   国产软件在 UI 上还是没有太多的注意力阿……

6. Firefox (0.9.2)
   正常。虽然我本来以为它会出毛病的……名家风范说。

7. TT (2)
   er....也不能指责吧,毕竟 IE 变了很多对不……
   安装起动都正常,选好插件开始打开窗口的时候出错推出。
   不兼容新版 IE 的缘故……估计 IE inside 的浏览器多多少少都会有类似的问题
   等新版。

8. Editplus (2.12)
   正常。我果然是离不了这个呢^^ 就是觉得它的 UI 比 UE 要协调
   p.s. Vista 下面的字体有不少有变化了。
   宋体字库是新的(所以 Term 下文字那么平滑?还是因为全部字号都直接走矢量字?)
   我喜欢用的编程字体 Courier New 8px 看起来也不大一样了

9. Adobe Acrobat Reader (7 chs)
   正常。松一口大气……

10. Kaspersky Anti-Virus (4.5) & Anit-Hacker (1.8.180)
    安装不能。Pro 和 Personal 全都不认识这个系统…… - -b

11. Symantec Antivirus Corporate (10.0.0.359)
    蓝屏!安装到70%左右出现,需要进安全模式把它卸掉才会正常
    但也许是因为 Daemon 3.11 的问题……总之请小心

嗯,也就是说,一般的使用应该是没什么大问题说。
只是杀毒部分……唔。

--
あの空を回る風車の羽根達は              ...,,,..
いつまでも同じ夢見る              .::::::::::::::::...
届かない場所をずっと見つめてる   ::::::''''    _ ,- -""-.
願いを秘めた鳥の夢を             :''      ,,- '          `           「AIR」
                               ." ``'- -''           .... the 1000th summer


※ 修改:·withinsea 于 Oct 13 13:25:03 修改本文·[FROM: 221.221.207.*]
※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 221.221.207.*]

Vista.5231.PROPER.软件试用手记 [2补]

发信人: withinsea (沐海|呵呵……呵呵呵……呵呵呵呵……), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Vista.5231.PROPER.软件试用手记 [2补]
发信站: 水木社区 (Thu Oct 13 13:32:24 2005), 站内

用了 daemon 3.11,有些东西能装了。另外再加上之前忘了的。补充几个……

首先!我用 daemon 装 Symentac 时候蓝屏!卸载才恢复。
不知是因为 Symentac 本身还是因为 daemon,总之请小心。

12. MS Apploc
    正常。常需要用各种语言的软件的朋友们可以放心了。
    别忘了修改 /windows/AppPath/AppLoc.tmp 为空并置为 Read-only

13. MS Office (2003)
    正常。安装过程中曾有几个注册表键写不进去,忽略掉了
    不过貌似不影响使用。怀疑是语音组件碰上了没驱动的声卡闹的

14. 金山词霸 (2005)
    正常。局域网里很多人装的话,在防火墙里面把它访问网络的权限禁掉。

【 在 withinsea (沐海|呵呵……呵呵呵……呵呵呵呵……) 的大作中提到: 】
: 下面是……就算是常用软件吧。虽然依各人的习惯会有很大不同……
: [2] 搞些大软件之前手头必备的东西
: 1. WinRAR (3.5rc)
: ...................

--
あの空を回る風車の羽根達は              ...,,,..
いつまでも同じ夢見る              .::::::::::::::::...
届かない場所をずっと見つめてる   ::::::''''    _ ,- -""-.
願いを秘めた鳥の夢を             :''      ,,- '          `           「AIR」
                               ." ``'- -''           .... the 1000th summer


※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 221.221.207.*]

Vista.5231.PROPER.软件试用手记 [3]

发信人: withinsea (沐海|呵呵……呵呵呵……呵呵呵呵……), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Vista.5231.PROPER.软件试用手记 [3]
发信站: 水木社区 (Thu Oct 13 13:43:47 2005), 站内

[3] 开发工具。Java 适用。

1. jdk (1.5.0_04)
   正常。呼……

2. Eclipse (3.1) & MyEclipse (4GA)
   正常。不正常就见鬼了,jvm 上面跑的东西。

3. Tomcat (5.5.9)
   正常。同上,java 的优势啊……

4. MySQL (5.0rc)
   正常。这样基本的应用已经可以跑起来了……
   顺便说一句,MySQL 的三个官方客户端 Administrator,
   Query Browser, Migration Toolkit 都是拷过来就可以用

5. MS SQL Server (2000)
   安装不能……因为有项目在用所以试了一下,不出所料地没法用。
   只能等新版本了吧……

嗯,最主要的几个工具都还可以用
cvs 不一定要装在本机所以无所谓了……
晚上再试 Photoshop 之类的东西

【 在 withinsea (沐海|呵呵……呵呵呵……呵呵呵呵……) 的大作中提到: 】
: 用了 daemon 3.11,有些东西能装了。另外再加上之前忘了的。补充几个……
: 首先!我用 daemon 装 Symentac 时候蓝屏!卸载才恢复。
: 不知是因为 Symentac 本身还是因为 daemon,总之请小心。
: ...................

--
あの空を回る風車の羽根達は              ...,,,..
いつまでも同じ夢見る              .::::::::::::::::...
届かない場所をずっと見つめてる   ::::::''''    _ ,- -""-.
願いを秘めた鳥の夢を             :''      ,,- '          `           「AIR」
                               ." ``'- -''           .... the 1000th summer


※ 修改:·withinsea 于 Oct 13 13:57:36 修改本文·[FROM: 221.221.207.*]
※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 221.221.207.*]

Office12体验感想

发信人: OneMoreTouch (放弃幻想,未必能成就现实!), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Office12体验感想
发信站: 水木社区 (Thu Oct 27 21:43:51 2005), 站内

在今晚9:00以前,我认为今天是个不错的日子(对于我这个新软迷来说只要有软件更新
就会顿时精神气爽,典型的新软综合症),因为今天一下子冒出了两个新软:OFFICE12
 和QQ2005,尤其是前者,自从上次看了微软出的演示视频后我就对OFFICE12一见钟情了
,天天盼着早日目睹其芳容,而对于后者,虽然也挺让人激动,但用后觉得较之前几个
Beta版,基本没什么改变,所以兴奋劲还没起来就冷了。

现在只说OFFICE12,虽然还只是Pre-release版,但我还是一狠心把原来的OFFICE2003完
全卸掉了,心想着这东西一定更好用。安装过程还算顺利,但也发现了不少问题:采用
Custom方式,很多可选项旁边都没有文字,改变安装路径也做得挺次的,也不给个参考
路径,另外如果已经安了OFFICE12,再安装Visio等其他东西时,程序不会自动检测OFFI
CE12的安装路径,而是仍然安装在默认位置,整个安装过程不算太慢。

装安后,我迫不及待的挨个运行,首先是Word:如果没有卸载原有的老版OFFICE,它可
能会在启动的时候报一些宏加载错误,主要是语言问题引起的,全新安装不会有问题,
启动速度不慢,只比2003慢一点,但完全可以接受(我的本本是P4m1.4,512MB内存,Ge
force4go420),这个的确让我挺兴奋的;运行的界面和以前介绍过的一样,第一次用这
种形式的界面的确要适应一段时间,再加上全是英文的,难度的确不小。我打开了几个
原来的Word文档,可以轻松加载(包括我120页的毕设论文),只是会提示该文档使用了
一些老版的功能,问要不要启用这些功能,启用后没发现什么不同,其它的一些精彩功
能就不说了,单说一下一些缺陷吧:首先没找到关闭当前文档的按钮,要关只能整个Wo
rd程序一起关(也可能是我真的没有找到),这个让我很FT;一些常用的按钮,比如打
开,新建等默认为有快捷按钮,需要自定义出来,默认的只有保存和返回上一步;界面
上的一上的一些大图标显示比较粗糙。Word默认保存的格式已经改成了.docx,所以要想
和现在的老版兼容的话,可能还得另存为.doc,但这个也可以设置。

Word的表现其实还是另我挺满意的,用Office12来代替2003的决心已经下了1/3了,接
下来试了试PowerPoint,这个让我很郁闷,找开程序没有问题,速度也还可能接受,但
当我打开原来的PPT文档时,居然没打开,程序死掉了,我确定这个文档用2003是可以打
开的,后来又试了几个,有一些可以打开,但当PPT里包含一些直接从Autocad或者Prot
el里拷过来的图时,速度会爆慢,近乎于死机,而且整个放映过程也显得一顿一顿的;
默认的模板只有4个,而且很丑;另外一个很低极的Bug是在2003里如果一行没有内容,
其前面的行标是会自动隐掉的,但在12里居然都显示出来了,这让ppt怎么看呀。其它像
实时预览的功能我没看到,可能是我机器配置还是太低了的缘故。

在遭受了PowerPoint的沉重打击之后,我抱着卸载OFFICE12前最后欣赏一下的心情,试
了试Excel,相比之下,Excel做得是比较完美的,打开了几个文件都没有问题,但我并
没有深入测试,只是大概看了看。

其它像Outlook,frontpage和Visio,前两个平时不怎么用,不知道有些什么改进,感觉
变化不大,Visio的界面变化也不大,但模板好像进行了重新的整理归类,在操作上增加
了一些像自动连接相邻线的功能,其它的没有多试了。

晚上9:00回来后,终于下定决心还是把Office12卸掉了,虽然它的确带给了我不少的惊
喜,尤其是它的运行速度并不像想像的那样慢,但它还是带了太多的Bug,毕竟还是Pre
-release版嘛。我像等beta版出来的时候我肯定还会义无反顾地会去当一回小白鼠的,
嗯!


--

※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 59.66.100.*]

Windows Vista 5231.051004安装报告

发信人: Hakkk (我爱老婆), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Windows Vista 5231.051004安装报告
发信站: 水木社区 (Sat Oct 29 20:13:56 2005), 站内

前段日子下了好久下下来的5231.051004 版,前几天终于有空安装了,之后断断续续折
腾好几天,到现在为止告一段落。

【软硬件环境】
CPU:   AMD Athlon XP 1800+ (11.5*133超频至166)
主板:  FIC AU13, nVidia nForce2 Ultra 400
内存:  512MB DDR333
显卡:  nVidia GeForce4 MX 440 with AGP8x
声卡:  (板载)nVidia MCP2
网卡:  (板载)3Com 3C920B-EMB Integrated Fast Ethernet
        (PCI)Macronix MX98715-Based Ethernet Adapter
        (PCI)Realtek RTL8139 Family PCI Fast Ethlernet NIC
OS:    Windows XP Pro SP2 VOL CHS (On C:\Windows)


【安装】
只有镜像,没有DVD刻录,所以就从XP里安装了。
用Daemon mount 上安装盘镜像,从虚拟光盘运行setup,安装流程自动开始。基本没有
什么可以干预的部分,只有选择安装方式、填序列号、选择分区需要动动鼠标键盘。在
选择安装方式的一步,因为XP和Vista的语言不符,所以升级是无效的,只有全新安装,
这也正是我需要的。选择分区的时候选了一个专门空着的分区F:,然后就开始淅沥哗啦
的拷文件。


【启动】
经过无所事事的等待,系统安装完毕。启动的时候发现,boot菜单已经完全更新了,界
面与2k/xp/2k3时代的菜单完全不一样,显示两项分别为Legacy pre-longhorn windows
和Microsoft Windows,默认为后者。猜测第一项应该是启动XP用的,于是选了第一个,
结果出乎意料的是又到了另一个boot菜单,这个是旧风格的XP的boot菜单,里面也是两
项,Windows XP和Windows Longhorn。尝试选第二项,结果黑屏后就此死掉,说明这一
项根本是无效的。重启后选Legacy,然后Windows XP,重新回到XP下,然后用msconfig
检查Boot.ini,发现这个文件只反映了上面说的第二层boot菜单,并且用检查启动路径
后发现longhorn这项确实无效,于是干脆删掉,并且把显示菜单时间改为0,这样Vista
的新boot菜单中的两项就相当于直接对应了XP和Vista。

后来看看C盘和F盘,下面都多了一个Boot目录,估计是Vista 的新boot菜单用的,没有
找到编辑方法,在Vista的系统属性-高级-启动设置里面也没有类似XP 编辑菜单的地
方,只能改变默认选项以及等待时间而已。


【登陆】
再重启,选Microsoft Windows,这回看到Vista 的欢迎界面了,除了Administrator,
还有一个用其他用户登陆的选项,能够直接输入用户名和密码。后来证明这一设计还是
不错,因为如果系统新建了其他Administrators组的帐号,欢迎界面上的Admin 就隐藏
了,对于XP来说需要登陆时ctrl+alt+del两次调出传统登陆框才能登陆,而Vista 选择
其他帐户的话直接就可以输入帐户名和密码。


【用户权限】
新建了一个Admins 组的帐号,然而进去之后发现其权限仍然低于系统内置Admin帐号。
在执行一些程序的时候,会弹出窗口询问是否授权运行,类似linux 要求输入root密码
那样,只不过因为这个帐号也确实是Admins组的,所以没问我密码,只是确认授权就行
了。在开始菜单里可以看到有一个Turn On/Off UAP 的快捷方式,用来关闭这个授权询	
问。不过就算关了,在执行一些服务、驱动方面的设置时,自建的Admins组的帐号还是
权限不够。于是最后干脆删除了自建帐号,回Administrator做后面的事情了。


【中文支持】
系统自身一切正常。进到区域语言选项,把位置、单位格式、非Unicode 程序默认语言
都设置到中文或者中国,重启,然后发现对中文的支持非常好。安装自己最习惯的紫光
拼音3,完全正常。


【驱动】
打开设备管理器,发现一砣未知设备,是那种类型都没识别出来的未知设备。已经识别
出来的主要硬件包括那块MX440的显卡和Realtek的网卡,其他两块网卡、板载声卡都嗝
了。为了安装驱动,先得分清哪个?号对应哪个设备。幸好事先在XP的设备管理器中做
了记录,例如3Com的板载网卡是PCI总线2、设备1、功能0,Macronix的网卡是PCI总线1、
设备11、功能0等等,接下来就可以折腾驱动了。

声卡:从nVidia的网站里找到了for vista的驱动:
http://www.nvidia.com/object/winvista_32bit_beta1.html
那堆问号设备中有两个是声音相关的,一个是nVidia nForce Audio Codec Interface,
另一个是nVidia nForce MCP Audio Processing Unit。每一个都执行一遍Reinstall,
选择自己查找设备,然后类型中选声音控制器,之后have disk ,定位到解压驱动的地
方,系统都能认出来对应设备。安装成功,有声音了~不过毕竟是beta版驱动程序,主
音量调节居然无效……我是指左右滑动滑杆音量是不变的……(Vista 的音量调节不是
上下滑而使是左右滑)。幸好Media Player的音量调节是有效的,不然就总要旋音箱旋
钮……

网卡:上面那个网页里也有网卡驱动,不过是nForce3 之后主板的,用不了。找到当初
买主板时候给的驱动盘,把for 2k/xp 的驱动程序目录拷出来,然后选代表板载3Com网
卡的那个问号设备,同样步骤,类型选为网络适配器,定位到驱动目录,又认出来了,
安装,成功。

不过另一块Macronix的网卡就折腾死我了。在XP中它是自动识别的,Vista 中却没带它
的驱动。尝试用XP系统的驱动程序,在安装时定位到C:\Windows\inf,也就是XP存放所
有设备inf文件的地方,能顺利找到Macronix MX98715-Based Ethernet Adapter的驱动,
但是点下一步安装的时候总是出错,看来这个从Win2k到XP都能用的驱动终于死在Vista
了。网上找这块网卡的驱动,都是比XP里带的还老的,安装统统出错。最后的希望是用
Win2k3的驱动了,这个刚刚才弄到,版本号确实比XP的高,如果这个还不行,那就忍了。

剩下的一个设备是nVidia nForce PCI System Management ,这个本来就没有驱动,只
是Vista不知道是什么东西而已,人工选择分类为系统设备,然后在list 里面就能找到
一模一样的名字,确认即可(也不知道究竟有什么用)。


【上网】
本地连接正常,登陆tunet我用的是MyTunet程序,兼容性很好,安装服务也成功了。只
是接下来建立VPN连接的时候头又大了。新建连接-拨号或者VPN连接,这些还和XP一样,
然后下一个页面,选择拨号还是VPN的时候……居然两个都是灰色的……想到 Internet
选项中也有一个连接页面可以建立拨号和VPN连接,于是去那里看看,结果New按钮虽然
不是灰色的,但是死按都没有效果……

看来Vista是没有加入这个功能?试试看能不能用XP的代替。XP 中其实有一个拨号电话
簿文件,在C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Microsoft\
Network\Connections\Pbk\这个目录下,文件名是rasphone.pbk。双击运行,居然成了,
下拉框里赫然有XP中建立的VPN连接,属性也能修改,只是新建还是不能工作。点连接,
输入帐号密码,经过认证后窗口消失了,右下角也没有出现那个网络连接的小电脑标志,
不过通过ipconfig来看,连接确实建立起来了!



折腾累了,今天先不弄了。应用程序前面withinsea 测试了很多,我懒得动了。下次有
空重点再试试那块没起来的网卡,以及一个最大的问题……Activation……



--
表与里的存在……
阴影外的阳光……
光明的力量……
来自人心灵的正面……
不要忘记——
我就是你!!


※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 59.66.114.*]

Windows Vista 5231.051004安装报告(后续1)

发信人: Hakkk (我爱老婆), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Windows Vista 5231.051004安装报告(后续1)
发信站: 水木社区 (Sun Oct 30 13:42:05 2005), 站内

【网卡驱动】
最终那块网卡的驱动搞定了,还是用的XP的驱动,只不过原来我提取出来的文件有问题。
从XP的windows\inf提出来的自带安装配置文件是没有路径信息的,只指明了一个layout
.ini文件,里面记录了驱动程序在driver.cab的什么地方,文件名是什么。Vista 下的
driver.cab里没有那个文件,所以安装出错说找不到文件。

在net713.inf文件中加入
[SourceDisksFiles]
mxnic.sys = 1,,.\
安装顺利成功!


【显卡驱动】
因为想自定义刷新率(现在1280×960,85Hz,其实可以上到 90Hz,但没选项),所以
试着安装了nVidia的for 2k/xp的Geforce通用显卡驱动。解开文件后,运行.exe文件安
装失败,于是从设备管理器手动安装,定位到解压目录,成功。重启后nVidia的配置选
项工作正常,现在刷新率改到90 了。看来Vista虽然带的驱动少,但是对现有硬件和驱
动的支持还是不错的。关键是很多设备得从零开始装(即类型都没有识别,显示为未知
PCI设备),如果测试者不知道怎么识别分类就没办法了。


【AntiVirus】
安全中心也嘟嘟了半天,装个杀毒软件吧。我一向用NAV的,不过猜测Vista装不上,一
试,果然……于是改装SAV10企业版,完全没问题,自动防护、更新病毒库都和在win2k3
下没有区别。


【AnitSpyware】
安全中心里新加了这一项状态检查,并且查看时发现推荐打开微软的那个AntiVirus 软
件。不过似乎还只是一个壳,并没有把软件集成到 Vista,每次尝试打开都失败,最后
干脆关了这一项。期待下一个测试版了。


【桌面外观】
还是没有恢复Sidebar。我的MX440是DirectX7显卡,Aero Glass的D9特效自然是看不全
的,不过改了改注册表,也算强开了,强扭的瓜,嗯……果然不甜,因为不是毛玻璃而
是透明玻璃,有时候就找不到想点的窗口标题栏了……还有音量图标打开后什么都看不
见,当然摸索着位置还是能拖动那个滑杆的……


【几个软件程序】
Fterm,太正常了;

QQ,我在XP下装的新鲜出炉的珊瑚虫3.2.1,在Vista 下直接能用。

CCProxy,无论是XP下装的还是Vista重装的,根本不能运行,错都不报一个。

PES5,强开了D9特效运行就报错,不开的话正常的一塌糊涂,XP下装的,Vista 下导入
一个注册表就能爽了。

MSN Messenger 7.5,居然这个东西在XP下装的在Vista也能直接用,只不过进行选项设
置时候会报错,仅此而已……也不是啥大东西,重装就重装。

暂时就试了这么多,先歇会儿


最后一个大问题,还是关于激活的……看来找不到能用的号或者算号器了。希望那个破
解程序还是有效的,嗯。



【 在 Hakkk (我爱老婆) 的大作中提到: 】
: 前段日子下了好久下下来的5231.051004 版,前几天终于有空安装了,之后断断续续折
: 腾好几天,到现在为止告一段落。
: 【软硬件环境】
: ...................

--
Darkness from twilight, crimson from blood that flows;
buried in the flow of time;
in Thy great name, I pledge myself to darkness!
Those who oppose us shall be destroyed by the power you and I possess!
DRAGU SLAVE!!


※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 59.66.114.*]

Vista 5308感受

发信人: luckyangle (听烟), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Vista 5308感受
发信站: 水木社区 (Mon Mar  6 08:55:22 2006), 站内

年前的5270也感受了,这个周末在家又鼓捣了一下5308
发现5308确实稳定了很多
基本上从登陆到界面都定型了
而且Vista的桌面图片一版比一版漂亮
5308的好俺就不说了,就说说不好
1)我的主板是865PE的板子,声卡驱动搞不定
2)显卡驱动用内置的不行,会提示你驱动不兼容,不知
   道微软搞什么名堂,内嵌的驱动都不兼容,后来换了
   Nvida提供的5308专用驱动,搞定
3)网卡一直捕获不到DHCP分配的地址,也没搞明白怎么
   回事,只好切换到XP下捕获地址,抄下来,手工设置,
   上网搞定,IE7果然比IE6强,但是多页面似乎有点假,
   点击超链接,新打开一个页面,居然重新开了一个IE7
   大窗口,而不是在当前窗口开一个新的页面
4)Windows Defender无法更新
5)Symantec Antivirus Corporate Edition v10与5308不
   兼容,装不成功,直接蓝屏,再次启动,再次蓝屏,只
   能用上一次好的配置重新启动,卸载,手工清理注册表
   后换趋势的Internet Security最新版,搞定,可升级
   因为声卡到现在都没有搞定,所以还没来得及试MediaPlay
,哪位老大知道如何搞定声卡么?我的芯片是Reltek AC97的。
如果哪位老大有可用的驱动,请发到我的邮箱:
     liuhuiyu@vip.sina.com
   谢了阿!下次再报告实验进度!

--

※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 211.69.196.*]

Office 2007 beta1 感受

发信人: mikky (笑嘻嘻), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Office 2007 beta1 感受
发信站: 水木社区 (Sun Mar 19 00:52:08 2006), 站内

Office 2007 beta1 感受
1  操作比pre-beta近了一步,更趋于合理一些,但是的确需要换很大的思维才能习惯新的操作风格
2  从界面上来说,更漂亮了,outlook显示效果更好,但是带来的结果是大量的内存占用
3  在使用过的很多应用来看,word和outlook还不是很令人满意,(下面相细说明),但是其他程序,如excel, access, publisher,   infopath从速度和稳定性来讲都已经到了可用的程度,picture organizer已经明显标明不是beta版本。很不错。
3  各组件似乎过多地用到了word的很多功能,而word开发不够成熟可能导致其余的部件,特别是outlook不稳定
4  word的感觉
    -  不能很好地和2003兼容,原先的normal.dot会导致每次启动word都提示错误
    -  word占用内存太大.且操作硬盘频繁。在使用word过程中对于硬盘的喀拉喀拉声很明显。同时,也导致操作相应非常慢。
    -  一些操作优化不好,比如显示字体列表延时很明显,输入的时候也觉得有一点慢,不知道是不是心里原因。
    -  一些功能尚未完善,比如auto correction,比2003差很多,也多次出现该插件错误,而其他组件将其禁用现象
    -  极端不稳定,有的时候切换窗口都会导致word退出
    -
    word优点:
    -  新的操作,使得使用更加傻瓜化,但是需要时间适应
    -  对ink tools 支持加强,对于我这样tablet使用狂人来说,还是很爽的
5  outlook的感觉
    -  占用内存太大了。最小化以后居然占用了45M,不知道是用来干吗的。[第二次启动后,最小化,正常,越占用6M内存。看起来还是有点不稳定],正常约占用50~60M。
    -  操作速度慢了不少,不够流畅
    outlook的优点
    -  日历视图漂亮了不少,
    -  在某些显示上优化了一些,如联系人窗口,多了一个名片显示,看起来比较漂亮,搜索联系人的时候,搜索到的结果中,搜索关 键字也会高亮显示
    - 邮件视图中多了todo bar, 相当于原来的today window, 感觉好一点。
6  其他组件
    其他组件主要使用了publisher, ppt, excel, 感觉到占用内存比原来多了一点,稳定性要比outlook和word好很多。另外主要看中他们的是,做表或者ppt,可以轻松地做出专业的效果,比原先的效果要好很多了。这一点可以让人花更多的精力在内容上。赞一个。推荐使用这几个。
  Infopath 和 access以前用得不多,手头也没有对应的库和工程,所以没有试。但是通过打开程序和随便点击的情况来看,稳定性还是不错的。
7   总结和展望
    看了这些,比较当初从XP到2003, 不管从功能,用户操作还是稳定性上,都是一个大的跨步。甚至在我的直觉里面,2003占用的资 源甚至都比XP少。 但是2007没有给我这种感觉,哪怕是将来出现的正式版,我也不抱太大的希望。因为比较2003的测试版,2007有一点 让人失望了。这些失望主要来自于最常使用的outlook和word.希望正是版本出来的时候,对资源和稳定性能够有一个很好的控制。
    不过从做出文档的精美程度上,2007能够轻易地做出很专业的文档,即使是对于配色和布局很没有感觉的人,都能轻松应对,这个的确是一个很大的进步。在excel和ppt上,这一点体会尤其明显。

这次的测试版本中没有visio,很失望。想到visio2003的巨大进步,以及2007几个部件所体现出来的精美特效,不仅让我浮想联翩,实际 上visio2007才是我最梦寐以求的……不知到会做成什么样子。期待啊。同样还有惊艳一时的onenote, 不知到在2007中会以什么样的面目示人。不过可别占资源太大了,要不光刷新就等半天,谁还有心情做note啊。
简单的测试结束。比起pre-beta来,的确有一点失望,因为最想要改进的内存和稳定性,都没有提高,甚至已开始我都有一点怀疑我是不是下错版本了。所以对于正是版本,也不要抱太大的希望。只是如果和2003交叉使用能够用得住的话,outlook,word用2003,其他版本适 当选择使用,也未必不是一个好的选择。


附注:
1 我的硬件配置
PM 1.5G, 1.24G mem, 4200转的硬盘。
2 本来截了不少图,但是考虑到昨天为了上传附件居然发文等了快两个小时经验,还是节约时间,不传了。
--

※ 来源:·水木社区 http://newsmth.net·[FROM: 202.7.166.*]

Office 2007 Volume License Key

发信人: soff (荣升新软版版霸), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Office 2007 Volume License Key
发信站: 水木社区 (Sat Nov 11 16:27:38 2006), 站内

Office 2007 Suites
DBXYD-TF477-46YM4-W74MH-6YDQ8

Office 2007 Applications
W2JJW-4KYDP-2YMKW-FX36H-QYVD8

--
偶本 bt, 躬耕於 bit, 苟全性命於 bbs, 不求聞達於 mm...

一般来说,教师的幸福感主要由学生的对其的爱戴程度、自身对教学的胜任感、
探究的新鲜感、成功的愉悦感组成。
                    --《理解教育论》熊川武,江玲 教育科学出版社2005


※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 222.131.58.*]

IE8 Beta2初体验

发信人: alwaysmylove (Your wish is my command), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: IE8 Beta2初体验
发信站: 水木社区 (Thu Aug 28 11:46:41 2008), 站内

1. Inprivate browsing很好很强大,很黄很暴力,恩

2. 地址栏会出现类似Firefox的推荐网址功能,以前浏览的历史记录很明显

3. 查看源代码用了自带的查看器,有代码高亮功能,超级赞

4. 貌似找不到 模拟IE7 的按钮了,不过多了一个兼容性视图按钮,在地址栏旁边。而且,可以设置哪些网址用兼容性浏览。不过不是每 个网站都会出现这个按钮……很奇怪

5. 一堆什么加速器功能,直接关了,没用

6. 可以打开以前关闭的标签列表

7. 还没假死过……以前IE7经常死,估计是RP

8. 检查钓鱼网站那个东西,改名叫Smartscreen了

9. 管理加载项的功能人性化了很多,自动分类了

10. 标签浏览功能大大加强了。增加了选项卡组功能,在一个页面打开的新选项卡和该页面属于同一分组,不同组的选项卡用颜色区分开。关闭的时候可以直接关闭一个分组。关闭选项卡的速度很明显快了很多。

11. 在网页内查找功能强大了,跟fx很像
--
   === http://blog.alwaysmylove.net ===
                    Everything that has a beginning has an end
                 ___  ___  ___     ___  _____  ___
                 |  \/  | / _ \   |_  ||_   _|/ _ \
                 | .  . |/ /_\ \    | |  | | / /_\ \
    我是         | |\/| ||  _  |    | |  | | |  _  |
                 | |  | || | | |/\__/ / _| |_| | | |
                 \_|  |_/\_| |_/\____/  \___/\_| |_/

office2010 beta2不激活的使用方法(zz)

发信人: timepp (时间调色板), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: office2010 beta2不激活的使用方法(zz)
发信站: 水木社区 (Sun Oct 18 11:29:48 2009), 站内

2009-10-18 12:03:59 (PS 我的方法不如littleboy的方法好,所以修改为littleboy的方法)方法:

1、把x:\Program Files\Common Files\microsoft shared\OfficeSoftwareProtectionPlatform\OSPPC.dll改名,如ossppc.dll.bak

2、将x:\Program Files\Common Files\microsoft shared\OFFICE14\Office Setup Controller\setup.exe改名,如改成setup.exe.bak  
3、在注册表中查找 X:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\OfficeSoftwareProtectionPlatform\OSPPC.DLL,找到的值应 该在类似以下位置:

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Installer\UserD
ata\S-1-5-18\Components\ED417E2A8BA189D4C8741500D3BAD4A3

将上面的位置中ED417E2A8BA189D4C8741500D3BAD4A3改为

ED417E2A8BA189D4C8741500D3BAD4A3-bak


--
有我胡媚在,皇上怎么会看得上你呢~~
勾引皇上的事情,还是交给我吧


※ 修改:·timepp 于 Oct 18 12:05:58 2009 修改本文·[FROM: 119.40.25.*]
※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 119.40.25.*]

Microsoft Windows Vista Beta 1 Fact Sheet

发信人: Rydia (暖如地血,寒比天风), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Microsoft Windows Vista Beta 1 Fact Sheet
发信站: 水木社区 (Thu Jul 28 07:34:37 2005), 站内

Microsoft Windows Vista Beta 1 Fact Sheet

 
 
Windows Vista? beta 1 is an important milestone on Microsoft Corp.’s path to releasing the final version of Windows Vista. Beta 1 will provide developers, IT professionals and Windows? enthusiasts with an opportunity to test the operating system’s infrastructure and provide Microsoft with valuable feedback. Beta 1 is being delivered to more than 10,000 beta testers via the Windows Vista Technical Beta Program, and thousands more people will receive beta 1 through the MSDN? developer program and Microsoft? TechNet. 


Fundamental Improvements for Computing With More Confidence

Windows Vista beta 1 focuses on greatly improving the Windows’ fundamentals — security, deployment, manageability and performance — so developers, IT professionals and end users can have more confidence in their PCs. Enhancements have been made in the following areas:

* Security. Windows Vista will deliver many new or improved security features that provide a usable, consistent and manageable experience in corporate, mobile and roaming environments, as well as in the home. Some examples of new security features in Windows Vista beta 1 include these:

* User Account Protection features enable administrators to deploy PCs set up to give end users only the privileges they need to perform their tasks. This bridges the gap between user and administrative privileges by running applications with limited permissions. 
 
* Windows Service Hardening monitors critical Windows services for abnormal activity in the file system, registry and network that could be used to allow malware to persist on a machine or propagate to other machines. 
 
* Anti-malware features detect and remove worms, viruses and other types of malicious software from the computer during an upgrade. 
 
* Advanced data protection technologies reduce the risk that data on laptops or on other computers will be viewed by unauthorized users, even if the computer is lost or stolen. Windows Vista supports full-volume encryption to help prevent disk access to files by other operating systems. It also stores encryption keys in a Trusted Platform Model (TPM) v1.2 chip. The entire system partition is encrypted in both the hibernation file and the user data. 
 
* Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 in Windows Vista Beta 1 includes many features to help protect against malicious Web sites and malware. To help protect against phishing and spoofing attacks, Internet Explorer also does the following:

* Highlights the address bar when users visit a secure sockets layer-protected site and lets users easily check the validity of a site’s security certificate 
 
* Allows users to clear all cached data with a single click
 
 
* Network Access Protection. Viruses and worms can attack a protected internal network through mobile computers that do not have the latest updates, security configuration settings or virus signatures downloaded. Mobile users may connect to unprotected networks at hotels, airports or coffee shops, where their computers can become infected by malware or a virus. Windows Vista has Network Access Protection to help prevent security-compromised computers from connecting to a user’s internal network until security criteria are met.
 
* Firewall. Windows Vista provides outgoing as well as incoming filtering, which can be centrally managed via Group Policy. This lets administrators control which applications are allowed to communicate or are blocked from communicating on the network. Controlling network access is one of the most important ways to mitigate security risks.
 
 
* Deployment. Windows Vista will help make desktop deployment dramatically faster and easier. Deployment features included in Windows Vista Beta 1 include the following: 

* The Windows Imaging (WIM) format provides a single file that contains one or more complete Windows Vista installation images. To conserve space, Windows Vista compresses the file and stores only a single copy of files that more than one image share. As a result, Windows Vista images help eliminate redundancy, decrease file size, and reduce installation or migration time. Image-based setup also is less error-prone than a scripted installation process. 
 
* Windows Pre-installation Environment (PE) enables administrators to configure Windows offline as well as diagnose and troubleshoot hardware problems before launching the setup process. 
 
* The Application Compatibility Toolkit (ACT) helps administrators quickly identify, analyze and resolve any issues with non-standard applications being migrated to Windows Vista.
 
 
* Manageability. Windows Vista will help reduce total cost of ownership (TCO) of PCs through simplified management, increased automation of tasks and improved diagnostics. Improvements in Windows Vista beta 1 include these: 

* Better diagnostics implementation, including auto-diagnosis and auto-correction of common error conditions, fixes for known crashes and “hangs,” and new technology to minimize reboots when installing software, are included. 
 
* An improved Task Scheduler schedules tasks to launch when a specific event occurs, such as when disk space becomes insufficient. 
 
* Web Services for Management (WS-Management) makes it easier to run scripts remotely and to perform other management tasks. Communication can be both encrypted and authenticated, helping limit security risks. 
 
* Microsoft Management Console 3.0 (MMC 3.0) provides a common framework for management tools, making them easier to find and use. MMC 3.0 supports richer, more functional graphical user interfaces for management and allows administrators to run multiple tasks in parallel, keeping administrative tools responsive even after launching a complex or slow management task.
 
 
* Performance. Windows Vista will help improve PC performance in key areas, including starting up, waking up and responding to user actions. Performance features included in Windows Vista beta 1 include the following: 

* Quick startup. Login scripts and startup applications and services process in the background while users perform their desired tasks. 
 
* Sleep state. The new Sleep state in Windows Vista combines the speed of Standby mode with data protection features and low-power consumption of Hibernate. The Sleep state also allows users to change or remove a battery with little risk to open applications and data, since memory is safely written to the hard disk. Startup from the Sleep state requires just seconds, meaning fewer shutdowns and restarts are necessary, which helps improve power management. 
 
* Superior memory management and improved input/output (I/O) management makes Windows Vista more responsive than previous versions of Windows, especially in the most noticeable tasks, such as opening the Start menu or right-clicking a file in Windows Explorer to display a shortcut menu.
 
 


Clear and Connected

Many of the innovative end-user features and user-interface (UI) changes for Windows Vista will not be included until the release of Windows Vista beta 2. However, Windows Vista beta 1 does include an early look at the new UI design, and showcases some of the features that will give users clear ways to organize and use their information and seamlessly connect to people and devices, including these: 

* Searching and finding information.Windows Vista will introduce a new organization concept called a Virtual Folder, which is a saved search that is automatically and instantly run when a user opens the folder. In addition, every new Explorer in the operating system, including Internet Explorer, includes a new Quick Search box that enables customers to quickly search through large amounts of content being viewed or to initiate wider content searches across the PC. 
 
* Glass and new Window animation. The Windows Vista desktop experience will deliver a new visual identity — translucent glass with more animation. Because it is visually intuitive, the glass helps users focus on the task at hand, whether reading a document, viewing a Web page or editing a photo. 
 
* Redesigned Start menu with application search. The Windows Vista redesigned Start menu will make it faster and easier for users to find specific applications and to browse through all programs.
 
* Sync Manager. Windows Vista will unify the synchronization with the Sync Manager, a new interface that enables users to initiate a manual sync, stop an in-progress sync, see the status of current sync activities and receive notifications to resolve conflicts across all devices and data sources with the click of a single button.
 
* Networked projection for mobile PCs. Windows Vista will make it easier for users to connect a mobile PC to a projector over a network to display a presentation, or to share a presentation with nearby PCs. The networked projection feature allows a Windows Vista-based computer to detect nearby PCs or projectors and establish a connection through a network, regardless of whether the network is wired or wireless, ad hoc or part of a corporate infrastructure.
 

Internet Explorer 7 for Windows Vista Beta 1

In addition to the security features mentioned above, Internet Explorer 7 in Windows Vista beta 1 includes new capabilities that make everyday tasks easier, including support for tabbed browsing, a toolbar search box that includes AOL search, Ask Jeeves, Google, MSN? Search and Yahoo! Search, as well as shrink-to-fit printing of Web pages to automatically resize the page to print properly. Also, with new integrated support for emerging technologies such as Web feeds (RSS), users of Internet Explorer 7 in Windows Vista will get personalized news, sports, shopping information and blogs delivered directly to their PCs. Internet Explorer 7 in Windows Vista beta 2 will continue to build on the security enhancements with support for anti-phishing, which will help warn and protect users against fraudulent Web sites and personal data theft in the browser. It will also add a Protected Mode to give Internet Explorer sufficient rights to browse the Web, but not enough rights to modify user settings or data. Many of these new browser features will also be available to users of Windows XP through Internet Explorer 7 for Windows XP Service Pack 2. Internet Explorer 7 beta 1 for Windows XP is now available to IT administrators, developers and enthusiasts for testing and evaluation through the Technical Beta Program and MSDN.

Windows Server, Code-Named “Longhorn” 

The first beta of Windows Server?, code-named “Longhorn,” also is now available to a limited number of participants in the Technical Beta Program, including hardware manufacturers, original equipment manufacturers, independent hardware vendors, system builders, independent software vendors and developers. The next version of Windows Server, code-named “Longhorn” is designed to provide a secure and reliable server platform, helping customers reduce IT complexity, increase end-user productivity and deliver rich new applications. The new server operating system is slated for final release in 2007.

“Avalon” and “Indigo”

Windows Vista beta 1 also includes the first beta of Windows Presentation Foundation (formerly known by the code name “Avalon”) and Windows Communication Foundation (formerly known by the code name “Indigo”), which are part of the WinFX? programming model. WinFX extends the Microsoft .NET Framework with classes for building new user interface experiences and advanced Web services. Together, they enable developers to build connected systems that take advantage of the processing power of the smart client, incorporate cutting-edge media and graphics, and communicate with other applications with improved security and reliability.

System Requirements


Minimum system requirements will not be known until summer 2006 at the earliest. However, these guidelines provide useful estimates: 

* 512 megabytes (MB) or more of RAM 
 
* A dedicated graphics card with DirectX? 9.0 support 
 
* A modern, Intel Pentium- or AMD Athlon-based PC. 
--


  33333331   Rydia        Mar 20. ● 还有地球人在吗?
  33333332   SYSOP        Mar 20. Re: 还有地球人在吗?
> 33333333   Rydia        Mar 20. ● 80岁生日,抢个大整^_^
  33333334   SYSOP        Mar 20. ● Rydia被取消在Earth版的发文权限


※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 218.13.28.*]

Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Codename.Longhorn.Beta.1.32Bit.DVD.

发信人: KingoM (Spy of Blizzard), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Codename.Longhorn.Beta.1.32Bit.DVD.
发信站: 水木社区 (Thu Jul 28 08:14:43 2005), 站内

Release Date.....: July 27th, 2005
      Directory Name...: Microsoft.Windows.Vista.Codename.Longhorn.Beta.1.
      Supplier.........: Microsoft                  DVD.READ.NFO WinBeta
      Type.............: OS
      Format.......... : DVD  ISO (as supplied by MS)
      Number of Discs..: 1
      Archives.........: 54 x 50 MB (2% rar recovery record)
      Files............: wb winvlhb132bitdvd.rxx
      Protection.......: key/wpa
      Requirements.....: CPU: 1.5GHz+ / RAM: 512MB+ / HDD: 6gb+
      Link.............: http://www.microsoft.com/windowsvista/default.mspx _

        Release Notes
      __________________________________________________________________

      Windows Vista codename Longhorn, the next generation OS from Microsoft
      This is Beta 1. Build 5112 for those inclined to such information.

      There is 30 day activation protection.  The key below works to install
      We were offered the antiwpa workaround which we declined as we do not
      provide cracks.  The folks that offered antiwpa said they will make
      it available at the same time as this release in order to allow people
      the opportunity to enjoy Windows Vista codename Longhorn Beta 1 for
      more than 30 days.  Look out for their release if you wish to use it
      We recommend you enter the beta program or join MSDN to get your own
      legit key which you will be able to activate.

        Nukers This must remain an iso or it will not extract or boot.

        Enjoy Beta 1.  This is an original untouched iso. 


--
http://wc3x.3322.org


※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 218.4.223.*]

my Amateur Windows Vista beta 1 review

发信人: sghaha (不要吧), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: my Amateur Windows Vista beta 1 review
发信站: 水木社区 (Thu Jul 28 16:42:01 2005), 站内

ZT

Well.. before I start.. I have to say.. I obtained the software legally, so please do not post here asking where to download it etc. And.. yes this is my very first review... so its probably lacking lots of things and most of the review is just my rant.

Installation:
Installing was a breeze, you only need to type in your product key, choose some hard drive partition settings and that's basically it. However, I have to say it took a long time to install, I don't know if its because I'm installing it on my super old hard drive, or if it really is a pain... I waited almost 2 hours for Windows Vista to completely finish installing. The install process was very boring, maybe its because this is the beta version, there's nothing for you to read or look at while its installing, just a green bar on the bottom with its fake progress.. the reason i say its fake its because it keeps filling itself up and empties itself.. basically you can't tell how much is left by looking at the progress bar.

First Starting Up Experience..
The first thing I saw when Vista finally started up was a very nice logging on screen, now, there are some things I find really funny, when Vista is logging on, it saids, "Waiting for xxx Service", almost as if Vista is a person himself? I just found it kinda weird for it to say Waiting instead of Loading.. Anyhow, looking at the UI was a shock.. because first of all, I did not expect a completely BLACK taskbar and very ugly large desktop icons.. they honestly look like they were copied from some 12 yeard old that played with photoshop. The first thing I did was obviously open up Internet Explorer 7 which I must say is not bad at all, its a completely new experience....

Internet Explorer 7
I should say, I downloaded IE7 for XP as well but I haven't even ran it yet, after switching my HD back to XP I'll give it a shot and see if its the same as the Vista one. The best thing about IE7 is tabbed browsing which I think is a complete copy from FireFox, there's also a search bar on the right of the address bar which is ALSO a copy from FireFox. Open a new tab from middle mous click on a link is also another copy. Basically, IE7 is what FireFox users wanted in Internet Explorer. I managed to crash IE 7 lots of times by installing the snagit plugin, so I had to uninstall that or I wasn't even able to run IE 7 at all. Definitely worth the upgrade from IE 6, or whatever version Microsoft is on right now.

No more "My"
If you've noticed.. there's no more, My Documents, My computer, My pictures, etc. They are all just, Documents, Pictures, Computer, Videos, etc. Good move? I don't know.. i've gotten so use to MY everything, its really weird to see just Documents, Pictures, etc. Especially Computer, I keep clicking on Games which is right on top of it, because GAMES was never in the startmenu, which I think is VERY pointless. Who really plays that much of the games that Windows came with anyways? I don't think it needs to be pinned on the start menu.

Start Menu
The start menu looks really clogged up and too big for my liking, it takes up too much of the screen's space when you open it, and the WORST part is, clicking on ALL PROGRAMS, no longer extends another menu, its crammed into a small box that's inside the start menu itself and it makes finding things REALLY hard and difficult, that's probably why Microsoft included a very ugly search box on the start menu to search for things in the start menu (whats the point?!?! you can't use the search for ANYTHING ELSE!! jUST THE FREAKIN START MENU!) *check screenshots.. it looks REALLY UGLY!!!*

Windows Explorer, or "Computer"
Well, the visual appeal is awesome! It makes me like Windows all over, well not really, but the re-designed graphics and the famous XP green progress bar looks a LOT better, its animated now and just looks more.. modern. It sorta feels like you're on a mac, and I like that.. although some mac fanboys may hate me for saying this.. but Microsoft actually did a good job in copying apple. Navigating through the folders are really easy (if you get use to it), and once again, looks VERY visually appealing.

New Features
The new feature that caught me most was Windows Search Indexing "thing" that they had on XP, for Windows XP, the default is off.. but on Vista the default was on.. which I really don't like, I think they are trying to copy Tiger's Spotlight feature and have indexing on all the time so finding files would be really easy, but if you have a loud hard drive like the one I am on now, it really gets on your nerves, so I decided to turn that off. 

Another new feature is PARENTAL CONTROLS, yes.. parents can now limit the games their kids play by setting the MSRB rating their kids can install/open, so if their kids try installing San Andreas, it will probably give them a nasty error, I haven't tried this feature because I didn't feel like making another account and installing San Andreas on it.

The Control Panel has all new re-designed icons.. basically the entire OS has new re-designed icons that look a LOT better on the eyes and just work better. Another thing about the CP is that its now split into so many fricken categories its REALLY hard to find something especially since most of the time you're on the computer, you're not in the control panel, but thankfully, they still have the classic view avaibale for those like me.


Added Thoughts.. (keeps growing
Added July 28th: Right when I was going to shut down lovely Vista, and use my Windows XP again, I noticed Vista now has a shutdown counter, just like the mac does.. but the counter only counts for 30 seconds where as the mac is 100+ seconds. Great job copying.. I never knew why you needed to wait 100+ seconds till your mac shuts down.

Added July 28th: RANT, Why on earth does Windows Media Player need 3 album art pictures?! I think we get the point the song is by Mozart after the first big picture.

Overall thoughts
Windows Vista is very visually appealing, I will probably not buy the OS for anything over $125, because there really isn't that big of a change.. almost forgot! YES! It is a lot faster than Windows XP, but maybe that's because I haven't clogged it up with junk yet, but from what I remember on my clean Windows XP, it does work a little faster, things seem to be more responsive and images/stuff seem to render a little quicker than Windows XP, plus all the visual effects.. its amazing how microsoft can get the speed it does in Vista.

I would recommend people buying it only if they like things that are very visually attractive, or just wait till you get a new computer and have a preloaded. OR.. you can do it the bad way.. which I won't even go into.

Enjoy some screenshots!

--

※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 202.120.3.*]

Windows.Genuine.Advantage.and.Javascript.Workaround.REPACK.

发信人: seu (向阳花木), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Windows.Genuine.Advantage.and.Javascript.Workaround.REPACK.
发信站: 水木社区 (Tue Aug  2 10:16:11 2005), 站内

            � [ D E E P  S P A C E  9 ] �

         - ---+-----------------------+---------------- -
Windows Genuine Advantage and Javascript Workaround REPACK iNTERNAL
      - <+-  --------+----------------------+--------  -+> -
  ...... | Type : Tool            Language ..: Multi?   | ......
  :      | OS ..: XP              Crack/SN ..: none     |      :
  .      | Date : 31.07.05        Protection : none     |      .


                    � PRODUCT  iNFORMATiON �
      - <--  --------+----------------------+--------  --> -

  This is an automated WGA deactivator for all the ppl who use Win XP
  and can磘 do Windows Update or MS Security Downloads any longer.

  What it does : It simply closes all iexplorer windows, installs the
  Program "Trixie" and installs the JavaScript to the Trixie-Folder t
  deactivate the WGA-Checks.

  You can do this steps manually if you want... You just have to look
  on this page (where i got the files and informations)

  http://www.extended64.com/blogs/rafael/

  I did this iNTERNAL Release because i磎 to lazy to do the steps
  manually on each PC... You can decide if you want to use my
  silent-script or do yourself manually... It磗 up to you !

  This Package has been tested with German Windows XP Pro Corporate,
  but it should also work with english or other languages I think.


                    � REPACK  iNFORMATiON �
      - <--  --------+----------------------+--------  --> -

  Damn, i hate this Fuck ! There was a ; missing in the script...
  thats why it didnt run on some machines... So here磗 the fix !

  And by the way : Now Installer gives a InfoBox when it磗 done...


                     � iNSTALL  iNFORMATiON �
      - <--  --------+----------------------+--------  --> -

          Unpack, Read this .nfo and start the .exe


                          � GROUP iNFO �
      - <--  --------+----------------------+--------  --> -
  .                                                            .
          We want to greet all GRPs who know us ;)
  .                                                            .
  :                                                            :
  :.... <================================================> ....:
     .      DS9iSO STiLL ROCKiNG LiKE HELL iN 2005          .
     :.... .                                      . ........:
--
红    红   专专专   并并并并   进进进 
红    红  专           并     进      
红    红   专专专      并     进      
红    红        专     并     进      
 红红红    专专专      并      进进进 


※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 202.127.23.*]

Windows.Genuine.Advantage.Validation.Tool.Patch-TWK

发信人: LeonTang (The Blue Danube), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Windows.Genuine.Advantage.Validation.Tool.Patch-TWK
发信站: 水木社区 (Tue Aug  2 09:15:59 2005), 站内


                             ░░░░░░░░░░                             ░░░░░░░░
      ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░   ░░ ░░░░░░         ░░░░░░░░░ ░░░░░░░░░░ ░░░░░░░░
      ░░                ░░    ░░░░░░░          ░░    ░░  ░░    ░░░   ░░░░░░
      ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░     ░░░░░░           ░░░░░░░   ░░░░░░░░    ░░░░░
       ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░      ░░░░░             ░░░░░     ░░░░░      ░░░░░
            ░░░░░             ░░░░░     ░░      ░░░░░     ░░░░░      ░░░░
            ░░░░░            ░░░░░     ░░░░    ░░░░░     ░░░░░      ░░░░░
            ░░░░░            ░░░░░    ░░░░░    ░░░░░     ░░░░░     ░░░░░
           ░░░░░             ░░░░░   ░░░░░░    ░░░░░    ░░░░░░   ░░░░░░
          ░░░░░░░           ░░░░░   ░░░░░░░░  ░░░░░    ░░ ░░░░░░░░░░░░
         ░░░░░░ ░░          ░░░░░ ░░░░░░░░░░░ ░░░░░   ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░
         ░░░░░░░░           ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ░░░░░   ░░ ░░░     ░░░░
          ░░░░░░           ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░     ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░
          ░░░░░            ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░     ░░░░░     ░░░░░░░
          ░░░░             ░░░░░░░░░ ░░ ░░░░░░░░░░     ░░░░░       ░░░░░
         ░░░░░            ░░░░░░░░░      ░░░░░░░░     ░░░░░       ░░░░░░
         ░░░░░           ░░░░░░░░        ░░░░░░░░░    ░░░░░      ░░░░░░░
         ░░░░           ░░░░░░░░          ░░░░░░░░   ░░░░░░     ░░░░░░░░░
        ░░░░░          ░░░░░░░░            ░░░░░░░   ░░░░░      ░░░░░░░░░
        ░░░░░                                        ░░░░░
       ░░░░░                                        ░░░░░░ 
      ░░░░░░░                                      ░░░░░░░░
     ░░░░  ░░                                     ░░░░  ░░░
     ░░░░░░░░                                     ░░░░░░░░░
 
                             TWK PROUDLY PRESENTS:                          
 ┌──────────────────────── ------------------------- ────────────────────────┐
 │                                                                           │
 │            Windows Genuine Advantage Validation Tool(KB892130) PATCH      │
 │                                                                           │
 ├─────────────────────────────────────┬─────────────────────────────────────┤
 │                                     │                                     │
 │      Release Date :01.08.2005       │       TUPE : PATCH                  │
 │      Release Size :01xXXMB          │       Protection :CRAP              │
 │                                     │                                     │
 └─────────────────────────────────────┴─────────────────────────────────────┘


 ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │--- -                          RELEASE NOTES                          - ---│
 └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 
 Windows Genuine Advantage Validation Tool use Windows XP and can't do 
 Windows Update or MS Security Downloads any longer winout legit serial key.

 ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │--- -                           RELEASE iNFO                          - ---│
 └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 
    1. Unzip, Unrar. 
    2. Locate \WINDOWS\system32\LegitCheckControl.dll 
    3. Close all iexplorer windows, run twk-winupdatepatch.exe . 
    4. Enj

--

※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 218.193.190.*]

Windows XP SP1 ISO 版安装心得

发信人: soff (今年大四明年大三), 信区: NewSoftware       
标  题: Windows XP SP1 ISO 版安装心得
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sat Jun  8 14:29:35 2002)

其实没有想象中那么恐怖,我用的是英文 XP 2600 corp

1、运行 deactivate.reg 文件来取消掉原有的激活信息;

2、运行 %systemroot%\system32\oobe\msoobe.exe /a 进入激活画面,选择第二项电话
激活;

3、在接下来的窗口中,选择 change product key 来修改序列号,新的序列号是
K2KB2-BDBGV-KP686-D8T7X-HDMQ8,输入完毕,点击 update 进行更新,完成之后再点击
remind me later,之后重起机器;

4、机器启动完毕以后,再次运行 %systemroot%\system32\oobe\msoobe.exe /a 进入激
活画面,现在应该显示已经激活的信息,到这里基本上成功了;

5、接下来就是升级了,运行光盘中的 update 目录下的 update.exe 执行安装程序,安
装程序首先会检查序列号是否合法,接下去就开始安装了,包括检查系统、备份文件、
停止服务、安装文件以及完成安装,安装完毕以后,需要重新启动机器;

6、机器启动完毕以后,首先告诉我 StyleXP 不能用在这个版本的 Windows XP,实在是
分特呀,别的 Visual Style 也都不能用了,系统的 shellstyle.dll 版本号没变,但
是大小变了,试着用其覆盖 Visual Style 下的相同文件,但还是不管用,看来只有期待
更新了;

7、查看 About Windows 窗口,显示的版本是 Version 5.1(Build 2600.xpsp 1.020529
-1810: Service Pack 1,  v.1050);IE 的版本号为 Version: 6.0.2800.1050.xpsp 1.
020529-1810,别的就没看了,总体感觉还是挺爽的 :P

--
                  ____ ____                  __                                 
    _____ ____   / __// __/    ____   ___   / /_                                
   / ___// __ \ / /_ / /_     / __ \ / _ \ / __/                                
  (__  )/ /_/ // __// __/ _  / / / //  __// /_                                  
 /____/ \____//_/  /_/   (_)/_/ /_/ \___/ \__/        珊瑚虫工作室[Coral Studio]


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.edu.cn·[FROM: 211.68.9.136]

Windows Longhorn,图形功能大幅加强

Windows Longhorn,图形功能大幅加强

http://xml.sz.luohuedu.net

http://www.erp800.com/net_lover/

  Longhorn强化了图形功能。新图形画面与现有版本Windows截然不同,看起来非
常漂亮。在WinHEC的演示中,使用早期测试版本演示了高级动画效果,流畅地放大和
缩小窗口尺寸,以及显示半透明窗口等。

  现有版本的Windows都是在单独的桌面界面上显示Windows桌面。因此,每个窗口
分别使用单独的界面,以确保自己的显示区域。另外,各窗口只能在没有被隐藏于其
他窗口的“自己的区域”中显示。

  而Longhorn则是各窗口均确保固有的界面。各窗口完全独立,不管有没有其他窗
口,都可随时显示整个窗口。同样在桌面画面中,所有打开的窗口在1秒钟里多次同
时连续显示。

  当然,这样变更后的Longhorn与现有版本的Windows相比,必须具有性能极高的
图形资源。但是,微软解释说:“由于目前几乎所有的PC均支持3D图形功能,因此没
有任何问题”。不支持3D图形功能的PC尽管无法完全利用Longhorn的全新图形功能,
但微软表示可以通过在图形功能中设置多种模式来解决。

  模式有3种。“标准模式(baseline mode)”只能使用与Windows 2000相同的功
能。此时只使用软件显示功能。更高一级的为“一级体验(tier 1 experience)”
模式。提供部分Longhorn的全新图形功能。所要求的3D图形硬件配置基本与“DirectX
 7”所要求的配置相同。一级体验中还包括面向笔记本电脑的“低耗电模式”。“二
级体验(tier 2 experience)”模式能够使用Longhorn的全部功能。二级体验需要
最高级的硬件配置,与“DirectX 9”所要求的配置相同。

  此次演示使用的是“Longhorn build 4015 desktop”。该版本Longhorn在窗口
切换时,各窗口如同迎风飘扬的旗帜,一边飘荡、一边在画面中显示出来。窗口的透
明度包括多种等级,其表现力应该是现有Windows中效果最好的。

  另一个重要之处是,放大和缩小窗口尺寸后,其显示特性不会受到任何影响。也
就是说,现有版本的Windows需利用任务栏中的按钮选择最小化画面,而Longhorn即
便将画面最小化以后,仍能直接在最小化状态下准确地判断其画面上显示的内容。


  现有应用程序不需任何改进,即可利用Longhorn的全新图形功能,这一点也尤为
重要。也就是在Longhorn上运行的所有现有应用程序均能够自动地使用全新动画功能
和透明功能等画面效果。此次演示所用的应用程序都能够在Windows XP上运行。包括
记事本、命令行和任务管理器。

  另外,播放“星战前传II”动态图像的演示也意义非凡。这是因为即使一边实时
播放动态图像一边起动其他应用程序,动态图像的播放速度和显示质量也没有受到任
何影响。另外,演示所用的是硬件配置较低的电脑,采用工作频率1.5GHz的Pentium
 4处理器,384MB内存,显卡为“ATI Radeon 9700”。这一点令人非常吃惊。

微软安全架构——Palladium

微软安全架构——Palladium

http://xml.sz.luohuedu.net

http://www.erp800.com/net_lover/

  保存在计算机中的信息总是面临着外泄的危险,有时连机密文件或是信用卡号码
等价值很高的信息也不能幸免。守护机密信息的保护功能会因安全漏洞的发现而变得
不堪一击,阻止外泄信息造成危害的数据加密功能有时也会徒有其表。比如,保存在
内存及硬盘中的密码数据一旦被盗,加密也就没有任何意义了。

  因此,人们希望能从软硬件两方面着手来打造安全的个人电脑。美国微软2002年
7月刚刚公开了开发概要的新安全架构“Palladium(帕拉斯女神,开发代号)”。帕
拉斯女神指的是因特洛伊木马而闻名的古代城市特洛伊城的守护神。正如开发代号的
含义一样,其目标是建立一个可以起到防止数据非法泄漏的防火墙作用的安全架构。


制造机密数据的“保险柜”

  在Palladium构想中,把用于认证和加密的加密密钥的基本信息作为硬件预先嵌
入个人电脑。购买支持Palladium的个人电脑时,个人电脑独有的加密密钥就会被写
入到这枚硬件芯片上。通过这个加密密钥,支持Palladium的OS可对运行于其上的程
序进行认证,并加密保存机密数据。具体而言,也就是说支持Palladium的OS将会设
置一个只有已经得到认证的程序才可以访问的保护区域。而保存在保护区域中的数据
都是经过加密的,即使被拷贝到其他电脑上,也无法还原。

  关于基于硬件的安全功能,微软目前没有公开详细架构。不过,按照该公司持有
的于2001年12月得到批准的、被公认为Palladium基本专利的“Digital rights management
 Operation Sytem”(美国专利号:6330670)来推断,有可能是在CPU中嵌入加密密
钥的基本信息。也有可能不是在物理上将其集成到一个CPU上,而是嵌入到由CPU和专
用接口组成的专用芯片中。

  作为选项标准,还准备有与外设进行数据交换的加密功能。键盘和显示器也是机
密数据被盗的途径。如果将支持Palladium的个人电脑和外设配合起来,那么就可以
通过对击键和图像数据进行加密,来追加防止信息泄漏的功能。

  除硬件和OS外,应用程序的支持也不可或缺。要编辑Palladium生成的保护区域
,就必须经由名为“Trusted Operation Root(TOR)”的Palladium管理程序(使用Palladiu

的API)。而不支持Palladium的现有应用程序则无法访问保护区域。在运行不支持Palladiu

的应用程序时,TOR会把内存中的保护区域数据隐藏起来。

将集成到Longhorn中!?

  如上所述,要想实现Palladium构想,就必须在硬件和软件两个方面同时具有支
持Palladium的产品。如果Palladium构想得不到第三方的信任,那么就将无从实现。


  要想得到对Palladium构想的支持,方法有两个。一个是通过目前该公司向合作
企业提供的源代码公开计划“Shared Source Initiative”,公开Palladium核心程
序——TOR的源代码。另一个方法是在第三方机构的监督下对Palladium架构进行试验
。在硬件方面,微软目前已经开始分别与美国英特尔和美国AMD联合制定支持Palladium
的硬件规格。

  实际上具有Palladium功能的OS最早也要到2004年才能亮相。微软已经将Palladium
定位于用于普及.NET的安全强化策略“To trust.NET”的核心技术。关于To trust.
NET,由于微软已经表示“力争在未来3年内实现这一策略”(微软公司负责平台策略
部门的副总裁Sanjay Parthasarathy),因此定于2004年下半年开始供货的Windows
下一版本“Longhorn(开发代号)”极有可能成为支持Palladium的OS。

同时支持Windows外其它OS的标准已先行亮相

  除了Palladium以外,业界还在尝试利用硬件标准来构筑安全架构。这就是由制
定电脑标准的安全架构的业界团体“TCPA(值得依赖的计算平台联盟)”所制定的安
全的个人电脑标准。

  TCPA是于1999年10月由美国康柏、美国惠普、美国IBM、英特尔及微软共同发起
成立的。截止2002年7月,已经有180多家硬件及软件制造商加入TCPA。尽管微软已经
作为TCPA的一员加入TCPA,但却采取了推进Palladium构想的立场。

  TCPA所制定的“TCPA Main Specification”是用于确立名为“Trusted Platform
 Module(TPM)”的硬件级安全架构的标准。在IBM开发的安全技术的基础上,TCPA于
2001年10月公布了该标准的1.0版本。除具有生成加密密钥的功能外,TPM还可以高速
进行数据加密和还原。另外,还可以作为用于保护BIOS和OS不被修改的辅助处理器来
使用。在这方面IBM已经先行一步,该公司已经将集成有密钥数据和加密处理功能的
、符合TCPA标准的TPM芯片,作为“安全芯片”集成到了该公司的个人电脑中,并且
已经开始供货。

  TCPA与Palladium的区别主要有如下两点:(1)TCPA制定的标准保证电脑在OS起
动前的安全,而Palladium的保护重点在于OS的起动过程和起动后的工作过程;(2)
TCPA同时支持Windows之外的其它OS。

  目前,TCPA尚未制定以TPM为前提的OS和应用程序的安全标准。目前正在制定中
的TCPA Main Specification V1.2将追加与软件有关的规定。

  关于TCPA,微软表示:“Palladium并不是与TCPA相对立的标准,而是对TCPA的
补充”(微软Palladium业务部门总经理John Manferdelli)。

Palladium--彻底修改PC架构

  为了实现Palladium计划,需要得到很多硬件及软件的支持。如果可能的话,它
将作为预定于2004年供货的下一代Windows--Longhorn的一部分嵌入。微软产品经理
Mario Juarez称:“Palladium不仅可以解决问题,还可以扩展人们在生活及工作使
用计算机的范围”。

  微软将按照如下的方针设计Palladium:

(1)通过Palladium,可以确认用户正在使用其应该使用的PC。另外,用户在使用网
上获得的信息之前也要通过确认。

(2)Palladium为了防止数据被窃听或窃用,将对经过签名的数据进行加密保护。为
了防止文档在用户不知情的情况下被篡改,系统将维持文档的完整性。

(3)Palladium能够防止病毒及蠕虫的入侵。由于不会执行未经系统承认的程序,因
而可以防止病毒破坏系统。


  关于TCPA,微软表示:“Palladium并不是与TCPA相对立的标准,而是对TCPA的
补充”(微软Palladium业务部门总经理John Manferdelli)。

Palladium--彻底修改PC架构

  为了实现Palladium计划,需要得到很多硬件及软件的支持。如果可能的话,它
将作为预定于2004年供货的下一代Windows--Longhorn的一部分嵌入。微软产品经理
Mario Juarez称:“Palladium不仅可以解决问题,还可以扩展人们在生活及工作使
用计算机的范围”。

  微软将按照如下的方针设计Palladium:

(1)通过Palladium,可以确认用户正在使用其应该使用的PC。另外,用户在使用网
上获得的信息之前也要通过确认。

(2)Palladium为了防止数据被窃听或窃用,将对经过签名的数据进行加密保护。为
了防止文档在用户不知情的情况下被篡改,系统将维持文档的完整性。

(3)Palladium能够防止病毒及蠕虫的入侵。由于不会执行未经系统承认的程序,因
而可以防止病毒破坏系统。

(4)Palladium可以阻截垃圾邮件。在垃圾邮件进入邮箱之前采取防御措施。如果持
有符合用户设置标准的证书,则未经申请发送来的邮件也可以被接受。

(5)Palladium可以保护个人隐私。除可以在PC上给数据添加签名外的功能外,还可
以使用确保数据只传送给指定用户的被称为Agent(代理程序)的软件,给经由因特
网发送的数据添加签名。《新闻周刊》给Agent软件起了个绰号,叫做“My Man”。


(6)在信息由PC发送之后,Palladium仍可以对信息进行控制。使用被称为“Digital
 Rights Management”(DRM)的技术,可以经由因特网安全地发送音乐、图像以及
其它的知识财产等。比如,电影公司及音乐行业可以使用此技术使顾客在不侵害音乐
CD及电影的著作权的范围内进行复制。另外,还可以保证个人的电子邮件不会被其他
人任意复制及转发。据《新闻周刊》报道,“用户也可以设置为制作出Word文件后,
在下周之前别人无法读取。不管在什么场合下,设置的主动权都掌握在用户手中,而
不是由微软来控制”。

  Palladium提出的这些设想并不是新概念。如果要说这个系统有什么特别之处的
话,那么唯一的新东西就是微软将业界统一到其技术的周围、并一直坚持到实现为止
的能力。

  芯片制造商--美国英特尔及美国AMD已经决定支持Palladium。另外,虽然未公布
名称,但在安全成为最受关心的问题的金融服务及健康管理、政府等领域,微软的主
要合作伙伴已经同意支持Palladium。

  但是,Palladium能否成功还没有任何保证。由于旷日持久微软案以及日渐增大
的对安全问题的担心,反对微软的呼声日渐高涨。而且由于Palladium是Windows独有
的技术,毫无疑问这将进一步扩大微软对OS的支配地位。

  对此,微软认为Palladium可以方便地移植到其它的平台上,并以此回击外界的
指责。Palladium 的软件设计师Willman Presumably表示:“Palladium可以嵌入Palm
、电话和手表中使用,这一优势不可忽视。另外,我们还正在考虑向Linux及Macintosh
移植的问题”。

微软将发布新一代安全技术Palladium的SDK

  美国微软有可能会在今年10月份提供旨在彻底改善Windows机器安全性的“新一
代安全运算基础(Next Generation Secure Computing Base ,NGSCB )”(开发代
号:Palladium)的有关信息。微软将于10月份在该公司面向开发者的会议“微软专
业开发者会议(Microsoft Professional Developers Conference,PDC)”上,公
开NGSCB最初的软件开发工具包(Software Development Kit,SDK)。该SDK将成为
面向程序员的NGSCB代码的首次公开展示,运行时可编写具有特殊功能的程序及服务
。

  NGSCB不光对OS等软件,在硬件上也安装专用技术,可实现更加强大的安全及保
密功能。可对文件及数据进行自动加密,防止非法复制及篡改。按计划,NGSCB将于
2005年底作为Longhorn的选项功能亮相。不过,必须使用符合NGSCB规格要求的PC。

Longhorn_4051_PDC_WINBETA.iso@eea

发信人: cubehead (方腦殼), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: Longhorn_4051_PDC_WINBETA.iso@eea
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Mon Oct 27 16:10:44 2003), 转信

nfo                                                                                       
                                         #####                                         
                                     #############                                     
                                     #############                                     
                                    #############  ###        ###                      
                                    ############# ###############                      
                                   #############  ##############                       
                                   #############  ##############                       
                                   ############# ##############                        
                                  ###       ###  ##############                        
                                     ######     ##############                         
                                 #############  ##############                         
                                 #############     #######                             
                                ############## ###        ###                          
                                #############  ##############                          
                                ############# ##############                           
                               #############  ##############                           
                               ############# ##############                            
                              ##         ##  ##############                            
                                          #  ##############                            
                                             #############                             
                                               #######                                 
                           _       ___       ____       __                             
                          | |     / (_)___  / __ )___  / /_____ _                      
                          | | /| / / / __ \/ __  / _ \/ __/ __ `/                      
                          | |/ |/ / / / / / /_/ /  __/ /_/ /_/ /                       
                          |__/|__/_/_/ /_/_____/\___/\__/\__,_/                        
  /-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------\
  |                     Microsoft Windows Longhorn PDC build #4051                    |
  <----------------------------------------------------------------------------------->
  |            - Source: Microsoft             - Type: Operating System               |
  |            - Packaged By: winbeta          - Image Format: ISO                    |
  <----------------------------------------------------------------------------------> 
  |            - Files: Longhorn_4051_PDC_WINBETA.part15.rxx                          |
  |            - Number of CD's: 1                - Protection: WPA                   |
  |            - Archives: 45 x 15 MB             - Release Date: 10/25/03            |
  <----------------------------------------------------------------------------------->
  |            - Review: http://msdn.microsoft.com/events/pdc/                        |
  <----------------------------------------------------------------------------------->
  |            - Hardware Requirements: 600+ Mhz CPU, 128 MB RAM, 1.5 GB HD Space     |
  <----------------------------------------------------------------------------------->
                                                                                       
  <---------------------------- R E L E A S E  N O T E S ----------------------------->
                                                                                       
    PDC 2003 is being widely heralded by the development community as a "must-attend"  
    event for enterprise developers, software architects, software engineers, Web      
    developers, and Web development managers wanting to stay in sync with Microsoft's  
    platform roadmap.                                                                  
    Be one of the first to look under the hood of "Longhorn."                          
    "Longhorn" is the code name for the next major release of Microsoft Windows畻and   
    the innovation runs deep. At PDC 2003, you can be the first to get information on  
    how to build your applications to take advantage of "Longhorn," and be ready for   
    the future.                                                                        
                                                                                       
    Get up to speed on the next-generation database capabilities of "Yukon." With deep 
    XML support and Common Language Runtime integration, the next release of Microsoft 
    SQL Server, code named "Yukon," will take programmability, scalability,            
    availability,and business intelligence to the next level.                          
                                                                                       
    Experience the future of application development with Visual Studio "Whidbey."     
    Extend your power and productivity with upcoming versions of Microsoft Visual      
    Studio�. Unleash the power of advanced Web services, harness business processes,   
    and transform database programming with "Yukon." See the latest innovation in      
    Visual C#�, Visual C++�, Visual Basic�, and other programming languages.           
                                                                                       
    Take Web services to the next level with Microsoft .NET connected software. Web    
    services have become the industry choice for connecting systems. At PDC 2003,      
    you'll see where Web services are going next, with new capabilities, advanced      
    infrastructure tools, and new opportunities.                                       
                                                                                       
    Get early code                                                                     
    PDC attendees have always been the first to get developer previews of important    

    future products. The tradition continues with PDC 2003梘et early, and in some cases,
    exclusive code for Windows "Longhorn," SQL Server "Yukon," Visual Studio "Whidbey,"
    and other technologies.                                                            
                                                                                       
    A great value.                                                                     
    Your PDC 2003 ID gets you into a keynote address on the next generation of computing
    from Chairman and Chief Software Architect Bill Gates, as well as break-out sessions,
    exclusive parties, interactive labs, a full-service food court, and much, much more.
                                                                                        
                                                                                        
  <----------------------------- I N S T A L L  N O T E S ---------------------------->
                                                                                       
  1.) Unpack.                                                                          
  2.) Burn to CD.                                                                      
  3.) Install.                                                                         
  4.) Use this CD-Key:                                                                 
  4.) Enjoy!                                                                           
                                                                                       
 <------------------------ ENJOY ANOTHER FINE RELEASE BY WiNBETA --------------------->
 |                                   Do More for less                                 |
 \------------------------------------------------------------------------------------/
                                                                                       
                            Contact us at winbeta@winbeta.org                          
                                                                                       



--
かつて、純潔な愛が俺の前に置いていたが、大切にしていなかった。あの愛を失った
時、どんなに後悔したか、分かってきた!世の中に一番つらいことは、これしかない
と思う。お前の剣が、俺の喉から切ってくれよ!もう猶予しないぞ!もし、神様から
、もう一度やらせる機会がくれれば、俺は、あの女の子にそう言うのが決まっている
――愛してる!もし、この愛に期限を付けなければならなかったら、俺の希望は:一
万年だ!                                                                   


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 211.66.31.197]

longhorn4051cdkey

发信人: woshishuaige (帅哥), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: longhorn4051cdkey
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Nov 30 09:52:49 2003), 转信

CD-KEY:



RYXQH-P87BC-6223X-CFCGW-PP28Y 
WJ66G-DCFVX-YMHWT-VCDBP-PYKR4 
WJJ6M-XD26K-WJQY7-DVC3R-3CC44 
PDW2X-JYPRK-PTBHY-TCV4Q-JMVJP 
XJWPD-7GTB6-DJG7K-D8FR4-DCWKM 
67FQF-WWY62-TRGT2-H3Q2W-2B8KG 
8CD6H-BXYMB-R4TGD-2JWGF-TXQQM 
8GB3T-4GXPQ-F433T-PF48C-TRQD2 
PFGYH-P328R-F4YXY-6QC2K-Y22VY 
3DFQT-CCV6T-HBGC3-MX8KK-MW7VK 
7QYRX-G7VWX-6TKTK-T6P7C-WRBB9 
XGBP3-FDMC6-MGFD6-HMKBW-JWJD7 
RW6K6-3H2KT-GPTTR-GBDHQ-2366M 
H4FT2-7X7JX-T78MB-847CR-3BJK4 
KMFVH-7W78D-WM36T-V2DQH-J28MY 
MJHG3-MJX7V-XGXM7-W343X-V779D 
7FRPK-WVC2Y-DYMGD-BCCJ7-3934J 
V4WQM-BXDCW-M3Y8C-Q4M3T-WP8X2 
BDT2X-WWPKR-FKW82-DCW8F-VQRFR 
K24GK-M8XX8-R6MTG-2QGK6-B293D 
FTD8T-MM2P8-8RC86-R3H3J-FKK4W 
C4FP2-TW4QP-CPDCM-F6XWG-THFC2 
WXJMG-KD8TY-Y6D8F-XBW6J-FJ833 
CWRKT-YQGBR-T8YY8-W643V-DYYFR 
PHTKD-CM2HG-J77P8-CKBBJ-78XMB 
HG8TC-8PGVH-YB4DY-RVRTQ-V4926 
WVQ6X-CWRXH-PQCDP-XQPQD-764YC 
77WBF-FP28Y-PJT4B-PHWCT-VDGHG 
J2QV2-RX7YY-F8RX2-DXXV6-28HVM 
V8DV6-QVKGB-X8P36-D6BHP-HPD7X 
HKWKM-4K3M6-YWVJ8-WYDRG-BYDMT 
HKWKM-4K3M6-YWVJ8-WYDRG-BYDMT 
6K6WB-WVX77-WCD34-XQWDR-BGD8Y 
6K6WB-WVX77-WCD34-XQWDR-BGD8Y 
T3KRQ-WBT32-JP4RM-RJXGF-CYVBX 
7R2HX-7H2PJ-VBD73-XTGJM-MQ36T 
R6YD2-DV2CW-VCFR8-QMCQW-GKJFH 
BBKBK-KXRFP-HCT7G-82WJ4-TJXHQ 
6XVH3-RC264-P2T3M-7DW3Y-CR7BF 
CQ42R-3TBGW-364Q2-Y4RCP-4R23X 
VGXJH-G2JDC-XTFDB-GMJGM-WCG27 
CG7MR-XGTX7-RTPCK-CXT6W-86BRX 
Q8CTQ-82K6F-MCF87-47V47-MPPFR 
W64C6-78YCB-H7CPR-6PCFR-X66VP 
22B33-2RFM2-38J27-PC666-2VYG3 
MRPVT-MQKKW-FMRGJ-7PGVW-9CVDD 
QMC4H-H2TDF-DMPM4-4Y8PQ-GDFG4 
8787G-TTK8K-Y4R4G-T763P-H4QGT 
HTGBX-MQD6V-KK27R-7GFT4-W9XD6 
KJT2M-YK8XF-CW4DW-HRG4C-VCFTC 
26PRY-RVVCF-VC63V-CRWJW-3Q8XJ 
6K288-7Y3GW-27BGC-HT646-48RM6 
RRG8Y-QD3VT-X8KD2-FKY8G-HDGWK 
CV4WQ-WRW2B-HR26C-7HV2D-WRCKC 
2CQBW-J8X86-K6JG7-2MMDB-F4YBV 
7V7VV-JD3QJ-FB2DG-TWMTB-3WCXC 
HJ8JT-DDWC7-HMKWV-TJXKX-BJV4H 
C83Y2-GKKFY-HRD4X-KC7TJ-YY6F3 
HVFY4-2MMBX-KWK26-HYF2M-7KYHC 
M63BW-CF4PD-QVR3H-4KR3W-BW329 
HFHMX-BW6PH-Q727H-RFYHY-2M4V7 
H6BDC-88J6W-8TMBH-W7RJP-W8K3G 
M6BDX-VJ7MG-V3TWJ-P8WXC-C7KHJ 
PPYJC-FFHDQ-M7CRR-H4F66-J9RRF 
MC83G-RWCJW-33MFB-YF4D3-YKPV8 
PP83Q-3PP24-PVMK4-4W6DP-GMRHR 
R6T4Q-XYD4Q-YRPDG-62GQP-YVHWY 
PFXMH-GQWRJ-34FHR-FHRMR-VCCKV 
BYMMK-74BH8-D4KHH-J2TQ4-C68Q3 
3X7TG-YWCYP-7KY3P-RTRYK-TW23D 
P8GKH-KD6XC-VRWTY-KD4VP-7837H 
8PBVM-DD46V-TVQFC-YHDJC-M4X33 
B2QM8-RKYYG-2KF2T-PDPVH-MYD2Q 
GG82Y-6GTTC-XDCH2-WW7BG-C87TF 
CGXDD-2V46G-J2GK7-TPCXY-F66HF 
WKMJK-4JR28-VJ23C-474JF-BPPJB 
G6HD4-FWTJJ-XPMPQ-HPMWD-GG4F2 
W6FW3-Y7MR8-YFW4H-7TQ4J-MDV47 
BM3PD-H8FP3-C4FRY-TDJ8Y-WDK8T 
72R3X-BCYXM-47DFH-7JKKR-MGP7F 
H4VVC-XQT79-J4YM6-FWH4X-HYRPY 
764KR-MBPC6-2FGYC-2F7FJ-CJT9Y 
6TDKX-WFFYJ-MC8RM-WHGCW-D2PHW 
MJP6G-67XYV-WG8DW-D78PK-H94BQ 
HQMRJ-GG46R-P8H6C-HCBQG-MG2PC 
7Y3P2-74TF6-X38MD-TQ3FY-WCHBX 
D3KCP-QXTRH-PDFXW-YF78H-8D4HM 
8X73K-DTMXX-WBDM3-MYKRT-WVG87 
CK8TC-CR72D-67BQ6-TFWKW-J9RVW 
CCFDF-GPVFY-DD6GT-C2TX3-V43QG 
7WX4K-2QMX8-Q6XJ6-XGBMT-DPH9V 
47FRH-6PR26-688F8-4VFFF-P87BK 
6KMDM-MCPGY-KJF8B-TG63C-VXXKP 
KMDBT-T424V-VH43M-6CXJH-R6W29 
848VR-VW3KD-YC423-YDWVK-DQM22 
XMDW2-433F4-X3V6P-23QQK-V9THQ 
PMHKJ-MFWHR-BY6GF-C6HB7-BVPPW 
838CP-KVDYX-BH3HB-MDMHX-7C7XH 
4V3BY-CVH3G-GGPRV-PTFQJ-JBVWK 
4DFXW-X7BDK-BT6QY-JXGB3-Q8R96 
XYRG6-YYFG2-8BC66-RDKB4-4447K 
RWXGF-8HG38-DMB73-QGQXC-PHDMX 
43K7D-DD3Q3-GD6KM-Q43GM-RD9TR 
44GVV-WCYCF-WD3H2-PMQRG-JM7KR 
8M4T6-BP66W-MFGQV-36JMT-37CGF 
C76T6-YH34G-787HC-DQKVR-7YYJ2 
JJ834-T3BYV-JV836-YD6XP-F4VB6 
R463C-XQGTY-XYJ7W-PRP66-86WXW 
8CJRG-FH7JY-2K864-FBMYM-WX88M 
6PHPW-WBQWQ-XDXX6-QVQRQ-CP6DX 
D82XB-HQ8DB-C77RJ-2BTM4-MB7VB 
RGW6G-GX8YJ-RY8CP-R2BKP-HGYBX 
B32Y6-RBW88-DKRGQ-GQBWK-XJ3XK 
RQWKK-G8HGH-6KTYF-KMKMY-M7PMP 
YVFQ3-6Q3CK-4T2GP-X2JCC-2WDYT 
CF4RV-682GP-TM2QV-WRBKH-XPMY9 
6V283-F67TB-7WJ2P-Y3FR6-QG2QQ 
BRR6D-88XDC-BBCYG-R8K7V-24RYM 
7D4VF-CGJV8-XD7RJ-7KGFV-VF92T 
TRCT7-DCGXJ-2GPTB-Q26KC-C9P8K 
K7RPB-CDPQC-GG6CK-48BP2-CRFM2 
HHK4Y-MYJ47-3F6KH-3Q26X-DTXMX 


--
     ●˙            呵呵,累并且快乐着。                           
     ˙●                                                           
    ˙●                                 ╭──┄┄┄┄┄┄┄┄┄   
    ●˙╭╮  让 自 己 快 乐             ╰────────╮       
  ╭╮┣╯╯              让 自 己 飞                      ╰╮     
  ╰╰┫ ←─────────────────────────╯     


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 218.75.124.146]

激活 Microsoft Longhorn 4029<zz>

发信人: mrzhu (小色一狼), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: 激活 Microsoft Longhorn 4029<zz>
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Tue Sep 16 11:22:02 2003), 转信

This should work to crack activation for Longhorn beta 4029

1) Boot into safemode using the F8 Key
开机用f8进安全模式


2) Use the File TweakNT.exe and make sure Remove Timebomb is checked
and click on covert to: and click Home Edition. Then Click Apply. You will
Get a few Prompts after that, just hit ok.
运行TweakNT.exe 并且确保“Remove Timebomb ”是打勾的,选转换到Home Edition,点“应
用”,然后直接点“OK”

3) Use the File Win XP Activator.exe you may get a error..ignore it.
运行Win XP Activator.exe ,忽略错误

4) go to start,run and type in cmd
点“开始”-> "运行"->CMD(命令行界面)


5) type in "net user <makeup a username> <Password> /add" Example: net user Long
Horn /add

创建一个用户,照这个输入命令就行了

6) after that it should say command complete succesfully, now type in
"net localgroup administrators <username u entered above> /add" For example: net
localgroup administrators Long /add
给这个用户加上管理员权限

7) Reboot and let windows boot up normally, now u should see a promt to
enter a password for the username you put in, do that and you should be in
If it worked allright u should get in ok without any problems! CONGRATS!

重启就行了

--
忍看朋辈成新郎,
怒向……觅小妞!



※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 219.245.42.160]

说说关于Longhorn 4029 的问题

发信人: sghaha (阿笨), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: 说说关于Longhorn 4029  的问题
发信站: BBS 水木清华站 (Sun Sep 21 11:53:31 2003), 转信


当你们装好Longhorn 4029,然后按照CRACK的提示,
在F8安全模式下,利用tweaknt顺利绕过激活验证,进入桌面。
然后再想连接网络用CPP KEY 进行激活时,是不是总是失败?提示你KEY错误?

为什么呢?现在leaked out 出来的这个Longhorn 4029版本其实早给做了手脚了。
大家可以比较一下ISO安装目录\sources\与系统目录\windows\system32\
的两个pidgen.dll有什么不同?
1、日期不对。
ISO安装目录\sources\pidgen.dll是9月13日,
分明去其他文件有太大区别。别的都是7月16日
而系统目录\windows\system32\pidgen.dll是6月25日,和其他系统文件一样。

2、内容不同。
我用compare软件比较过。差的太多。

2、算法不同。
ISO安装目录\sources\pidgen.dll是.net算法,
因此支持所有.net3763以下、longhorn 4015以下的KEY,包括可激活的CPPKEY。
系统目录里\windows\system32\pidgen.dll是什么算法呢?我不知道。但是所有.net3763以
下、longhorn 4015以下的KEY:比如CKY24-Q8QRH-X3KMR-C6BCY-T847Y什么的都通不过验证
。
呵呵,但是我告诉你们一个真正可以用的KEY,(当然它的激活次数已经超过了)
PP6PW-38JHD-DR2WB-XFJXF-DJ9RJ
PID=55034-103-0000365-58670
看到这个PID是不是很熟悉?

其实和你装的Longhorn 4029里的一样。
无论是用CKY24-Q8QRH-X3KMR-C6BCY-T847Y还是其他的CPP KEY来安装,
最后的结果就是生成唯一一样的PID:PID=55034-103-0000365-58670

为什么?因为LONGHORN采用的是WINPE预安装模式,其\source\install.wim安装文件
就相当于一个ghost的镜像。其安装过程是:

1、把安装文件复制到C盘(以$开头的那几个目录)
2、重新启动,开始WINPE预安装模式,把安装文件复制到目标硬盘。
并在目标硬盘的根目录生成sysprep目录,里面有sysprep模式的选项。
如果你在这一步结束后,下一步开始前,进入另一个系统,如XP
看看这个sysprep目录里面的unattend.txt,就可以找到

[UserData]
FullName = "Preinstall"
OrgName = "Preinstall"
ComputerName = *
ProductId = "PP6PW-38JHD-DR2WB-XFJXF-DJ9RJ"

这样的信息,大家看到真正的KEY了吧?

3、重新启动,开始以sysprep的工厂模式安装:硬件检测和安装组件、保存设置等等。

4、安装完毕,重新启动,进入WINDOWS。

也就是说,无论你们采用什么KEY来装,最后还是会变成原本这个ISO预置的KEY:

PP6PW-38JHD-DR2WB-XFJXF-DJ9RJ

而之所以这个4029的longhorn安装完毕如果直接在正常模式下进入系统,就要你激活
那是因为制作这个ISO时没有重新设置激活期限,以至成了一个副本。嘿嘿!

如果你已经用Win XP Activator.exeCARCK 过 LONGHORN 4029,想激活,就要先把

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\WPAEvents的值

去掉最后两个字节,然后再运行 oobe/msoobe /a

这个LONGHORN 4029的SETUP.INI和4015是一样的:
[Pid]
ExtraData=65796D7176796A7A6D616191E8B8EF
Pid=55034270

可以想象吧?

--
http://www.xk76.org


※ 来源:·BBS 水木清华站 smth.org·[FROM: 218.186.177.90]

常见WIN OS@MSDN SHA1/CRC

发信人: CNote (I'm a PC), 信区: NewSoftware
标  题: 常见WIN OS@MSDN SHA1/CRC
发信站: 水木社区 (Fri Jan  9 05:45:10 2009), 站内

常用 MS OS filename/SHA/CRC @MSDN
主要用于方便检查下载正确/完整性。

win2k 的由于 java 的授权问题早就不能下载了,订阅的光盘倒是还有,
却也就用不着列出来了。

win2k3 由于版本太多,选了个有代表意义的ent版,应该也是用的最多的。

其他相对小众版本OS,用的人估计也根本用不着看本文。。。表bs我

下文 RTL 表示 retail 版本,VL/VOL 表示 Volume License

========================
Non Final 
 -Vista w/ SP2 beta
 -Windows 7 beta
 -Windows 2008 R2 beta
========================

Windows Vista with Service Pack 2 Beta (x64) - DVD (English)
 Home Basic; Home Premium; Business-Retail; Enterprise; Ultimate; 
File Name:
 en_windows_vista_with_service_pack_2_beta_x64_dvd_288193.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 11/10/2008 11:16:58 AM 
SHA1: D320A3FFEE027DB12E7E4F4C35C2AD1FBB455934 
ISO/CRC: 06695F47 

Windows Vista with Service Pack 2 Beta (x86) - DVD (English)
 Home Basic; Home Premium; Business-Retail; Ultimate; 
File Name:
 en_windows_vista_with_service_pack_2_beta_x86_287906.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 11/21/2008 8:19:33 PM 
SHA1: AB59B14A418F7672395D9B89279B30DC89E6ED92 
ISO/CRC: 12287431 

Windows Vista Enterprise with Service Pack 2 Beta (x64) - DVD (English)
File Name:
 en_windows_vista_enterprise_with_sp2_beta_x64_288254.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 11/12/2008 7:54:16 PM 
SHA1: 052716F4E535850C41B5A90E6D81EE3189D630D3 
ISO/CRC: FD4C18D1 

Windows Vista Enterprise with Service Pack 2 Beta (x86) - DVD (English)
File Name:
 en_windows_vista_enterprise_with_service_pack_2_beta_x86_288250.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 11/21/2008 10:06:51 PM 
SHA1: AB7997E1A0181FF458DC68E86926ED7AAD989814 
ISO/CRC: EC5C65F5 


Windows 7 Beta (x64) - DVD (English) 
File Name:
 en_windows_7_beta_dvd_x64_x15-29074.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 12/30/2008 4:26:48 PM 
SHA1: E09FDBC1CB3A92CF6CC872040FDAF65553AB62A5 
ISO/CRC: 8E2FAD39 

Windows 7 Beta (x86) - DVD (English)
File Name:
 en_windows_7_beta_dvd_x86_x15-29073.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 12/22/2008 2:41:15 PM 
SHA1: 6071184282B2156FF61CDC5260545C078CCA31EE 
ISO/CRC: AABA5A48 

Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter, Enterprise, and Standard Beta (x64) DVD (ENG) 
File Name:
 en_windows_server_2008_r2_datacenter_enterprise_standard_beta_dvd_x64_x15-29167.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 12/29/2008 8:52:33 PM 
SHA1: D6E920581DC1E4FB647F4C60145988A0C4B162A0 
ISO/CRC: 6AD35D7F 

Windows Server 2008 R2 Beta for Itanium Based Systems (ia64) - DVD (English) 
File Name:
 en_windows_server_2008_r2_beta_for_itanium_based_systems_dvd_ia64_x15-29173.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 12/30/2008 4:57:21 PM 
SHA1: CD57C68F8EABF4DB81FD51CFBE076C6A69582328 
ISO/CRC: 51A21CEC 


===============================
WinXP with SP3 ENG+CHS RTL+VOL
===============================

Windows XP Professional with Service Pack 3 (x86) - CD (CHS) VOL
File Name:
 zh-hans_windows_xp_professional_with_service_pack_3_x86_cd_vl_x14-74070.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 5/2/2008 12:05:18 AM 
SHA1: D142469D0C3953D8E4A6A490A58052EF52837F0F 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

Windows XP Professional with Service Pack 3 (x86) - CD (CHS) RTL
File Name:
 zh-hans_windows_xp_professional_with_service_pack_3_x86_cd_x14-80404.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 5/1/2008 11:01:59 PM 
SHA1: 69DBF131116760932DCF132ADE111D6B45778098 
ISO/CRC: N/A 


Windows XP Professional with Service Pack 3 (x86) - CD (English)
File Name:
 en_windows_xp_professional_with_service_pack_3_x86_cd_x14-80428.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 5/1/2008 11:01:59 PM 
SHA1: 1C735B38931BF57FB14EBD9A9BA253CEB443D459 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

Windows XP Professional with Service Pack 3 - VL (x86) - CD (English)
File Name:
 en_windows_xp_professional_with_service_pack_3_x86_cd_vl_x14-73974.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 5/2/2008 12:05:18 AM 
SHA1: 66AC289AE27724C5AE17139227CBE78C01EEFE40 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

=======================
WinXP X64 ENG RTL+VOL
=======================

Windows XP Professional x64 Edition with SP2 - VL (English)
File Name:
 en_win_xp_pro_x64_with_sp2_vl_X13-41611.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 5/4/2007 4:00:03 PM 
SHA1: CD9479E1DBAD7F26B8BDCF97E4AA71CBB8DE932B 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

Windows XP Professional x64 Edition - VL (English)
File Name:
 en_win_xp_pro_x64_vl.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/7/2005 9:45:00 PM 
SHA1: A70B118316A9A451B966A082E7C1DD0E8018718D 

ISO/CRC: N/A 

Windows XP Professional x64 Edition (English)
File Name:
 en_windows_xp_professional_x64.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 3/29/2005 9:13:00 PM 
SHA1: 8E914F652DFF0AA8FD16F41B583817C7E107BBA5 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

==================================
Vista with SP1 ENG+CHS X86+X64 RTL
==================================

Windows Vista with Service Pack 1 (x64) - DVD (English)
 Home Basic; Home Premium; Business-Retail; Ultimate; 
File Name:
 en_windows_vista_with_service_pack_1_x64_dvd_x14-29595.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 2/28/2008 6:01:56 PM 
SHA1: BDADC46A263A7BF67EB38609770E4FDBD05247CB 
ISO/CRC: 5CC5BE14 

Windows Vista with Service Pack 1 (x86) - DVD (English)
 Home Basic; Home Premium; Business-Retail; Ultimate; 
File Name:
 en_windows_vista_with_service_pack_1_x86_dvd_x14-29594.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 2/25/2008 6:26:09 PM 
SHA1: BCD715A02739809E477C726AE4B5CAA914156429 
ISO/CRC: CE4CB528 

Windows Vista Enterprise with Service Pack 1 (x64) - DVD (English)

File Name:
 en_windows_vista_enterprise_with_service_pack_1_x64_dvd_x14-55934.iso
Date Posted (UTC): 3/4/2008 12:01:32 AM 
SHA1: 149D6E02DE20FA80A7A8ABBC7432C8006E8C1F7E 
ISO/CRC: DB73C366 

Windows Vista Enterprise with Service Pack 1 (x86) - DVD (English)
File Name:
 en_windows_vista_enterprise_with_service_pack_1_x86_dvd_x14-55954.iso
Date Posted (UTC): 2/29/2008 10:56:24 PM 
SHA1: A06608EDA6F20F4D1FADF7946EFA09C7DE65AD7F 
ISO/CRC: 601F6B43 


Windows Vista with Service Pack 1 (x64) - DVD (CHS)
 Home Basic; Home Premium; Business-Retail; Ultimate; 
File Name:
 zh-hans_windows_vista_with_service_pack_1_x64_dvd_x14-30733.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/14/2008 9:46:02 PM 
SHA1: 65A9AB26AD5A82E5C2F52E0EA976F033E386EBE2 
ISO/CRC: 698BAD8E 

Windows Vista with Service Pack 1 (x86) - DVD (CHS)
File Name:
 zh-hans_windows_vista_with_service_pack_1_x86_dvd_x14-30732.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/14/2008 9:46:02 PM 
SHA1: E2898C28A31D38D064C999CE5C92156C6A4DAE05 
ISO/CRC: 8720447A 

Windows Vista Enterprise with Service Pack 1 (x64) - DVD (CHS)
File Name:
 zh-hans_windows_vista_enterprise_with_service_pack_1_x64_dvd_x14-55848.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/14/2008 10:38:48 PM 
SHA1: CFE6ADA55C88F8A6552174C02618D5CE12F8C033 
ISO/CRC: 3ABC9150 

Windows Vista Enterprise with Service Pack 1 (x86) - DVD (CHS)
File Name:
 zh-hans_windows_vista_enterprise_with_service_pack_1_x86_dvd_x14-55727.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/14/2008 10:38:48 PM 
SHA1: 3AD7F4B7ECFEB905FD779142EA7500C8394DB5CB 
ISO/CRC: 89336A90 

===========================================
Vista Business with SP1 ENG+CHS X86+X64 VOL
===========================================

Windows Vista Business with Service Pack 1 (x64) - DVD (English)
 Business-Volume License; 
File Name:
 en_windows_vista_business_with_service_pack_1_x64_dvd_x14-56048.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 3/6/2008 10:13:26 PM 
SHA1: 9324CB4EC463EE73DF820C689CD4B73340860CB2 
ISO/CRC: 95FC2F77 

Windows Vista Business with Service Pack 1 (x86) - DVD (English)
 Business-Volume License; 
File Name:
 en_windows_vista_business_with_service_pack_1_x86_dvd_x14-56028.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 3/6/2008 10:13:26 PM 
SHA1: 7E6A387E53E1CF77244E637B28A37D529BB85D39 
ISO/CRC: CBD8E31C 

Windows Vista Business with Service Pack 1 (x64) - DVD (CHS)
File Name:
 zh-hans_windows_vista_business_with_service_pack_1_x64_dvd_x14-56298.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/14/2008 11:18:53 PM 
SHA1: FF4536BF2CD8509F64D36A5247C863F5525C042F 
ISO/CRC: 5B46B34F 

Windows Vista Business with Service Pack 1 (x86) - DVD (CHS)
File Name:
 zh-hans_windows_vista_business_with_service_pack_1_x86_dvd_x14-56119.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/14/2008 11:18:53 PM 
SHA1: A0DA9A2ECB8AAF89E1DD4C1269AF153EF4FE9320 
ISO/CRC: 68D804D7 


======================================
Win2003 R2 with SP2 ENG+CHS VOL+RTL
======================================

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition with SP2 - Disc 1 (English)
File Name:
 en_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_with_sp2_cd1_X13-05460.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/26/2007 8:11:40 PM 
SHA1: EE11CC735C695501874D2FA123F7D78449B3DE7C 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition with SP2 - Disc 2 (English)
File Name:
 en_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_with_sp2_cd2_X13-68584.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/26/2007 8:11:40 PM 
SHA1: A0BE7279E8692DD2EA718BDF54844E4A17ACFEF1 
ISO/CRC: CDF77EDB 

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise x64 Edition with SP2 - Disc 1 (English)
File Name:
 en_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_x64_with_sp2_cd1_X13-06188.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/26/2007 8:11:40 PM 
SHA1: D04C8F304047397BE486C38A6B769F16993D4B39 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise x64 Edition with SP2 - Disc 2 (English)
File Name:
 en_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_x64_with_sp2_cd2_X13-68588.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/26/2007 8:11:40 PM 
SHA1: 54B845F1E4C27C9C96AACEF59B9AB19CEFE1C8BC 
ISO/CRC: BADD5028 


Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise x64 Edition with SP2 - Disc 1 - VL (English)
File Name:
 en_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_x64_with_sp2_vl_cd1_X13-48614.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/27/2007 11:06:15 PM 
SHA1: A747E66B5206A8A5A4904B93A273FA0DF8130CA1 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise x64 Edition with SP2 - Disc 2 - VL (English)
File Name:
 en_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_x64_with_sp2_vl_cd2_X13-68588.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/27/2007 11:06:15 PM 
SHA1: 54B845F1E4C27C9C96AACEF59B9AB19CEFE1C8BC 
ISO/CRC: BADD5028 

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition with SP2 - Disc 1 - VL (English)
File Name:
 en_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_with_sp2_vl_cd1_X13-48610.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/27/2007 11:06:15 PM 
SHA1: 0D0CDDD29FCF8FF7456A4BE8CE15698EBA90D1DC 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition with SP2 - Disc 2 - VL (English)
File Name:
 en_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_with_sp2_vl_cd2_X13-68584.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/27/2007 11:06:15 PM 
SHA1: A0BE7279E8692DD2EA718BDF54844E4A17ACFEF1 
ISO/CRC: CDF77EDB 

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition with SP2 - Disc 1 - VL (CHS)
File Name:
 cn_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_with_sp2_vl_cd1_X13-46432.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/27/2007 11:06:15 PM 
SHA1: D0DD2782E9387328EBFA45D8804B6850ACABF520 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition with SP2 - Disc 2 - VL (CHS)
File Name:
 cn_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_with_sp2_vl_cd2_X13-13895.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/27/2007 11:06:15 PM 
SHA1: 4B364E848FCC59762DDDCED1493248E2896EE033 
ISO/CRC: A9488E36 

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise x64 Edition with SP2 - Disc 1 - VL (CHS)
File Name:
 cn_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_x64_with_sp2_vl_cd1_X13-47314.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/27/2007 11:06:15 PM 
SHA1: FDA1A0401CA610F6E3A7780D6DB004DA2F944138 
ISO/CRC: N/A 

Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise x64 Edition with SP2 - Disc 2 - VL (CHS)
File Name:
 cn_win_srv_2003_r2_enterprise_x64_with_sp2_vl_cd2_X13-35321.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 4/27/2007 11:06:15 PM 
SHA1: 42CB2508F37B7B3331B8EB7A04D58DB508248821 
ISO/CRC: 42B94FC6 

==========================
Win2008 ENG+CHS X86+X64 
==========================

Windows Server 2008 Datacenter, Enterprise and Standard (x64) - DVD (English)
 Datacenter, Enterprise and Standard; 
File Name:
 en_windows_server_2008_datacenter_enterprise_standard_x64_dvd_X14-26714.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 2/4/2008 1:33:22 PM 
SHA1: BD000374709F67E9358814DB6EC8F0DDAAA16F70 
ISO/CRC: 8F7090D5 

Windows Server 2008 Datacenter, Enterprise and Standard (x86) - DVD (English)
 Datacenter, Enterprise and Standard; 
File Name:
 en_windows_server_2008_datacenter_enterprise_standard_x86_dvd_X14-26710.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 2/6/2008 8:10:09 PM 
SHA1: 6CA018FF96F1E9B2B310A36546B6FDED99A421E6 
ISO/CRC: D20A8F20 

Windows Server 2008 Datacenter, Enterprise and Standard without Hyper-V (x64) - DVD (English)
 Editions without Hyper -V; 
File Name:
 en_windows_server_2008_datacenter_enterprise_standard_without_hyperv_x64_dvd_X14-27010.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 2/13/2008 10:14:32 PM 
SHA1: F2B05BCF9A89DC8CB2BABC0BA860890F66BD994A 
ISO/CRC: 3D29F611 

Windows Server 2008 Datacenter, Enterprise and Standard without Hyper-V (x86) - DVD (English)
 Editions without Hyper -V; 
File Name:
 en_windows_server_2008_datacenter_enterprise_standard_without_hyperv_x86_dvd_X14-27006.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 2/13/2008 10:14:32 PM 
SHA1: D28929BBEC09CD5A624740B9B2ADB08F165DD473 
ISO/CRC: 6798261B 

Windows Server 2008 Datacenter, Enterprise and Standard (x64) - DVD (CHS)
File Name:
 cn_windows_server_2008_datacenter_enterprise_standard_x64_dvd_x14-26746.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 3/18/2008 1:29:18 AM 
SHA1: 1400F7A5CA11E81B49FDB80A25F856DED84ACEC8 
ISO/CRC: 8147A1E7 

Windows Server 2008 Datacenter, Enterprise and Standard (x86) - DVD (CHS)
File Name:
 zh-Hans_windows_server_2008_datacenter_enterprise_standard_x86_dvd_x14-26742.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 3/10/2008 10:28:25 PM 
SHA1: 4C1BC3739C13D3CE122C9B4BED4BB2BB2DC708C1 
ISO/CRC: 1E0671F1 

Windows Server 2008 Datacenter, Enterprise and Standard without Hyper-V (x64) - DVD (CHS)
 Editions without Hyper -V;
File Name:
 zh-Hans_windows_server_2008_datacenter_enterprise_standard_without_hyper-v_x64_dvd_x14-26958.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 3/21/2008 9:19:43 PM 
SHA1: 8D9D7275F571670582DC097BC42AE43719AAC276 

ISO/CRC: 43F856E2 

Windows Server 2008 Datacenter, Enterprise and Standard without Hyper-V (x86) - DVD (CHS)
 Editions without Hyper -V;
File Name:
 zh-Hans_windows_server_2008_datacenter_enterprise_standard_without_hyper-v_x86_dvd_x14-26876.iso 
Date Posted (UTC): 3/21/2008 9:19:43 PM 
SHA1: B47A6F9573F5B2529A2183ACC13150EA93DEBC14 
ISO/CRC: 0D11895F 

==========================


--
    项少龙沙哑着声音,缓缓道:“有个旅客在沙漠里走着,忽然后面出现了一群饿狼,追着他来要群起而噬。他大吃一惊,拚命狂奔,为生命而奋斗。”郭秀儿“啊”一声叫了起来道:“在沙漠怎跑得快过饿狼,他定要死啦!”
    项少龙微微一笑道:“不用慌!就在饿狼快追上他时,他见到前面有口不知有多深的井,不顾一切跳了进去。” 赵雅松了一口气道:“那口井定是有水的,是吗?”
    项少龙望往下面的小溪流,摇头道:“不但没有水,还有很多毒蛇,见到有食物送上门来,昂首吐舌,热切引项以待。他大惊失神下,胡乱伸手想去抓到点甚么可以救命的东西,想不到竟天从人愿,给他抓到了一棵在井中间横伸出来的小树,把他稳在半空处。于是乎上有饿狼,下有毒蛇,不过那人虽陷身在进退两难的绝境,但暂时总仍是安全的。就在他松了一口气的时刻,奇怪的异响传入他的耳内。他骇然循声望去,魂飞魄散地发觉有一群大老鼠正以尖利的牙齿咬着树根,这救命的树已是时日无多了。就在这生死一瞬的时刻,他看到了眼前树叶上有一滴蜜糖,于是他忘记了上面的饿狼,下面的毒蛇,也忘掉了快要给老鼠咬断的小树,闭上眼睛,伸出舌头,全心全意去舐尝那滴蜜糖。”
    项少龙伸了个懒腰道:“对老子来说,那滴蜜糖就是生命的意义!”


※ 来源:·水木社区 newsmth.net·[FROM: 211.99.222.*]

Win3.2 doc

个人信息已经打码

[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:05:01
3.2简体中文定制版那是微软中国专门定制的版本
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:05:30
3.2的出现是被迫的。
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:06:29
上次讨论的就是为什么明明有3.1,还要做3.2。
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:08:06
3.2是中易宋体
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:11:58
windows 3.2 之所以说是真正的官方定制版,是因为不仅仅系统深度汉化,而且系统中不支持中文的环境结构,也做了修改
[Anonymous] 23:12:39
让系统对于中文不再有“不兼容”的问题
[Anonymous] 23:13:21
而之前说的 3.1 的中文版,实际上只是个“浅显汉化版”
[Anonymous] 23:14:59
3.1只是“UI”上汉化成了中文,然后加上了外挂式的中文显示环境
[Anonymous] 23:15:24
但实际上,3.1的内核,对于中文的支持是相当糟糕的
[Anonymous] 23:15:37
兼容性问题一大把
[Anonymous] 23:17:17
当时3.1刚出来时,只有“南极星”或者“中文之星”这样的“外挂汉字平台”
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:15:54
后来这件事还被传成了阴谋论,说微软发行3.2直接掐死了一些中文汉字软件
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:16:46
所以我才说3.1和3.2背后的迷太多。
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:17:22
说3.2是阴谋的也好,说3.2是我方强迫的也好,
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:22:55
7、8年前我专门给微软发过邮件,问过3.2这个版本是怎么来的时,微软有过粗略的解释
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:33:42
当时微软回复的大概意思就是说:

3.2是为了适应市场需要,同时修复3.1版本对中文的核心兼容性问题,而专门定做和完善的版本,针对印刷和照排行业的需要,做了深度的改进

而且,3.2定制版的实践积累,为后来的朝鲜语、日语及其它东亚语言版本的完善,提供了宝贵的经验

[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:36:48
3.2这种东西有点类似于Windows 8 Chinese Language Edition吗
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:37:47
实际上,3.2的重要性和意义,远超于你说的“单语言中文版”
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:38:21
3.2实际上是在积累东亚语言的定制经验
[Anonymous] 2020-01-18 23:39:36
也就是说,3.2中文版,是当时的“示例”
[Anonymous] 2020-01-19 17:01:07
windows3.2+word6 几乎横扫所有非照排系统

远古Windows 98 Beta版本列表

http://www.wintricks.it/faqlamer/win-ver.html

最迟的列表可能出现时间为2001年。仅供参考,列表中有错误信息!

  • PAGINA 1/2

In questa tabella riassuntiva ho ritenuto utile inserire il semplice database di tutte le vers. di Windows 9x uscite sinora.....

da WINDOWS 95 a 98 VERSIONI + TABELLA

RELEASE S.O. VERSIONE REVISIONE
MS-DOS
DATA + ORA BUILD
Windows 95 final retail 4.00.0950 7.00 [4.00.0950] 07-11-95 + 09:50:00 4.00.0950
Windows 95 final OEM 4.00.0950 7.00 [4.00.0950] 07-11-95 + 09:50:00 4.00.0950
Windows 95a OSR1 final Update 4.00.0950 a 7.00 [4.00.0950] 02-02-96 + 09:51:00 4.00.0951
Windows 95B OSR 2.0 final OEM 4.00.0950 B 7.10 [4.00.1111] 08-24-96 + 11:11:11 4.00.1111
Windows 95B OSR 2.1 final Update 4.00.0950 B 7.10 [4.00.1111] 04-10-97 + 12:14:00 4.03.1212
Windows 95B OSR 2.1 final OEM 4.01.0971 B 7.10 [4.00.1111] 06-25-97 + 09:07:10 4.01.0971
Windows 95C OSR 2.5 final OEM 4.00.0950 C 7.10 [4.00.1111] 11-26-97 + 12:16:00 4.03.1214
Windows 98 Beta
Windows 98 Beta pre-DR 4.10.1351 7.10 [4.10.1351] 12-16-96 + 13:51:00 4.10.1351
Windows 98 Beta DR 4.10.1358 7.10 [4.10.1358] 12-20-96 + 13:58:00 4.10.1358
Windows 98 pre Beta 4.10.1378 7.10 [4.10.1378] ? + ? 4.10.1378
Windows 98 pre Beta 4.10.1410 7.10 [4.10.1410] ? + ? 4.10.1410
Windows 98 pre Beta 4.10.1423 7.10 [4.10.1423] 04-08-97 + 04:23:00 4.10.1423
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1500 7.10 [4.10.1500] ? + ? 4.10.1500
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1508 7.10 [4.10.1508] ? + ? 4.10.1508
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1511 7.10 [4.10.1511] ? + ? 4.10.1511
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1525 7.10 [4.10.1525] 06-18-97 + 10:09:00 4.10.1525
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1535 7.10 [4.10.1535] 07-02-97 + 15:35:00 4.10.1535
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1538 7.10 [4.10.1538] 07-12-97 + 15:38:00 4.10.1538
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1543 7.10 [4.10.1543] ? + ? 4.10.1543
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1544 7.10 [4.10.1544] 07-31-97 + 15:44:00 4.10.1544
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1546 7.10 [4.10.1546] 08-02-97 + 15:46:00 4.10.1546
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1550 7.10 [4.10.1550] 08-10-97 + 17:21:00 4.10.1550
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1559 7.10 [4.10.1559] 08-11-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1559
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1564 7.10 [4.10.1564] 08-14-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1564
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1569 7.10 [4.10.1569] 08-22-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1569
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1577 7.10 [4.10.1577] 09-04-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1577
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1581 7.10 [4.10.1581] 09-10-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1581
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1593 7.10 [4.10.1593] 09-25-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1593
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1599 7.10 [4.10.1599] 10-08-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1599
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1602 7.10 [4.10.1602] ? + ? 4.10.1602
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1605 7.10 [4.10.1605] ? + ? 4.10.1605
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1614 7.10 [4.10.1614] 10-24-97 + 16:14:00 4.10.1614
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1619 7.10 [4.10.1619] 10-31-97 + 16:19:00 4.10.1619
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1624 7.10 [4.10.1624] 11-06-97 + 16:24:00 4.10.1624
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1629 7.10 [4.10.1629] 11-14-97 + 16:29:00 4.10.1629
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1633 7.10 [4.10.1633] 11-18-97 + 16:33:00 4.10.1633
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1650 7.10 [4.10.1650] 11-26-97 + 16:50:00 4.10.1650
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1650.3 7.10 [4.10.1653] 12-03-97 + 16:50:03 4.10.1650.3
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1650.8 7.10 [4.10.1658] 12-09-97 + 16:50:08 4.10.1650.8
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1666 7.10 [4.10.1666] 01-14-98 + 16:06:06 4.10.1666
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1671 7.10 [4.10.1671] 01-20-98 + 16:07:10 4.10.1671
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1677 7.10 [4.10.1677] 01-30-98 + 16:07:07 4.10.1677
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1681 7.10 [4.10.1681] 02-05-97 + 16:08:10 4.10.1681
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1687 7.10 [4.10.1687] 02-12-98 + 16:08:07 4.10.1687
  • PAGINA 2/2

Windows 98 a partire dalla vers. RC

WINDOWS 98 VERSIONI + TABELLA

RELEASE S.O. VERSIONE REVISIONE
MS-DOS
DATA + ORA BUILD
Windows 98 RC
Windows 98 Beta RC0 4.10.1691 7.10 [4.10.1691] 02-16-98 + 12:16:00 4.10.1691
Windows 98 Beta RC0 4.10.1702 7.10 [4.10.1702] 03-05-98 + 12:17:00 4.10.1702
Windows 98 Beta RC0 4.10.1708 7.10 [4.10.1708] 03-12-98 + 12:17:00 4.10.1708
Windows 98 Beta RC0 4.10.1713 7.10 [4.10.1713] 03-19-98 + 12:17:00 4.10.1713
Windows 98 Beta RC1 4.10.1721.3 7.10 [4.10.1721] 03-30-98 + 17:21:40 4.10.1721.3
Windows 98 Beta RC2 4.10.1723.4 7.10 [4.10.1723] 04-10-98 + 17:23:40 4.10.1723.4
Windows 98 Beta RC2 4.10.1726 7.10 [4.10.1726] 04-18-98 + 17:26:00 4.10.1726
Windows 98 Beta RC3 4.10.1900.5 7.10 [4.10.1900] 04-24-98 + 19:05:00 4.10.1900.5
Windows 98 Beta RC4 4.10.1900.8 7.10 [4.10.1900] 04-28-98 + 19:08:00 4.10.1900.8
Windows 98 Beta RC5 4.10.1998 7.10 [4.10.1998] 05-06-98 + 19:09:08 4.10.1998
Windows 98
Windows 98 final retail 4.10.1998.6 7.10 [4.10.1998] 05-11-98 + 20:01:00 4.10.1998.6
Windows 98 final OEM 4.10.1998.6 7.10 [4.10.1998] 05-11-98 + 20:01:00 4.10.1998.6
Windows 98 OSR 1 Beta
Windows 98 SP1 Beta 1 4.10.2088 7.10 [4.10.2088] 10-01-98 + 20:08:08 4.10.2088
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 1 4.10.2106 7.10 [4.10.2106] 11-18-98 + 21:06:00 4.10.2106
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 1 4.10.2120 7.10 [4.10.2120] 12-20-98 + 21:20:00 4.10.2120
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 1 4.10.2126 7.10 [4.10.2126] 01-08-99 + 21:26:00 4.10.2126
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 1 4.10.2131 7.10 [4.10.2131] 01-21-99 + 21:31:00 4.10.2131
Windows 98 SP1 Beta 2 4.10.2150.0 7.10 [4.10.2150] 01-05-99 + 21:50:00 4.10.2150.0
Windows 98 SP1 Beta 2 4.10.2150.4 7.10 [4.10.2150] 02-25-99 + 21:50:04 4.10.2150.4
Windows 98 SP1 final Update 4.10.2000 7.10 [4.10.1998] 05-26-99 + 08:00:00 4.10.2000
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 2 4.10.2174 7.10 [4.10.2174] 03-21-99 + 21:07:40 4.10.2174
Windows 98 SE Beta RC1 4.10.2183 7.10 [4.10.2183] 04-11-99 + 21:08:30 4.10.2183
Windows 98 SE Beta RC2 4.10.2185 7.10 [4.10.2185] 04-18-99 + 21:08:50 4.10.2185
Windows 98 SE Beta RC3 4.10.2222 7.10 [4.10.2222] 04-20-99 + 22:22:00 4.10.2222
Windows 98 Second edition
Windows 98 SE final retail 4.10.2222 A 7.10 [4.10.2222] 04-23-99 + 22:22:00 4.10.2222.3
Windows 98 SE final OEM 4.10.2222 A 7.10 [4.10.2222] 04-23-99 + 22:22:00 4.10.2222.3
Windows 98 SE Updates final 4.10.2222 A 7.10 [4.10.2222] 04-23-99 + 22:22:00 4.10.2222.3

远古Windows 98 Beta版本列表 2

http://www.mdgx.com/ver.htm

最迟的列表可能出现时间为2004年。仅供参考,列表中有错误信息!

OS RELEASE VERSION MS-DOS REVISION DATE + TIME BUILD
Windows 95 retail final 4.00.0950 7.00 [4.00.0950] 07-11-95 + 09:50:00 4.00.0950
Windows 95 OEM final 4.00.0950 7.00 [4.00.0950] 07-11-95 + 09:50:00 4.00.0950
Windows 95 Upgrade final 4.00.0950 7.00 [4.00.0950] 07-11-95 + 09:50:00 4.00.0950
Windows 95a OSR1 Update final 4.00.0950 a 7.00 [4.00.0950] 02-02-96 + 09:51:00 4.00.0951
Windows 95B OSR 2.0 OEM final 4.00.0950 B 7.10 [4.00.1111] 08-24-96 + 11:11:11 4.00.1111
Windows 95B OSR 2.1 Update final 4.00.0950 B 7.10 [4.00.1111] 04-10-97 + 12:14:00 4.03.1212
Windows 95B OSR 2.1 OEM final 4.01.0971 B 7.10 [4.00.1111] 06-25-97 + 09:07:10 4.01.0971
Windows 95C OSR 2.5 OEM final 4.00.0950 C 7.10 [4.00.1111] 11-26-97 + 12:16:00 4.03.1214
Windows 98 Beta pre-DR 4.10.1351 7.10 [4.10.1351] 12-16-96 + 13:51:00 4.10.1351
Windows 98 Beta DR 4.10.1358 7.10 [4.10.1358] 12-20-96 + 13:58:00 4.10.1358
Windows 98 early Beta 4.10.1378 7.10 [4.10.1378] ? + ? 4.10.1378
Windows 98 early Beta 4.10.1410 7.10 [4.10.1410] ? + ? 4.10.1410
Windows 98 early Beta 4.10.1423 7.10 [4.10.1423] 04-08-97 + 04:23:00 4.10.1423
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1500 7.10 [4.10.1500] ? + ? 4.10.1500
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1508 7.10 [4.10.1508] ? + ? 4.10.1508
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1511 7.10 [4.10.1511] ? + ? 4.10.1511
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1525 7.10 [4.10.1525] 06-18-97 + 10:09:00 4.10.1525
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1535 7.10 [4.10.1535] 07-02-97 + 15:35:00 4.10.1535
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1538 7.10 [4.10.1538] 07-12-97 + 15:38:00 4.10.1538
Windows 98 Beta 1 4.10.1543 7.10 [4.10.1543] ? + ? 4.10.1543
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1544 7.10 [4.10.1544] 07-31-97 + 15:44:00 4.10.1544
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1546 7.10 [4.10.1546] 08-02-97 + 15:46:00 4.10.1546
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1550 7.10 [4.10.1550] 08-10-97 + 17:21:00 4.10.1550
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1559 7.10 [4.10.1559] 08-11-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1559
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1564 7.10 [4.10.1564] 08-14-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1564
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1569 7.10 [4.10.1569] 08-22-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1569
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1577 7.10 [4.10.1577] 09-04-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1577
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1581 7.10 [4.10.1581] 09-10-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1581
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1593 7.10 [4.10.1593] 09-25-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1593
Windows 98 Beta 2 4.10.1599 7.10 [4.10.1599] 10-08-97 + 15:50:00 4.10.1599
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1602 7.10 [4.10.1602] ? + ? 4.10.1602
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1605 7.10 [4.10.1605] ? + ? 4.10.1605
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1614 7.10 [4.10.1614] 10-24-97 + 16:14:00 4.10.1614
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1619 7.10 [4.10.1619] 10-31-97 + 16:19:00 4.10.1619
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1624 7.10 [4.10.1624] 11-06-97 + 16:24:00 4.10.1624
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1629 7.10 [4.10.1629] 11-14-97 + 16:29:00 4.10.1629
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1633 7.10 [4.10.1633] 11-18-97 + 16:33:00 4.10.1633
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1650 7.10 [4.10.1650] 11-26-97 + 16:50:00 4.10.1650
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1650.3 7.10 [4.10.1653] 12-03-97 + 16:50:03 4.10.1650.3
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1650.8 7.10 [4.10.1658] 12-09-97 + 16:50:08 4.10.1650.8
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1666 7.10 [4.10.1666] 01-14-98 + 16:06:06 4.10.1666
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1671 7.10 [4.10.1671] 01-20-98 + 16:07:10 4.10.1671
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1677 7.10 [4.10.1677] 01-30-98 + 16:07:07 4.10.1677
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1681 7.10 [4.10.1681] 02-05-97 + 16:08:10 4.10.1681
Windows 98 Beta 3 4.10.1687 7.10 [4.10.1687] 02-12-98 + 16:08:07 4.10.1687
Windows 98 RC0 4.10.1691 7.10 [4.10.1691] 02-16-98 + 12:16:00 4.10.1691
Windows 98 RC0 4.10.1702 7.10 [4.10.1702] 03-05-98 + 12:17:00 4.10.1702
Windows 98 RC0 4.10.1708 7.10 [4.10.1708] 03-12-98 + 12:17:00 4.10.1708
Windows 98 RC0 4.10.1713 7.10 [4.10.1713] 03-19-98 + 12:17:00 4.10.1713
Windows 98 RC1 4.10.1721.3 7.10 [4.10.1721] 03-30-98 + 17:21:40 4.10.1721.3
Windows 98 RC2 4.10.1723.4 7.10 [4.10.1723] 04-10-98 + 17:23:40 4.10.1723.4
Windows 98 RC2 4.10.1726 7.10 [4.10.1726] 04-18-98 + 17:26:00 4.10.1726
Windows 98 RC3 4.10.1900.5 7.10 [4.10.1900] 04-24-98 + 19:05:00 4.10.1900.5
Windows 98 RC4 4.10.1900.8 7.10 [4.10.1900] 04-28-98 + 19:08:00 4.10.1900.8
Windows 98 RC5 4.10.1998 7.10 [4.10.1998] 05-06-98 + 19:09:08 4.10.1998
Windows 98 retail final 4.10.1998 7.10 [4.10.1998] 05-11-98 + 20:01:00 4.10.1998.6
Windows 98 OEM final 4.10.1998 7.10 [4.10.1998] 05-11-98 + 20:01:00 4.10.1998.6
Windows 98 Upgrade final 4.10.1998 7.10 [4.10.1998] 05-11-98 + 20:01:00 4.10.1998.6
Windows 98 SP1 Beta 1 4.10.2088 7.10 [4.10.2088] 10-01-98 + 20:08:08 4.10.2088
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 1 4.10.2106 7.10 [4.10.2106] 11-18-98 + 21:06:00 4.10.2106
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 1 4.10.2120 7.10 [4.10.2120] 12-20-98 + 21:20:00 4.10.2120
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 1 4.10.2126 7.10 [4.10.2126] 01-08-99 + 21:26:00 4.10.2126
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 1 4.10.2131 7.10 [4.10.2131] 01-21-99 + 21:31:00 4.10.2131
Windows 98 SP1 Beta 2 4.10.2150.0 7.10 [4.10.2150] 01-05-99 + 21:50:00 4.10.2150.0
Windows 98 SP1 Beta 2 4.10.2150.4 7.10 [4.10.2150] 02-25-99 + 21:50:04 4.10.2150.4
Windows 98 SP1 Update final 4.10.2000 7.10 [4.10.1998] 05-26-99 + 08:00:00 4.10.2000
Windows 98 OSR1 Beta 2 4.10.2174 7.10 [4.10.2174] 03-21-99 + 21:07:40 4.10.2174
Windows 98 SE RC1 4.10.2183 7.10 [4.10.2183] 04-11-99 + 21:08:30 4.10.2183
Windows 98 SE RC2 4.10.2185 7.10 [4.10.2185] 04-18-99 + 21:08:50 4.10.2185
Windows 98 SE RC3 4.10.2222 7.10 [4.10.2222] 04-20-99 + 22:22:00 4.10.2222
Windows 98 SE retail final 4.10.2222 A 7.10 [4.10.2222] 04-23-99 + 22:22:00 4.10.2222.3
Windows 98 SE OEM final 4.10.2222 A 7.10 [4.10.2222] 04-23-99 + 22:22:00 4.10.2222.3
Windows 98 SE Upgrade final 4.10.2222 A 7.10 [4.10.2222] 04-23-99 + 22:22:00 4.10.2222.3
Windows 98 SE Updates final 4.10.2222 A 7.10 [4.10.2222] 04-23-99 + 22:22:00 4.10.2222.3
Windows ME Beta DR1 4.90.2332 8.00 [4.90.2332] 07-23-99 + 22:33:00 4.90.2332
Windows ME Beta DR2 4.90.2348 8.00 [4.90.2348] 08-06-99 + 23:48:00 4.90.2348
Windows ME Beta DR3 4.90.2358 8.00 [4.90.2358] 08-20-99 + 23:58:00 4.90.2358
Windows ME Beta DR4 4.90.2363 8.00 [4.90.2363] 08-27-99 + 23:06:03 4.90.2363
Windows ME early Beta 4.90.2368 8.00 [4.90.2368] 09-03-99 + 23:06:08 4.90.2368
Windows ME early Beta 4.90.2374 8.00 [4.90.2374] 09-13-99 + 23:07:04 4.90.2374
Windows ME Beta 1 4.90.2380 8.00 [4.90.2380] 09-24-99 + 23:08:00 4.90.2380
Windows ME Beta 1 4.90.2394 8.00 [4.90.2394] 10-13-99 + 23:09:04 4.90.2394
Windows ME Beta 1 4.90.2399 8.00 [4.90.2399] 10-22-99 + 23:09:09 4.90.2399
Windows ME Beta 1 4.90.2404 8.00 [4.90.2404] 10-29-99 + 00:44:00 4.90.2404
Windows ME Beta 1 4.90.2410 8.00 [4.90.2410] 11-05-99 + 00:11:00 4.90.2410
Windows ME Beta 1 4.90.2416 8.00 [4.90.2416] 11-15-99 + 00:16:00 4.90.2416
Windows ME Beta 1 4.90.2419.4 8.00 [4.90.2419] 11-19-99 + 00:19:04 4.90.2419.4
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2429 8.00 [4.90.2429] 12-10-99 + 00:29:00 4.90.2429
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2434 8.00 [4.90.2434] 12-20-99 + 00:34:00 4.90.2434
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2443 8.00 [4.90.2443] 01-07-00 + 00:43:00 4.90.2443
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2447 8.00 [4.90.2447] 01-14-00 + 00:47:00 4.90.2447
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2455 8.00 [4.90.2455] 01-31-00 + 00:55:00 4.90.2455
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2460 8.00 [4.90.2460] 02-04-00 + 00:06:00 4.90.2460
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2465 8.00 [4.90.2465] 02-11-00 + 00:06:05 4.90.2465
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2470 8.00 [4.90.2470] 02-18-00 + 00:07:00 4.90.2470
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2474 8.00 [4.90.2474] 02-25-00 + 00:07:04 4.90.2474
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2481 8.00 [4.90.2481] 03-03-00 + 00:08:01 4.90.2481
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2487 8.00 [4.90.2487] 03-10-00 + 00:08:07 4.90.2487
Windows ME Beta 2 4.90.2491 8.00 [4.90.2491] 03-17-00 + 00:09:01 4.90.2491
Windows ME Beta 3 4.90.2499 8.00 [4.90.2499] 03-27-00 + 00:09:09 4.90.2499
Windows ME Beta 3 4.90.2499.3 8.00 [4.90.2499] 03-30-00 + 00:09:09 4.90.2499.3
Windows ME Beta 3 4.90.2509 8.00 [4.90.2509] 04-18-00 + 00:25:09 4.90.2509
Windows ME Beta 3 4.90.2513 8.00 [4.90.2513] 04-21-00 + 00:25:13 4.90.2513
Windows ME Beta 3 4.90.2516 8.00 [4.90.2516] 04-28-00 + 00:25:16 4.90.2516
Windows ME RC0 4.90.2525 8.00 [4.90.2525] 05-08-00 + 00:25:25 4.90.2525
Windows ME RC1 4.90.2525.6 8.00 [4.90.2525] 05-17-00 + 00:25:25 4.90.2525.6
Windows ME RC2 4.90.2535 8.00 [4.90.2535] 06-05-00 + 00:25:35 4.90.2535
Windows ME retail final 4.90.3000 8.00 [4.90.3000] 06-08-00 + 17:00:00 4.90.3000.2
Windows ME OEM final 4.90.3000 8.00 [4.90.3000] 06-08-00 + 17:00:00 4.90.3000.2
Windows ME Upgrade final 4.90.3000 8.00 [4.90.3000] 06-08-00 + 17:00:00 4.90.3000.2
Windows ME Step-Up final 4.90.3000 8.00 [4.90.3000] 06-08-00 + 17:00:00 4.90.3000.2

来自defacto的Win98新闻

Tuesday 26th May (8:25pm GMT)

It maybe beating a dead horse, but what the hey it fills space. If you remember about three weeks ago Krypto was very doubtful that Reality Check Network would be returning and claimed if it did return he would never rejoin. Well he has already contracted a famous scene coder to start work on a new Windows 95 interface for the magazine. The coder won't start until he has told by Krypto to begin.

After two plus months of idling Scenelink has returned with a new look (again). This time around they have replaced the monthly features section with an articles area and added the famed Dupelink.


Sunday 24th May (5:05pm GMT)

Just incase you where wondering about those rumours of a PWA NFO being slipped onto a gold master of Windows98 before it went to press. Well they are completely false, as is the so-called modified code. There was also a webpage quoting a press release from Microsoft, and if you read it properly you could easily tell it was a fake. It contained lines that would never be used in a press release, like the one below.
"Remember, if you are approached by one of these ex-employees, and they offer you source code to one of the many fine Microsoft releases, you are not entitled to use this code by law. Not even PWA is entitled to its use. Please return it. Please."


Monday 18th May (6:42pm GMT)

Game Over Online Magazine is now open for business. Read the previous days news for more information.

Well the biggest os release since Windows 95 is now upon us, PWA brings you Windows 98 Retail Full Install at 21*5meg disks. Here is a note for people who require the other versiosn of Windows 98 from the PWA nfo.
You need to download the CABS and the RETAIL SETUP and unzip/unrar everything into one directory. The reason for this is that as soon as I get install keys, I can release RETAIL UPGRADE, OEM FULL and OEM UPGRADE versions and they will only take 4 meg each (the CAB zips are generic thruout all these versions, I can just package up the differences in seperate zips to save everyone space and time). You just unzip whichever one you want into the same directory as the generic CAB zips.

另外单独的一则(这就是你ProductType辣么多的理由?)

Monday 15th December

Nothing much happening today so I thought I might regurgitate some news that can be found in your local newspapers. After US District Court judge Thomas Jackson's decision to temporally stop Microsoft shipping Ie4 with Windows 95 there are now doubts that Windows 98 may ship in April. Though more realistic people say it will most likely ship in two different versions, one with Ie4 and one with out. So you may see six different versions (2 full and 4 upgrade) of Windows 95 on the selves by the time it comes out.

6002.16489 下载地址

Direct Download Links:
 
KB955430
============================
http://www.download.windowsupdate.com/msdownload/update/software/crup/2008/10/windows6.0-kb955430-x86_47e7f7bb056bf205a013c3b688725f15686736db.msu
 
 
Build 16489 [KB948465]
==============================

http://www.download.windowsupdate.com/msdownload/update/software/svpk/2008/10/prereqtool_033b26b3dbcf60aa698669cafe328b9c902e02a6.exe
 
http://www.download.windowsupdate.com/msdownload/update/software/svpk/2008/10/windows6.0-kb948465-x86-express_a96b7203b8364041ca7a4ba56954f0d271e11eb5.cab
 
 
http://www.download.windowsupdate.com/msdownload/update/software/svpk/2008/10/windows6.0-kb948465-x86-neutral_baba6ab4f6755a8c80b618674f6ec7a15648ea59.psf
 
http://www.download.windowsupdate.com/msdownload/update/software/svpk/2008/10/windows6.0-kb948465-x86-en-us_b3aa612c435c67e8826dd3547aa1ac54feb5dbe1.psf

未泄露文件信息 随手一记

MS WinXP SP1 v1069 (OEM)
usa_1069_csd_wxpsp1.iso 289.09 MB
MSDN XP SP1 build 1050
(unk name) 235.55 MB
XPSP1 v1073
(unk name) 121mb
............................................................
Windows XP Service Pack 2 build.2082 简体中文版
ed2k://|file|xpsp2_2082_chs_x86fre.iso|441059328|de08833a9597c991f25250e858d6bcd9|/

简介: 
现本网站发布最新的Windows.XP.SP2.RC1.2096 简体中文版补丁,望朋友们浏览下载。我这个已过时了,本人的任务也该完成了。请极个别没下完的朋友抓紧时间,我再做一天源。特鞠躬致谢下面回复的朋友!!!
此次传输量:
软件简介: 微软终于释放了Windows XP Service Pack 2 build.2082 简体中文版,这个SP的第一个最终测试版,我们第一时间从BetaPlace找到了最新的版本提供给你 还等什么,快快下载尝鲜 
测试表明:XP的安全性能大大加强,另外增加了网络防火墙。连IE6也一块升级到了SP2可以拦截广告和弹出窗口和一些脚本程序。安完后,多了安全中心。在OEM版本上测试升级成功,限于条件,其它版本未测试。
ISO格式。
注意:具体安装程序在update文件夹里,update.exe。
最好作备份!我已经安装完,现在没感觉有什么问题。欢迎喜欢尝鲜的朋友可不要埋怨我!
关于此次升级包sp2太大的问题我认为可能是因为里面含有网络防火墙及防毒软件捆绑发售造成的(完全免费的啊!)我是从sp1升级的(当然用的是已激活的D版)已经两天了,程序正在自动升级,一切OK。
本人带宽有限(ADSL)请下完的朋友帮忙作源,我保证一星期内有效,请尽快!
紧急告知!!!
现已证明WINXP-SP2升级包已经把俄罗斯破解版给封杀了!!!在知道消息后便马上通知朋友们,其实上面写得很清楚这是SP的第一个最终测试版,请喜欢尝鲜的朋友们一定用GHOST作好备份,切记!!!
再有从朋友们回复中我感觉SP2对国产防杀软件好象不支持,因为系统升级后已带有网络防火墙及防毒软件。我也是个菜鸟,解决不了任何问题。此次SP2升级包对我们大家都是个新鲜未知的东西,有什么埋怨骂微软,希望别算在我头上。
...............................................................................
Windows.XP.SP2.RC1.2096 简体中文版
ed2k://|file|xpsp2_2096_chs_x86fre_RC1.iso|367886336|e1faef49be1ff3905f707cc5e2b8ddfa|/

简介:
最新的Windows.XP.SP2.RC1.2096 简体中文版,呵呵,很快SP2正式版就快出来了
听说到6月份出,呵呵
推荐算号激活和VOL版本的朋友更新,注意:破解激活的Xp将要求激活,无法登陆
『图文』Windows XP SP2 RC1 简体中文版初体验(转自ssite.org)
环境
host os: windows server 2003 enterprise
guest os: vmware workstation 4.5.1.7568
vm conf:
CPU: P4 2.2
RAM: 256M
HDD: 4G(单分区)
NIC: NAT
..............................................................................
Windows XP SP2 RC2 Build 2149 简体版[crsky deadlink]
http://file.mydrivers.com/others/XP_SP2_RC22149CHS.rar
http://file2.mydrivers.com/others/XP_SP2_RC22149CHS.rar

软件大小:	293380K	
软件更新:	2004-6-16 17:11:00
软件介绍:
微软官方已经公布了Windows XP RC2的下载地址,有需要的朋友赶快行动吧。这是简体中文版,安装请执行i386\update目录下的update.exe文件。
.............................................................................
Windows XP SP2 RTM (xpsp2_chs_2179)
ed2k://|file|win_xpsp2_chs_2179.FLiCHiNeLa.exe|299702272|10921124ae05c8b01f823f56a0cbd206|/

简介:
  经过长久的等待,终于等到了版本号为2179的Windows XP Service Pack 2,虽然今天就是8月5日了,但由于微软并没有正式公布,所以谁也不敢确定2179就是真正的RTM。
  现在提供中文版本的2179下载,有兴趣试试的朋友就下载来看看吧。
如果您的WinXP是非法拷贝,请谨慎安装。
PS:(8月6日)
最新坏消息, xpsp2再次推迟, RTM将于8月6日发布, PST时间. 据传是因为2179/2180均出现错误, 具体原因自然外人是不知道的...
官方已完成xpsp2的多语言页面, RTM交付日期仍未变, PST 8月6日, 也就是中国时间推后16小时, 至少要今天晚上.
Windows XP Service Pack 2 官方简体中文页面
.............................................................................
《长角牛》(Longhorn)5060
ed2k://|file|[长角牛].longhorn_5060.rar|685441024|1966516d54bd7ff36a09a49e7c95f94d|/

简介:
中文名: 长角牛
英文名: Longhorn
版本: 5060
制作发行: Microsoft
地区: 美国
简介:
Longhorn 5060 我是从其它网站上找到的下载连接。是个RAR压缩包。(大家先暂时不要下,因为下到58.8%就没源了。对给大家带来的不便深表歉意。)

某个WinBeta IRC文件列表记录

<Winbeta-XDCC-252> Kiri Online >> Sends: 0/1, Queues: 0/3 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> Bandwidth >> Current: 0KB/s, Record: 1258KB/s 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> [#1] ��4Winxp SP2 RC2 2162�� (271.38MB, 11 Gets) 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> [#2] ��1Longhorn Build 4074�� (724.9MB, 4 Gets) 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> [#3] ��2Acronis Partition Expert 9 Build 485�� (37.95MB, 6 Gets) 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> [#4] ��6Win XP Pro AMD 64 Build 1184�� (457.6MB, 2 Gets) 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> [#5] ��4Windows Installer 3.0 RC2�� (6.93MB, 4 Gets) 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> [#6] ��3Microsoft Command Shell Preview V2�� (24.04MB, 2 Gets) 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> To request a file, type /msg Winbeta-XDCC-252 xdcc send #x 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> For pack info, type /msg Winbeta-XDCC-252 xdcc info #x 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> Total transferred: 13136.81MB in 29 files 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-252> ** ***** Read The NFO'S w/Notepad ***** Brought to you by Carvensno and Winbeta ** 
  
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #15  1x [271.38M] ��4Microsoft Windows XP SP2 Build 2162�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> ** Brought to you by Winbeta and dm2k4. ** 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> Total Transferred: 9036.74MB 
 <eugrus> xdcc list 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> ** 15 packs ** 0 of 1 slots open, Record: 22KB/s 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> ** Bandwidth Usage ** Current: 16KB/s, Record: 22KB/s 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> ** To request a file type: "/msg Winbeta-XDCC-302 xdcc send #x" ** 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #1  0x [18.36M] ��3Microsoft .NET Framework v1.1 SP1 and v1.0 SP3 Beta 2�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #2  1x [22.14M] ��3Microsoft .NET Framework v2.0.3113.31�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #3  1x [24.04M] ��3Microsoft Command Shell Preview v2.0�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #4  0x [94.44M] ��3Microsoft Host Integration Server 2004 Release Candidate�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #5  0x [99M] ��3Microsoft Office 2003 SP1 Beta Build 6353�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #6  0x [103.73M] ��3Microsoft Operations Manager 2005 Beta 3 Bundle�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #7  0x [356.24M] ��3Microsoft SQL Server Yukon PDC Build�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #8  0x [3697.12M] ��4Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2005 Beta 1 DVD�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #9  0x [6.93M] ��3Microsoft Windows Installer v3.0 RC2�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #10  1x [724.9M] ��7Microsoft Windows Longhorn WinHEC Build 4074�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #11  0x [4013.15M] ��7Microsoft Windows Longhorn WinHEC Build 4074 AIO DVD�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #12  0x [342.89M] ��3Microsoft Windows Longhorn WinHEC Build 4074 LDK�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #13  1x [371.42M] ��4Microsoft Windows Server 2003 SP1 Build 1218�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #14  3x [468.42M] ��4Microsoft Windows XP Professional AMD64 Build 1218�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> #15  1x [271.38M] ��4Microsoft Windows XP SP2 Build 2162�� 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> ** Brought to you by Winbeta and dm2k4. ** 
 <Winbeta-XDCC-302> Total Transferred: 9041.18MB 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> Kiri Online >> Sends: 1/1, Queues: 0/5 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> Bandwidth >> Current: 20KB/s, Record: 22KB/s, Cap: 20KB/s 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> [#1] ��2Windows XP Pro AMD64 ��4Build: 1184�� (457.61MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> [#2] ��3Windows Longhorn WinHEC ��4Build:4074�� (724.9MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> [#3] ��6Virutal Server 2005 ��4Build: 1.1.445�� (17.26MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> [#4] ��7Windows Installer v3.0 ��4Build: RC2�� (6.93MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> [#5] ��8Windows XP SP2 ��4Build 2162�� (271.38MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> To request a file, type /msg WinBeta-XDCC-22245 xdcc send #x 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> For pack info, type /msg WinBeta-XDCC-22245 xdcc info #x 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> Total transferred: 70.69MB in 0 files 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-22245> ** ]::[Always read the .nfo]::[Brought to you by WinBeta and $injed]::[ ** 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> Kiri Online >> Sends: 0/1, Queues: 0/2, Min Speed: 1KB/s 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> Bandwidth >> Current: 0KB/s, Record: 56KB/s 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#1] ��2Acronis.Partition.Expert.9.build.485-WinBeta�� (37.95MB, 2 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#2] ��4Microsoft.Command.Shell.Preview.v2.0-WinBeta�� (24.04MB, 1 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#3] ��2Microsoft.ISA.Server.2004.RC1.WInbeta�� (46.47MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#4] ��2Windows Code Name "Longhorn" - #4074�� (724.9MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#5] ��5Office 2003 SP1 #6353�� (99MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#6] ��2Host Integration Server 2004 RC�� (94.44MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#7] ��4"Royale" - new official theme for XP/2003�� (0.17MB, 1 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#8] ��1LH #4074 LDK�� (342.89MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#9] ��3Windows XP Service Pack 2, Build 2162 ENG Full�� (271.38MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#10] ��2Windows Installer 3.0 RC2�� (6.93MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#11] ��2Windows Server 2003 SP1 #1218�� (371.42MB, 1 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#12] ��4Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition, AMD64 build 1218�� (505.78MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#13] ��6Windows XP Pro, AMD64 build 1218�� (468.42MB, 4 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> [#14] ��4Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition, AMD64 build 1218�� (502.92MB, 0 Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> To request a file, type /msg WinBeta-XDCC-110 xdcc send #x 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> For pack info, type /msg WinBeta-XDCC-110 xdcc info #x 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> Total transferred: 3568.15MB in 9 files 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-110> ** always here from the beginning.. ** 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> Kiri Online >> Sends: 0/1, Queues: 0/10, Min Speed: 10KB/s 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> Bandwidth >> Current: 0KB/s, Record: 90KB/s 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> [#1] Acronis.Partition.Expert.9.build.485-WinBeta.rar (37.95MB, N/A Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> [#2] Microsoft_Virtual_Server_2005_Build_1.1.455.rar (17.26MB, N/A Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> [#3] WB-LH4074.rar (724.9MB, N/A Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> [#4] wb-p-wxpsp2b2149.rar (266.71MB, N/A Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> [#5] wb-royale-mce.rar (0.17MB, N/A Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> [#6] Windows.XP.SP2.Build.2162-WinBeta.rar (271.38MB, N/A Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> [#7] Windows.XPSP2.Build.2144.full-WinBeta.rar (274.67MB, N/A Gets) 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> To request a file, type /msg WinBeta-XDCC-256 xdcc send #x 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> For pack info, type /msg WinBeta-XDCC-256 xdcc info #x 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> Total transferred: 776.41MB in 0 files 
 <WinBeta-XDCC-256> ** Brought to you by WinBeta **

文件文本

OS2VSCHG.TXT

WARP VS CHICAGO: A Decision Maker's Guide to 32-bit Operating
System Technology

IBM Personal Software Marketing

October 1994


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
=================

This document is designed to provide the corporate decision maker
with benefits of OS/2 and important information about critical
weaknesses in Microsoft's forthcoming Chicago operating system.
At the heart of the discussion are key architectural,
operational, and strategic flaws in the Chicago OS design and
strategy - flaws that Microsoft has either downplayed or ignored
in its efforts to market Chicago as the "next generation" Windows
desktop platform.

For example, you'll learn:

 Why OS/2's ability to isolate individual 16-bit Windows
 applications into their own separate VDMs provides a level of
 inter-application protection that is unavailable under Windows
 3.1 or Chicago.

 How this same isolation also allows OS/2 to preemptively multitask
 existing 16-bit Windows applications, with no impact on native
 application performance

 Why having a comprehensive System Object Model (SOM) is important,
 and how OS/2's SOM implementation acts as the "glue" to the
 WorkPlace Shell interface.

 Ways in which OS/2's Virtual DOS Machine implementation is more
 flexible than Chicago's.

Major topics include:

 Architectural flaws that compromise Chicago's stability when
 running 16-bit Windows applications.

 How these same flaws also limit Chicago's multitasking
 capabilities with a mixture of application types.

 Why the lack of a System Object Model makes the Chicago interface
 "fragile."

 Ways in which Chicago's DOS heritage render the product inflexible
 when dealing with 16-bit DOS device drivers.

At the end of each section, a direct comparison is made between
the Chicago implementation of a particular subsystem or
feature/function, and that of the leader in 32-bit desktop
operating systems, IBM's Operating System/2.

The material is based on an in-depth analysis of  Microsoft's
public statements regarding Chicago's design characteristics and
various presentations given at trade shows by industry
consultants.

OS/2 - THE RIGHT SOLUTION

Choosing the right operating system.  In many ways it's the most
important personal computer technology decision you'll make in
this century.  Choose wisely and you'll reap the benefits for
years.  Choose poorly and you may find yourself in a quagmire of
under-performing software and inadequate computing power.

So just what constitutes a wise choice in today's confusing PC
marketplace?  Simple: the product that does the best job of
preserving your existing investments while opening the door to
the future.  In a nutshell, the wise choice is Operating
System/2.

OS/2 - THE WORLD'S MOST POPULAR 32-BIT OPERATING SYSTEM FOR IBM
AND IBM COMPATIBLE PC's

Why OS/2?  Because it represents the most logical upgrade path
for today's PC users.  OS/2 preserves your investment in 16-bit
DOS and Windows applications while providing access to a new
world of 32-bit, object-oriented technology.

Upgrading to OS/2 is a win-win proposition.  Just ask any of the
more than five-million OS/2 users - over 8 times as many users as
Microsoft's current 32-bit offering, Windows NT.  These are
people just like you who have outgrown their existing DOS or
Windows environments and who are looking for more - more power,
more functionality, more stability.

With OS/2 they've found a powerful mix of backward-compatibility,
32-bit processing power, and ease of use, along with the kind of
rock-solid reliability that only a mature, established operating
system platform can deliver. With the release of V3, OS/2 is
entering in its 3rd generation, and the product's reputation for
reliability and price/performance is unmatched in the PC
industry.

BUT WHAT ABOUT CHICAGO?

This is the question that perplexes both corporate decision
makers and end users alike.  With all of the media hype
surrounding this "next generation" of Microsoft Windows, many
customers feel paralyzed when making operating system purchasing
decisions.  The fear of "missing-out" on Chicago is overwhelming
for some.

But as experience with the initial beta release of Chicago has
demonstrated, Microsoft's "next generation" of Windows is far
less compelling than they would lead you to believe.  In fact,
the core of Windows 4.0 is probably running on a PC near you:
it's called Microsoft Windows 3.1.


ARCHITECTURE
============

CHICAGO - SAME CODE, DIFFERENT PACKAGING

"How can that be?  It looks so different!"

Looks can be deceiving.  While Chicago indeed sports a radically
different user interface (more on that later), as you peel-away
the layers of GUI and packaging you'll discover a product that
looks remarkably like Windows 3.1.  In fact, Chicago retains so
much of its original DOS/Windows heritage that it retains the
latter's most notorious operational characteristic: instability.

For example, under Windows 3.1 all applications, as well as the
operating system code itself, share a single memory address
space.  While such a memory management model breeds performance,
it also means that an error in any single application can
potentially crash the entire operating system.

This crashing phenomena is often referred to as a General
Protection Fault or "GPF," and has been the bane of Windows users
since version 3.0.  It is because of this inherent architectural
weakness that Windows 3.1 has gained a well-deserved reputation
of being an unstable, unreliable operating environment.

Under Chicago, this same single address space model (referred to
as the "System Virtual Machine") is retained, along with the
inherent weakness of leaving key portions of the operating system
code exposed to potentially buggy applications.  Thus the same
application failures that crashed Windows 3.1 can potentially
bring down the entire Chicago operating system.

To their credit Microsoft has made great strides in "cleaning-up"
many of the bugs in the original Windows 3.1 code while
preparing it for inclusion with Chicago.  However they cannot
avoid the inherent architectural flaws that the Windows 3.1
single System VM model introduces.  There will always remain the
possibility of an errant application causing a disastrous system
crash.

OS/2 - SAME CODE, BETTER IMPLEMENTATION

OS/2 eliminates the Single System VM stability problem by letting
you run Windows applications in their own separate sessions, or
"VDMs" (Virtual DOS Machines).  Thus if an application fails
under OS/2, the effect of the failure is limited to the
individual session.  Other applications, as well as the operating
system itself, remain unaffected.

And by retaining much of the original Windows 3.1 code base,
OS/2's environment remains highly backward compatible with
Windows 3.1 applications and device drivers.


MULTITASKING
============

CHICAGO - A "SEMI-PREEMPTIVE" TASK SWITCHER?

One of Microsoft's biggest selling points for Chicago has been
the promise of a new breed of 32-bit Windows applications.  These
applications are to be preemptively multitasked by the Chicago
operating system, and will have access to advanced performance
enhancing techniques like multi- threading.

Let's define the difference between preemptive and cooperative
multitasking. Preemption is an involuntary loss of control which
the application must handle.  Cooperative multitasking is where
the application is given control and it is the application's
responsibility to give up control so that other applications may
execute.

The move to a preemptive multitasking model represents a a
significant departure from Windows 3.1.  Under that environment
applications must "cooperate" in order for multitasking to occur.
Each program "yields" to the operating system so that it can
switch control of the PC's CPU to a different application (this
is often referred to as "cooperative multitasking" or
"task-switching").

It is a well know fact that the Windows "cooperative
multitasking" model is inefficient. It also forces programmers to
code their applications in a way that adds complexity and hinders
performance.  So it comes as no surprise that Microsoft's promise
of preemptive multitasking in Chicago has been heralded as one of
the new platform's most important features.

But the truth is that Microsoft isn't telling the whole story
when it comes to Chicago's multitasking architecture.  In
reality, unless you work exclusively with 32-bit "Win32"
applications, you won't reap the benefits of true preemptive
multitasking.

Why?  Because of Chicago's heavy reliance on 16-bit, Windows
3.1-era code.  Under Chicago, both 16-bit and 32-bit applications
rely on 16-bit code structures that reside within the System VM -
code that has been brought over from Windows 3.1.

While the "bitness" of the code itself isn't significant, the
environment from which it hails is.  Windows 3.1 was written as a
cooperative, not preemptive, multitasking environment.  When you
introduce portions of its code into a preemptive setting, where
more than one task may be vying for its services at any given
time, the code breaks.

To safeguard against this sort of "code breakdown," Microsoft has
serialized access to key portions of the Chicago infrastructure -
most notably the USER (window management) and GDI (graphics
device interface) subsystems.  In technical terms, this is
referred to as a "non-reentrant" design, meaning that only one
application may execute within these modules at any given time.

While such an approach works with Win32 applications - which can
be preempted at any point during their execution - it breaks down
once a 16-bit Windows (Win16) application begins to execute.  As
it stands, currently shipping Win16 applications cannot be
reliably preempted during execution.  Attempting to do so while
such an application is calling on a non-reentrant, 16-bit code
module can cause the entire operating system to crash.

To avoid this latter scenario, and thus retain some semblance of
multitasking, Microsoft has implemented a special locking
mechanism.  Dubbed "Win16LOCK," this mechanism denies access to
the older code when a 16-bit application has called on its
services.  Thus only the currently running Win16 application has
access to the 16-bit code - all other applications, including
Win32 applications, are "blocked" from executing until the 16-bit
application has finished and the environment has been made safe
for the next task.

In practice, the performance hit associated with this locking
phenomena is minimal when running 32-bit applications
exclusively.  However, when you introduce a mixture of 16 and
32-bit applications - the most likely scenario given the
projected lack of available Win32 products - Win16LOCK becomes a
major problem.

Most 16-bit Windows applications are notorious for failing to
yield properly under Windows 3.1, and until they do so under
Chicago, all other applications will be blocked from accessing
USER and/or GDI (in reality, only 50% of GDI calls are affected -
but these are the most common functions so the net result is the
same).

Taken as a whole, these two compromises - the serialization of
subsystem access and Win16LOCK - create what would best be
described as a "semi-preemptive" multitasking environment.  And
while the resulting "hourglass" is expected under a cooperatively
multitasked environment, it seems out of place in a "next
generation" Windows that supposedly "preemptively multitasks"
native Win32 applications.

OS/2 - TRUE PREEMPTION FOR BETTER PERFORMANCE

OS/2 has featured true preemptive multitasking of native
applications since day one.  Regardless of the mixture of
application types, OS/2 can continue to smoothly multitask dozens
of concurrent programs, and its reentrant subsystems allow it to
service multiple concurrent requests without the overhead of a
"Win16LOCK" implementation.

And thanks to its ability to run them in separate VDMs, OS/2 can
also preemptively multitask existing 16-bit Windows applications
which Chicago can not.  Thus you can have DOS, Windows, and OS/2
applications running concurrently, side-by-side, without any
performance penalties and all preemptively multitasked.  This is
a feature that Chicago will be unable to match without underlying
architecture changes, and a welcome addition to any power-user's
arsenal.


INTERFACE
=========

CHICAGO - BEAUTY THAT'S ONLY SKIN-DEEP

Another major feature of Chicago, and one that has drawn
considerable attention from the industry press, is its new user
interface.  Terms like "object-oriented" and "desktop metaphor"
are often used to describe this radically different Windows look.

But as with most of Chicago's underpinnings, the actual
foundation underneath the product's user interface is nothing
more than an extension to what already existed in Windows 3.1.
Unlike a true object-oriented environment - where links between
individual objects are "live" and updated automatically - the
Chicago GUI is static.  "Objects" on the Chicago desktop are
merely pointers to files on the disk.  "Properties" for these
objects are stored in .INI files (for Windows applications) or
.PIF files (for DOS applications), and links between them (called
"shortcuts" under Chicago) are equally static.

For example, if you create a shortcut to an executable file and
place it on the Chicago desktop, then rename the original
executable, the shortcut will essentially be severed.  To
re-establish it you'll have to re-create the shortcut from
scratch.

In a true object-oriented environment, all shortcut-like links to
the executable would have been updated automatically by the
underlying object management model.  Chicago has no such
underpinnings, so links are easily broken by novice users who are
unfamiliar with the crudeness of the Chicago interface.

Going hand-in-hand with Chicago's shortcut mechanism is the
product's support for long file and directory names on FAT
volumes.  Microsoft is emphasizing Chicago's ability to
automatically convert long file/directory names into 8.3
character abbreviations for compatibility with existing DOS and
Windows applications.  What they seem to be ignoring, however, is
the fact that promoting the use of long names can be disastrous
when there is no underlying object model.

Take, for example, the novice user who, upon discovering long
filenames, decides to "reorganize" their hard disk.  They
gleefully rename directories at will, unaware that they are
severing shortcut after shortcut in the process.  Suddenly none
of their applications work, and I/S is called in to undo the
damage (which in some cases may mean reinstalling both operating
system and applications).

The Chicago desktop itself is not an OLE 2.0 object.  This
statement in itself has no ramifications until you start
understanding what type of integration is lost due to this lack
of object technology.  This deficiency in the product, means that
an application is not well integrated with the desktop and does
not inherit any of the advantages like Drag 'n' Drop support.

Heralded by Microsoft as one of Chicago's key selling points, the
new Windows interface may in the end prove to be one of its
biggest flaws.  Without an underlying system object model to tie
everything together, this new "shell" may prove to be an I/S
support nightmare.

OS/2 - TRUE OBJECT-ORIENTATION

OS/2's WorkPlace Shell is a true object-oriented interface.  The
underlying System Object Model (SOM) provides complete
object-tracking so simple operations like dragging a directory to
another directory won't invalidate links and other interface
structures.  Thus it's easier on both novices and IS support
staff alike.

SOM also allows applications to fully manipulate the WorkPlace
Shell interface.  A good example is cc:Mail for OS/2, which uses
SOM to seamlessly integrate its in/outbox interfaces with the
WorkPlace Shell desktop.  This level of integration isn't
possible under Chicago since its shell is itself not an object.


APPLICATION SUPPORT
===================

CHICAGO - STILL DOS AFTER ALL THESE YEARS

"Chicago eliminates the need for DOS.  It is a true operating
system..."

This is one of the more colorful myths surrounding Microsoft's
Chicago operating environment.  Microsoft claims that Chicago
eliminates the need for DOS - that DOS and Windows are now
completely integrated and that all the old restrictions that DOS
brought to the table have been eliminated.

While it is true that you will no longer have to purchase a
separate DOS product in order to install and use Chicago, this in
no way constitutes the eradication of DOS as a part of the
Windows operating system equation.  DOS is still there, lurking
in the shadows.  It's just been cleverly disguised by a different
Windows GUI.  And though much of its functionality - including
file system access - has been replaced by 32-bit Chicago VxDs
(Virtual Device Drivers), there are still ways in which DOS can
hinder the Windows environment.

Take real-mode device drivers, for example.  Under DOS/Windows
3.1 you were forced to load all DOS device drivers at DOS
boot-time via the CONFIG.SYS file.  These drivers would then
occupy all DOS sessions under Windows' 386 Enhanced Mode,
impacting their available conventional memory and limiting the
overall configurability of the Windows VDM architecture.

Chicago suffers from this very same limitation.  Any real-mode
DOS device drivers that you wish to access from within Chicago
must be loaded via CONFIG.SYS at boot-time.  Thus, if you want
access to a particular resource, and this resource requires a DOS
device driver, you'll be forced to pay a penalty in terms of lost
conventional memory and potential compatibility problems across
all Chicago VDMs.

And what about troublesome applications like games?  Chicago
features a special DOS session - the "Single MS-DOS Application
Mode" - that allows such applications to execute unencumbered by
the confines of a traditional Virtual DOS Machine (virtual I/O,
video memory, etc.).  What Microsoft doesn't publicize, however,
is the fact that, in order to invoke this mode, you must
essentially shut-down Chicago.  All running applications close,
and the Chicago GUI itself is paged to disk.  This entire process
can take up to a minute depending on the speed of the hardware in
use and the number of open applications - quite a disruption,
especially when you're trying to finish that last minute memo or
download a large file from a host system.

OS/2 - A BETTER DOS THAN DOS (OR CHICAGO)

OS/2 really does eliminate the need for DOS.  It's VDMs are
completely configurable, allowing you to create individual
CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT files for each DOS session.  This is
an important option in those situations where a single device
driver or TSR configuration for all VDMs would be inadequate.

OS/2's VDMs are also highly backward-compatible and can also be
configured to allow direct hardware access for applications that
require it.  And if an application truly refuses to run under
OS/2 you can use the "dual-boot" option to run real DOS in about
the same amount of time it takes you to invoke Chicago's "Single
MS-DOS Application Mode."


INDEPENDENT SOFTWARE VENDOR COMMITMENTS
=======================================

CHICAGO: AN ISV HEADACHE

One area where Microsoft continues to be uncertain is on the
subject of API standards.  Independent Software Vendors (ISVs)
have been fighting an uphill battle in their efforts to pin-down
Microsoft's overall API strategy.  This is especially true of the
native Chicago API, Win32c, which is itself a subset of the full
Win32 API published nearly two years ago and implemented on
Windows NT.

Further exacerbating the situation is Microsoft's continual
updating of the Win32c specification.  New APIs emerge almost
monthly, many of which extend Win32 in ways that tie applications
to the Chicago platform.  This has aggravated ISVs who wish to
write cross-platform applications for Windows, Windows NT, and
Chicago.  The only way these ISV's can write cross-platform
applications, because of the different APIs support, is to poll
the Kernel, determine which API is available and write dual or
triple path code. With the APIs still in a state of flux there is
no guarantee that the multiple path code will work.

What this means to the 32-bit operating system customer is a
potential delay in the release of Chicago-compatible Win32
applications.  Given the architectural limitations of Chicago's
Win16 application support - especially when multitasking and
stability are major considerations - lack of Win32 applications
could represent a serious obstacle to the platform's widespread
adoption.  Chicago needs Win32 applications before it even begins
to make sense as a replacement for Windows 3.1.  But given the
confusion and frustration in the ISV community it may be some
time before we see a substantial selection of Win32 titles.

OS/2 - A CONSISTENT MESSAGE

In contrast to Microsoft's "API du jour" strategy, IBM has stood
firm on its promises to support open standards and honor ISV
commitments.  There is one 32-bit OS/2 Presentation Manager API
for both client and server systems.  Applications written to that
API will work across OS/2 versions running on Intel-based PC's,
and will be easily portable to more advanced implementations in
the future (including OS/2 for PowerPC).

OS/2 currently boasts over 2000 native applications, all of which
tap into the superior multitasking and performance of the world's
most popular 32-bit operating system.


SUMMARY
=======

OS/2: THE RIGHT ANSWER

As you can see, Microsoft's Chicago operating system is long on
hype and somewhat short on technology.  But if you've followed
their product offerings over the past few years, this revelation
should really come as no surprise.  Microsoft has a track record
of delivering "cosmetically advanced" operating systems while
ignoring the more important issues like robustness, capacity, and
true object-orientation.

In contrast, IBM has a very different track record, one that
speaks of commitment to open standards and listening to customer
needs.  This is the same company that has been developing cutting
edge OS technology for mainframe and minicomputer systems since
the dawn of the information age.  With OS/2, IBM has laid the
foundation for a truly robust, high-capacity computing
environment that preserves your existing investments while
opening the door to the future.

You can see the difference in areas like the OS/2 user interface.
The WorkPlace Shell, in conjunction with the System Object Model
(SOM), provide a truly object-oriented computing environment, one
that thinks for you and doesn't break-down when you try to tap
into its power.  Likewise, OS/2's multitasking represents a
no-compromises approach to bringing this powerful capability to
the masses.  From native OS/2 applications to its robust Win-OS2
VDMs, it is an operating system that can juggle your most complex
tasks with ease.

So in the end, the wise choice is obvious: OS/2 has the backward
compatibility you want, the stability and reliability you need,
and the kind of rock-solid commitment to excellence you've come
to expect from the world's number one software company, IBM.
Chicago looks more and more like a warmed-over version of
yesterday's technology, not the "next generation Windows"
platform that Microsoft is advertising it to be.

So what about Chicago?  Good question!  With one foot still
buried in the DOS/Windows grave, Chicago is yesterday's
technology dressed-up to look like tomorrow's 32-bit OS.  Why
wait for an impostor?  OS/2 is here today, and represents the
real future in personal computer operating systems.

APPENDIX A: FEATURES CHARTS FOR OS/2 AND CHICAGO
================================================

The following charts provide a summary of OS/2 and Chicago
features, including multitasking characteristics, application
environments, and bundled productivity tools.


                OS/2 VS  CHICAGO ON ARCHITECTURE

                                              WARP LAN
FEATURE                               WARP     CLIENT       CHICAGO

32-bit Window Management              Yes        Yes         No (1)
32-bit Graphics Subsystem             Yes        Yes         No (2)
32-bit Printing Subsystem             Yes        Yes         Yes
32-bit Multimedia Subsystem           Yes        Yes         Yes
32-bit Kernel                         Yes        Yes         Yes
Demand Paged Virtual Memory           Yes        Yes         Yes
HPFS Support                          Yes        Yes         No
Non-locking Input Queue (3)           Yes        Yes         No
  (Applications can keep running)

  (1)  USER is 16-bit, non-reentrant code
  (2)  50% of GDI calls are serviced by 16-bit, non-reentrant code
  (3)  WARP, new version of OS/2, has an engine that will unlock
       the input queue if it is locked


          OS/2 VS. CHICAGO ON APPLICATION ENVIRONMENTS

                                              WARP LAN
FEATURE                               WARP     CLIENT       CHICAGO

16-bit OS/2 PM Applications           Yes        Yes         No
32-bit OS/2 PM Applications           Yes        Yes         No
Win32s Applications (Ver 1.0 & 1.1)   Yes        Yes         Yes
Preemptive Multitasking (4)           Yes        Yes         No
Win16 Application Support             Yes        Yes         Yes
Win16 Device Driver Support           Yes        Yes         Some (5)
Number of 32-bit Applications         2000+      2000+       0 (6)
  Available

  (4) See chart on multitasking comparison
  (5) Windows 3.x communications drivers need to be re-written
  (6) Native Chicago applications


       OS/2 VS. CHICAGO ON MULTITASKING CHARACTERISTICS

                                              WARP LAN
FEATURE                               WARP     CLIENT       CHICAGO

Preemptive of 32-bit Applications     Yes        Yes         Yes
Preemptive of DOS Applications        Yes        Yes         Yes
Preemptive of Win16 Applications      Yes        Yes         No
Preemptive of mixed 16/32-bit         Yes        Yes         No (7)
     Applications
Multiple, Protected Win16 VDMs        Yes        Yes         No (8)
Crash Protection                      Yes        Yes         No (9)
Preemptive Multi-threading            Yes        Yes         Yes

  (7) Win16LOCK prohibits access to USER and portions of GDI
      when a Win16 application  is executing
  (8) All 16-bit applications share a single address space - the
      System Virtual Machine (VM)
  (9) Key operating system code structures (USER and GDI) share
      the System VM address space with 16-bit applications


             OS/2 VS. CHICAGO ON USER INTERFACE

                                              WARP LAN
FEATURE                               WARP     CLIENT       CHICAGO

Folder Work Areas                      Yes       Yes         No
Integration with operating SOM         Yes       Yes         No (10)
Launch Pad                             Yes       Yes         Yes
Drag & Drop Deletion                   Yes       Yes         No
Drag & Drop Faxing                     Yes       Yes         Yes
Drag & Drop Access Paths (change       Yes       Yes         No
  execution paths it will still work)
Object Type Templates                  Yes       Yes         No
Parent Folder Closing Options          Yes       Yes         No

  (10) Chicago shell components are not OLE 2.01 objects"


                  OS/2 VS. CHICAGO ON MULTIMEDIA

                                              WARP LAN
FEATURE                               WARP     CLIENT       CHICAGO

Image Viewer                           Yes       Yes         No
Photo CD Support                       Yes       Yes         No
Autodesk Animation                     Yes       Yes         No
Play any Audio File from Internet      Yes       Yes         No
Audio/Video Synch Manager              Yes       Yes         No
MPEG Support                           Yes       Yes         Yes
32-bit Audio/Video Playback            Yes       Yes         Yes


             OS/2 VS. CHICAGO ON BUNDLED APPLICATIONS

                                              WARP LAN
FEATURE                               WARP     CLIENT       CHICAGO

Internet Access Tools                  Yes      Yes          No
    FTP                                Yes      Yes          No
    Telnet                             Yes      Yes          No
    Gopher                             Yes      Yes          No
    Newsreader                         Yes      Yes          No
    WEB Explorer                       Yes      Yes          No
CompuServe Front-End                   Yes      Yes          No
Word Processor                         Yes      Yes          No (11)
Spreadsheet                            Yes      Yes          No
Database                               Yes      Yes          No
Charting                               Yes      Yes          No
Report Writer                          Yes      Yes          No
Electronic Mail                        Yes      Yes          Yes
Image Viewer                           Yes      Yes          No
FAX                                    Yes      Yes          Yes
Phonebook                              Yes      Yes          No
Personal Information Mgr               Yes      Yes          No
Sys Info                               Yes      Yes          No
VideoIn                                Yes      Yes          No
Video Conferencing                     Yes      Yes          No

  (11) Chicago comes with a simple text editor, not a word processor


DISCLAIMER
==========

The information contained in this document represents the current view
of IBM Corporation on the issues discussed at the date of publication.
Because IBM must respond to changing market conditions, it should not
be interpreted to be a commitment on the part of IBM, and IBM cannot
guarantee the accuracy of any information presented after the date of
publication.

This document is for informational purposes only.  IBM makes NO
WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, IN THIS SUMMARY.

 1994 IBM Corporation.  All Rights Reserved.  Printed in the United
 States of America.

OS/2 is a registered trademark of International Business Machines
Corporation.

Microsoft is a registered trademark and Windows is a trademark of
Microsoft, Inc.

NetWare is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc.

�
  • OS2BETA.ZIP [COMMENTS FROM OS2 BETA TESTERS]

OS2RPRTS.TXT

                              Customer Experiences
                                OS/2 Version 2.0

  "An odd thing happened when I loaded OS/2 2.0 on my PS/2 at work.  The rains
  stopped.  Clouds parted.  The sun came out.  Birds began to chirp.  And yes,
  I even believe I heard the sound of small, happy children playing in a park.
  I was converted....... I am sold.  I want OS/2..... I'm nuts about OS /2 2.0.
  It's everything that IBM has promised.  I find it easy, intelligent, and yes,
  even fun.... Here at work, myself and the other analysts are continually
  amazed at what OS/2 2.0 can do.  I've been recommending it to almost every
  new department I service.  I love telling people what it does....  Thanks for
  letting me be a part of the Early Experience."  PUGET SOUND BANK IN TACOMA,
  WASHINGTON - ROBERT A. PIRNIE

  "I've long looked for a way to integrate my workaday computing.  OS/2 is the
  answer......  My day begins calling various on-line services via modem,
  opening numerous documents on my word processor, and starting a DOS-based
  database I use for my students grades.  Before OS/2 this took quite a bit of
  time.  But now I have these programs set to open on startup, and my overall
  productivity has increased three-fold.  I can answer a student's grade
  queries as I confidently print a lecture I must give, compile some utility I
  wrote in C++, download from the EEP BBS, all the while backing up the
  directory containing my book to a floppy disk---try that with DOS or
  Windows!...... I'm not a Big Iron guy, just a dedicated theology teacher and
  scholar, but OS/2 is a God-send for my productivity and for the stability of
  my work environment--which is precious to me, if to no one else.  OS/2 is man
  made, I know, and my jaded fellow theologians may find this heresy, but day
  by day OS/2 seems to me to be a flat-out miracle."  SAINT JOSEPHS COLLEGE IN
  RENSSELAR, INDIANA - MARK JOHNSON, ASSISTANT PROFESSOR, DEPARTMENT OF
  PHILOSOPHY & RELIGION

  "My job requires that I continually juggle my time between a variety of
  ongoing tasks.  Furthermore, I must deal with frequent interruptions to
  service customer telephone calls.  In the past, my PC was a less than
  adequate aid in helping me accomplish these work tasks in an efficient
  manner......  OS/2 2.0 has finally elevated my PC from the level of aid to
  that of a true tool in my work environment.  Using the WPS, I have created a
  PC environment that is the ideal best of all worlds.  The various programs,
  system connections (multiple terminal sessions to various systems, as well as
  PC servers), and other productivity tools that I need to execute on my PC,
  can now be executed (automatically) as soon as I turn on my PC in the
  morning.  I finally am able to have hot connections to all of these
  facilities simultaneously.  No longer do I suffer through the syndrome of
  having to terminate one facility, and initiate a new one, due to the normal
  interruptions of my daily environment.  I simply hide and surface the old and
  new activities, respectively, all with a few simple mouse clicks on my OS/2
  WPS desktop.  And when I return to a precious activity, it's just as I left
  it.....  We are a small, service oriented company.  Our small size demands
  that we achieve the maximum productivity among the few employees that we
  have.  The desktop environment available with OS/2 2.0 will finally allow us
  to obtain the productivity multiplier promises, that have so long been used
  as a selling point for PCs on every desktop..... It truly is a superior
  product."  ALLINSON-ROSS IN GOLDEN, COLORADO - MARVIN NIPPER, PRESIDENT

  "To me, only three major breakthroughs in technology equal this product;
  those being the invention of the light bulb, the invention of the wheel, and
  the discovery of fire.  I am truly impressed!  Furthermore I find this system
  so convenient and uncomplicated to use that most of my time is spent fighting
  my SEVEN-YEAR-OLD son for control of my computer.  I feel that IBM has once
  again proven that it is not only the front runner of microcomputer
  technology, but also the trail blazer of times to come!" SECURITY PACIFIC
  AUTOMATION COMPANY, INC. IN SEATTLE, WA - DONALD K. CHAMPINE, TECHNICAL
  CONSULTANT, SPAC-NW TECHNICAL SUPPORT

  "OS/2 2.0 provides the best of all worlds....Additionally, IBM has scored a
  major hit in the new powerful GUI Workplace Shell.....  Not only is the base
  operating system stable, but the LAN Program, Host Communications, and
  Database are all rock solid.  OS/2 2.0 provides stability for both the
  standalone user as well as a user in a complex networked environment....
  OS/2 2.0 performance is better than any DOS based multitasking system I have
  used.....  Power users need the features of OS/2 2.0 but so do new
  users......  Some words for OS/2 2.0 -- Great, Excellent, Magnificent,
  Superb, Extraordinary, Impressive, Noteworthy, Outstanding, Smashing,
  Wonderful, Fabulous, Fantastic, Fine, Good, Marvelous, Super, Terrific,
  Tremendous, Stupendous, Amazing, Premier, Glorious, Splendid, Distinguished,
  and Number one.....you've given us what I've wanted for years....  Thank you
  IBM." MISSOURI HIGHWAY & TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT - BOB HITT, PROGRAMMER
  ANALYST

  "OS/2 2.0 is for both the power user and the average user.  In fact, I
  suspect we will see a new breed of power users.  These people will be able to
  harness the power of their machines because OS/2 makes it easy.  One does not
  need to spend hours poring over manuals.  You simply do what you want.
  Quickly, they will be just as capable as today's power users.  That is one of
  the beauties of OS/2, making the today's power available to today's user.....
  Perhaps it is unfair to compare Windows 3.0, a fully released product, to
  OS/2 2.0, a beta still a month and a half away from general availability, but
  I must say that under OS/2 I am able to get more done faster and more
  reliably than I was ever able to under Windows.  Ironic, isn't it?  I can't
  wait for general availability!"  UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA IN SANTA BARBARA,
  CA - KEVIN W. LAIRD, MICROSYSTEMS GROUP COORDINATOR

  "I think OS/2 is a real winner even for single workstations....the real
  reason is that it's simply more productive.... True preemptive multitasking
  is wonderful....and formatting disks, downloading or faxing in the background
  really saves time.... I think one reason this product has improved so
  dramatically is that IBM listened carefully to it's customers.......  it's a
  phenomenal product.  I'm happy to say that your performance claims are real,
  not just hype.  The improved DOS & Windows support is ABSOLUTELY PHENOMENAL!
  Your team has done a first rate customer-oriented job developing this
  product.  We are delighted with it's capabilities.  I wanted to let you know
  how much we appreciate the leadership role IBM has taken with this new OS/2.
  Keep up the good work."  MAYER BRYSON INVESTMENTS IN SAN FRANCISCO - ROBERT
  MAYER, PRESIDENT

  "The PC had a glorious birth, followed by some trying formulative years, but
  now I see the PC on the edge of taking it's place as a productive member of
  the DP society.  I believe that OS/2 will make the PC the premier member of
  this future DP Society..... OS/2 is finally moving the PC into a mature stage
  of life.......  When we evaluate a product (application software) the
  evaluation can be solely based on the business need rather than limited by
  the operating platform." MASS MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY - DENNIS AIROLDI

  "It's like having a graphics workstation built into a mainframe as friendly
  as a Macintosh.... With OS/2 and the Workplace Shell, we can, for the first
  time, deliver the mainframe processing power and connectivity needed for our
  complex applications with the flexibility and ease of use of a fourth
  generation GUI....... OS/2 and the Workplace Shell gives our complex software
  the processing power our users demand, combined with the ease of use needed
  for first time users.....  The Shell....far surpasses the Windows environment
  (a DOS Extender) and other GUIs in performance/price, ease of integration,
  utility, and program-manipulating and executing power."  MANUFACTURING
  INTEGRATED SYSTEMS, AN INDEPENDENT SOFTWARE VENDOR USING OS/2 2.0 FOR
  MANUFACTURING APPLICATIONS - NORM HARRIS, PRESIDENT, (SAN YNEZ, CA)

  "OS/2 2.0 has great affinity with my large system background.  For example, I
  appreciate the 4K demand paging, multi-threading, CUA compliance, and other
  features that I first became acquainted with in the large systems
  environment.  Having struggled to obtain connectivity to both 5250 and 3270
  hosts in the same DOS machine, I truly appreciate OS/2s ability to
  communicate......  What do I run on my machine?  Has OS/2 2.0 displaced MS
  DOS and Windows as my operating environment?  ABSOLUTELY!"  DRESSER RAND IN
  PAINTED POST NY -JAMES R. SMITH, SR. SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER

  "OS/2 Version 2.0 is exactly what I need to perform my job, an industrial
  strength personal computer operating system.  In five months of heavy daily
  use I have not experienced a single operating system crash.....  In the final
  analysis when you're finished playing games and ready to get to work, OS/2
  version 2.0 is the product for you."  LUCKY STORES IN DUBLIN, CA - BOB
  GAUTHIER

  "OS/2 has finally surpassed my expectations....  OS/2 definitely proved to me
  that it is better Windows than Windows!  I would not have believed it if I
  had not experienced it myself!!!  IBM has convinced me that if anything has
  been done right, it is OS/2!"  VAN WILLIAMS, ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY RESEARCHER
  IN SAN ANTONIO TX

  "OS/2 simply revolutionizes the desktop....  Designing and developing
  applications for OS/2 is a dream come true.  The machine works for the
  developer now rather than being a recalcitrant hunk of iron to be man-handled
  through it's paces."  TEXAS INSTRUMENTS IN PLANO TX - RICHARD BROOKS,
  OPERATOR WORKSTATION DEVELOPER

  "I am looking forward to moving everyone to OS/2 just as quickly as possible
  since it runs all of our applications while giving them full resource
  availability and protecting them from interfering with each other.  From the
  support perspective, this is a dream come true.  Instead of five
  environments, I can see the day rapidly approaching when I'll only have to
  support and train in one - OS/2.....  The stability and reliability of the
  platform means that I will get fewer service calls and increased client
  satisfaction.....  With OS/2 safe multitasking has finally arrived allowing
  me to recover machine power that would otherwise have been wasted.....  With
  all of the applets that come with OS/2, a person can actually do productive
  work without purchasing other products."  CAJUN ELECTRIC POWER IN BATON ROUGE
  - DON BABCOCK

  "Multiple sessions is an absolute must in my job, and I can print mainframe
  reports in the background!!!!....  Running OS/2 2.0 at work, at home, at the
  unit, in a tent under fire, out on the runway, in a foxhole.....
  anywhere......  everywhere!!!!!!!!  What sets me apart from others is that I
  am elated about OS/2 from maybe a different point of view from the rest, I am
  a user!"  MARC C. JONES AT CAJUN ELECTRIC POWER IN BATON ROUGE

  "You have already proven to be a better Windows than Windows!.....  I
  consider myself a winner being in on the testing of the Operating System of
  the '90's - OS/2 2.0"  WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM IN RICHLAND
  WASHINGTON - PAT MURPHY

  "OS/2 2.0 to a PC user is what a ratchet is to a mechanic.  How did we ever
  get along without it...?" TARGET STORES IN MINNEAPOLIS - CRAIG ANDERSON ,
  MANAGER, END USER COMPUTING

  "The years of waiting for the right operating system are over.  Furthermore
  our professionals can use PCs in their area of expertise without having to
  become experts in the underlying operating system because of the friendly
  interface known as the Workplace Shell!  Power and Productivity without the
  frustration PC users have known until now....hats off to IBM!"  NORTHWEST
  PIPELINE CORPORATION IN SALT LAKE CITY - LEE TORNOW, STAFF ANALYST
  INFORMATION SYSTEMS

  "The actual installation was completely painless and a pleasant surprise....
  It is reassuring to know that I will not have to abandon existing software
  when we migrate to a new operating system.....  Cutting and pasting between
  DOS application windows will allow the creating of new reports and visual
  presentation aids...... I will be running V 2.0 on my home system as well as
  in the office because once you get accustomed to the power and versatility in
  one environment, it's hard to go back to something less at home."  LOCKHEED
  SPACE OPERATIONS IN TITUSVILLE, FLORIDA - RICHARD CLINTON NETWORK
  ADMINISTRATOR

  "Sort of like a good book, you just can't put it down or stay away from
  it........ The use of preemptive multitasking along with the memory
  protection provided by OS/2 makes those UAE's (Unrecoverable Application
  Errors) nearly a thing of the past.  However if it does occur, simply close
  and then reopen the application.  All other programs running on the system
  are unaffected.....  The system performs several operations, overlapping many
  of the longer running functions without any fuss or muss on your part.....
  The Workplace Shell (WPS) is the hottest thing to come down the PC pipeline
  since the original PC....  OS/2 also includes a collection of bells and
  whistles IBM call applets....  OS/2 2.0 has more applications available for
  it (not tomorrow, not next week, but today) than any operating system in
  history.  It can run your DOS, Windows, and OS/2 applications
  unmodified......  A today's operating system for today's hardware, that's
  IBM's OS/2 Version 2.0" SHERRILL FURNITURE COMPANY IN HICKORY NC - DAVID
  ELLER

  "Any application plus OS/2 plus any machine should equal productivity. I
  believe the Workplace Shell is one of the smartest features of OS/2."
  AMERICAN AIRLINES IN TULSA OKLAHOMA - DENNIS P HAYES, SR. EDP SYSTEMS
  ENGINEER

  "OS/2 lets you do what YOU want to, because it does what you want!"  CHASE
  MANHATTAN BANK IN NEW YORK - DAVID GROSS, STAFF CONSULTANT

  "OS/2 2.0 allows us to more effectively utilize our existing hardware by
  supporting the simultaneous execution of OS/2 1.3, Windows, and DOS
  applications on a single PC......  My 9 year old son messed around with
  OS/2...and five minutes later I came back downstairs to find him changing
  screen colors, moving folders, playing games, and working with various
  applications that come with the system."  AN OS /2 APPLICATION DEVELOPER -
  WAYNE HOLMES IN BELLEVUE, WASHINGTON

  "OS/2 is a truly empowering operating system for application developers.  It
  easily supplants AIX as the ideal development platform....  OS/2 is a
  mainframe on the desktop.....  While the advanced hardware has been there for
  some time, it took OS/2 to finally make the promise of mainframes on the
  desktop come true....  Whether you are a developer, a systems integrator, a
  big iron MIS Professional, or an end user, OS/2 is the operating system of
  choice for the desktop...and it's a lot of fun too.  I'm having the time of
  my life."  HILBERT COMPUTING IN OLATHE, KANSAS - GARY MURPHY, SR. PROGRAMMER

  "At home my 12 year old daughter finds no difficulty installing her game
  software and using the system for recreation......  The system is a
  programmer's dream....  OS/2 shines in the support area.... One technical
  support staff person can support many technical workstations because of the
  workplace shell and networking software installations.  No other product can
  make that claim.  It is truly a open software.....  OS/2 is affordable,
  maintainable, and powerful.  I do not believe it will have a competitor for a
  long time to come.  It is better business to use it to develop new user
  applications than to redevelop it."  ASHLAND OIL IN ASHLAND KY.  - CHARLES
  DUCK, PROJECT DIRECTOR OPERATIONS PLANNING

  "OS/2 allows the marriage of tools that were better left divorced from one
  another."  BLUE CROSS & BLUE SHIELD IN CHICAGO - JONATHON HANDLER, SR.
  CONSULTANT

  "The reason I like OS/2 is simple.  I get more work done when I use it....and
  that's why I bought a computer in the first place."  NATIONWIDE INSURANCE IN
  CARROLL, OHIO - TERRANCE CROW.

  "With the new folders, I can very easily arrange my computer work in a way
  that is very convenient for me....  The Drag & Drop concept is also a real
  time-saver.  With it, doing things like discarding old items becomes
  trivial....  The Workplace shell certainly gives me new freedoms to do things
  the way I like, thus improving my work.  The ability to run any software I
  need gives me a real performance boost."  TEXACO IN HOUSTON TEXAS - JIM
  WILLIS, INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT

  "Maximum Flexibility - that's OS/2 2.0.....  Flexibility no other operating
  system can provide.  OS/2 2.0 has significantly improved my personal
  productivity and flexibility."  MCKESSON CORPORATION IN RANCHO CORDOVA, CA -
  BUS S. SWINE, DIRECTOR, DATA CENTER SERVICES

  "Mere mortals don't have the words to describe how impressed I am with what
  OS/2 2.0 can do for me.... still to me the best part of all is the way the
  Workplace shell ties it all together.  The power of the new shell is amazing.
  By changing the way I look at the system I am now much more efficient at what
  I do... dragging and dropping confounds my co-workers who are used to the
  endless sequence of keystrokes used for deleting, printing, and just about
  everything else....  I must admit, though, that I did have to give up a lot.
  A lot of frustration; a lot of headaches; and a lot of lost time that
  is!..... The Windows-OS/2 battle from a technical standpoint was over long
  ago and Windows never stood a chance." LEONARD'S METALS IN ST. CHARLES, MO -
  DAVID BLAIR, PROGRAMMER, NETWORK SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATOR, CONNECTIVITY
  SPECIALIST

  "...and those from the land of Boca delivered on their promise and the child
  was christened OS/2 2.0, and it was good!.....  Freedom of choice is the
  hallmark of OS/2.....  OS/2 raises your level of expectation and fulfills
  that expectation.  This is the standard against which all operating systems
  will be judged, and this is a very tough act to follow because users are
  finding quietly, unobtrusively, OS/2 opens the doors to vistas that you've
  only been able to dream of through Windows."  PHILLIPS 66 IN BARTLESVILLE,
  OKLAHOMA - BOB WESNESKI, ANALYST & POET

  "OS/2 2.0's ability to multitask DOS applications, Microsoft Windows 3.0, and
  all OS/2 applications in a protected environment is an incredible boon to my
  productivity...... You can install OS/2 2.0 and begin work immediately.....
  Workplace Shell is a new, extremely easy and powerful object-oriented
  desktop...  After using the Workplace shell for a while, I find the Macintosh
  OS kind of klunky.... There is no equivalent on any other system....  I
  finally have access to a stable, fast operating system that has tremendous
  potential to carry me into the 21st century and beyond......  I currently
  have OS/2 running on a non-IBM machine, and I haven't had a single problem
  with incompatibility.....I know what operating system will be on ALL my
  machines, and it's OS/2 2.0."  SECURE MICRO SYSTEMS IN LAFAYETTE IN - GARRY
  ADKINS, PRESIDENT & OWNER

  "OS/2 can help!  OS/2 can help!  OS/2 can help!  It does not matter what
  business you are in or whether or not you are new in business.... It
  WORKS!!!!!  IBM and OS/2 are going to make my next professional 15 years the
  best of my life in whatever environment I find myself..... It will be the
  standard operating system for all of our personal computers worldwide.  I
  know that my company's investment in computer hardware and software are
  secure now that IBM OS/2 is on the job....  Future developments in the
  Ultimedia (Multimedia) market prove the value of OS/2 as the most viable
  personal computer operating system to ever hit the market.  The ability to
  use touch screen technology in conjunction with audio visual systems for the
  purpose of person-to-person communications in manufacturing and educational
  environments can only help America regain her economic leadership
  status....... IBM and OS/2 2.0 are America's best business partners and are
  helping to make our best resource, our people, more productive!" TITLEIST &
  FOOT JOY WORLDWIDE IN NEW BEDFORD, MA.  - CARL S.  NORMAN, SUPERVISOR, END
  USER SERVICES.

  "I would like to share my enthusiasm over your new product:  OS/2 V 2.0. I am
  currently going to college, and it is an excellent tool.  It is a vast
  improvement over any DOS version (I own 5.0) and while it makes the desktop
  appear similar to Apple's MAC it is superior because it is compatible with
  several different formats of applications and is a true multi-tasking
  system....  OS/2 is also a much stable platform than Windows.....  I also
  won't have to listen to Mac users talk about how unfriendly IBM's are (GUIs).
  I like mine just fine with OS/2 V 2.0."  CHRIS NOLEN, COLLEGE STUDENT

  "The OS/2 2.0 Workplace Shell's object-oriented environment makes the
  computer desktop intuitive and flexible.  It is a greater leap from 1.X than
  1.X was from DOS.....  The addition of multitasking DOS and Windows
  applications makes 2.0 the most powerful desktop operating system ever ---by
  far."  JOEL POOLE IN CORTE MADERA, CA

  "I was looking forward to the convenience of integrating the running of OS/2,
  DOS, and Windows programs.  This feature turned out to be great - better than
  I had hoped.  But it was OS/2's full use of extended memory which changed my
  way of doing things.  I feel like I've grown an extra pair of hands.....  The
  primary reason for my surprise at the way OS/2 has transformed office routine
  into office dynamic is the manner in which mutitasking saves time; and this
  must be experienced to be completely assessed.  The result is phenomenal!  So
  what you are offering here is, among many other good things, the
  computational equivalent of open stacks in the library, the sine qua non of
  Search & Discover..."  CHANDO ENTERPRISES IN COLUMBIA, MD - WM A. DONNELLY,
  PH.D ANALYST

  "The Workplace Shell certainly enables a sophisticated, function-rich
  operating system, for use by many a user, whether they are computer people or
  not....  The new OS/2 has the potential to become the development platform
  for many a mainframe shop, at a substantial cost savings in cost per CPU
  cycle.  It will also improve the efficiency of the programming staffs and of
  migrating code to larger platforms because of it's thirty two bit
  architecture....  The new OS/2 removes any reason any one might have to go to
  Windows.  It also removes any excuse any one might have for staying with DOS
  because anything else is too sophisticated....  The SAA features of OS/2 2.0
  make it a connectivity platform for anyone needing to participate in a
  mainframe dominated environment....  In conclusion, OS /2 2.0 has something
  to offer the largest segment of users since the first coming of DOS." FORD
  MOTOR IN LORAIN ASSEMBLY PLANT - NEIL PATTERSON, CIM COORDINATOR AT LORAIN
  ASSEMBLY.

  "The technology used to integrate these environments (DOS, Windows and the
  Workplace Shell) is very impressive."  STATE FARM INSURANCE IN BLOOMINGTON,
  IL - JIM BETHMANN, SR. ANALYST FOR DP OFFICE SERVICES

  "Basic Services installs easily as was promised.  Great job!.....  I'm
  convinced that EVERY DOS PROGRAM out there can run.....  OS/2 V. 2.0
  certainly runs the widest base of PC applications of any PC operating
  system.....  I was on the team that reviewed PC operating systems to
  determine which would be the operating system(s) that we would recommend in
  Texaco LA/WA.  The one we picked was OS/2 Version 2.0."  TEXACO IN CORAL
  GABLES, FLORIDA - CARL HERRERA, SYSTEMS ANALYST

  "OS/2....  It's the greatest!  I just wanted to express my enthusiasm for the
  significant improvements in OS/2....  I believe this is truly the operating
  system of the future--almost all things for all users!" UCAR EMULSION SYSTEMS
  IN CARY, NC.  - B.F. COLE

  "As a programmer, I love being able to run a compiler in the background while
  editing a file in the foreground."  ALAN LAU, AN INDEPENDENT PROGRAMMER IN
  WINDSOR CT

       Object Oriented Interface
       Plenty of Power
       Excellent Development Platform
       Robust API Services
       All in One Solution
       True Multitasking
       Intuitive Help
       No more segmentation
       Great Flexibility

       Sound Investment
       Yours for the asking
       Simplified Set Up
       Truly Mature
       Extraordinary Support
       Most Reliable

       Operating
       System Around
       /
       2 good to be true!

  THE  TRAVELERS INSURANCE IN HARTFORD, CT - RON CALEBRESE, TECHNICAL DIRECTOR,
  COMPUTER SCIENCE

  "Thank you for following through on a promise to create what I  believe  will
  be  the  small  systems operating system of the future....  I have found that
  IBM is delivering much more that was originally expected.  The look and  feel
  of the new graphical interface is a pleasure to work with, and extremely easy
  to  use  and  understand.    I  am very pleased with all of the drag and drop
  features that have been added and look forward to being able to use  some  of
  the other newer features such as tear off menus.  As a developer of software,
  I  can appreciate the effort that has been put into this project.  It appears
  to me that many  of  the  best  things  out  in  the  marketplace  have  been
  incorporated  into  this environment and as a result, a most exciting product
  has emerged.  Even the installation process is to be commended....   Some  of
  the  aspects of the environment that I was most impressed with were the speed
  of the system once loaded, and the amount of work that was done  to  get  the
  Windows  interface  to  run  it's  applications  flawlessly  and  with  great
  speed.... This  new  32  bit  version  takes  the  cake."  DUN  &  BRADSTREET
  CORPORATION IN PARSIPPANY NJ - ANTHONY PALASCIANO, SR. SYSTEMS ANALYST

  "OS/2 is definitely for me and for you!  We have had OS/2 in production since
  Version  1.2  with tremendous success......   OS/2 2.0 is also the reason for
  many support/development groups to centrally focus efforts to  deploy  common
  services....    IBM enterprises can now expand to the desktop without fear of
  disabling user productivity.   The magnitude of this  expansion  can  not  be
  covered  entirely  here.   OS/2 2.0 is bringing added dimension to enterprise
  computing....    Yes, I'm impressed!  "  USAA IN SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS - JOHN R.
  MIRANDA, SR. SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER, COOPERATIVE PROCESSING

  "OS/2 Version 2.0 is great!  The level of functionality and versatility built
  into this product is incredible....  OS/2 is a great value.  Of course,  OS/2
  runs  DOS and Windows software.  But, it goes well beyond them by providing a
  level of reliability  and  fault  isolation  unmatched  by  either  of  those
  environments  on  their  own.....  This  is  really  a  bargain,  OS/2  is an
  incredible value!!! OS/2 is also a platform  for  improving  productivity...a
  user can manage the entities inhabiting his or her computer in a more natural
  and  intuitive  way.....  The  WPS  goes  beyond  that  by allowing a user to
  directly manipulate those beasties in the box in a consistent  manner.....  I
  congratulate IBM on being bold enough to provide a major enhancement over the
  standard  GUI....  One aspect of OS/2 which hasn't been discussed much is how
  easy OS/2 is to administer and run.  There is a good deal of  tinkering  that
  has  to  be  done  to  use many of the DOS tools that expand the standard DOS
  environment; for example, PIF tuning files may have  to  be  established  and
  areas  of  memory  usually  have  to  be carefully managed for those tools to
  work....  These problems melt away with OS/2.  I  also  hope  people  realize
  that,  in  all the talk about OS/2 and how it represents the new IBM, it also
  represents one of the most admirable traits of the old IBM.   IBM has  always
  been  a  company  with  integrity, it hasn't reneged on promises made to it's
  customers...... OS/2 in all its versions continues  that  tradition.....    a
  user's  original  software  investment  is  protected  while  also  providing
  considerably advanced functionality in the overall system....  Good  luck  on
  the roll out of OS/2. I'll be using it here and pushing for its success where
  I can...  "  PAUL FIRGENS IN WHITE PLAINS

  "OS/2  2.0  is  head and shoulders above anything PC users have seen to date.
  OS/2's power yields a simplicity that is unheard of.  PC users have never had
  it this easy.  I really feel that as soon as the computing public learns  how
  easy  OS/2 is to use and how many of the nightmares of DOS it eliminates, the
  demand for OS/2 and OS/2 applications will go  through  the  roof....    OS/2
  frees  you  to  concentrate  on using our computers rather than fighting with
  them to get the job done.  Personal Computer users no longer  have  to  worry
  about  whether  a program is for DOS, Windows, or OS/2. You simply install it
  and run it.  Nothing could be easier than that."  PETER NORLOFF  IN  FAIRFAX,
  VA

  "I  think  OS/2  2.0  is  a  fantastic  product with a very bright future....
  Workplace shell has resolved the conflict (speed vs. quality) between  pretty
  and productive.....it makes my VGA screen seem to have better resolution than
  before,  and  the  speed is excellent....   OS/2 2.0 does an excellent job of
  performing several background tasks while providing superb responsiveness  to
  the  task  at hand.... Not just having several applications open at once, but
  actually having them all work productively without a performance impact.    I
  finally  feel  that  my  computer  system  is  being  used  to  it's  fullest
  potential....  I believe that IBM's MVS has been the most reliable  operating
  system in the world for many years, and now the PC industry will benefit from
  IBM's  vast experience in virtual memory and protected operating systems with
  OS/2 2.0....  One of the most important features  of  OS/2  2.0  is  that  it
  protects  users  investment  in hardware, software, and training....  OS/2 is
  running flawlessly on a wide variety of systems....  I don't have to buy  any
  new  applications in order to start taking immediate advantage of many of the
  benefits of OS /2 2.0. I can gradually migrate to native OS/2 applications at
  my  own  pace  as  new  versions and features warrant.   The protection of my
  investment in application programs and of my knowledge of using them allows a
  smooth transition to a more powerful operating system....  I can  safely  run
  several  of  my  existing  DOS  & Windows programs simultaneously without any
  interference between them.   No more fighting with  limited  memory  for  TSR
  (terminate and stay resident) programs either.  I simply run each in it's own
  DOS  window!......and I can cut and paste data between DOS, Windows, and OS/2
  programs easily.  I'm glad that this manual memory management is a  thing  of
  the  past.....    OS/2  2.0 is definitely a better DOS than DOS, and a better
  Windows than Windows....  All in all IBM has ensured that users  can  upgrade
  to  OS/2  2.0  with  a  minimum  of  cost  and pain that so often accompanies
  significant changes in software.... I was especially pleased to find  that  I
  could  upgrade an old copy of PC DOS to OS/2 1.3 for $99...that in itself was
  an outstanding value.   Best of all, IBM will  give  me  a  free  upgrade  to
  version  2.0 when it becomes generally available!  I have to say that this is
  absolutely the best software value I've ever seen! I have seen the future  of
  desktop  computing,  and it is OS/2." UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN HOSPITALS IN ANN
  ARBOR, MI - EUGENE T.  MANGUM, SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER AT TAUBMAN CENTER

  "After using OS/2 for the last four months I feel very  confident  that  OS/2
  2.0  will  be  a  major  success  for  IBM  and  a  substantial  advance  for
  productivity for workstation users....   OS/2 2.0 is proving  to  be  a  well
  crafted and a well designed operating system.... Especially noteworthy is the
  dynamic  data  exchange feature between programs running in Microsoft Windows
  and OS/2....  I am looking forward to rolling out the general availability of
  OS/2 2.0 to both our system developers and end user communities."  BLUE CROSS
  & BLUE SHIELD IN JACKSONVILLE - FLORIDA OTIS J. GARBER,  SYSTEMS  DEVELOPMENT
  PROJECT MANAGER

  "Users  finally  get  what  they  have been asking for....   So far with very
  little tuning I  am  able  to  run  the  following  programs  simultaneously:
  DOS-Professional  Write 2.22, DOS-PC Tools 6.0 Desktop, DOS-Harvard Graphics,
  OS/2-Communications  Manager  for   3270   session,   3270   print   control,
  Windows-Lotus  123  for  Windows.    I know that whatever the scenario a user
  brings to the table OS/2 2.0 will solve it." LUTHERAN HOSPITAL IN FORT WAYNE,
  IN - BRETT TAYLOR, NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR

  "OS/2 was designed  with  business  in  mind....    with  it's  enhanced  DOS
  compatibility,  OS/2  offers  us  a  migration  path which protects our heavy
  investment in DOS software while giving us the additional capacity we need to
  support future growth on our branch workstations....  IBM has taken  a  major
  step  in  fulfilling  the  strategic  plan  mapped  out in 1987 for Operating
  System/2. I would encourage business users who have not seen OS/2 in a  while
  to  take  another  look."    NATIONS  BANK IN NORFOLK, VA - FRED JACOBS, LEAD
  SYSTEMS ANALYST

  "Anyone who isn't excited about OS/2 V. 2.0 either hasn't  seen  it  or  they
  simply  aren't  big  enough  to admit they were wrong.   You've done it again
  IBM!"  TEXAS TECH UNIVERSITY IN LUBBOCK, TX -  DONNA  CHAFIN,  ADMINISTRATIVE
  INFORMATION SYSTEMS

  "I  write  to you now as a last resort.  You see, I have lost my boyfriend to
  OS/2. For the last two weeks he has been locked in the computer room as if he
  was a mad scientist on the verge of a momentous discovery.  I knock, I pound,
  I whimper into the keyhole, I slide notes under the door; all to no avail....
  I  could  hear him cackling with glee and often I heard awe in his voice that
  sounded as if he were witnessing the second coming....   I must go  in  after
  him.    Clearly this man of mine cannot help himself.  The temptation of OS/2
  is too great.  He is hooked and I am the only chance he has left....  If  you
  can't  beat  em, join em!  letter from the boyfriend: I became convinced only
  when OS/2 2.0 was demonstrated with ENTHUSIASM, by IBM.   Because of  this  I
  cannot  help  but demonstrate OS/2 2.0, with ENTHUSIASM, to others.  You have
  succeeded!
   You have given me something that I did not possess before: a choice,  and  a
  chance  to  be  better." UNIVERSITY OF CA AT BERKELEY, L CHRISTIAN CANDELMIRE
  AND JOHN SCHULBERT

  "The King is dead, long live the  King!...    It  has  been  said  throughout
  history  and it shall be said again...this time OS/2 is King.  After 10 years
  the PC has finally arrived.  IBM has drawn another sharp dividing line in the
  history of personal computing with OS/2 2.0. An operating system  that  works
  with me - not against me.  An operating system that lets me fully realize the
  personal  in  personal  computer.    An operating system that lets me use the
  strengths of the mainframe while utilizing the flexibility and the  power  of
  the PC.....  Finally, let me paraphrase from an old review by Robert Schumann
  in  reference  to  a little known composer of the day named Frederick Chopin:
  Hats off Ladies and Gentlemen, a winner!  Just as Chopin forever changed  the
  way people would play, listen, and compose music for the piano, OS/2 2.0 will
  forever  change  the  way  people  use  and  interact with a PC." INFORMATION
  RETRIEVAL COMPANIES, INC.

  "Without OS/2 2.0, I frequently found myself interrupting one PC  application
  to  start  up another.   Often I had to reboot the machine to get a different
  configuration to match a specific application's need.  No more!   Those  days
  are  over,  OS/2  can  do  it  all....   No more wasted time saving files and
  retrieving files.   No more stopping and  starting  applications.    No  more
  telling  people:  I  can't  do  it  right  now, come back later.   I can just
  smoothly transition my PC along with my thinking from one task to another.  I
  can do my own job better and faster.... OS/2 has fulfilled it's  promise.  It
  truly  handles  multiple  applications  in  multiple environments and does it
  well.   OS/2, Windows, DOS ---OS/2 can  do  it  all!"  LOYOLA  UNIVERSITY  IN
  CHICAGO - WALTER M. SLAZYK, LEAD SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER

  "The idea of packaging OS/2 2.0 with all the tools necessary to do everything
  from  spreadsheet  analysis  to  personal  time management is a big incentive
  where time and money is concerned.....  Some people may not use two  programs
  at the same time but once they see what can be accomplished with multitasking
  from  within  a  single  program  I  doubt  they will see an advantage to DOS
  afterwards....  I believe that OS/2 2.0 is a strong robust  operating  system
  that  does  not  only  need to installed on file servers or the highest power
  computers that corporate America has.  The home computer is becoming  32  bit
  and  with the utilities, games, and editors that are available under OS/2 2.0
  the home user could easily take advantage of the  installed  features.    The
  information  age  is  upon  us  and  OS/2  2.0 is a strong base upon which to
  build."   UNIVERSITY OF CA AT SANTA  BARBARA  -  BRUCE  WALLACE,  DEVELOPMENT
  ENGINEER

  "Workplace  Shell  is  fabulous.    I'm  constantly  amazed  at the number of
  powerful, easy to use features you've incorporated....   I  also  think  your
  implementation  of  DOS  and Windows is excellent.  Both are fast, stable and
  complete.  Windows applications work great and  DOS  applications  definitely
  run  better  on  OS/2 than on Windows....  I think IBM has got a winner here.
  2.0 is fast, stable, flexible and easy to use.  It runs great on my  1988  16
  MHz  clone  despite  the  old  BIOS.    And you've incorporated a lot of good
  customer suggestions.  I'm definitely sold.  Keep up the good work!"    MAYER
  BRYSON INVESTMENTS IN SAN FRANCISCO - ROBERT MAYER, PRESIDENT.

  "The  freedom  provided  by  being  able  to pop open a new session, grab the
  needed information and act upon it without disturbing  my  previous  work  is
  invaluable.  With OS/2 2.0 it does not matter if the data is on my local hard
  disk,  on  the  mainframe,  or  on one of our UNIX servers...  OS/2 2.0 truly
  integrates all of these disparate information  sources  into  the  PC  on  my
  desktop....  No more wasted time getting in and out of applications.  No more
  worries  about  the  system  crashing  when  one  more application is loaded.
  Office visits are shorter, more productive and spawn fewer drop by  later,  I
  can't  get  to  that  now results.   Overall it's just a better way to work."
  DAVID MATOCHA IN RICHMOND, TX

  "I have to say that it (OS/2 2.0) is the only serious multitasking  operating
  system  choice  for  desktop.    The  new  Workplace  Shell  is  powerful and
  configurable, and icons stay where you put them.  The system runs DOS  better
  than  DOS itself, allows for fast 32 bit programs and even runs uncooperative
  DOS shells (such as Windows) with no problem.  I can leave my workstation  on
  for  days without rebooting, and can debug large programs using DOS protected
  mode interface.  Nothing else even comes close.  It's a real operating system
  for everybody, not just servers, as some have claimed, and not just users who
  have only  perfect  applications,  as  all  the  task  switching  DOS  shells
  require....   Thanks for sticking with OS/2 and with all of us who believe in
  it."  MICRO MAGIC SYSTEMS IN BOLIVAR, MO - JERRY L.  MCKITTRICK, SR.  SYSTEMS
  PROGRAMMER

  "The  workplace shell ends the frustration of PC users who feel helpless with
  technology.  After a short introduction to the environment, a few examples of
  the context sensitive help feature, and the simplified logic of the workplace
  shell, I am certain empowered users are  right  around  the  corner.    I  am
  actually  looking  forward  to introducing people to a streamlined version of
  the already powerful desktop....  The icing on the cake for your product  (is
  that)  the  documentation  is  clear  and  concise.    You have made OS/2 2.0
  accessible to people that are not techies.  The casual home user market  will
  love it's simplicity and it makes it an all-around great and well thought-out
  product....    Everything to gain and nothing to lose. I thought there was no
  such thing as a free lunch.  I do not know how you did it but I want to thank
  you for the revolution of the PC world.  I guess if you want  something  done
  right  you  have  to do it yourself.   Now all you need to do is let everyone
  know, then they will feel the same way as I do - I can't  live  without  it!"
  CIGNA INSURANCE IN HARTFORD, CT - CHRISTINE MONARCHIE, LAN ADMINISTRATOR

  "OS/2 2.0 is a fantastic product and a much needed tool for knowledge workers
  everywhere....  The  Workplace  Shell is exceptional....   OS/2 provides real
  value....  A few more pluses for OS/2 2.0: the  product  documentation,  both
  online  and  hardcopy  is  superb....includes  a 3 frame Super person cartoon
  depicting  OS/2  2.0  vs.  Windows  Unrecoverable Application Error."   CIGNA
  INSURANCE, BLOOMFIELD, CT - DAVID A. PINARD, LEAD SYSTEMS DESIGNER

  "Compared to the dedicated single user software products that have become  so
  popular  under Windows, major new enterprise applications will all require an
  entirely new level of operating system support.... Multithreading  is  a  key
  OS/2  feature,  and  one  that  may  impress more than a few individual users
  because it increases the performance of application  software.....  The  most
  likeable  feature  of OS/2 2.0 for the individual user is the ability to keep
  what that user has now (DOS with Windows) while  adding  some  new  benefits,
  such  as performance, and the ability to try some new OS/2 specific software.
  Gain without taking a  loss...easy  to  accept.    OS/2  is  perceived  as  a
  potential  cure  to  many  ills  that  exist  in  the DOS Windows third party
  communications and database software solutions being attempted today....    I
  would like to suggest that you fight to characterize OS/2 as more than just a
  better  DOS  than  DOS, etc. Rather this is really a new generation operating
  system that goes far beyond DOS.  It is like the automobile compared  to  the
  horse  and buggy.   They both get you there, but can you really compare them?
  Although when  the  automobile  first  came  out  there  were  no  interstate
  highways,  there  are  today.    And we all know the value of the automobile.
  OS/2 is for the computing equivalent of the interstate  highway.    We  can't
  live  without  it,  but  that vision has not occurred to everyone."  CITIBANK
  (PRIVATE BANK DIVISION) IN VALHALLA, NY - DAVID H. JANSON

  "In a nutshell, it is Great!  Flexibility that will be available for  support
  and  testing  functions by being able to boot different configurations of DOS
  Windows concurrently......of great importance  is  the  ability  to  have  an
  advanced  level  LAN  Server with a Ring O Implementation.  That ability with
  the new cache optimization of 386HPFS and the ability  to  create  layers  of
  administrators with specific function really will give your network operating
  system  some  of  the  enhancements that have been severely lacking..... Most
  everyone who walks by and sees my desktop becomes  very  interested  in  when
  they can have this release on their machines."  GULF STATES UTILITIES COMPANY
  IN OCAUMONI, TX - DR. KAREN S. MCCONNELL, SCD., LAN TECHNICAL COORDINATOR

  "When  asked  what my impressions are with OS/2 2.0 I would have to say three
  things: Power, Reliability, and  Support....    People  now  have  choices...
  Choices  in  not  only  what people may run, but also how they run.  At last,
  there is an operating  system  in  which  power  complements  flexibility....
  Never  have  I  been in a program in which the company was so concerned about
  the product, not the release date.  Never have I been in a program  that  was
  designed to enhance and evolve as opposed to patch and move on.  Support does
  not  just  come after a product is released; it should start as soon as it is
  designed.   Intuitive  interfaces  (such  as  the  WPS),  compatibility  with
  existing standards (DOS, Windows, etc.) and knowledgeable help desk staff all
  contribute  to  a  well  supported product.   IBM's OS/2 2.0 has all of these
  features and more with a complement of services such as  Prodigy,  IBM  Link,
  National  Support,  and  those  great  SEs.....  OS/2 2.0 is not an operating
  system of  exceptions;  it  is  an  exceptional  operating  system.    Power,
  Reliability,  and Support---I say Push the Power!  Thank you for an operating
  system well done.  "  CA POLITECH STATE UNIVERSITY IN SAN LUIS OBISPO,  CA  -
  DAVID B, MASON, ASSISTANT SYSTEMS ANALYST

  "It  was amazing to see IBMCAD, several host login sessions, X-Windows, and a
  couple of PC DOS prompts all running at the same time....  It was a  pleasant
  surprise  to  find  that  nearly every DOS application I use works under OS/2
  without any fuss.  The Windows applications I tried under OS/2 worked without
  a hitch and ran as fast as they would under Microsoft Windows.   Even  though
  this  is  beta  code,  performance  is quite good.   In particular, switching
  between multiple DOS  applications  is  much  faster  under  OS/2  than  with
  Microsoft  Windows....    I finally realized I was hooked on OS/2 when I went
  back to PC-DOS and found myself saying, 'If I only  had  OS/2  I  could  open
  another  DOS  session  and...'  or  '...if  I had OS/2 running I could open a
  window to the RS/6000 or DEC VAX and....' Congratulations on a fine  product.
  It  has the potential to make the personal computer platform more usable than
  ever."  SMITH METER, INC. (A MOORCO CO.) IN ERIE, PA - BRAD HARRISON, SYSTEMS
  SOFTWARE ADMINISTRATOR

  "In my opinion IBM has successfully and aggressively  addressed  every  issue
  concerning  the  operating  environment choice.   It is competitively priced,
  runs 32-bit applications, it can also run DOS,  Windows,  and  existing  OS/2
  programs.    It is fault-tolerant, and the only true multitasking environment
  on the market.  I have seen no other product that can make those claims.   In
  my opinion, I would have to say IBM has lived up to their promise of offering
  a  better  DOS  than DOS, better Windows than Windows, and yes, believe it or
  not, a better OS/2 than OS/2."  WILLIAM STEPHENS IN SAN ANTONIO, TX.

  "There comes a time when a company should get excited  about  a  new  product
  that it has created.  Well, OS/2 2.0 is the product and 1992 will be the year
  to  be remembered.   IBM and OS/2 will the standard of the computer industry,
  the same as DOS was when it was introduced to personal computers  many  years
  ago.... OS/2 is a true state of the art technology and nothing like it exists
  on  the market today.  Anyone who is planning to purchase an operating system
  should, without hesitation, make OS/2 a viable  solution  to  their  computer
  needs.    OS/2 has the power and flexibility to fit into any environment from
  the base operating system to connectivity to a mainframe.  The platforms that
  it crosses with transparency are unbelievable.  I can't imagine what would be
  next from IBM."  CITY OF RICHMOND, PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT IN RICHMOND, VA -
  PATROLMAN BRIAN KATZ, NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR

  "I refuse to read lengthy documentation - I installed OS/2 along with Windows
  and Communications Manager without reading a single  book  --no  kidding--the
  on-line  documentation  is  all  you  need!  ...best  of all, I could finally
  utilize  the  big  model  57PC  I  bought,  running   multiple   applications
  concurrently,  DOS,  OS/2, and Windows together --- I deleted DOS and haven't
  used it since!"   STAR BANC CORPORATION  IN  CINCINNATI,  OHIO  -  ROBERT  W.
  ELBERFELD, VICE PRESIDENT, SERVICES.

  "Since  installing  OS/2,  I  have  been  able  to  significantly increase my
  productivity by taking  advantage  of  the  multitasking  and  multithreading
  capabilities  of  this  new operating system technology.  The transition from
  the 'other guys' operating  system  to  OS/2  was  a  very  smooth  and  cost
  effective  because OS/2 allowed me to continue to run applications which were
  designed to run in the 'other guys' operating system...  I have already  made
  the  choice  to use OS/2. OS/2 gives me the necessary platform to conduct the
  work which needs to be done today and also gives  me  room  to  grow  in  the
  future.    Release  your  computers  processing potential, free your machine,
  embrace  the future today with the operating system which will grow with you.
  OS/2 breaks the rules and makes up new ones."  MICHIGAN  CONSOLIDATED  GAS  -
  ROGER G. VINCENT

  "We  expect  our  applications  to  run on a variety of hardware and software
  platforms.  I am very impressed with the overall function of  OS/2  2.0.  The
  support  of  the DOS and Windows environments is also very good, almost every
  one of the programs running under those systems  came  up  immediately.    My
  overall  impression  with  OS/2 2.0 is excellent.   It is a good product with
  several very nice features.   I  would  recommend  it  without  reservation."
  FROSYTH  MEMORIAL  HOSPITAL  IN  WINSTON  SALEM,  NC.    -  KENNETH  WISEMAN,
  APPLICATIONS MANAGER

  "Once you let go of past systems and begin to concentrate on what you wish to
  accomplish and not on how to do it, the beauty of the Workplace Shell  begins
  to show through....  The multitasking performance of OS/2 2.0 is excellent...
  The  multitasking  capabilities of OS/2 allows a person to work with their PC
  in interrupt mode much the same way they normally  work  in  todays  business
  environment.    The  developers of OS/2 2.0 have created the operating system
  that we have been needing for a number of years.  They have done an excellent
  job and are to be commended." GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE CORPORATION  IN  SAVANNAH,
  GEORGIA - GREG CANADY, MANAGER OF TECHNICAL SUPPORT.

  "Why  be  content to run when you can fly?...  How could I ever clip my wings
  once I have experienced flight?...Well I cannot afford to be content  to  run
  in  the DOS world.  I must fly, otherwise I will never finish the race, never
  get my job done.  OS/2 2.0 seems to be the only way to fly.....    Finally  I
  will add that OS/2 2.0 is exciting; it lives up to it's promises and delivers
  even more."  JEFF LANGR IN WASHINGTON DC

  "OS/2  2.0  makes  two  significant  changes  in the way we interact with the
  computer.  First, the Workplace Shell removes many of the  anxieties  of  the
  end user who is uncomfortable with command lines and file structures....  The
  second,  and  more  significant change is OS/2's true multitasking ability...
  Perhaps in a few years multitasking under OS/2 will  be  like  the  microwave
  oven;  people  will  wonder  how  they ever got along without it.  Let's hope
  so....   My job  of  integrating  applications  and  devices  into  a  useful
  environment  just  got  a  lot  easier.    Most of all, OS/2 2.0 provides the
  stability and reliability for use in the corporate marketplace.    Trying  to
  describe  in  words  something as rich, complex, and unique as OS/2 2.0, I'll
  paraphrase an old saying: To those who have never experienced 2.0,  no  words
  will  suffice;  to  those  who  have,  no words are necessary." GARY RAGAN IN
  MERRITT ISLAND, FLORIDA

  "For the last several years  the  PC  industry's  hottest  keyword  has  been
  WYSIWYG...   With IBM's release of OS/2 2.0 the new key word is HYCAEIT: Have
  your cake and eat it too!....  The real beauty of the operating system is the
  ability  to  utilize  all  my  existing  DOS  and  Windows   applications....
  Congratulations  on  an  excellent  achievement.    If Dr. Martin Luther King
  hadn't already said, 'Free at last...I'm free at last,' I'd  be  shouting  it
  right now."  LEN WINKLER AT PLACERVILLE, CALIF.

  "I  started  pushing  OS/2 last year because I knew that DOS was too tired to
  handle what we needed.  I wanted to be able to format a disk while  I  worked
  on  a  spreadsheet or a document.  Now, I have a 32 bit operating system that
  works small miracles every time I open a folder.  If I am forced to use a DOS
  machine  now,  I  am constantly thinking of what also I could be doing at the
  same time with 2.0....  By the way, do you guys giggle like  I  do  when  you
  hear  someone  yet  again telling their woeful tale of setting up another DOS
  LAN requester?   "   HALLIBURTON SERVICES IN  HARVEY,  LA.    -  NICHOLAS  H.
  GARDINER, DISTRICT ENGINEER

  "Now,  WOW!!!!,  it  is  better  than  ever.    The  new  Workplace  Shell is
  terrific!... I also like the ability of running Windows applications  without
  the  need  of  purchasing  Windows.....once  again,  Hooray for OS/2. No more
  failures because some vendor didn't write clean  code,  and  it  crashed  the
  system....to  sum  it  up,  I  guess  I really have to say that it looks like
  you've got yourselves a winner with OS/2  2.0.  I  can't  wait  to  see  what
  wonderful things you put into the next release."  SOUTHLAND LIFE OF GEORGIA -
  STEVEN T. FRANCIS

  "One  of  the  key  benefits  that OS/2 has shown me so far is the ability to
  enable access to these various  platforms  on  a  single  workstation.    Our
  application  support  folks  often  need simultaneous access to 3270 and 5250
  emulation sessions, as well  as  their  PC  based  applications.    No  other
  operating  system  or  environment  currently  supports  this  need....   The
  combination  of  OS/2  base  code  and  extended  services  provides   unique
  possibilities   that   weren't   even   considered   before   with  DOS-based
  systems....there are two crucial factors in the acceptance of OS/2...  First,
  and rightly so is stability.   The  second  key  factor  which  is  a  smooth
  migration  path  from  the  previous  operating  system....    OS/2 2.0 is an
  excellent step in the right direction.  I now feel comfortable in  suggesting
  this  product  to  my  end  users.   This product does not waste our previous
  investment in DOS software, yet it offers an exceptionally better future with
  GUI and multithreaded applications.  The SEs who service my account are truly
  impressed  with  this  product  and  believe  in  it's  capabilities.    That
  enthusiasm  certainly  helps  me  feel  comfortable  with  my  own purchasing
  decisions....   It's been quite a  while  since  I  experienced  the  joy  of
  exploring  my  computer  as a new toy.  OS/2 is a technical marvel, and I can
  truly appreciate the skills required to write such code.   My hat is  off  to
  your  developers,  and  my  thumb  is waving at those who have said IBM can't
  write good code.   "   SUNTRUST SERVICE CORPORATION  IN  ORLANDO,  FLORIDA  -
  WILLIAM R. BEEM, PC SUPPORT MANAGER

  "OS/2  2.0  is  an  incredibly  innovative  operating  system for 80386 based
  personal computer systems.  To paraphrase an old television commercial,  'Try
  It...you'll  like  it,' is how I tell folks to try the new OS/2 2.0 Workplace
  Shell. Everyone I've demonstrated the Workplace Shell to  has  been  just  as
  impressed  with  it as I am....  What's really great about OS/2 2.0 is that I
  can be developing  a  Windows  database  application  with  Objectvision  for
  Windows, indexing the new documentation for the application with DeScribe for
  OS/2 and communicating with the company mainframe with IRMA for DOS.  And I'm
  doing  all  of  this  real  work and communicating at the same time.  This is
  great!....  OS/2 2.0 creates a more productive desktop at my office and makes
  my work at home more productive and fun too!  OS/2 2.0 really puts incredible
  power at your command at home and in the office.    I'm  looking  forward  to
  getting  my  shrink  wrapped GA copy ASAP.....   I would like to see OS/2 2.0
  installed on every personal computer system that IBM  sells!"    HIGH  PLAINS
  BAPTIST  HOSPITAL  IN  AMARILLO,  TEXAS  -  GLENN  R.  BOUDREAUX, SR. SYSTEMS
  PROGRAMMER

  "I  love  OS/2.....    I  love OS/2....   I love OS/2.... I am walking around
  saying I love OS/2 and now I really mean it!" US NAVY AT CAPE CANAVERAL, FL -
  SR. CHIEF WILLIAM NEAL PORTER III, NAVAL ORDINANCE TEST UNIT

  "OS/2 2.0 is like a shade tree in a thirsty  land.    What's  the  difference
  between OS/2 2.0 and Windows?  OS/2 2.0 is software and windows is shelfware.
  Keep  Windows  3.0.  Use  the documentation as bookends and the diskettes for
  scratch diskettes.  "  BURLINGTON NORTHERN RAILROAD, PAUL MARTIN

  "I find myself unconsciously adopting an air of smug superiority  whenever  I
  talk  to  DOS  or Windows users containing our different OS Platforms... OS/2
  provides preemptive multitasking even on the 80286 platforms.... under  OS/2,
  programs  can  be  interrupted  by the system, under Windows a program has to
  release it's control so other programs can run.....  For software  developers
  in  a  PC  environment,  OS/2  is  almost  a  necessity.    Some  people have
  recommended OS/2 for only server applications, but it's value  is  much  more
  pronounced  in a user environment.  I now depend on the ability to easily and
  conveniently interrupt what I'm  doing  without  losing  the  context  of  my
  work......    Compared  to  Windows  3.x,  OS/2  offers  better  performance,
  integrity, and reliability.   It more  fully  exploits  the  capabilities  of
  modern  hardware  and  provides  an  advanced  operating system with the most
  compatibility to DOS in the marketplace.  Our group of testers cannot wait to
  get their  hands  on  the  generally  available  product  and  all  share  my
  enthusiasm  for  the  system."    MARTIN MARIETTA ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. IN OAK
  RIDGE, TN - BROOKS MCNEELY, DATABASE & SYSTEMS INTEGRATION SPECIALIST.

  "I have come to the conclusion that OS/2 2.0 is like a McDonalds Combo  Value
  Meal....    A  McDonalds  Combo Value Meal is made up of three Great American
  fast food staples:  a Big Mac, large fries, and a medium Coke.  All for  just
  $  2.99;  great  food  for a great price.  OS/2 2.0 is made up of three great
  products from every PC users wish list; a powerful  32  bit,  non-preemptive,
  multi-tasking  operating  system  (Big Mac), a desktop shell/manager that has
  the best of Mac and Windows (Large Fries), and full upward  compatibility  to
  run  anything ever written for DOS, Windows, and OS/2 1.X (Medium Coke).  All
  for just $99.00; great operating system for a great price.  With OS/2 2.0 you
  don't have to buy any extras and actually the desktop manager is even  better
  than  large fries or Norton Desktop for Windows or a Mac(intosh)... Many fast
  food chains have tried to imitate McDonalds,  but  McDonalds'  commitment  to
  giving  the  customer what they want, a quality product for a fair price, has
  kept them number one.  You have the chance to be number one with OS/2 2.0. Go
  for it!"  UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN IN ANN ARBOR - KURT RICHARDSON OF UNIVERSITY
  INFORMATION SYSTEMS

  "I was able to install the OS/2 2.0 operating system, the developers kit,  my
  favorite DOS applications, and a 10-megabyte swap partition on an 89 megabyte
  hard drive, with enough disk space left for my program development work.  Try
  doing  that  with UNIX!   I believe OS/2 2.0 will define the current state of
  the art in operating systems and overall  computing  capabilities  for  users
  running  386/486  class  computers....    I  believe that OS/2 is destined to
  become one of the most, if not the most, successful operating systems of  the
  90s.  It is good to see operating system software take a step forward and get
  into  sync  with  current  hardware."    JEFFREY S. KILGORE, COMPUTER USER IN
  GEORGETOWN, TEXAS.

  "I  can  run my favorite PM applications and my favorite Window applications,
  as well as those special character-based DOS and OS/2 applications I can't do
  without....all at the same time.  I have found OS/2 2.0 fulfills every need I
  have in an operating system and then some.  It is truly my  window  into  our
  enterprise  computing  environment."    CITY  OF TACOMA, TACOMA, WASHINGTON -
  BRIAN M. DAVELAAR, SR. TECHNICAL ANALYST

  "I can build a personal platform from which I can use  the  appropriate  tool
  for  the  appropriate task.  Most of all, being able to run a DOS task in the
  background will free me from having to give my PC entirely  over  to  one  of
  those  tasks.   I'll now be able to continue working on something else, while
  the DOS task executes on it's Virtual Machine.  I love it!  Other substantial
  improvements include  the  master  help  index,  the  ease  of  installation,
  selection  of  print  drivers,  the  Seek  and Scan files, and the ability to
  create folders for organizing objects.  Even the improved ability to  control
  screen  colors and backgrounds helps make the environment one in which I feel
  most comfortable and (most of all) productive.  I feel like I'm living in the
  future."  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE IN MINNEAPOLIS - WALT CYGAN

  "I'm sold!  I didn't think I'd be saying this, but I'm a believer.    I  have
  become  so  callous  towards the empty claims of software vendors that I flat
  out refuse to even  hope  for  a  feature  until  I've  tried  it  myself....
  Congratulations  for  doing it right....  We believe this type of environment
  improves productivity and lowers training costs, so we began the move to GUIs
  almost two years ago...   You have delivered on  your  promise,  given  us  a
  migration path that makes sense, and because of it the entire computing world
  will  come  knocking  at  your  door  (not window).   Thanks!"   NORTHWESTERN
  NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE - JERRY WALKER, SENIOR ANALYST

  "The features of OS/2 2.0 make it a real winner for use at home as well as in
  my department...  At the office the multitasking features  make  it  a  great
  tool for our operators and technical support personnel, since they are always
  being interrupted and keep many things going at once.  With Extended Services
  they  keep  active sessions to the ES/9000, AS/400, and the RS/6000 going all
  the time.....  For home use, OS/2 2.0 has the wonderful dual  personality  of
  being more powerful than DOS or Windows, but at the same time being easier to
  use.    The  backward  compatibility is a tremendous benefit, allowing use of
  virtually all the programs we  have  now  with  the  potential  for  enhanced
  applications  that take advantage of the advanced features of the new system.
  I'm already looking forward to replacing Word for Windows with DeScribe as my
  word processor."   SCHOOL BOARD OF ALACHUA  COUNTY,  GAINESVILLE,  FLORIDA  -
  DANIEL H. CROMER, JR., MANAGER OF SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING

  "OS/2  2.0  provides  the most user-friendly environment for the PC platform.
  OS/2 2.0 gives the DOS and/or Windows user a no-loss upgrade to a  friendlier
  and  more  powerful system with minimal pain.  Within an hour or two of first
  sitting down with OS/2 2.0, he/she can be  significantly  more  productive...
  OS/2's excellent support of DOS, Windows and existing OS/2 applications, with
  protection  of  the  system  and each process from each other, makes OS/2 the
  most integrating operating system available on any computer platform.  It  is
  an  excellent  choice  for  the  novice  end  user,  the  power user, and the
  DOS/Windows/OS/2 programmer."  PSI COMP SOFTWARE, INC.  IN  SALT  LAKE  CITY,
  UTAH - BILL HARRIS (CONSULTING AT UTAH DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY.)

  "OS/2  will  bridge the chasm between PCs and TRUE individual exploitation of
  the power of information technology.  Up until now, we've only  been  led  to
  believe  that it's been done...... OS/2 has demonstrated how my investment in
  textual applications can be stretched further and at the same  time,  it  has
  also  let  me  experience  the  thrill of new graphical tools.  My palette of
  tools is now much broader than I had ever imagined  and  my  productivity  is
  greater  than ever.   OS/2 will remove existing constraints and bring new and
  even more powerful tools to my desktop...  What excitement the  future  holds
  for  us  with a new foundation of OS/2!  I'm thrilled with the opportunity to
  explore OS/2 and guide my company into the future with OS/2 as the catalyst."
  TALBOTS IN TAMPA, FLORIDA - DAVID A. NAGY, DIRECTOR, TECHNICAL SERVICES


  • OS2-2DOC.ZIP [OS2 Beta 6.167 Docs]

6167DOCS.LST

   This is a listing of the documents that can be found on this diskette.

   OVER6167.DOC    Overview of the 6.167 version of IBM 32 Bit OS/2
         
   INST6167.DOC    Installation instructions and list of restrictions for
                   IBM 32 Bit OS/2 internal driver level 6.167
    
   READ6167.DOC    Read me first file for IBM 32 Bit OS/2 driver 6.167
    
   VMBOOT.DOC      Paper discussing the Virtual Machine boot function of
                   IBM 32 Bit OS/2 
      
   V2-WIN.DOC      Information on running Windows applications under IBM 32
                   Bit OS/2.
       
   ESLS6167.DOC    Installation instructions and list of restrictions when using
                   Extended Services/2 (version 246) and LAN Services 2.0 (version
                   281) with IBM 32 Bit OS/2 driver 6.167.
       
   INDBC167.DOC    Installation instructions and restrictions for use with IBM
                   Extended Services/2 Database Manager Client feature.      �

ESLS6167.DOC















                                                    Restrictions and Installation Instructions for

                                    IBM Extended Services for OS/2 (Driver Level S1A246)

                                                                                                            and
                                                 IBM OS/2 LAN Server V2.0 (Driver Level 281)

                                                                                                              on

                                        IBM OS/2 Standard Edition V2.0 (Driver Level 6.167)









                                                      October 18, 1991 2:16 p.m.








          IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 & OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver
                                                                  6.167





        This document contains information of a proprietary nature. ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED
        HEREIN SHALL BE KEPT IN CONFIDENCE. None of this information herein shall be divulged to
        persons other than IBM employees authorized by the nature of their duties to receive such information, or

        individuals or organizations who are authorized in writing in accordance with existing policy regarding release
        of company information. This material, if exported from the United States, is shipped under General

        License GTDR.














                                                    Restrictions and Installation Instructions for

                                    IBM Extended Services for OS/2 (Driver Level S1A246)

                                                                                                            and
                                                 IBM OS/2 LAN Server V2.0 (Driver Level 281)

                                                                                                              on

                                        IBM OS/2 Standard Edition V2.0 (Driver Level 6.167)









                                                      October 18, 1991 2:16 p.m.








          IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 & OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver
                                                                  6.167

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 ii OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   Contents


                      1.0 Introduction                 . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . .       1


                      2.0 System Requirements and Performance ............... . . . . . . .                              3
                      2.1 Memory and Fixed-Disk.Requirements . . . . . . . .............                              3

                      2.2 Extended Services.Performance. ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                4
                      2.3 LAN Server/Requester.Performance. ........... . . . . . . . . . .                              4


                      3.0 New and Enhanced.Function ... . . . . . . . . . ......... . . . . . .                                6
                      3.1 New and Enhanced Function in Communications Manager .. . . . . . . . .          6
                      3.2 New and Enhanced Function in Database Manager ............ . .                      7

                      3.3 New and Enhanced Function in.LAN.Server 2.0 . . ........... .                          8

                      4.0 Quick Glance - Fixes in this.Driver ....... . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . .                        10

                      4.1 Fixes in Communications.Manager. . . ....... . . . . . . . . . .. .                           10
                      4.2 Fixes in Database Manager ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                16

                      4.3 Fixes in LAN Services. . . . . . ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                19

                      5.0 Restrictions                 . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  .      20

                      5.1 General Restrictions               . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . .      20
                      5.2 Extended Services Restrictions. . . . . . . ............. . . . . . .                                20
                      5.3 Communications Manager.Restrictions . ............. . . . . . .                              21

                      5.4 Database Manager Restrictions. . . . . . . ............. . . . . .                               25
                      5.5 LAN Server Version 2.0 Hardware.Restrictions ... . . . . . .   . . . . . .              28

                      5.6 LAN Server Version 2.0 Server.Restrictions ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .                 29
                      5.7 LAN Server Version 2.0 Requester Restrictions. . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . .            34
                      5.8 LAN Server Version 2.0 Publications Restrictions. . . . . . . . .  . . . . .           37


                      6.0 Extended Services Installation. . . . . . . ............. . . . . . .                                38
                      6.1 Before You Install Extended.Services ..... . . . . . ......... . .                              38

                      6.2 Extended Services Installation Concepts. . . . . . . . .......... . .                         40
                      6.3 Basic Configuration Services (BCS) ............... . . . . . . . .                               41
                      6.4 Advanced Installation               . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . .      43

                      6.5 Custom Installation                . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . .     44
                      6.6 Applying Patches to the Installed System. . . . . . . . ........ . . .                       44


                      7.0 Installing Communications Manager ............... . . . . . . . .                               47
                      7.1 Before You Install Communications Manager .................                             47

                      7.2 Installation Instructions for Communications Manager .... . . . . . . .             49
                      7.3 Re-installation of Communications Manager .................                             52
                      7.4 Communications Manager Installation Notes .................                             52

                      7.5 ROP Service and SPA Router Installation.Instructions ....  . . . . . .              53

                      8.0 Installing Database Manager ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                               55

                      8.1 Before You Install Database Manager ............... . . . . . .                              55
                      8.2 Database Manager Installation Examples. . . . . . . . ........ . . .                       56


                      9.0 Installing OS/2 LAN.Requester. . ......... . . . ... . . . . . . .                               65
                      9.1 Basic Installation for OS/2 LAN Requester ................. .                              65



                                                      Contents                             ii

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 iii OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      9.2 Advanced Installation for OS/2 LAN Requester .............. .                         65
                      9.3 Reinstalling, Reconfiguring.or Removing. . ........... . . . . .                            65


                      10.0 Installing OS/2.LAN.Server . . ....... . . . . . . ... . . . . . . .                               66

                      10.1 Basic Installation for OS/2 LAN Server. . . . . . . . .......... . .                         66
                      10.2 Advanced Installation for OS/2.LAN.Server ..... . ....... . .                           66
                      10.3 LAN Server 1.3 Migration Utility ............... . . . . . . . .                               66


                      11.0 Installing IBM LAN Support Program and.DOS.LAN.Requester   .  .         67
                      11.1 Installing the IBM LAN Support.Program, V.1.21. ........ . . .                     67

                      11.2 Installing DOS LAN.Requester. . ......... . . . ... . . . . . .                              67

                      Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration . . . . . . . . ............ .                           69

                      A.1 Overview                  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . .      69
                      A.2 Advanced Configuration for 5250. ............. . . . . . . . . . .                              70

                      A.3 Advanced Configuration for 3270.Over Token-Ring. ........ . . .                     76
                      A.4 Advanced Configuration for 3270.Gateway. . . . ....... . . .     . . .                   79


                      Appendix B. EHLLAPI Virtual Device.Driver (VDD) ... . . . . . .   . . . .             83
                      B.1 Overview                  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . .      83
                      B.2 Installation                 . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  .      83

                      B.3 Usage                   . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . .      84
                      B.4 Compatability (With Personal Communications 3270.2.0)  . . . . . .  . .        84


                      Appendix C. Communications Manager Stop.API. ........... . . .    .                       89
                      C.1 Overview and Usage ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                89






































                                                      Contents                            iii

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 1 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   1.0   Introduction


                      This document provides the basic installation instructions for the IBM Extended
                      Services for OS/2 (Extended Services) and LAN Server (LS) V2.0 driver. For

                      additional information on installing these products, please refer to the Workstation
                      Install Guide publication for Extended Services and the LAN 2.0 Network

                      Administrator Reference Volume 1 publication for LS.

                      The Extended Services and LAN Server V2.0 driver consists of: ( 3 1/2" format):

                         - 8 Extended Services diskettes
                         - 2 patch diskettes
                         - 2 OS/2 LAN Server V2.0 diskettes

                         - 3 OS/2 LAN Requester V2.0 diskettes
                         - 1 OS/2 LAN Network Device Drivers diskette
                         - 1 OS/2 LAN Migration Utility V1.3 diskette

                         - 3 DOS LAN Requester diskettes
                         - 1 PC LAN Support Program diskette


                      The patch diskettes contain patches for Extended Services.

      #               Note:


      #               OS/2 LAN Server driver 281 and Alternate Diskette 1 for Extended Services driver
      #               S1A246 are required for use with SE 2.0 driver 6.167. The Alternate Diskette 1 for
      #               Extended Services must be used as a replacement for the Diskette 1 in the original

      #               Extended Services driver S1A246. This Alternate Diskette 1 must be used during
      #               initial Extended Services installation.


                      The entire Extended Services installation procedure starts with Diskette 1 of the
                      Extended Services diskettes. You will be guided to insert program diskettes 1

                      through n, depending on your system requirements. The CONFIG.SYS file is
                      updated automatically during the Extended Services installation process.


                      The installation of OS/2 Communications Manager, OS/2 Database Manager and
                      OS/2 LAN Server assumes that you have already installed the appropriate OS/2

                      base operating system, or that you already have EE 1.30.1 installed.

                      For a 16-bit base, SE V1.3 manufacturing refresh 1.30.1 is required. For a 32-bit

                      base, SE V2.0 driver level 6.167 is required.

      #                  NOTE

      #                Although, these drivers will run on either a SE 16-bit base or a 32-bit base, this

      #                document was primarily written from a 32-bit installation and execution
      #                perspective. Thus, there may be slight differences when running in a 16-bit

      #                environment.



      #               Throughout this document, a revision code of # in the left margin denotes changes
      #               from the previous Restrictions and Installation document for Extended Services and
      #               OS/2 LAN Server running on SE 2.0 level 6.605.



                                                    Introduction                              1

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 2 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167













































































                                                    Introduction                              2

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 3 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   2.0   System Requirements and Performance


                      The following sections identify performance characteristics of these drivers.



                2.1  Memory and Fixed-Disk Requirements

                                             NOTE: THIS INFORMATION ONLY PERTAINS TO THESE DRIVERS, AND

                                                    IS SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT CHANGE IN THE FUTURE!

                      For OS/2 Standard Edition V 1.30.1, a base partition of 20MB is needed. This

                      partition must hold this SE base, swappper.dat file, and the Extended Services and
                      LAN Server V2.0 files that are installed in the boot partition.


      #               For OS/2 Standard Edition 2.0, the base partition should be no smaller than 40MB.
      #               This is to contain both the SE base and the common files used by Extended

      #               Services and LAN Server (files that are always installed in the boot partition), and
      #               to give some room for future expansion.


      #               In addition to the disk space required for the appropriate Standard Edition base, the
      #               minimum disk space used by Extended Services or LAN Server is 12MB. However,
      #               depending on the Extended Services and LAN Server features that are actually

      #               configured and installed, up to 32MB of disk space may be used by Extended
      #               Services and LS.


                      The memory requirements of the OS/2 base operating system depend upon which
                      version of the operating system is used and which features of the OS/2 base system

                      are concurrently used. The MINIMUM memory requirement for the OS/2 SE
                      Version 1.30.1 product is 2 MB. The MINIMUM memory requirement for OS/2
                      SE Version 2.0 is 4 MB.


                      For these drivers, the minimum RAM for Extended Services or LAN Server, in
                      ADDITION to the base operating system requirement, is 1MB.


                      In addition to the memory required by the base operating system, Extended Services

                      and LAN Server, the user should allow additional memory to be used by whatever
                      user applications that are concurrently executed. In general terms, small OS/2
                      applications (for example, WordPerfect or Excel) typically require about 1 MB of

                      memory while large OS/2 applications (for example, DeScribe or Lotus 123/G) need
                      2-3 MB of memory.


                      We continue to work to improve the disk and memory usage of the SE, Extended
                      Services, and LS products. The numbers above may not reflect the actual disk and

                      memory requirements of the final product.

                      These drivers are NOT suitable to be used as a benchmarking platform.

                      Performance improvements continue to be made and the performance of this early
                      code may not represent the performance of the final product.






                                        System Requirements and Performance                                   3

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 4 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      More complete information regarding the disk and memory requirements for
                      Extended Services, LAN Server, and OS/2 SE Version 2.0 will be made available at

                      general availability.



                2.2  Extended Services Performance

                      Performance evaluation is ongoing; and performance is expected to improve over

                      time. This level of code, however, may not accurately represent, in your
                      environment, the performance of the final product. It is therefore
                      RECOMMENDED that this level of code NOT be used for performance

                      benchmarking and evaluation.



                2.3  LAN Server/Requester Performance



              2.3.1  Performance Considerations
                      When using this driver of LS 2.0, you may notice very significant improvements or

                      some degradation from LS 1.3 depending on your particular environment and/or
                      application. Some of these situations are described below. For the environments in

                      which OS/2 1.3 requesters are upgraded to OS/2 2.0, the descriptions assume
                      sufficient memory in the requesters to avoid swapping during application execution.

                      Note:  We recommend that you do not use this driver level of code for performance
                      benchmarking or evaluation.


            Environment 1
                      Upgrading LS 1.3 servers to LS 2.0 but not upgrading the requester's operating

                      system from OS/2 1.3 to 2.0. Also includes DLR requesters with or without upgrade
                      to DLR 2.0.


                        LS 2.0 Advanced Version

              ?         LS 2.0 Advanced performs up to 2 times faster than LS 1.3 for most HPFS file
                        I/O operations, including application loading, for both DLR and OS/2

                        requesters. The result is both shorter response times seen by the user and greater
                        throughput capacity of the server.


                        LS 2.0 Entry Version

              ?         The performance will be about the same as LS 1.3.


            Environment 2

                      Upgrading OS/2 requesters to OS/2 2.0 but not upgrading the server to LS 2.0 from
                      LS 1.3.


                        Application Loading Across LAN:  Currently, OS/2 2.0 application load times
                      across the LAN are slower than when using OS/2 1.3 as the requester operating

                      system. This is related to OS/2 2.0 loader performance. Application loading from
                      the DOS session is about the same as OS/2 1.3.





                                        System Requirements and Performance                                   4

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 5 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                        File I/O Performance Across LAN:  OS/2 file I/O performance is slightly slower
                      with OS/2 2.0 than 1.3 but is not perceivable in many environments. This is a

                      known problem and improvements will be made. DOS session I/O performance of
                      OS/2 2.0 has noticeably improved performance over 1.3 for many types of I/O

                      operations.

            Environment 3

                      Upgrading OS/2 requesters with OS/2 2.0 and also upgrading LS 1.3 servers with LS
                      2.0.


                        LS 2.0 Advanced Version

              ?         Performance will be similar to that of the Environment 1 Advanced version but
                        OS/2 application loading will be somewhat slower.


                        LS 2.0 Entry Version

              ?         The performance will be about the same as LS 1.3.


















































                                        System Requirements and Performance                                   5

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 6 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   3.0   New and Enhanced Function


                      The following sections identify the function available in this driver.



                3.1  New and Enhanced Function in Communications Manager


                      Following is a list of the new or enhanced functions that will be available in this
                      driver for Extended Services Communications Manager. This list is NOT intended
                      to include ALL functions that will be available in the final product.



                         Note

                       Please be aware that there may be restrictions/limitations that apply to some of

                       these functions for this driver. Please BE SURE to refer to 5.3,
                       﨏ommunications Manager Restrictions?on page 21 for information about

                       these restrictions.


              ?
                         Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN) Support

              ?         Modification of the LAN Transport layer to improve performance across
                        supported LANS

              ?         Enabling support for industry standard NDIS interface

              ?         Programmable Configuration allowing REXX interface to the configuration file

              ?         3174 Peer Communication enabling

              ?         EHLLAPI extensions including multiple simultaneous application access and

                        support for structured fields low level verbs

              ?         ACDI extension allowing API to re-direct ACDI output (in addition to
                        command line)

              ?         370 Netview Remote Operations allow OS/2 commands from the Netview

                        operator, REXX, and CLIST
              ?
                         New LU pooling algorithm to allocate session when requested, not as
                        configured

              ?         Persistent Verification: reduced ID exchanges for LU6.2 (W/S to host)

              ?         File Transfer support for long file names

              ?         3270 Jump key

              ?         Optionally installable Communications Manager Utilities

              ?         Configuration File Manager to simplify the administration of configuration files

              ?         Increased number of workstations for SNA Gateway support

              ?         5250 in a PM text window as default

              ?         Migration path from EE 1.30.1




                                             New and Enhanced Function                                6

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 7 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




              ?         Auto-reactivate DLC after adapter failure

              ?         REXX EHLLAPI interface (for information, see RXHLLAPI.DOC in
                        \CMLIB)

              ?
                         DOS session interface to EHLLAPI (for information, see Appendix)

              ?         CM Stop API (for information, see Appendix)

              ?         Command line upgrade function for upgrading configuration files



                3.2  New and Enhanced Function in Database Manager

                      Following is a list of the new or enhanced functions for Extended Services for OS/2
                      Database Manager that are available in this driver. The list is NOT intended to

                      include ALL functions that will be available in the final product.


                         Note

                       Please be aware that there may be restrictions/limitations that apply to some of
                       these functions for this driver. Please BE SURE to refer to 5.4, 﨑atabase
                       Manager Restrictions?on page 25 for information about these restrictions.



              ?         Roll Forward Recovery (except for User Exits)

              ?
                         DOS Windows Client Support
              ?
                         Database Manageability Tools

                        ?Configuration Tool

                        ?Recovery Tool

                        ?Directory Tool

              ?         Database Manager Command Line Interface

              ?         Protocols for Extended Services

                        ?Database server support for Extended Services clients using NETBIOS,
                          APPC and APPN protocols

                        ?Database server support for EE 1.2/1.3 OS/2 clients using SQLLOO

              ?         Reliability, Availability, Serviceability and Trace


                        ?Independent Trace Facility (ITF)

                        ?First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) support

              ?         Translate Function

              ?         SQLSTATE

              ?         User Defined Collate Sequence

              ?         Database Client with Local Databases

              ?         Standards Compliance: SAA and MIA

                        ?SQL Date/Time/Timestamp Arithmetic



                                             New and Enhanced Function                                7

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 8 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                        ?Packages

                        ?Multivendor Integration Architecture (MIA) Version 1 implementation




              3.2.1  Design Changes from Previous Database Manager Releases
                      Please note that the following design changes have been made to Database Manager

                      in IBM Extended Services for OS/2

              ?         You cannot create a database on a diskette, except on a Standalone Database
                        Manager workstation.

              ?         APPC/APPN will NOT issue a STARTDBM (as APPC formerly did with EE
                        1.3). You must issue a STARTDBM at the database server before any database

                        clients can connect to a database.





                3.3  New and Enhanced Function in LAN Server 2.0

                      Following is a list of the new or enhanced functions for OS/2 LAN Server 2.0 that
                      are available in this driver. The list is NOT intended to include ALL functions that
                      will be available in the final product.


                         Note

                       Please be aware that there may be restrictions/limitations that apply to some of
                       these functions for this driver. Please BE SURE to refer to 5.6, 﨤AN Server

                       Version 2.0 Server Restrictions?on page 29 and 5.7, 﨤AN Server Version 2.0
                       Requester Restrictions?on page 34 for information about these restrictions.



                      Reorganized/Improved Publications


                      PM Hypertext Based OnLine Reference


                      PM Based Graphical Install

                      386 High-Performance File System


                      Local Security for 386 HPFS


                      Fault Tolerance

              ?         UPS Support
              ?         Disk Mirroring and Duplexing


                      Support for Multiple LAN Adapters


                      NDIS Support - (Network Device Interface Specifications)


                      IBM Token Ring Busmaster/A Support

                      Remote IPL Enhancements



                                             New and Enhanced Function                                8

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 9 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




              ?         Remote IPL of DOS or 1.3 OS/2 Workstations
              ?         Ethernet (DOS and OS/2 1.3 Requesters)


                      DOS LAN Requester Enhancements

              ?         Enhanced Windows 3.0 Support
              ?
                         DBCS Command Line Support
              ?         DBCS Printer Support
              ?         DOS 5.0 Compatibilty


                      Operator Priveleges


                      Time Source Service


                      Logon Enhancements
              ?
                         Fault Tolerant Logon Capability
              ?         Backup Logon
              ?         Logon From Multiple Workstations


                      Generic Alerter Service


                      First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2)


                      LAN Over Coax








































                                             New and Enhanced Function                                9

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 10 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   4.0   Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver


                      The following sections identify fixes (to previous driver restrictions) that have been
                      incorporated into this driver.




                4.1  Fixes in Communications Manager

              ?          INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION

                           FIXED

                         If you are installing IBM Extended Services for OS/2 with the SE 2.0
                         operating system, you must take the following step after installing SE 2.0

                         and before installing IBM Extended Services for OS/2. You should copy the
                         file ABIOS.SYS from the \OS2 directory to the root directory of the logical
                         drive on which OS/2 is installed.



                           FIXED

                         If you plan to install Communications Manager through Advanced
                         Installation with the default configuration file ACSCFG.CFG, you MUST

                         select BOTH ACSCFG and ACSCFGUS from the Default Configuration
                         File menu during initial installation. If you select only ACSCFG,
                         installation will fail.



                           FIXED

                         If you have the Networking Services/2 product installed on your workstation
                         and you are planning to install IBM Extended Services for OS/2 on that

                         workstation with Standard Edition version 1.3 at the refresh level 1.30.1, you
                         should reformat your partition during the installation of Standard Edition.


                           FIXED

                         Basic Configuration Services should not be used to create a 5250 WSF

                         configuration file during initial installation. Instead, Advanced Installation
                         should be used to install a User Defined 5250 configuration file.



                           FIXED

                         The Install/Remove function to Remove Communications Manager (CM)
                         may not remove all the Communications Manager files from the system.


                           RESTRICTION

                         An initial IBM Extended Services for OS/2 installation using A:ESINST

                         cannot be followed by a second A:ESINST without reformatting and
                         reinstalling the base operating system. If additional features need to be

                         installed after the initial installation, the REINST command should be used.




                                         Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver                                    10

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 11 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                           FIXED

                         After verifying a configuration file, you may see the following message in the

                         message log even though the configuration file verified without errors. This
                         message should be ignored.

                         The Communications Manager configuration does not start the SNA
                         support. Change and re-verify the Communications Manager configuration.



                           RESTRICTION

                         After you complete steps for installation of Communications Manager, you
                         are instructed to stop active features and press CTRL-ALT-DEL to reboot

                         the system. Instead of pressing CTRL-ALT-DEL, you should use the
                         DESKTOP Shutdown to stop the system if you have formatted your
                         hardfile using the High Performance File System (HPFS).



              ?         INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF CM WITH LAN SERVER (LS)

                           RESTRICTION

                         If you are planning to use both IBM Extended Services for OS/2 and LS,
                         you should install IBM Extended Services for OS/2 FIRST. When you

                         install Extended Services, you should select to install the LAN Adapter and
                         Protocol Support from Additional Features in Communications Manager
                         Advanced Installation (if it is not already installed based on a configuration

                         file you have selected).


                           FIXED

                         A NET START REQUESTER may fail if a NETBIOS application is

                         started at the same time. If this occurs, you should restart the requester.


              ?         CUSTOM BUILD AND CUSTOM INSTALLATION

                           FIXED

                         Limited testing has been done with the Custom build and custom
                         installation feature.



                           FIXED

                         Custom build and custom installation should not be used for a configuration
                         file containing ACDI parameters.



                           FIXED

                         Custom build and custom installation should not be used for configurations
                         containing APPC/APPN parameters.









                                         Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver                                    11

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 12 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                           FIXED

                         Custom build and custom installation does not function correctly to install

                         LAN for a configuration file with ACDI redirection.

                         After a custom build and custom installation, the Basic Configuratio n
                         Services (ESCFG command) is not accessible.


              ?          PROGRAMMABLE CONFIGURATION


                           FIXED

                         The APPN feature of Programmable Configuration is not functioning in this
                         driver and should not be used.


              ?         CONFIGURATION UPGRADE

                           FIXED


                         Limited testing has been done with the Configuration Upgrade and
                         installation with pre-existing Extended Edition configuration files to be
                         upgraded. Upgrade of Extended Edition 1.2 or 1.3 configuration files for

                         3270 or ASYNC should work correctly. You should not attempt to upgrade
                         a configuration file which contains combinations of other features with 3270
                         or ASYNC.



                           FIXED

                         Configuration Upgrade should not be used to upgrade EE 1.0 and EE 1.1
                         configuration files. For this first driver, advanced configuration should be

                         used to build the files rather than upgrading from the old EE 1.0 or 1.1 file.


                           FIXED

                         Communications Manager configuration files containing Database Remote
                         Data Services features cannot be upgraded.



                           FIXED

                         Communications Manager configuration files containing LAN Requester
                         cannot be upgraded.



                           FIXED

                         An Extended Edition 1.2 or 1.3 level configuration file cannot be upgraded if
                         it contains 3270 DFT and 3270 non-DFT with more than one session for
                         DFT or non-DFT.



                           FIXED

                         EE 1.2 and 1.3 configuration files containing only NETBIOS parameters
                         cannot be upgraded in this first driver.





                                         Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver                                    12

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 13 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                           FIXED

                         EE 1.2 and 1.3 configuration files with APPC Transaction Program

                         parameters should not be upgraded in this first driver.


                           FIXED

                         Configuration upgrade should not be used to upgrade more than one EE 1.2
                         or EE 1.3 configuration file during installation.



                           FIXED

                         5250 WSF configuration files do not upgrade correctly.


                           FIXED

                         REINST should not be used to install an upgraded configuration file which

                         is stored in \CMLIB.


              ?          SDLC CONNECTIVITY

                           FIXED

                         Intermittent TRAP D errors may occur with the SDLC connectivity.



              ?          3270 TERMINAL EMULATION

                           FIXED

                         The 3270 terminal emulator should not be restarted after selecting to stop
                         specific emulator sessions or a software error will occur. You should be able

                         to stop 3270 emulation and restart it without problems if you select to stop
                         ALL sessions.


              ?          3270 HOST GRAPHICS

                           FIXED

                         When running on the OS/2 2.0 operating system, host graphics files can be

                         printed or plotted only when using the PR option from the GDDM
                         directory panel.



                           RESTRICTION

                         When running on the OS/2 2.0 operating system, the PF5=SAVE PIF
                         option under the GDDM output function is not working correctly.


              ?          SNA GATEWAY










                                         Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver                                    13

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 14 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                           FIXED

                         If the SNA Gateway has a LAN connection to the host or to its attached

                         workstations, the gateway may hang when logging off the last workstation.
                         To avoid this problem, the FREE UNUSED LINKS parameter in the DLC
                         profile (accessed from CM Advanced Configuration SNA Feature Profiles)

                         should be set to NO on your SNA Gateway.


              ?         DMA ASYNC

                           RESTRICTION

                         The DMA Async support for line speeds up to 64Kbps is not functioning

                         correctly on the PS/2 Model 90 and Model 95. If you are using a PS/2
                         Model 90 or 95 with ASCII emulation or ACDI redirection, you can still
                         use line speeds up to 19.2 Kbps. You should add a REM statement to your

                         CONFIG.SYS as follows. In this statement, d is the logical drive on which
                         Communications Manager is installed.

                         REM DEVICE=d:\CMLIB\ASYNCDDC.SYS


              ?
                         5250 WORKSTATION FEATURE (WSF)

                           FIXED

                         Basic Configuration Services (ESCFG command) should not be used to
                         create a 5250 WSF configuration file. Instead Advanced Configuration
                         should be used.



                           FIXED

                         When configuring 5250 WSF session assignments, red warning panels will be
                         displayed indicating that the APPC partner LU alias and the APPC mode

                         name do not exist. You will be asked if you want to continue. Select YES.
                         If you have configured these parameters, they do exist even though the
                         warning indicates that they do not.



                           FIXED

                         To use 5250 WSF with the auto sign-on feature, the LU name and the LU
                         alias name should be configured to match.



                           FIXED

                         The F4=LIST function from the 5250 Session profiles does not provide a
                         list of the mode and partner LU profiles.


                           FIXED


                         When using the twinax connectivity for 5250 Workstation Feature, only one
                         twinax attached workstation can access the AS/400 at a time. This occurs
                         because every twinax workstation connects to the AS/400 with a PU name

                         of PU00000.



                                         Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver                                    14

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 15 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                           FIXED

                         Using the SE 2.0 operating system, 5250 fails to stop when it is selected to

                         be stopped from Communications Manager main menu. You should not
                         attempt to stop 5250 WSF if there are other Communications Manager
                         features running on the system. If you do attempt to stop 5250 WSF, you

                         should not attempt to restart 5250, or the other features running on the
                         system will be brought down. Your host line may need to be varied off and
                         back on after this scenario.



              ?         LAN ADAPTER AND PROTOCOL SUPPORT

                           RESTRICTION

                         When using the IBM Token Ring 16/4 Adapter or the IBM Token Ring
                         16/4 adapter /A, and the adapter is set for 64K paged, a user application

                         cannot take advantage of the 64K.


                           FIXED

                         "Universally administered address reversed" is now a configuration option for

                         NETBIOS in the NETBEUI section of PROTOCOL.INI. For this first
                         driver, this option will not be operational.


                           FIXED

                         If you are writing NETBIOS applications, you may find that the return code

                         from NETBIOS in the AX register is not always correct. For this first
                         driver, you should rely on the NETBIOS return code in the NCB rather

                         than that in AX.


                           FIXED

                         The following statement should be added to the bottom of the CONFIG.
                         SYS to start the service required for LAN Adapter and Protocol Support

                         error handling. In this statement, d is the logical drive on which the OS2
                         operating system is installed.

                         RUN=d:\OS2\EPW.EXE


              ?
                         APPN

                           FIXED

                         The APPN function of routing traffic through an intermediate node is not
                         functioning correctly.


                           FIXED


                         The APPN messages in this driver are in a format such that the message
                         itself contains both the message and the help text. Therefore, if you choose
                         to view the help, you will get an indication that the help is not available. All

                         the information needed is contained in the message text itself.



                                         Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver                                    15

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 16 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




              ?         ACDI REDIRECTION API

                           FIXED

                         The MASM API data structure for ACDI Redirection API is incorrectly

                         named as REDIRECT.INT. You should rename this file to
                         REDIRECT.INC. This file is found in \CMLIB if you have selected to
                         install the API Data Structures.



              ?         EHLLAPI

                           FIXED

                         The 5250 EHLLAPI TWAIT option on Set Session Parameters acts like an
                         LWAIT. It does not time out after the first minute.


              ?
                         REMOTE OPERATIONS (ROP) SERVICE

                           FIXED

                         For Remote Operations, an extra unwanted ICON and entry in the Task
                         List for ROP KERNEL is displayed. Neither the ICON nor the Task List
                         entry should be accessed.



                           FIXED

                         The ROP Service may not always start after initially starting the system or
                         after CTRL-ALT-DEL to reboot the system. If this problem occurs on

                         your system, you should select to start ROP Service again. It should start
                         correctly the second time.


                           FIXED FOR SE 2.0 ONLY

                         Occasionally the CTRL-ALT-DEL and Desktop shutdown may fail to

                         work after running ROP Service for an extended period of time. In this
                         case, the PC must be powered off. This can cause a significant delay in

                         startup when the PC is restarted.


              ?         SUBSYSTEM MANAGEMENT

                           FIXED

                         The subsystem management functions to display class of service and
                         topology for the active configuration file are not working correctly.





                4.2  Fixes in Database Manager

                      The following table shows what has been fixed and what has not been fixed since

                      the previous driver.







                                         Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver                                    16

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 17 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





        Table 1 (Page 1 of 2). Database Manager Fixes Since Previous Driver

         Problem                     SE 1.30.1 or SE    Status
                                     2.0

         Install                     SE 2.0 only Fixed

         Musical notes may appear on screen during
         the 'Transferring files...' message. No impact

         to install.

         Install                     SE 2.0 only Fixed

         After Database Manager is installed, during
         IPL the system message SYS1195 appears on

         the screen. The message reads "The command
         "SYSLOG" on line xx of the CONFIG.SYS
         file is not recognized. Line xx is ignored."

         Install                     Both        Fixed

         Database Manager messages are properly

         installed, but no entry exists in Group Main.
         (This applies to Standalone DBM only)

         Create Database             Both        Fixed

         After creating a new database with Extended

         Services, change the following database
         configuration parameters for that database:

      ?    Log file size (# of 4K pages): change from
           32 to 50

      ?    Auto-restart: change from 'YES' to 'NO'

         Backup/Restore              SE 2.0 only Fixed

         You can backup the 'Entire database' ONLY

         (you CANNOT do a 'Changes Only'
         backup).

         Reinstallation (REINST)     SE 2.0 only Fixed

         Removal/reinstallation of Database Manager

         components is unpredictable. If the user must
         remove or reinstall components with this
         driver, a disk format and a full install of the

         operating system and Extended Services may
         be required.

         Reinstallation (REINST)     Both        Fixed

         During a reinstallation, the system may

         erroneously detect that a previous version of
         Database Manager is installed. If you get the
         Remove Previous Version of Selected

         Component screen, select 'Remove Previous
         Version' and the install should complete
         normally.



                                         Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver                                    17

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 18 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





        Table 1 (Page 2 of 2). Database Manager Fixes Since Previous Driver

         Problem                     SE 1.30.1 or SE    Status
                                     2.0

         Command Line Interface does NOT work    SE 2.0 only Fixed

         Command Line Interface      SE 1.30.1 only    Fixed

      ?    Cannot be run from the Desktop

      ?    AUTOCOMMIT (the default) is not
           working. The user will need to perform

           commits ('dbm commit') manually.

      ?    REORGCHK is not working.

      ?    Message 'DBM.MSG file can't be found'
           appears after normal completion

           Install is failing to add x:\sqllib to

           DPATH= statement of config.sys (where
           x is the drive DBM is installed on).

           Workaround is to add x:\sqllib to
           DPATH= statement of config.sys
           manually.

         REXX Interfaces to Database Manager     SE 2.0 only Fixed

         If the user experiences difficulty with a REXX

         application, the application should be
         re-tokenized.

         Independent Trace Facility (ITF)  Both  Fixed

         The mask (-m) option is not working. If the
         mask is used, the trace buffer will be empty.


         Be aware that the mask option is invoked in
         two ways. Neither one of these is working:

          1. By starting trace using 'trc on
           <options>' where one of the options is

           -m (mask).

          2. By starting trace with simply 'trc'.

           This method of starting trace gives you a
           full-screen menu of selectable options. If

           you select any of the Products, Events or
           Components this will also set a mask, and
           the trace buffer will be empty.

         Log Full Condition (SQL0964)Both        Fixed

         SQL0964 (DBM log full condition) received,

         even though periodic 'commits' are being
         done.






                                         Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver                                    18

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 19 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





                4.3  Fixes in LAN Services

      #                  NOTE TO OUR CUSTOMERS


      #                Since this is a new driver for LAN Server, it is highly recommended that you
      #                upgrade your system from the 274 LS driver to the 281 LS driver.



      #               Please note that the following are NO longer restrictions in the 281 LS driver:



      #
                         FIXED

      #                Under Restrictions and Special Considerations for API's: The new 32 bit

      #                DosFindFirst() /DosFindNext() calls will not work properly on a network drive


      #
                         FIXED

      #                Under Install/Config for the Server:

               ?
      #                   If the requester is already installed on a workstation, the server cannot be
      #                  installed. To install a server, remove the requester first.

      #        ?         LAN Services cannot be moved to another drive, if already installed on a
      #                  different fixed disk drive.



      #                  FIXED


      #                Under Install/Config for the Requester:

      #        ?         LAN Services cannot be moved to another drive, if already installed on a

      #                  different fixed disk drive.

      #        ?         Do not install the Loop Back Driver support.


      #
                         FIXED

      #                Under Generic Alerter Services for the Server: The problem of the

      #                SYSLEVEL.SRV file not always being located in the :\IBMLAN subdirectory.


















                                         Quick Glance - Fixes in this Driver                                    19

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 20 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   5.0   Restrictions


                      The following sections identify inconsistencies, restrictions, and problems that we
                      are aware of in this driver. Our development groups are currently addressing these.




                5.1  General Restrictions

                      You must install Extended Services before you install any components of LAN
                      Server V2.0. In addition, you must apply any Extended Services patches prior to

                      any installation of LAN Server V2.0 components.

                         Note


                       If you plan to install both Extended Services Database Manager and any
                       components of LAN Server V2.0, please BE SURE to read the Database

                       Manager restriction in 5.4.2, estrictions for Functions/Features Available in
                       this Driver?on page 25 under "Database Copy Protection".





                5.2  Extended Services Restrictions

              ?          INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION

                        ?If you are planning to install this driver over the SE 1.30.1 or SE 2.0 base
                          operating system, you must reformat your boot partition and re-install your

                          base operating system. You must also follow the directions to remove
                          Extended Services code from any previous driver by following the
                          instructions in 6.1, 﨎efore You Install Extended Services?on page 38.


                        ?After following instructions in 6.1, 﨎efore You Install Extended Services?
                          on page 38, the first installation of this driver is initiated with the
                          A:ESINST. The initial A:ESINST to install this driver cannot be followed

                          by a second A:ESINST without reformatting and reinstalling the base
                          operating system. If your initial installation fails for some reason, and you
                          must issue another A:ESINST, you may be able to perform the A:ESINST

                          again by taking the following steps.

                           ? For the following files, issue ATTRIB filename -R, and then erase the
                             file.

                   ?           in the root directory of the boot drive, IBMLVL.INI

                   ?           in \MUGLIB, SYSLEVEL.MUG

                   ?           in \OS2\INSTALL, ESINST.HST

                           ?COPY x:\OS2\INSTALL\CONFIG.ES x:\CONFIG.SYS, where x is

                             the logical drive letter for the boot drive

                           ?Press CTRL-ALT-DEL to reboot the PC

                        ?After you complete steps for installation of Communications Manager, you
                          are instructed to stop active features and press CTRL-ALT-DEL to reboot



                                                    Restrictions                              20

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 21 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                          the system. Instead of pressing CTRL-ALT-DEL, you should use
                          Shutdown to stop the system. To do so, bring up a menu by pressing the

                          right mouse button while the pointer is not on any object (i.e on blank
                          space) on the workplace desktop. Then select Shutdown from the menu to

                          stop the system and reboot again.

                        ? If you have installed Communications Manager with a feature that requires
                          APPC/APPN support and you receive the following message, you should
                          use the REINST command to re-install the Communications Manager

                          configuration file for the feature. The re-installation will cause your
                          CONFIG.SYS to be updated correctly.

                          ACS0112C - Communications Manager - Originator APPC - Critical file
                          CONFIG.SYS(DEVICE=C:\CMLIB\APPN\CMKFMDD.SYS) was not

                          found or was modified or damaged: error type 0002.

      #                 ?Multiple Communications Manager ICONs will be installed on the
      #                   workplace desktop with this OS/2 2.0 driver. Duplicates can be ignored.

      #                 ?With this OS/2 2.0 driver, the ICONs in the Communications Manager

      #                   group, Database Manager group, and Extended Services group will run
      #                   together. To arrange them so that the lettering is legible, you can click with
      #                   the right mouse button on a blank area of the grouping and select Arrange

      #                   from the menu which displays.

              ?          REQUIREMENT TO EXIT CM BEFORE STOPPING THE SYSTEM

                        ?If you have entered the Communications Manager Subsystem Management
                          or Advanced Configuration panels you MUST always select to Exit

                          Communications Manager before attempting a Desktop Shutdown or
                          CTRL-ALT-DEL. If you do not exit Communications Manager,
                          CTRL-ALT-DEL and Shutdown may be disabled.

                          In some cases, you may experience a trap d when exiting Communications

                          Manager with either the Exit when Complete or Exit Immediately options.
                          If the CSLIM is 1bffffff, this is a known problem. You can hit enter to

                          continue the exit process.



                5.3  Communications Manager Restrictions

      #       ?          COMMUNICATIONS MANAGER PANELS AND OPERATION WITH
      #                 A MOUSE

      #                 ?With the OS/2 2.0 operating system, the mouse may be inoperable on some

      #                   of the Communications Manager panels. The keyboard may be used to
      #                   select options. For example, to go to the CM Configuration panels, press

      #                   F10 from the CM main menu and select Advanced and then select
      #                   Configuration.

              ?          PROGRAMMABLE CONFIGURATION

                        ?If you plan to use the APPN functions of Programmable Configuration,
                          you MUST install the patches as described in 6.0, 﨓xtended Services

                          Installation?on page 38.

                        ?If you plan to use Programmable Configuration, you should always change
                          the directory to \CMLIB prior to executing your Programmable


                                                    Restrictions                              21

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 22 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                          Configuration program. If you do not change to the \CMLIB directory,
                          your configuration file may not verify correctly, or you may receive errors

                          for files not found.

                        ?The APPN feature of Programmable Configuration should not be used to
                          perform LIST and GET, but may be used to perform ADD and PUT.

              ?          FUNCTIONS INVOLVING APPC/APPN SUPPORT

                        ?If you plan to use a Communications Manager function which requires

                          APPC/APPN support (e.g. 5250 WSF, 3270 emulation over SDLC or
                          Token ring, APPC, CPI-C, SNA Gateway), you MUST install the patches
                          as described in 6.0, 﨓xtended Services Installation?on page 38.


                        ?MIGRATION WARNING. If you you plan to use a Communications
                          Manager function which requires APPC/APPN support (e.g. 3270
                          non-DFT, 5250 WSF, APPC, CPI-C, SNA Gateway), you must ensure

                          that your machine is configured with a unique Fully Qualified CP Name.
                          This name is created under-the-cover during Extended Services
                          installation/configuration upgrade based on the Network Name and PU

                          name in your current configuration file. Be aware that a naming collision
                          means that you may not be able to establish a 3270 session through an
                          Extended Services SNA Gateway to a host, be able to establish a 5250

                          session to an AS/400, or be able to activate a link to another APPN node.
                          If you encounter these problems after installation, use Advanced

                          Configuration/SNA Feature Profiles/SNA network definitions/ Local Node
                          Characteristics to change the Local Node Name to a unique name.

              ?          5250 WORKSTATION FEATURE

                        ?In order to use the 5250 Workstation Feature in this driver, you MUST
                          install the patches as described in 6.0, 﨓xtended Services Installation?on

                          page 38.

              ?          3270 DFT CONNECTIVITY FOR A PC AT

                        ?In order to use the 3270 DFT connectivity on a PC AT in this driver, you
                          MUST install the patch for 3270 DFT as described in 6.0, 﨓xtended

                          Services Installation?on page 38. This patch is NOT required if you are
                          running on a PS/2.

      #       ?          3270 EMULATION ON MODEL 95 WITH MULTIPLE ADAPTERS

      #                 ?On OS/2 2.0, when running 3270 emulation, BOTH DFT and non-DFT

      #                   connectivities on a PS/2 Model 95, selecting to stop and restart the
      #                   non-DFT sessions will cause all sessions to go away.

              ?          CONFIGURATION FILE MANAGER

                        ?If you plan to use the Configuration File Manager, you MUST install the
                          patches required as described in 6.0, 﨓xtended Services Installation?on

                          page 38.

              ?          3270 HOST GRAPHICS

                        ?In order to use 3270 Host Graphics with Extended Services, your host
                          system must have the following PTFs applied. If they are not applied you

                          may experience problems with clipping, printing and plotting.



                                                    Restrictions                              22

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 23 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                           ?For MVS, PTFs UL89380, UN04644

                           ?For VM/SP, PTFs UL89381, UN04645

                           ?For VM/XA SP, PTFs UL89382, UN03715

                           ?For DOS/VSE, PTFs UL89383, UN04646

                        ?When running on the OS/2 2.0 operating system, the PF5=SAVE PIF

                          option under the GDDM output function is not working correctly. To
                          work around this problem, you should take the following steps.

                           ?From the OS/2 full screen prompt, type GQFTRACE.

                           ?From the window displayed, select Output from the Action bar and

                             select File (rather than screen).

                           ?From that same window, select Options and select File Close/Open
                             mode.

                           ?From your host session, type ADMCHART. You'll receive a pop up,
                             and you should select All Set.

                           ?At this point, you should be able to select PF5=SAVE PIF.

              ?
                         DMA ASYNC

                        ?The DMA Async support for line speeds up to 64Kbps is not functioning
                          correctly on the PS/2 Model 90 and Model 95. If you are using a PS/2
                          Model 90 or 95 with ASCII emulation or ACDI, you can still use line

                          speeds up to 19.2 Kbps. You should add a REM statement to your
                          CONFIG.SYS as follows.

                           ?REM DEVICE=x:\CMLIB\ASYNCDDC.SYS (where x is the logical

                             drive on which Communications Manager is installed)
              ?
                         LAN ADAPTER AND PROTOCOL SUPPORT

                        ?When using the IBM Token Ring 16/4 Adapter or the IBM Token Ring
                          16/4 adapter /A, and the adapter is set for 64K paged, a user application
                          cannot take advantage of the 64K.

              ?         REMOTE OPERATIONS (ROP) SERVICE


                        ?Occasionally the CTRL-ALT-DEL and Desktop shutdown may fail to
                          work after running ROP Service for an extended period of time on a system
                          formatted with HPFS running OS/2 SE 1.0. In this case, the PC must be

                          powered off. This can cause a significant delay in startup when the PC is
                          restarted.

      #                 ?On OS/2 2.0, ROP service cannot be started by clicking on the Remote
      #                   Operations Icon. Instead, the following steps must be followed to start the

      #                   router and ROP service:

      #                   From an OS/2 full screen command prompt, type the following

      #                   rtr /desktop

      #                   roppm /fullscreen /nologo

      #       ?         EHLLAPI VIRTUAL DEVICE DRIVER (VDD)




                                                    Restrictions                              23

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 24 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




      #                 ?With this OS/2 2.0 driver, the EHLLAPI Virtual Device Driver MUST not
      #                   be used. Inclusion of the EHLLAPI VDD statement in CONFIG.SYS will

      #                   result in the inability to start any DOS sessions. If the EHLLAPI VDD is
      #                   to be used, it should be used with the OS/2 2.0 driver level 6.605.

      #       ?         ACDI REDIRECTION

      #                 ?With this OS/2 2.0 driver, ACDI Redirection does not function correctly. If

      #                   you are planning to use ACDI redirection, you should use OS/2 2.0 level
      #                   6.605.


              5.3.1  Communication Manager Publications Restrictions


            Workstation Installation Guide
                      The following APPN information is missing:

              ?
                         a description of the NS/2 files which may need to be backed-up before you
                        format your fixed disk at installation;

              ?         installation and upgrade considerations for NS/2;

              ?         the SNA networking defaults used by BCS.


            Communication Manager Host Connect Reference
              ?         incomplete APPN (NS/2) examples for the AS/400 chapter


            Example Scenarios
              ?         no APPN (NS/2) information.

              ?         5250 Emulation steps have had minimal testing.

              ?         X.25 steps have had minimal testing.


            Network Administrator's Guide
              ?
                         There is missing conceptual information and product description.

              ?         The naming conventions are missing several names and details about the names.

              ?         Operating system features are missing from the Operating System steps.

              ?         Several of the Communication Manager steps are missing blanks for recording
                        information.

              ?         Database steps are missing planning information for Remote Data Services

                        (RDS) and Distributed Database Connection Services (DDCS).

              ?         The LAN step is missing cross-references to the LAN planning guides.

              ?         The summary Worksheets at the back of the book are incomplete. Please refer
                        to the full worksheets found in the Workstation Installation Guide, the
                        Communication Manager Configuration Guide, and the LAN Network

                        Administrator's Reference Volume 1: Planning and Installation.










                                                    Restrictions                              24

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 25 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





                5.4  Database Manager Restrictions



              5.4.1  Functions/Features NOT Available in this Driver

              ?         Advanced Backup/Restore (Backup to non-standard devices)



              5.4.2  Restrictions for Functions/Features Available in this Driver

                      The following restrictions/limitations apply to Database Manager for this driver.
                      These restrictions will be corrected in future drivers unless otherwise noted.


            Migration of EE 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3 Databases
                         Migration of EE 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3 Databases


                       Migration of existing EE 1.1, EE 1.2 and EE 1.3 databases IS SUPPORTED in
                       this driver. Please refer to 8.1.1, 﨧igration of Databases?on page 55 for

                       information about migration of these databases. Be SURE to backup all
                       databases BEFORE you install this driver.


                       Migration of existing Extended Services databases, however, IS NOT
                       SUPPORTED in this driver. See below, under "Migration of Extended Services
                       Databases" for information about how to preserve these databases for use with

                       this driver.



            Migration of Extended Services Databases (from previous driver)




































                                                    Restrictions                              25

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 26 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                         WARNING


                       Migration of existing Extended Services databases (from the previous
                       Extended Services driver) is NOT SUPPORTED in this driver!


                       BEFORE YOU INSTALL THIS DRIVER, do the following steps if you want
                       to use existing Extended Services databases:

                        1. Export all tables and QM objects.


                        2. Save any view definitions that you will want to use with the new
                         version of the database.

                        3. Drop the database.



                       AFTER YOU INSTALL THIS DRIVER, do the following:

                        1. Create a new Extended Services database.

                        2. Import the tables and QM objects.

                        3. Redefine any views that you want to use.

                        4. Re-bind any existing access plans that you intend to use.


                       You will need to export all objects and drop the databases before you install each
                       new driver. Any updates you make to the databases using early driver code will

                       be lost unless you export your objects before installing each driver.




            Database Copy Protection

                      If you plan to install any of the LAN Server V2.0 components on the same machine
                      on which Extended Services is installed, it is STRONGLY URGED that you install
                      the LAN Server V2.0 component(s) BEFORE you create or migrate any databases

                      using this Database Manager driver.

                      If you do create or migrate databases using this driver, and you then want to install

                      LAN Server V2.0, you MUST turn "Copy Protection" off for these databases
                      BEFORE you install the LAN component(s). If you do not, you will receive an

                      SQL5122N error ("Machine Dependent Check") when issuing a Start Using
                      Database, and the database will be unusable.


                      You can change this database parameter by using Database Tools, if installed, or the
                      Command Line Interface.


            General Restrictions
              ?         A message indicating a code page conversion error occurs sometimes when a

                        Start Using Database is issued. This may happen if database has been used
                        several times. Reboot the system if this occurs.

              ?         If you do a Control-Break during a REORG, a Trap D will occur.

              ?         REXX stored procedures do not work.




                                                    Restrictions                              26

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 27 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




              ?         Using the DBM Alter Table command may cause a looping situation that will
                        appear as a hang.

              ?         If a process is killed from a client/server, a Trap D will occur.

              ?
                         There is no support on a LAN server for redirected disk drives.

              ?         If you get an SQL1084 error, use the message text for message SQL0956.

            NETBIOS Restrictions

              ?         When Extended Services and LAN Server are both installed and both running
                        concurrently, the value set for "maximum names" is lower than needed. Edit the
                        PROTOCOL.INI file NETBEUI section which will contain the "maximum

                        names" value. Or select "LAN Adapter and Protocol Support" from the
                        Communications Manager Advanced Configuration menu. The value should

                        be changed from 17 to 21. Then reboot.

            Remote Data Services Restrictions

      #       ?         Bind problem with EE 1.2/1.3 Database clients using Query Manager

      #                 EE 1.2/1.3 database clients using Query Manager to remotely access a database
      #                 on an Extended Services database server will fail with an SQL0040N error ("An

      #                 error occurred on one or more bind files in list 'QRWSBND4.LST'. The
      #                 following files were not found: "3,3".), the first time the database is accessed.
      #                 Subsequent attempts to open the same database from a 1.2/1.3 client will

      #                 receive an SQL0805N error ("NULLID.QRWS2B" is not found.).

              ?         Remote Data Services heap size on the server is too low. Increase the value
                        from 2 to at least 3.

              ?          You must issue a STARTDBM at the database server before any database
                        clients can connect to a database. If you do not, the database client will hang

                        when attempting to connect to a database.


            DOS Database Client/DOS Windows Database Client Restrictions
      #       ?         You CANNOT run any DOS Database client or DOS Windows Database client
      #                 applications in OS/2 's 'DOS Windows Full Screen', 'DOS Window' or 'DOS

      #                 Full Screen' command prompt environments.

              ?         Terminating an application program on a client workstation without issuing a
                        COMMIT and Stop Using Database may cause the client to hang.


            Roll Forward Recovery Restrictions
                      Roll Forward Recovery has not had sufficient testing at this time to withstand

                      extensive usage. It is included so that users may get familiar with the interfaces and
                      function capabilities. If used, please remain within the restrictions below. These
                      items will be corrected in future drivers.

              ?         In order to do a ROLLFORWARD STOP you must have the log files

                        available that existed when the backup was taken.

              ?         In most cases, a ROLLFORWARD to a point-in-time will not work correctly.
                        The ROLLFORWARD should be run to the end of the logs ( time =

                        9999/12/31-23:59:59)

              ?         The USER EXIT option is not supported.



                                                    Restrictions                              27

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 28 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




              ?          When using the LOG RETAIN option, it is recommended that you increase
                        the size of the log files (logfilsiz) and the number of log files (logprimary) as

                        much as possible. A TRAP D may occur after multiple log files have been used.

              ?          BEFORE installing the operating system and Extended Services, the databases
                        must be backed up. If MIGRATE database fails, the database cannot be used

                        and will require a RESTORE of your backed up database.

              ?         The logpath cannot be changed after turning the LOG RETAIN option 'ON'.
                        If a new logpath is desired, change to the new logpath, perform a START
                        USING DATABASE to activate the configuration change, perform a STOP

                        USING DATABASE, and then turn the RETAIN option 'ON'.

              ?         You cannot ROLLFORWARD through a CREATE INDEX, DROP
                        INDEX, CREATE INDEX. It is recommended that no indexes exist when

                        using ROLLFORWARD.



                5.5  LAN Server Version 2.0 Hardware Restrictions



              5.5.1   Bridge Considerations
                      If you intend to run a bridge program on a slow workstation (i.e. IBM PC AT,

                      Family I), ensure that the parameter server value in the bridge configuration
                      program is set to No. If the parameter server value is set to Yes, a slow or
                      congested bridge machine will be unable to respond quickly enough to workstations

                      on the network, preventing the workstations' adapters from opening. Workstations
                      that cannot enter the LAN will display an            message.                                              error opening
 adapter




              5.5.2   Adapter Considerations
                       If you have an IBM Token-Ring Network 16/4 Adapter or IBM Token-Ring

                       Network 16/4 Adapter /A with a microcode level of C24550, your
                       sessions may be disconnected due to insufficient adapter transmit
                       buffers. To correct this problem you may do one of the following:




              ?          Replace your adapter with Engineering Change (EC) level ECA066.


              ?          Use the LAN Adapter and Protocol Support full-screen interface
                         to change the Number of adapter transmit buffers parameter

                         for your network adapter card from the default of 1 to 2.



              5.5.3  Multiple Adapter Considerations



              ?         IBM PC Network adapters cannot share interrupt levels, therefore, you must
                        ensure that other adapters on the workstation do not have the same interrupt
                        levels as your IBM PC Network adapters. The valid interrupt levels for an

                        IBM PC Network adapter are 2 and 3. Remember that in Micro Channel
                        workstations, interrupt level 9 is treated the same as an interrupt level of 2. If



                                                    Restrictions                              28

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 29 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                        required, use a Reference diskette to view or change interrupt levels for your
                        adapters.



              ?         The 3270 Connection Adapter for 3174 Peer Communications can only use an
                        interrupt level of 2. To avoid conflict with an IBM PC Network adapter, you

                        must change the default interrupt level on the IBM PC Network adapter from 2
                        to 3.


              ?          An important consideration with multiple adapters is the amount

                         of total RAM used by the various adapters. The total RAM used by
                         your adapter cards, including other hardware adapters (for example,
                         displays or SCSI drives) must not exceed 128KB. If this limit is

                         exceeded, the network may not be able to start. To calculate your
                         RAM usage, see the IBM OS/2 LAN Server Version 2.0 Network Administrator

                         Reference Volume 1: Planning and Installation for RAM requirements on
                         supported adapters. To this total, add any RAM used by other hardware as
                         indicated by the manufacturer's documentation.

              ?         When installing either a IBM Token-Ring Network Adapter /A or an

                         IBM PC Network Adapter/A concurrently with a 3270 Connection
                         Adapter in a Micro Channel workstation, it should be located in a
                         higher numbered slot than the 3270 Connection Adapter.

              ?
                          Do not mix 8-bit and 16-bit adapters in the same workstation unless
                         they are at least 128KB apart in address range.


              5.5.4  Remote IPL Adapter Considerations

                      The following adapter restrictions apply to the Remote IPL service:

              ?         If multiple LAN adapters are installed in a remote IPL requester, only one of
                        the adapters can be configured for the Remote IPL service.



                5.6  LAN Server Version 2.0 Server Restrictions



              5.6.1  General System Caveats

                      If installing both extended services and LAN Server, you must install Extended
                      Services before installing LAN Server.


                      This release of LAN Server 2.0 may be installed under SE Manufacturing level
      #               1.30.1, (16 BIT). The server may also be installed under OS/2 driver level 6.167, (32

      #               BIT). We recommend running the server on SE 2.0 for evaluation purposes only.


              5.6.2  Restrictions and Special Considerations for Functional Components











                                                    Restrictions                              29

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 30 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




            Install/Config

              ?         If installing both ES and LS, ES must be installed first.

              ?         If you select to install DOS 5.0 you must create the DOS 5.0 diskettes before
                        they can be copied by the LAN Services installation/ configuration program.
                        Follow the instructions on the boot diskette for DOS 5.0 to create the diskettes.

              ?
                         When the server is chosen to be removed, if Local Security for 386 HPFS is
                        installed, the RUNPRIV.EXE command is not removed from
                        STARTUP.CMD. Edit the file and remove the RUNPRIV.EXE command.

      #       ?         Do not install both the Loop Back Driver support and the LAN adapter and

      #                 Protocol support together.


      #       ?         The 386 HPFS will not run on OS/2 Version 2.0. When installing the LAN
      #                 Server on an OS/2 2.0 Operating System, do not use the basic path to install;

      #                 use the advanced path and do not install the 386 HPFS support. On the Install
      #                 screen select "DO NOT INSTALL" the 386 HPFS. Because Local Security for

      #                 386 HPFS and Fault Tolerance for Fixed Disk both require 386 HPFS, you will
      #                 not be able to install them either.

      #       ?         When using OS/2 2.0, always take the advanced path.

      #       ?         Anytime you do a re-install or a re-configure, you must select "Replace" for the
      #                 LAN adapter and the protocol support.


            Command Line Interface

                      Changes have been made to the definitions of the /PASSWORDCHG and
                      /PASSWORDREQ parameters of the NET USER command. These parameters
                      are now defined as follows:

                                                     /PASSWORDCHG:{YES | NO}     Specifies whether users can change their
                                                                                       own password.  The default is YES.


                                                     /PASSWORDREQ:{YES | NO}     Specifies whether a password is required for
                                                                                       this user account.


                                                                                       YES means that a password is required.

                                                                                       NO means that a password is not required, but

                                                                                       may be used.  The password restriction of
                                                                                       MINPWLEN is applied to any password that is
                                                                                       used.


                                                                                       NO also means that other password restrictions
                                                                                       such as MINPWAGE, MAXPWAGE, UNIQUEPW, and
                                                                                       PASSWORDCHG will not be applied to this
                                                                                       account.













                                                    Restrictions                              30

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 31 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




            Full Screen Interface

              ?         On the IBM OS/2 LAN Requester, when you select (Definitions + Users
                        Logon Details + Program starters) for a user, the Manage Program Starter
                        panel lists all applications the user may access. It highlights applications

                        assigned to the user except DOS public applications added to that user ID at
                        IBM DOS LAN Requesters. From the Manage Program Starter panel, pressing
                        Enter without selecting these DOS public applications will automatically

                        deselect them for the user. Subsequently the DOS public applications will be
                        removed from the user's Served Applications panel the next time the user logs

                        on at an IBM DOS LAN Requester.

      #       ?         From the OS/2 LAN Requester Full Screen Interface, if the number of users
      #                 defined in the domain is more than 875, selecting one of the following actions
      #                 will display the NET9808E error panel:

      #                  1. Select Definitions + Access Control + User List to manage Access

      #                   Control Profile User List.

      #                  2. Select Definitions + Applications + Program Starters + Add to Add
      #                   Applications to Program Starters.

      #                  3. Select Definitions + Applications + Program Starters + Delete to Delete

      #                   Applications from Program Starters.

      #                 Bring up User Profile Management Services (UPM) and reduce the list to fewer
      #                 than 875 users by deleting users you no longer need and try the action again.


              ?
      #                  If your base system is OS/2 Version 2.0, the Online Reference is not available
      #                 from the LAN Requester Full Screen Interface at this time. However, you can
      #                 view the Online Reference by issuing "view A3ALANOR.INF" from the OS/2

      #                 prompt.

      #                 Please do not select Utilities + Reference information, or press F5=Reference
      #                 on any help panel.

      #                 Selecting Utilities + Reference information, or pressing F5=Reference on a

      #                 help panel will cause the following error panel to appear:


      #                                             "ROIVIEW.EXE

      #                                              SYS2070:  The system could not demand load the application's
      #                                              segment.  ROIVIEW -> HELPMGR.30 is in error. For additional

      #                                              detailed information also see SYS182.

      #                                              End program/command/operation


      #                                              Display help"

      #                 Press Enter to End program/command/operation and select LAN Requester
      #                 from the Task List panel to return to the LAN Requester Full Screen Interface.

      #       ?         Copying files from one drive to another using the Drives folder is not

      #                 functioning. Use the OS/2 and DOS command prompts instead.

      #       ?         To make new files show up, select refresh on a folder.




                                                    Restrictions                              31

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 32 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




            HPFS/386

                        Local Security

              ?         The 386 HPFS local security essentially supersedes Print Manager's local
                        security. When a workstation with the 386 HPFS local security is started, one
                        must log on as either an administrator or a print operator in order for the Print

                        Manager window to come up and for the Spooler to be enabled. If an
                        administrator or a print operator is not logged on at startup time, the Print

                        Manager can be started with one of the following ways:

                        ?Make sure that the C:\PRIVINIT.CMD file (or the file specified by the
                          PROTSHELL= line of the CONFIG.SYS file) contains the line:
                          SPOOL.EXE. In this case, the Print Manager will come up and will be

                          enabled at every workstation restart.
                        ?After the workstation is started, perform the following steps:
                           ?log on locally an an administrator

                           ?enter "PRIV SPOOL" at the command prompt

              ?         If you do not log on with sufficient privilege or with sufficient access
                        permission, some applications may return error messages that do not indicate

                        access denied as a cause for the error. Try logging on as an administrator to see
                        if you have insufficient access permission or insufficient privilege for that action.


                        Access Control Profiles:  Drive level access control profiles cannot be created on
                      HPFS/386 drives.


      #                 Remote IPL (RIPL):   The 32 bit remote IPL of OS/2 2.0 is not currently available
      #               for Token Ring, PC NET, or ETHERNET.


            DOS LAN Requester / Windows
                        Windows:  MS Windows without network support installed will always print to a

                      local printer, even if the LPT port is "net used" to a remote printer.

                        Maximizing Memory Utilization with DOS 5.0:  (This is not in the PUBS for this

                      driver.) DOS 5.0 can make more memory available to applications than earlier
                      DOS versions. One way this is accomplished is by DOS being loaded in the first

                      64KB of extended memory, called the high memory area (HMA). HMA is
                      available on workstations with a 286 (or greater) processor with at least 1MB of
                      memory. Most systems also have 384KB of space called the upper memory area.

                      DOS can store information in this upper memory area on workstations with 386 (or
                      greater) processors and extended memory. DOS 5.0 can take advantage of available
                      memory by installing various memory managers, such as HIMEM and EMM386.

                      Refer to your DOS 5.0 documentation for more information about memory and
                      memory managers.


      #               DOS LAN Requester can take advantage of the high memory area (HMA) and
      #               upper memory blocks (UMB) by using the NET START command or the

      #               DOSLAN.INI file to have DOS 5.0 load the network components into UMBs.
      #               The NET START parameter in /UMB. This parameter is Extended Memory
      #               Adapter (XMA) card and a memory manager that supports upper UMBs.


                      /UMB can be used in combination with /EMS or /HIM. If /UMB is used in
                      combination with either of these parameters, the network first tries to load all code



                                                    Restrictions                              32

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 33 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      into the UMB area. If all network components do not fit, then components are
                      loaded into other available memory specified by /HIM or /EMS. Conventional

                      memory may be reduced if all network components do not fit into the UMB area.


            External Interface
                        Disk Fault Tolerance:

              ?         Most data corruption problems have been fixed in this driver. The potential for
                        data corruption in high stress environments still exists.

              ?         Do not attempt to command line "FORMAT" a currently mirrored drive to the

                        FAT file system.

              ?         Do not create more than 24 disk partitions (including mirrors).

              ?         In a system with SCSI drives, if it appears that your system is "hanging" forever
                        on reads/writes or you have excessive errors on SCSI drives, please be sure your

                        SCSI adapters are terminated properly. The following information will help you
                        do so:

                        ?A SCSI card has one bus, which extends internally and externally. Each
                          end must be terminated exactly once. The different drives terminate

                          differently.

                        ?If no drives are attached to a card internally, then a card edge terminator is
                          installed on the gold tabs at the top of the card. If no drives are attached

                          externally, then on the IBM SCSI adapter with cache an external
                          pin-in-socket terminator is used. On an IBM SCSI adapter with no cache
                          EITHER that terminator is used OR the on-board terminator near the

                          external connector is inserted.

                        ?When drives are attached (internally, externally, or both), each cable must
                          be terminated at the end. The black drives (60, 80, 120, 160) have

                          terminators on the underside of the drive and usually have white slips of
                          paper attached to them. The gold (>300 MB) drives have a terminator
                          that gets inserted between the cable and the connector on the drive.


            Generic Alerter Service
                      User Note:


      #               The error log entry in the SYSLOG is not readable; however, the alert entry is
      #               readable. This is not a Generica Alerter Service restriction as the alerts can be sent

      #               to NETVIEW.


            Messages
      #       ?         The filename "NETWKSTA.SYS" in messages is the incorrect name. The
      #                 name should be "NETWKSTA.200".



              5.6.3  Restrictions and Special Considerations for Device Drivers
              ?         When using PCNET, the default in the IBMCOM\ PROTOCOL.INI in the
                        MAC section for IBMNETA_NIF needs to be changed as follows:

                          RECEIVEBUFFERS = 6 should be RECEIVEBUFFERS = 8






                                                    Restrictions                              33

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 34 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





              5.6.4  Restrictions and Special Considerations for Commands
              ?         NETCOPY or any other type of copy command (i.e. Xcopy) will trap after a
                        long period of repeated use.




                5.7  LAN Server Version 2.0 Requester Restrictions




              5.7.1  General System Caveats
                      If installing both extended services and LAN Server, you must install Extended

                      Services before installing LAN Server.

      #               This release of LAN Requester can be run under SE driver manufacturing level

      #               1.30.1,(16 BIT), or SE 2.0 driver level 6.167, (32 BIT).


                      Please log on before attempting LAN functions.

            Install/Config

              ?         If installing both ES and LS, ES must be installed first.

      #       ?         When using OS/2 2.0, always take the advanced path.

      #       ?         Anytime you do a re-install or a re-configure, you must select "Replace" for the
      #                 LAN adapter and the protocol support.


            Command Line Interface
                      Changes have been made to the definitions of the /PASSWORDCHG and

                      /PASSWORDREQ parameters of the NET USER command. These parameters
                      are now defined as follows:

                                                     /PASSWORDCHG:{YES | NO}     Specifies whether users can change their
                                                                                       own password.  The default is YES.


                                                     /PASSWORDREQ:{YES | NO}     Specifies whether a password is required for
                                                                                       this user account.


                                                                                       YES means that a password is required.

                                                                                       NO means that a password is not required, but
                                                                                       may be used.  The password restriction of

                                                                                       MINPWLEN is applied to any password that is
                                                                                       used.

                                                                                       NO also means that other password restrictions

                                                                                       such as MINPWAGE, MAXPWAGE, UNIQUEPW, and
                                                                                       PASSWORDCHG will not be applied to this
                                                                                       account.











                                                    Restrictions                              34

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 35 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




            Full Screen Interface

              ?         On the IBM OS/2 LAN Requester, when you select (Definitions + Users +
                        Logon Details + Program starters) for a user, the Manage Program Starter
                        panel lists all applications the user may access. It highlights applications

                        assigned to the user except DOS public applications added to that user ID at
                        IBM DOS LAN Requesters. From the Manage Program Starter panel, pressing
                        Enter without selecting these DOS public applications will automatically

                        deselect them for the user. Subsequently the DOS public applications will be
                        removed from the user's Served Applications panel the next time the user logs

                        on at an IBM DOS LAN Requester.

      #       ?         From the OS/2 LAN Requester Full Screen Interface, if the number of users
      #                 defined in the domain is more than 875, selecting one of the following actions
      #                 will display the NET9808E error panel:

      #                  1. Select Definitions + Access Control + User List to manage Access

      #                   Control Profile User List.

      #                  2. Select Definitions + Applications + Program Starters + Add to Add
      #                   Applications to Program Starters.

      #                  3. Select Definitions + Applications + Program Starters + Delete to Delete

      #                   Applications from Program Starters.

      #                 Bring up User Profile Management Services (UPM) and reduce the list to fewer
      #                 than 875 users by deleting users you no longer need and try the action again.

      #       ?         If your base system is OS/2 Version 2.0, the Online Reference is not available

      #                 from the LAN Requester Full Screen Interface at this time. However, you can
      #                 view the Online Reference by issuing "view A3ALANOR.INF" from the OS/2
      #                 prompt.

      #                 Please do not select Utilities + Reference information, or press F5=Reference

      #                 on any help panel.

      #                 Selecting Utilities + Reference information, or pressing F5=Reference on a
      #                 help panel will cause the following error panel to appear:


      #                                             "ROIVIEW.EXE


      #                                              SYS2070:  The system could not demand load the application's
      #                                              segment.  ROIVIEW -> HELPMGR.30 is in error. For additional
      #                                              detailed information also see SYS182.


      #                                              End program/command/operation

      #                                              Display help"


      #                 Press Enter to End program/command/operation and select LAN Requester
      #                 from the Task List panel to return to the LAN Requester Full Screen Interface.

      #       ?         Copying files from one drive to another using the Drives folder is not
      #                 functioning. Use the OS/2 and DOS command prompts instead.

      #       ?         To make new files show up, you must select refresh on a folder.






                                                    Restrictions                              35

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 36 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




            External Interface

              ?         In a system with SCSI drives, if it appears that your system is "hanging" forever
                        on reads/writes or you have excessive errors on SCSI drives, please be sure your
                        SCSI adapters are terminated properly. The following information will help you

                        do so:

                        ?A SCSI card has one bus, which extends internally and externally. Each
                          end must be terminated exactly once. The different drives terminate

                          differently.

                        ?If no drives are attached to a card internally, then a card edge terminator is
                          installed on the gold tabs at the top of the card. If no drives are attached
                          externally, then on the IBM SCSI adapter with cache an external

                          pin-in-socket terminator is used. On an IBM SCSI adapter with no cache
                          EITHER that terminator is used OR the on-board terminator near the
                          external connector is inserted.


                        ?When drives are attached (internally, externally, or both), each cable must
                          be terminated at the end. The black drives (60, 80, 120, 160) have
                          terminators on the underside of the drive and usually have white slips of

                          paper attached to them. The gold (>300 MB) drives have a terminator
                          that gets inserted between the cable and the connector on the drive.


            DOS LAN Requester / Windows
                        Windows:  MS Windows without network support installed will always print to a
                      local printer, even if the LPT port is "net used" to a remote printer.


                        Maximizing Memory Utilization with DOS 5.0:  (This is not in the PUBS for this

                      driver.) DOS 5.0 can make more memory available to applications than earlier
                      DOS versions. One way this is accomplished is by DOS being loaded in the first
                      64KB of extended memory, called the high memory area (HMA). HMA is

                      available on workstations with a 286 (or greater) processor with at least 1MB of
                      memory. Most systems also have 384KB of space called the upper memory area.
                      DOS can store information in this upper memory area on workstations with 386 (or

                      greater) processors and extended memory. DOS 5.0 can take advantage of available
                      memory by installing various memory managers, such as HIMEM and EMM386.

                      Refer to your DOS 5.0 documentation for more information about memory and
                      memory managers.


      #               DOS LAN Requester can take advantage of the high memory area (HMA) and
      #               upper memory blocks (UMB) by using the NET START command or the
      #               DOSLAN.INI file to have DOS 5.0 load the network components into UMBs.

      #               The NET START parameter in /UMB. This parameter is Extended Memory
      #               Adapter (XMA) card and a memory manager that supports upper UMBs.


                      /UMB can be used in combination with /EMS or /HIM. If /UMB is used in
                      combination with either of these parameters, the network first tries to load all code

                      into the UMB area. If all network components do not fit, then components are
                      loaded into other available memory specified by /HIM or /EMS. Conventional
                      memory may be reduced if all network components do not fit into the UMB area.







                                                    Restrictions                              36

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 37 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





              5.7.2  Restrictions and Special Considerations for Device Drivers
              ?         When using PCNET, change the \IBMCOM|PROTOCOL.INI in the MAC
                        section for IBMNETA_NIF as follows:

                         RECEIVE BUFFERS = 6 should be RECEIVEBUFFERS = 8


              5.7.3  Restrictions and Special Considerations for Commands
              ?         NETCOPY or any other type of copy command (i.e Xcopy) will trap after a

                        long period of repeated use.



                5.8  LAN Server Version 2.0 Publications Restrictions

              ?         Pagination may not be final for some of the publications.

              ?         Memory and fixed-disk requirements in the "Network Administrator Reference

                        Volume 1: Planning and Installation" will be available in the final version.

              ?         On page 13-3 of the "Network Administrator Reference Volume 3: Network
                        Administrator Tasks", the discussion on multiple adapter support for Remote
                        IPL is not relevant to this release and will be removed in the final version.

              ?         The information in the "LAN Server V 2.0 Quick Reference" is for 16-bit only.













































                                                    Restrictions                              37

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 38 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   6.0   Extended Services Installation


                      During the installation of the IBM Extended Services for OS/2, pressing F1=HELP
                      on menus and pop-ups will provide additional information to guide you through the

                      process.


                         Installation Notice

                       This driver has a known problem which causes the installation to flip back and

                       forth between screens while files are being transferred from diskette to the hard
                       disk. Do not let this confuse you; you will eventually receive the correct prompt,
                       panel or menu.





                6.1  Before You Install Extended Services

              ?         Before you install Extended Services, consider the following three cases:

                         1. If you have a previously installed version of Extended Edition version 1.30.1

                          (EE 1.30.1), you can install Extended Services over it.

                          If you install over EE 1.30.1, you may also select to install with an EE
                          1.30.1 configuration file, and the file will be upgraded automatically during
                          the installation process.

                          If you install a Database Client over an existing EE 1.30.1 Database Client:


                          ?NETBIOS will be installed

                          ?SQLLOO definitions will be removed from the configuration file
                             (assuming you are installing using Advanced Install and specify the EE
                             1.30.1 XXX.CFG file), NETBIOS will be defined (if not already

                             present), and a default NETBIOS configuration will be created in
                             XXX.INI (the LAN configuration file associated with the XXX.CFG
                             file).

                          ?Database Manager Workstation (Node) Directory entries will be

                             converted from SQLLOO to NETBIOS.

                         2. If you have a previously installed version of Extended Services (earlier
                          driver), you MUST do the following:

                           a. If Database Manager is currently installed, and you wish to preserve

                             existing databases for use with this driver, follow the procedure in 5.4.2,
                             estrictions for Functions/Features Available in this Driver?on
                             page 25 under "Database Migration" before continuing to the next step.


                           b. Copy all files on the boot drive that you wish to preserve

                           c. Re-install one of the following base operating systems (and re-format
                             the boot drive during the installation):

                             ?For a 16-bit base, SE V1.3 manufacturing refresh 1.30.1 is required.

      #                      ?For a 32-bit base, SE V2.0 driver level 6.167 is required.



                                            Extended Services Installation                                  38

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 39 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                           d. Re-boot and bring up your newly installed operating system

                           e. Remove all Extended Services components that were previously
                             installed on other drives, by doing one of the following:


                              1) Reformat the partition(s) where Extended Services components are
                               currently installed (after copying any files you wish to keep)

                               --- or ---

                              2) Manually (or by using File Manager) erase all files (including
                               "read-only" files) in the following directories, their subdirectories,

                               AND the directories themselves:

                               ?\sqllib

                               ?\cmlib

                               ?\dbdrqlib

                         3. If neither of the above cases apply, you must install one of the following
                          operating systems as your base (and reformat the boot drive during the

                          installation):

                          ?For a 16-bit base, SE V1.3 manufacturing refresh 1.30.1 is required.

      #                   ?For a 32-bit base, SE V2.0 driver level 6.167 is required.

              ?         If you are installing Extended Services with the OS/2 SE 2.0 base operating
                        system you MUST select to INSTALL ALL FEATURES of the base operating

                        system.

              ?         Before you install Extended Services, refer to section 5.0, estrictions?on
                        page 20 for the limitations on Communications Manager and Database

                        Manager.
              ?
                         If you have Database Manager databases from EE 1.1, EE 1.2 or EE 1.3 that
                        you wish to use with this driver, you will be able to migrate them for use with
                        Extended Services. Refer to 8.1.1, 﨧igration of Databases?on page 55 for

                        more information about database migration. Make SURE you backup all
                        databases BEFORE installing this driver.

      #       ?         At the end of the installation process, if you wish to view the installation history
      #                 file, the file can be browsed/printed by entering "VIEWLOG" at the OS/2

      #                 command line. You can also select "View Install History File" from the
      #                 Extended Services group on workplace desktop. (see 6.2.4, 蘒nstallation Tools?

      #                 on page 41 for more information on this group).

              ?         The use of certain mouse device drivers may not be compatible with the
                        Communications Manager SDLC or Async device drivers, particularly on the
                        PC AT and PC XT/286. This is due to hardware interrupt conflicts. For PS/2's

                        mouse device drivers which support interrupt sharing can work simultaneously
                        with the SDLC and/or Async device drivers.

                        The following is a table of the interrupt levels used for the most common

                        communications adapters. You should also insure that the interrupt level used
                        by an installed mouse device does not conflict with the levels used by your
                        communications adapters. For an interrupt level to be sharable, both device

                        drivers using the interrupt must be designed for interrupt sharing. Interrupt
                        sharing is supported on PS/2's only.


                                            Extended Services Installation                                  39

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 40 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





        Table 2. Communication Adapter Interrupt Levels

          Adapter Interrupt Levels        Comments

           DFT    2              Sharable on PS/2s

          SDLC    3 and 4        Sharable on PS/2s (if selected)

          ASYNC   3 or 4         Sharable on PS/2s

           TRN    2, 3, or 7     XT/286 or AT

           TRN    2, 3, 10, or 11Sharable on PS/2s

           PCN    2 or 3         Sharable on PS/2s






                6.2  Extended Services Installation Concepts



              6.2.1  Initial Installation


            ESINST

                      For an initial install (first time), Extended Services installation is started by inserting
                      the Extended Services diskette 1 and typing "A:ESINST" at the OS/2 Command
                      prompt, which will then display the "Extended Services Copyright Panel". This

                      invocation should only be used for your initial installation of Extended Services.

                      During initial install (ESINST), you may choose to install using one of three

                      installation options:

              ?         Basic Configuration Services

              ?         Advanced Installation

              ?         Custom Installation (requires a Custom Build diskette)


              6.2.2  Follow-on Installation


            REINST
      #               After initially installing, Extended Services features can be added/removed through

      #               reinstall (REINST) from command line, or by selecting "Add or Remove Features"
      #               from the Extended Services group on workplace desktop. (see 6.2.4, 蘒nstallation
      #               Tools?on page 41 for more information on this group).


                      REINST is invoked at the OS/2 command prompt which will then display the

                      "Extended Services Install/Remove Menu". Reinstall should be used to install any
                      configuration file that was created/modified through Advanced Configuration, or to
                      install any additional feature or any new components after initial installation.









                                            Extended Services Installation                                  40

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 41 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




            ESCFG

      #               After initially installing, if you need to modify an existing Basic Configuration
      #               Services file or need to create one for yourself or another user, you may use ESCFG
      #               or select "Basic Configuration and Installation" from the Extended Services group

      #               on workplace desktop. (see 6.2.4, 蘒nstallation Tools?for more information on this
      #               group).


                      ESCFG is invoked at the OS/2 command prompt which will then display the
                      "Extended Services Basic Configuration Services Panel". You will get the option to

                      install the Basic Configuration Services files you have created/changed at the end of
                      the processing. You can also choose not to install, but to install at a later time
                      using REINST.




              6.2.3  Custom Build


            CUSTBLD
                      This command is used to invoke Custom Build. Custom Build creates a Custom

                      diskette with the selections that you have selected. This diskette will then be used
                      to install Extended Services on another workstation, by selecting Custom
                      Installation on the "IBM Extended Services Installation Options" menu during

                      initial install on that workstation.





              6.2.4  Installation Tools
                      After initial installation of Extended Services, you may access installation tools by
                      selecting the Extended Services group from workplace desktop. You will be able to

                      select from the following options.

              ?         Basic Configuration and Installation (ESCFG)

              ?         Add or Remove Features (REINST)

              ?         View Install History File (VIEWLOG)

              ?         Create Custom Install Diskette (CUSTBLD)

              ?         View Custom Build History File

              ?         Extended Services Command Reference





                6.3  Basic Configuration Services (BCS)



              6.3.1  BCS Overview
                      BCS is designed to aid the user in doing a quick, simple installation by providing

                      easy-to-use Configuration Services at install time. You can use BCS to configure
                      and install the following features:

              ?         3270 Terminal Emulation

              ?         ASCII Terminal Emulation to single host


                                            Extended Services Installation                                  41

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 42 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




              ?         5250 Work Station Feature (AS/400 or S/36)

              ?         Database Manager using Remote Data Services


                      Each component has a section listing the steps to take for the BCS path. The order
                      you see for your prompted steps may not correspond to what is listed in this

                      documentation. You will be prompted to enter information unique to your
                      workstation during BCS configuration. Commonly used default values are provided
                      for other configuration parameters. Some defaults used by BCS may not be

                      appropriate for your particular environment, for example, the Token Ring adapter
                      type. However, BCS is highly recommended as a quick way to create a
                      configuration file at install time and to customize it with the appropriate parameter

                      values later via advanced configuration services.


                      For more information on the features supported by Basic Configuration Services,
                      please refer to the Extended Services Workstation Installation Guide.


                         Note

                       The configuration file created by the BCS is called a Basic Configuration File.

                       To modify the basic configuration file, you can either use the Basic
                       Configuration Services via ESCFG command OR the Communications
                       Manager advanced configuration services. Please note that once the Basic

                       Configuration File is modified by the Communications Manager advanced
                       configuration services, it CANNOT be used by BCS. Both basic and regular

                       configuration files can be used to bring up Communications Manager.



              6.3.2  Steps for Using BCS During Initial Install

                      The steps below show you how to create a Basic Configuration file and to install
                      from this file. Make sure you have installed the base operating system first or have
                      Extended Edition version 1.30.1 installed.

                       1. Insert the Extended Services diskette 1 in drive A: and type A:ESINST from an

                        OS/2 full screen command prompt.

                       2. Press enter on Extended Services Installation Version 1 Copyright panel.

                       3. Press enter on the Welcome panel.

                       4. Press enter on the Introduction panel.

                       5. Select "Basic Configuration and Installation" from the IBM Extended Services
                        Installation Options menu. Insert diskettes as prompted.

                       6. Enter a name and an optional comment for the Basic Configuration file.


                       7. You will see the Basic Configuration Services main menu.

                       8. Install Communications Manager and/or Database Manager

                ?         Refer to section 7.2.1, 蘒nstalling Communications Manager Using Basic
                          Configuration Services?on page 49

                ?         Refer to section 8.2.1, 蘒nstalling Database Manager Using Basic
                          Configuration Services?on page 56




                                            Extended Services Installation                                  42

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 43 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                       9. Apply Patches

                        Appropriate Patches must be applied at this time. Refer to section 6.6,
                        嗀pplying Patches to the Installed System?on page 44 for information on the

                        patch process. This patch process must be followed to ensure you have a
                        working environment.



              6.3.3  Using BCS After Initial Install
                      For information on modifying your Extended Services installation using Basic
                      Configuration Services, please refer to the Extended Services Workstation

                      Installation Guide.




                6.4  Advanced Installation

                      Advanced Installation can be selected on an initial installation or on a follow-on

                      installation. It allows installation with a user defined configuration file from this or a
                      previous release, installation of a default configuration file, and selective installation

                      of additional features.

                      If you choose to install a user defined configuration file from a previous release, the

                      configuration information is automatically upgraded when you install Extended
                      Services.


              6.4.1  Steps for Using Advanced Install During Initial Install

                      The steps below show you how to use Advanced Install. Make sure you have
                      installed the base operating system first or have Extended Edition version 1.30.1
                      installed.


                       1. Place the Extended Services diskette 1, in drive A: and type A:ESINST from an
                        OS/2 full screen command prompt.

                       2. Press enter on Extended Services Installation Version 1 Copyright panel.

                       3. Press enter on the Welcome panel.

                       4. Press enter on the Introduction panel.

                       5. Select "Advanced Installation" from the IBM Extended Services Installation

                        Options menu.

                       6. You will see the IBM Extended Services Install/Remove menu.

                       7. Install Communications Manager and/or Database Manager

                ?         Refer to section 7.2.2, 蘒nstalling Communications Manager Using
                          Advanced Installation?on page 50

                ?         Refer to section 8.2.2, 蘒nstalling Database Manager Using Advanced

                          Installation?on page 61

                       8. Apply Patches

                        Appropriate Patches must be applied at this time. Refer to section 6.6,
                        嗀pplying Patches to the Installed System?on page 44 for information on the




                                            Extended Services Installation                                  43

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 44 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                        patch process. This patch process must be followed to ensure you have a
                        working environment.



              6.4.2  Using Advanced Install After Initial Install
                      After an initial installation, Advanced Installation can be invoked by using the
                      REINST command or by selecting the Add or Remove Features option from the

                      Extended Services Group on workplace desktop. For information on modifying
                      your Extended Services installation through a follow-on installation, please refer to

                      the Extended Services Workstation Installation Guide.




                6.5  Custom Installation

                      For information on using Custom Installation, please refer to the Extended Services

                      Workstation Installation Guide.






                6.6  Applying Patches to the Installed System

                      After your Extended Services system is installed, you must apply the necessary
                      patches.



              6.6.1  Description of Extended Services Patches

            Communications Manager Patches

              ?         5250 Workstation Feature

                        The ACS5ACS.DLL patch is required if you are planning on using the 5250
                        Workstation Feature in this driver. Without this patch 5250 WSF will not

                        function.

              ?         LAN Adapter and Protocol Support

                        The NETBEUI.NIF and NETBEUI.OS2 patches are required if you are
                        planning on using the LAN Adapter and Protocol support in Extended Services
                        along with the LAN Server driver.

              ?         Configuration File Manager


                        The following patches are required if you are planning to use the Configuration
                        File Manager in this driver. Without these patches, the CTRL-ESC key will
                        not function, you may experience traps, some garbled text, and problems with

                        help text when using the Configuration File Manager.

                        ?COPYCFG.EXE, COPYCFG.HLP, CCF.MSG, CCFH.MSG

              ?         Programmable Configuration

                        The patches below are required if you are planning to use Programmable
                        Configuration. Without the patches the APPN feature of Programmable

                        Configuration does not function correctly.




                                            Extended Services Installation                                  44

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 45 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                        ?RCBMTD1.DLL, RCBMTD2.DLL, RCBMTD3.DLL, MAPPER.DLL,
                          GATEWAY.TDF, SRPI.TDF, APPN.TDF, RCBUPG.CMD

              ?         APPC/APPN Support


                        The APPC.DLL patch is required if you plan to use Communications Manager
                        functions which require APPC/APPN support. Without this patch, you may
                        experience problems starting Communications Manager using a configuration

                        file involving APPC/APPN, or you may experience unpredictable results after
                        starting Communications Manager.

              ?         3270 DFT Support on SE 1.30.1 for the PC AT

                        The ACS3EIAC.DLL patch is required if you plan to use Communications

                        Manager 3270 DFT connectivity with the SE 1.30.1 operating system on a PC
                        AT. Without this patch, the 3270 DFT connectivity will not function on a PC
                        AT.

              ?         SQLLOO

                        The RDSLAN.DLL patch is required if you plan to configure more than 50

                        NETBIOS sessions; or if you plan to have EE 1.2/1.3 Database clients using
                        SQLLOO, connecting to an Extended Services Database server.


            Database Manager Patches
                      If you have Database Manager installed, you must also install the Database

                      Manager patches.



              6.6.2  Instructions for Applying Extended Services Patches

                         *** NOTEs: ***

                        1. In order for the patches to be applied correctly, you MUST take the steps
                         below after Extended Services installation is complete.

                        2. You MUST NOT start Communications Manager or Database Manager

                         before applying the patches.

                        3. These patches for IBM Extended Services for OS/2 MUST be installed prior
                         to installing LAN Server if you plan to install the LAN Server product.

                        4. If you need to re-install any of the Extended Services components, the patch
                         process MUST be repeated after the re-installation.



                       1. Insert the patch diskette #1 in drive A:


                       2. From the OS/2 command prompt, enter the following commands.

                        Note: The replace command will replace files based upon the features you have
                        installed on your PC. If you have installed features which do not require any
                        patches, then the replace command may not replace any files.

                ?          REPLACE A:\CMPATCH\*.* x:\CMLIB /S

                          where x is the logical drive on which Communications Manager for

                          Extended Services is installed.




                                            Extended Services Installation                                  45

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 46 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                ?          REPLACE A:\CMPATCH\*.* z:\IBMCOM /S

                          where z is the logical drive on which OS/2 is installed.

                       3. If you have installed the Communications Manager Configuration File Manager

                        utility, you MUST enter the following command to install the correct help text
                        file.

                        COPY A:\CMPATCH\COPYCFG.HLP z:\OS2\HELP\

                        (where z is the logical drive (boot drive) on which OS/2 is installed)

                       4. If you are planning to use Communications Manager, 3270 emulation with the
                        DFT connectivity on a PC AT with the SE 1.30.1 operating system, you should

                        enter the following to apply a patch for DFT.

                        COPY A:\ATPATCH\ACS3EIAC.DLL x:\CMLIB\DLL\

                        (where x is the logical drive on which Communications Manager for Extended
                        Services is installed)

                       5. If you have NOT installed Database Manager on your workstation, you can

                        skip this step. Otherwise, perform one of the following, depending on what you
                        have installed. If you are not sure what you have installed, you can use

                        VIEWLOG to look at your install history. In the steps below, specify the drive
                        letter that indicates the drive on which Database Manager is installed. Make
                        sure you have inserted patch diskette #2 in drive A:, and

                ?         If you have a Database Server or Database Client/Server or Database

                          Standalone installed, type

                          a:dbserver x:

                          (where x is the drive on which Database Manager is installed) and press
                          Enter.

                ?         If you have a Database Client with Local Databases installed, type

                          a:dbclocal x:

                          (where x is the drive on which Database Manager is installed) and press

                          Enter.

                ?         If you have a Database Client installed, type

                          a:dbclient x:

                          (where x is the drive on which Database Manager is installed) and press
                          Enter.

                       6. Remove the patch diskette.

      #                7. Bring up a menu by pressing the right mouse button while the pointer is not

      #                 over any object (i.e. blank space) on the workplace desktop.

      #                8. Select shutdown from the menu to stop the system and then reboot the system.










                                            Extended Services Installation                                  46

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 47 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   7.0   Installing Communications Manager





                7.1  Before You Install Communications Manager

                      Before installing IBM Extended Services for OS/2 (Extended Services), please be

                      sure that you have read and understood all of the restrictions and limitations. Refer
                      to 5.3, 﨏ommunications Manager Restrictions?on page 21 that apply to this
                      driver.


      #               After installation of Extended Services, "Communications Manager" group and
      #               "Extended Services" group will be added to the workplace desktop. The contents

      #               (i.e. options) of "Communications Manager" group depends on which features are
      #               installed. The following is a complete list of available options.

              ?         Communications Manager

              ?         SNA Network Definitions Configuration

              ?         Verify SNA Network Definitions

              ?         Manage SNA Logical Links

              ?         Display Active SNA Configuration

              ?         Display SNA Configuration Log

              ?
                         Configuration File Manager

              ?         Start/Stop CM Trace

              ?         Format SNA Trace information

                      Selecting the Extended Services group will display the following options to select

                      from:

              ?         Basic Configuration and Installation

              ?         Add or Remove Features

              ?         View Install History File

              ?         Create Custom Install Diskette

              ?         Veiw Custom Build History File

              ?         Extended Services Command Reference


                      You will note that Communications Manager Advanced Configuration profiles have
                      changed for SNA configuration, and for LAN Adapter and Protocol configuration.

                      We recommend that you read the APPENDIX section provided in this document,
                      before using the Advanced Configuration Services for SNA configuration. In the
                      APPENDIX section we have provided examples of configuration steps for SNA

                      advanced configuration. For further information, refer to the "Communications
                      Manager Configuration Guide" Volume 1.





                                         Installing Communications Manager                                  47

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 48 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      For LAN Adapter and Protocol configuration, refer to the "LAN Adapter and
                      Protocol Support Configuration Guide".


                      Communications Manager can be installed on any fixed disk and all changes to the

                      CONFIG.SYS will be updated during the installation. Communications Manager
                      will be installed into the \CMLIB directory and CMLIB sub-directories.


                      The contents of the configuration file determines which program files will be
                      installed on your workstation. To have appropriate program files installed on your
                      system, you need to "install" the configuration file through the install process. To

                      save DASD space, only the files you need for the connectivities and features that
                      have been configured will be installed. For example, if your "installed" configuration
                      file(s) contains no X.25 configuration information, X:\CMLIB and CMLIB

                      subdirectories will not be loaded with any of the code which supports X.25 (X.25
                      DLC, X.25 device driver, etc.). *** WARNING: *** Merely copying or creating a

                      configuration file in the X:\CMLIB will not install the proper feature files and
                      update the CONFIG.SYS on your workstation.


                      *** IMPORTANT NOTES: ***

              ?         If you plan to configure a new configuration file and copy to other
                        workstations, we RECOMMEND that the "Configuration File Manager" utility
                        be used, please refer to the "IBM Extended Services for OS/2 Network

                        Administration Guide. With APPN integrated into Extended Services, there are
                        APPN related files that MUST be copied with each .CFG file.

              ?         If your configuration file has been modified to add new features (for example:

                        adding SRPI and 3270 features to the default ACSCFGUS.CFG via advanced
                        configuration services, or adding the 5250 WSF feature to your basic
                        configuration file via ESCFG.CMD), you will be required to go through the

                        REINST process to have the new feature files installed and CONFIG.SYS
                        updated on your system. If your configuration file has been customized via
                        advanced configuration services to include new features, type "REINST" at the

                        OS/2 command line, and be sure to select the "User Configuration File" option
                        on the Communications Manager Install Menu during the re-installation

                        process.

              ?         If you have a new configuration file (by copying one from another workstation
                        or creating one via advanced configuration services), and it contains additional
                        connectivities and features other than what you have on your workstation,

                        re-installation is necessary to bring up Communications Manager with the new
                        configuration file. Type "REINST" at the OS/2 command prompt; select the
                        "User Configuration File" option on the Communications Manager Install

                        Menu, and follow the prompts to install the new program files.


              7.1.1  Compiler Support

                      Following is a list of the current compiler support for Communications Manager.
              ?
                         Support for the PASCAL language has been removed.

              ?         The Microsoft C Compiler V6.0 is the currently supported C compiler.

                         ** The IBM C/2 compiler is no longer supported **.




                                         Installing Communications Manager                                  48

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 49 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




              ?         The Microfocus COBOL/2 Compiler is the currently supported COBOL
                        compiler.

                        ** The IBM COBOL/2 compiler is no longer supported **.

              ?
                         The IBM FORTRAN/2 compiler is the currently supported FORTRAN
                        compiler.

              ?         The IBM MACRO ASSEMBLER/2 compiler is supported.





                7.2  Installation Instructions for Communications Manager



              7.2.1  Installing Communications Manager Using Basic Configuration Services
                      The steps below use default parameter values to create a basic configuration file with
                      3270 terminal emulation using Token Ring.


                       1. Select "3270 terminal emulation" from the BCS Main menu.

                       2. Select the "LAN" option for the Connection Type, and take the defaults for the
                        other options in the 3270 Terminal Emulation Defaults.

                       3. Select "IBM Token-Ring Network" for Network Type.

                       4. Select "IBM Token-Ring Adapter " from the Select Token Ring Network
                        Adapter menu. (Select the appropriate adapter for your environment if it is

                        different from the IBM Token-Ring Adapter.)

                       5. Specify a "locally administered address" from the Select LAN Address Type
                        menu.

                       6. Specify the 12 digit hex address for the Local Adapter Address.

                       7. On the 3270 Terminal Emulation LAN Defaults menu, specify the 12 digit hex

                        address for the LAN Destination Address.

                       8. Specify Local Node Name, Network Name, and Local Node ID on the
                        Configuration Network Defaults menu to suit your environment.

                       9. BCS Main Menu is displayed.

                      10. If you are selecting to install Database Manager, refer to 8.2.1, 蘒nstalling

                        Database Manager Using Basic Configuration Services?on page 56.

                      11. If no more features are to be configured, press F3 to exit BCS.

                      12. The target Drive Specification menu is displayed to specify the drive ID.

                      13. Press F3 to exit the IBM Extended Services for OS/2 Install/Remove menu if
                        you are done.

                      14. Stop all active processes.

      #               15. Bring up a menu by pressing the right mouse button while pointer is not over

      #                 any object (i.e on blank space) on workplace desktop.

      #               16. Select Shutdown from the menu to stop the system and then reboot the system.

                      17. Install patches (see 6.6, 嗀pplying Patches to the Installed System?on
                        page 44).


                                         Installing Communications Manager                                  49

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 50 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





              7.2.2  Installing Communications Manager Using Advanced Installation
                       1. Select the "Install Communications Manager" option from the IBM Extended
                        Services Install/Remove menu.

                       2. The target Drive Specification menu is displayed to specify the drive ID for

                        Communications Manager. You may install Communications Manager on any
                        fixed disk or partition.

                       3. Select "Configuration Files" from the Communications Manager Install menu.

                       4. Select "Default Configuration Files" from the Communications Manager

                        Configuration File menu.

                        Note: At this point, you could also have selected to install "User configuration
                        files." This would be the option that you would use to install a configuration file
                        from this release or a previous release. If you select a configuration file from a

                        previous release, the configuration information is automatically updated.

                       5. Select one or both of the following IBM supplied Default Configuration files
                        from the menu.

                ?         ACSCFG.CFG

                          (This is a skeleton configuration file included with all model profiles and

                          NLS keyboard profiles.)

                ?         ACSCFGUS.CFG

                          (This is a skeleton configuration file included with all model profiles and US
                          keyboard profiles.)

                          After selecting the configuration file, you will be returned to the

                          Communications Manager Install menu.

                       6. To install any additional features, select "Additional Features" from the
                        Communications Manager Install menu.

                       7. Press spacebar to select each individual feature to install from the Additional
                        Features menu. For example, if you are going to program to the

                        Communications Manager API using the provided language interface, you need
                        to install the API Data Structure files. Press enter when your are finished

                        selecting features.

                       8. Press F3 to exit the Communications Manager Install menu. Please note that
                        when Exit (F3) is pressed, installation of your feature selections are being
                        performed. Insert diskettes as required.

                       9. If you installed more than one configuration file, the Select Configuration File

                        to Update CONFIG.SYS File menu is displayed. By selecting the configuration
                        file(s) you wish to activate, the CONFIG.SYS is automatically updated with

                        DEVICE= and RUN= statements.

                      10. Refer to 8.2.2, 蘒nstalling Database Manager Using Advanced Installation?on
                        page 61 if you also need to install Database Manager.

                      11. Press F3 to exit the Extended Services Install/Remove menu if you are done
                        with Extended Services installation.

                      12. Stop all active processes.




                                         Installing Communications Manager                                  50

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 51 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




      #               13. Bring up a menu by pressing the right mouse button while mouse pointer is not
      #                 over any object (i.e on blank space) on workplace desktop.

      #               14. Select Shutdown from the menu to stop the system and then reboot the system.


                      15. Install patches (see 6.6, 嗀pplying Patches to the Installed System?on
                        page 44).


              7.2.3  Reconfiguring and Reinstalling Communications Manager

                       1. Start Communications Manager by selecting Communications Manager from
                        Communication Manager Group icon.

                       2. Enter the appropriate configuration file name for starting the Communications
                        Manager.

                       3. Select "Configuration Services" from the Action Bar to configure your desired

                        feature(s), for example: the SRPI, APPC, SNA Gateway, LUA, and X.25.

                       4. When the user-defined configuration file(s) are built and verified, exit the
                        Communications Manager.

                       5. Type "REINST" at the OS/2 command prompt to re-install your configuration

                        file(s) and the related feature files.

                       6. Select "Install Communications Manager" option from the IBM Extended
                        Services Install/Remove menu.

                       7. Select "Configuration Files" from the Communications Manager Install menu.

                       8. Select "User Configuration files" from the Communications Manager

                        Configuration file menu.

                       9. The Source Location menu is displayed. Specify the drive and path to your user
                        configuration file.

                      10. Select your desired configuration file(s) from the Select Configuration Files

                        panel.

                      11. Select the "Additional Features" option from the Communications Manager
                        Install menu if so desired.

                      12. Press F3 to exit the Communications Manager Install menu. Insert diskettes as
                        required.

                      13. Select the appropriate configuration file to update the CONFIG.SYS file.


                      14. Press F3 to exit the Extended Services Install/Remove menu.

                      15. Stop all active processes.

      #               16. Bring up a menu by pressing the right mouse button while pointer is not over
      #                 any object (i.e on blank space) on workplace desktop.

      #               17. Select Shutdown from the menu to stop the system and then reboot the system.

                      18. Install patches (see 6.6, 嗀pplying Patches to the Installed System?on

                        page 44).







                                         Installing Communications Manager                                  51

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 52 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





                7.3  Re-installation of Communications Manager

                      Re-installation is the process whereby the Communications Manager component,

                      Communications Manager configuration file(s) with added NEW features and/or
                      Additional Features are to be installed on a workstation that has previously been
                      through the Extended Services installation process. The requisite Communications

                      Manager program files are installed along with your configuration file. Enter
                      "REINST" from the OS/2 command prompt line, and follow the prompts for
                      installation instructions and inserting diskettes




                7.4  Communications Manager Installation Notes

                      This section describes some specific notes that are related to installing the
                      Communications Manager from this driver:

              ?         There are three types of configuration files that can be installed for

                        Communications Manager:

                        ?Basic configuration file

                        ?Default (IBM-supplied) configuration file

                        ?User-defined configuration file.

                        The basic configuration file is generated by the fast-path Basic Configuration
                        Services. Please refer to 6.3, 﨎asic Configuration Services (BCS)?on page 41

                        for more detailed information. If the communication features cannot be
                        configured using the BCS, most users will want to go to the Install Additional
                        Features panel to select ACSCFG.CFG or ACSCFGUS.CFG from the Default

                        Configuration Files option. The ACSCFGUS.CFG file is a general-purpose
                        configuration file shipped with the system and contains all model profiles along

                        with US-only keyboard support. It will require tailoring for your specific
                        configuration before you can begin communicating. If you plan to make
                        extensive changes, you may want to copy ACSCFG.CFG or ACSCFGUS.CFG

                        to your own file, (e.g. MYCFG.CFG) and start the Communications Manager
                        using MYCFG.

                        Once ACSCFG.CFG or ACSCFGUS.CFG has been installed, you have the
                        flexibility to customize your own features in the configuration file by utilizing

                        the Communications Manager advanced configuration services function. After
                        you build your own configuration file, you need to type "REINST" at the OS/2

                        command line, and select the "Configuration Files" and "Addition Features"
                        options on the Communications Manager Install menu during the re-installation
                        process. Refer to sections 7.2.2, 蘒nstalling Communications Manager Using

                        Advanced Installation?on page 50 and 7.2.3, econfiguring and Reinstalling
                        Communications Manager?on page 51 for more information.













                                         Installing Communications Manager                                  52

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 53 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





                7.5  ROP Service and SPA Router Installation Instructions




                      Remote Operations Service (ROP Service) and Service Point Application Router
                      (SPA Router) can be installed on any fixed disk, and all changes to CONFIG.SYS

                      will be updated during installation. SPA Router and ROP Service are installed in
                      the \ROP directory of the drive you specify. Follow the steps below to install ROP
                      Service and SPA Router.


                       1. Place the IBM Extended Services for OS/2 diskette 1 in drive A.

                       2. At the command prompt type:

                        A:ROPS

                       3. Press Enter.

                       4. Follow instructions on the menus and insert diskettes as prompted.

                       5. You will be asked to enter the drive where you want to install the SPA Router
                        and ROP Service. Enter any valid drive letter of your choice. The SPA Router

                        and ROP Service are installed in the \ROP directory of the drive you choose.

                       6. On the "Remote Operations Installation Complete" menu, remove the diskette
                        from drive A: and press enter.

                       7. On the "Installation Complete" panel, select to "Return."

                       8. You will return to the OS/2 command prompt. At this point, you should use

                        Shutdown to stop and reboot the system so that the CONFIG.SYS changes
                        take effect.



                      *** NOTES: ***


                      Before you can use the SPA Router and ROP Service, you will need to do the
                      following.

                       1. In your Communications Manager SNA Profile ensure that the Maximum RU

                        Size is set to 512 or greater. ROP Service will only work with a value of 512 or
                        greater.

                       2. Configure and start a 3270 terminal emulation session (other than a 3270 DFT
                        session) or configure Advanced Program-to-Program Communications (APPC)

                        with session start in order to establish an SSCP-PU session.

                       3. If you are going to use the User Profile Management (UPM) operator checking
                        option, ensure that the operator ID of the NetView operator using ROP Service

                        is defined to the UPM tables. To do this, define a new ID using an UPM
                        administrator account. The password is optional. If the system is not security
                        critical, it is recommended that the password not be set because use of a

                        password requires sending the password with every RUNCMD.

                       4. Start the Communications Manager before using the SPA Router and ROP
                        Service.





                                         Installing Communications Manager                                  53

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 54 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                       5. Open the Remote Operations group from the Desktop Manager group of OS/2
                        Presentation Manager. Start "Service Point Application Router" and then

                        "Remote Operations Service".

                       6. You are now ready to issue commands from NetView to this workstation.



































































                                         Installing Communications Manager                                  54

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 55 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   8.0   Installing Database Manager






                8.1  Before You Install Database Manager


                      Before installing Database Manager, please be sure that you have read and
                      understood all of the restrictions/limitations that apply to this driver. See 6.1,
                      﨎efore You Install Extended Services?on page 38 and 5.4, 﨑atabase Manager

                      Restrictions?on page 25.

                      Database Manager can be installed on any fixed disk, and all changes to

                      CONFIG.SYS will be updated during the installation. Database Manager will be
                      installed into the \SQLLIB and \SQLLIB\DLL directories.




              8.1.1  Migration of Databases
                      Extended Services databases (databases created using the previously shipped

                      Extended Services driver), CANNOT BE MIGRATED FOR USE WITH THIS
                      DRIVER. Please refer to 5.4, 﨑atabase Manager Restrictions?on page 25 for
                      detailed instructions for using existing Extended Services databases with this driver.


                      Existing databases from EE 1.1, EE 1.2 and EE 1.3 CAN BE MIGRATED for use
                      with Extended Services. Currently, the only supported form of migration is

                      Backup/Restore. Refer to Appendix A of the IBM Extended Services for OS/2
                      Guide to Database Manager for instructions on migrating databases. Be SURE to
                      backup all databases BEFORE you install this driver.


                         Corrections


                       Appendix A of the IBM Extended Services for OS/2 Guide to Database Manager
                       has some incorrect information. The references to migration of Version 1.0

                       databases is wrong: EE 1.0 databases can NOT be migrated. Also, there are no
                       references to EE 1.2 or EE 1.3 databases in this appendix; however, migration
                       DOES WORK for these databases.




              8.1.2  Compiler Support
                      Following is a list of the current compiler support for Database Manager.

              ?         Support for the PASCAL language has been removed.

              ?
                         The Microsoft C Compiler V6.0 is the currently supported C compiler.

                         ** The IBM C/2 compiler is no longer supported **.

              ?         The Microfocus COBOL/2 Compiler V2.5 is the currently supported COBOL
                        compiler.

                        ** The IBM COBOL/2 compiler is no longer supported **.




                                            Installing Database Manager                                 55

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 56 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




              ?         The IBM FORTRAN/2 compiler is the currently supported FORTRAN
                        compiler.





                8.2  Database Manager Installation Examples

                         Note


                       The following installation examples assume that you will be using IBM
                       Token-Ring as your LAN network type. If you choose other network types,

                       there will be some differences in the panels/menus that are displayed.

                       Also, due to variables such as the sequence of component installation, all steps

                       may not appear in the exact sequence listed in the examples. Additionally, if a
                       connection type of "LAN" was previously configured (such as during 3270

                       Terminal Emulation configuration), some menus/panels may not appear at all.

                       These are EXAMPLES only. Please refer to the IBM Extended Services for

                       OS/2 Start Here and the IBM Extended Services for OS/2 Workstation
                       Installation Guide for detailed installation instructions.




              8.2.1  Installing Database Manager Using Basic Configuration Services
                      You can use Basic Configuration Services (BCS) to install any Database Manager
                      configuration (Database Client, Database Server, Database Client/Server, Database

                      Client with Local Databases, or Standalone). However, it is most commonly used to
                      install those configurations which use Remote Data Services (RDS); this includes all
                      configurations except Standalone.


                      If you use Basic Configuration Services, and if you plan to use X.25 or SDLC for

                      Remote Data Services, you will need to supplement your install with the
                      Communications Manager Advanced Configuration services and re-installation
                      process to configure and install them. Refer to the IBM Extended Services for OS/2

                      Configuration Guide for Communications for more information.

                      The instructions that follow assume you will be installing Database Services, Query

                      Manager, and Database Tools. Query Manager and Database Tools should be
                      installed with Database Services if other application programs are not available to

                      use when working with database information.

                      If you choose not to install either Query Manager or Database Tools, then do not

                      select those options from the Database Manager Install menu. In addition, you will
                      be able to select DOS Database Client support and/or Windows Database Client
                      support. This support can be installed on ANY configuration (see the IBM

                      Extended Services for OS/2 Guide to Database Manager for additional information
                      about DOS/Windows Database Clients).


                      You may install Database Manager on any fixed disk or partition.






                                            Installing Database Manager                                 56

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 57 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




            Installing as a Database Client or Client with Local Databases

                       1. At the Basic Configuration Services Main Menu:

                ?         Select "Database Manager using Remote Data Services"

                       2. At the Specify Database Manager Communications menu:

                ?         Select "Database Client"

                       3. At the Databases on Your Workstation pop-up:

                ?         Select "No"

                              Note

                           You can select "Yes", if you also want to create databases on this
                           workstation. If you do, you will actually be installing as a Database

                           Client with Local Databases. This is a new Database Manager
                           configuration with Extended Services.



                       4. If the Select LAN Network Type menu displays:

                ?         Select "IBM Token-Ring Network..."

                       5. If the Select Token-Ring Network Adapter menu displays:

                ?         Select the appropriate adapter (e.g., Token-Ring adapter /A, Token-Ring
                          adapter 16/4 /A, etc.)

                       6. If the Select LAN Address Type menu displays:

                ?         Select "Use Universal address" if you want to use the unique address of the

                          adapter card itself (and proceed to Step 7)

                          -- or --

                ?         Select "Specify a locally adminstered address" if you want to provide your
                          own unique local adapter address.

                          ?At the Local LAN Adapter Address panel:

                              ?Enter a UNIQUE 12-digit adapter address, such as 400000000015.

                       7. You will now be returned to the Basic Configuration Services Main Menu

                ?         Select another feature that you wish to install (i.e., 3270 Terminal

                          Emulation, ASCII Terminal Emulation, etc.). See 7.2, 蘒nstallation
                          Instructions for Communications Manager?on page 49 for information

                          about installing these CM features.

                          -- or --

                ?         Select F3=Exit if you have made your last selection

                       8. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes for installation of the Extended Services
                        common code and the required Communications Manager code.

                        If the Target Drive Specification panel displays (for Communications Manager),

                        specify the target drive where you want CM installed.

                       9. At the Target Drive Specification panel for Database Manager

                ?         Enter the target drive where you want Database Manager installed


                                            Installing Database Manager                                 57

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 58 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      10. At the Database Manager Install Menu:

                ?         Select "Database Services", "Query Manager" and "Database Tools" (note
                          that this is now a multi-select menu)


                      11. At the Workstation Name pop-up:

                ?         Specify a UNIQUE name for your workstation. (Note that BCS now
                          defaults to the NETBIOS protocol for OS/2 clients. This requires that
                          workstation names on a LAN be unique).

                      12. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes for installation of Database Manager




            Installing as a Database Server
                       1. At the Basic Configuration Services Main Menu:

                ?         Select "Database Manager using Remote Data Services"

                       2. At the Specify Database Manager Communications menu:

                ?         Select "Database Server"

                       3. At the Database Manager Target Drive Specification panel:

                ?         Enter the target drive where you want Database Manager installed

                       4. If the Select LAN Network Type menu displays:

                ?         Select "IBM Token-Ring Network..."

                       5. If the Select Token-Ring Network Adapter menu displays:

                ?
                           Select the appropriate adapter (i.e., Token-Ring adapter /A, Token-Ring
                          adapter 16/4 /A, etc.)

                       6. If the Select LAN Address Type menu displays:

                ?         Select "Use Universal address" if you want to use the unique address of the
                          adapter card itself (and proceed to Step 7)

                          -- or --

                ?
                           Select "Specify a locally adminstered address" if you want to provide your
                          own unique local adapter address.

                          ?At the Local LAN Adapter Address panel:

                              ?Enter a UNIQUE 12-digit adapter address, such as 400000000020.

                       7. You will now be returned to the Basic Configuration Services Main Menu

                ?         Select another feature that you wish to install (i.e., 3270 Terminal

                          Emulation, ASCII Terminal Emulation, etc.). See 7.2, 蘒nstallation
                          Instructions for Communications Manager?on page 49 for information
                          about installing these CM features.

                          -- or --

                ?         Select F3=Exit if you have made your last selection

                       8. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes for installation of the Extended Services

                        common code and the required Communications Manager code.



                                            Installing Database Manager                                 58

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 59 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                        If the Target Drive Specification panel displays (for Communications Manager),
                        specify the target drive where you want CM installed.

                       9. At the Database Manager Install Menu:

                ?
                           Select "Database Services", "Query Manager" and "Database Tools" (note
                          that this is now a multi-select menu)

                      10. At the Workstation Name pop-up:

                ?         Specify a UNIQUE name for your workstation. (Note that BCS now
                          defaults to the NETBIOS protocol for OS/2 clients. This requires that

                          workstation names on a LAN be unique).

                      11. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes for installation of Database Manager



            Installing as a Database Client/Server
                       1. At the Basic Configuration Services Main Menu:

                ?         Select "Database Manager using Remote Data Services"

                       2. At the Specify Database Manager Communications menu:

                ?
                           Select "Database Client/Server"

                       3. At the Database Manager Target Drive Specification panel:

                ?         Enter the target drive where you want Database Manager installed

                       4. If the Select LAN Network Type menu displays:

                ?         Select "IBM Token-Ring Network..."

                       5. If the Select Token-Ring Network Adapter menu displays:

                ?         Select the appropriate adapter (i.e., Token-Ring adapter /A, Token-Ring
                          adapter 16/4 /A, etc.)

                       6. If the Select LAN Address Type menu displays:

                ?         Select "Use Universal address" if you want to use the unique address of the

                          adapter card itself (and proceed to Step 7)

                          -- or --

                ?         Select "Specify a locally adminstered address" if you want to provide your
                          own unique local adapter address.

                          ?At the Local LAN Adapter Address panel:

                              ?Enter a UNIQUE 12-digit adapter address, such as 400000000025.


                       7. You will now be returned to the Basic Configuration Services Main Menu
                ?
                           Select another feature that you wish to install (i.e., 3270 Terminal
                          Emulation, ASCII Terminal Emulation, etc.). See 7.2, 蘒nstallation
                          Instructions for Communications Manager?on page 49 for information

                          about installing these CM features.

                          -- or --

                ?         Select F3=Exit if you have made your last selection



                                            Installing Database Manager                                 59

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 60 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                       8. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes for installation of the Extended Services
                        common code and the required Communications Manager code.

                        If the Target Drive Specification panel displays (for Communications Manager),

                        specify the target drive where you want CM installed.

                       9. At the Database Manager Install Menu:

                ?         Select "Database Services", "Query Manager" and "Database Tools" (note
                          that this is now a multi-select menu)

                      10. At the Workstation Name pop-up:

                ?         Specify a UNIQUE name for your workstation. (Note that BCS now

                          defaults to the NETBIOS protocol for OS/2 clients. This requires that
                          workstation names on a LAN be unique).

                      11. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes for installation of Database Manager





            Installing as a Standalone
                         Note

                       Standalone DBM is usually installed using Advanced Installation, not BCS;

                       however, if you want to install one or more of the Communications Manager
                       features (3270 Terminal Emulation, ASCII Terminal Emulation or 5250 WSF)
                       AND you want Standalone DBM, this procedure will work.



                       1. At the Basic Configuration Services Main Menu:

                ?         Select one of the Communications Manager options ("3270 Terminal

                          Emulation, ASCII Terminal Emulation, or 5250 Workstation Feature")

                       2. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes for installation of the Extended Services
                        common code and the required Communications Manager code.

                       3. At the Target Drive Specification panel:

                ?         Specify the target drive where you want Communications Manager installed

                       4. You will now be returned to the Basic Configuration Services Main Menu

                ?
                           Select F3=Exit

                       5. At the IBM Extended Services/2 Install/Remove menu:

                ?         Select "Install Database Manager"

                       6. At the Target Drive Specification panel:

                ?         Specify the target drive where you want Database Manager installed

                       7. If a previous version of Database Manager is detected, select "Remove previous
                        version" from the Remove Previous Version of Selected Component pop-up.

                       8. At the Database Manager Install menu:

                       9. Select "Database Services", "Query Manager", and "Database Tools" (note that

                        this is now a multi-select menu).



                                            Installing Database Manager                                 60

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 61 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      10. At the Database Remote Data Services menu:

                ?         Select "No"

                      11. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes.

                      12. When you have finished installing Database Manager, select exit (F3), and

                        follow the instructions.





              8.2.2  Installing Database Manager Using Advanced Installation
                      You can use Advanced Installation to install any Database Manager configuration
                      (Database Client, Database Server, Database Client/Server, Database Client with

                      Local Databases, or Standalone); however, it is most commonly used to install
                      Standalone. Those configurations which use Remote Data Services (RDS) are more

                      commonly installed using Basic Configuration Services (BCS).

                      The instructions that follow assume you will be installing Database Services, Query

                      Manager, and Database Tools. Query Manager and Database Tools should be
                      installed with Database Services if other application programs are not available to
                      use when working with database information.


                      If you choose not to install either Query Manager or Database Tools, then do not
                      select those options from the Database Manager Install menu. In addition, you will

                      be able to select DOS Database Client support and/or Windows Database Client
                      support. This support can be installed on ANY configuration (see the IBM

                      Extended Services for OS/2 Guide to Database Manager for additional information
                      about DOS/Windows Database Clients).


                      You may install Database Manager on any fixed disk or partition.



            Installing as a Standalone
                       1. At the IBM Extended Services/2 Install/Remove menu:

                ?         Select "Install Database Manager"

                       2. At the Target Drive Specification panel:

                ?         Specify the target drive where you want Database Manager installed

                       3. If a previous version of Database Manager is detected, select "Remove previous

                        version" from the Remove Previous Version of Selected Component pop-up.

                       4. At the Database Manager Install menu:

                       5. Select "Database Services", "Query Manager", and "Database Tools" (note that
                        this is now a multi-select menu).

                       6. At the Database Remote Data Services menu:

                ?         Select "No"

                       7. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes.


                       8. When you have finished installing Database Manager, select exit (F3), and
                        follow the instructions.


                                            Installing Database Manager                                 61

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 62 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167







            Installing as a Database Client or Client with Local Databases
                       1. At the IBM Extended Services/2 Install/Remove menu:

                ?         Select "Install Database Manager"

                       2. At the Target Drive Specification panel:

                ?         Specify the target drive where you want Database Manager installed

                       3. If a previous version of Database Manager is detected, select "Remove previous

                        version" from the Remove Previous Version of Selected Component pop-up.

                       4. At the Database Manager Install menu:

                       5. Select "Database Services", "Query Manager", and "Database Tools" (note that
                        this is now a multi-select menu).

                       6. At the Database Remote Data Services menu:

                ?         Select "Yes"

                       7. At the Specify Database Manager Communications menu:

                ?         Select "Database Client"

                       8. At the Databases on Your Workstation pop-up:

                ?
                           Select "No"

                               Note

                           You can select "Yes", if you also want to create databases on this
                           workstation. If you do, you will actually be installing as a Database
                           Client with Local Databases. This is a new Database Manager

                           configuration with Extended Services.


                       9. At the Workstation Name pop-up:

                ?         Specify a UNIQUE name for your workstation. (Note that if you plan to

                          use NETBIOS as the protocol for this client, this name MUST be unique
                          on the LAN).

                      10. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes.

                      11. If LAN Adapter and Protocol Support (LAPS) has not been installed, the
                        'Warning: LAN Adapter and Protocol Support Not Installed' pop-up will

                        display.

                      12. At the IBM Extended Services/2 Install/Removemenu:

                ?         Select "Install Communications Manager" to configure and install the
                          necessary CM features to support your configuration, if you have not

                          already done so. You will need to configure and install the necessary
                          communications adapter and protocol support in order to use Remote Data
                          Services.

                          -- or --

                ?
                           Select F3=Exit to complete the Database Manager installation



                                            Installing Database Manager                                 62

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 63 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




            Installing as a Database Server

                       1. At the IBM Extended Services/2 Install/Remove menu:

                ?         Select "Install Database Manager"

                       2. At the Target Drive Specification panel:

                ?         Specify the target drive where you want Database Manager installed

                       3. If a previous version of Database Manager is detected, select "Remove previous
                        version" from the Remove Previous Version of Selected Component pop-up.

                       4. At the Database Manager Install menu:

                       5. Select "Database Services", "Query Manager", and "Database Tools" (note that

                        this is now a multi-select menu).

                       6. At the Database Remote Data Services menu:

                ?         Select "Yes"

                       7. At the Specify Database Manager Communications menu:

                ?         Select "Database Server"

                       8. At the Workstation Name pop-up:

                ?         Specify a UNIQUE name for your workstation. (Note that if you plan to

                          use the NETBIOS protocol for client communications, this name MUST
                          be unique on the LAN).

                       9. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes.

                      10. If LAN Adapter and Protocol Support (LAPS) has not been installed, the
                        'Warning: LAN Adapter and Protocol Support Not Installed' pop-up will

                        display.

                      11. At the IBM Extended Services/2 Install/Remove menu:

                ?         Select "Install Communications Manager" to configure and install the
                          necessary CM features to support your configuration, if you have not

                          already done so. You will need to configure and install the necessary
                          communications adapter and protocol support in order to use Remote Data
                          Services.

                          -- or --

                ?
                           Select F3=Exit to complete the Database Manager installation



            Installing as a Database Client/Server
                       1. At the IBM Extended Services/2 Install/Remove menu:

                ?         Select "Install Database Manager"

                       2. At the Target Drive Specification panel:

                ?         Specify the target drive where you want Database Manager installed

                       3. If a previous version of Database Manager is detected, select "Remove previous

                        version" from the Remove Previous Version of Selected Component pop-up.

                       4. At the Database Manager Install menu:


                                            Installing Database Manager                                 63

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 64 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                       5. Select "Database Services", "Query Manager", and "Database Tools" (note that
                        this is now a multi-select menu).

                       6. At the Database Remote Data Services menu:

                ?
                           Select "Yes"

                       7. At the Specify Database Manager Communications menu:

                ?         Select "Database Client/Server"

                       8. At the Workstation Name pop-up:

                ?         Specify a UNIQUE name for your workstation. (Note that if you plan to
                          use the NETBIOS protocol for communications, this name MUST be

                          unique on the LAN).

                       9. Follow the prompts to insert diskettes.

                      10. If LAN Adapter and Protocol Support (LAPS) has not been installed, the
                        'Warning: LAN Adapter and Protocol Support Not Installed' pop-up will
                        display.

                      11. At the IBM Extended Services/2 Install/Remove menu:

                ?
                           Select "Install Communications Manager" to configure and install the
                          necessary CM features to support your configuration, if you have not
                          already done so. You will need to configure and install the necessary

                          communications adapter and protocol support in order to use Remote Data
                          Services.

                          -- or --

                ?         Select F3=Exit to complete the Database Manager installation



































                                            Installing Database Manager                                 64

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 65 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   9.0   Installing OS/2 LAN Requester


                      Please read section 5.7, 﨤AN Server Version 2.0 Requester Restrictions?on
                      page 34 before installing.


                         *** PLEASE NOTE ***


      #                For a 16-bit base IBM OS/2 LAN Requester, Version 2.0, driver level 281 will
      #                run on SE manufacturing level 1.30.1. For a 32-bit base, IBM OS/2 LAN

      #                requester will run on SE V.2.0 driver level 6.167.




                9.1  Basic Installation for OS/2 LAN Requester

                      Please see the IBM Operating System/2 Local Area Network Server Version 2.0

                      Network Administrator Reference, Volume 1: Planning and Installation, chapter 3,
                      page 31.





                9.2  Advanced Installation for OS/2 LAN Requester

                      Please see the IBM Operating System/2 Local Area Network Server Version 2.0
                      Network Administrator Reference, Volume 1: Planning and Installation, chapter 3,

                      page 33.




                9.3  Reinstalling, Reconfiguring or Removing

                      Please see the IBM Operating System/2 Local Area Network Server Version 2.0

                      Network Administrator Reference, Volume 1: Planning and Installation, chapter 3,
                      page 43.


























                                           Installing OS/2 LAN Requester                                 65

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 66 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   10.0   Installing OS/2 LAN Server


                      Please read section 5.6, 﨤AN Server Version 2.0 Server Restrictions?on page 29
                      before installing.


                          ***PLEASE NOTE***


      #                The OS/2 LAN Server, V2.0, driver level 281, will run on the 16-bit based SE
      #                manufacturing level 1.30.1, and on the 32-bit based SE driver level 6.167





                10.1  Basic Installation for OS/2 LAN Server

                      Please see the IBM Operating System/2 Local Area Network Server Version 2.0
                      Network Administrator Reference, Volume 1: Planning and Installation, chapter 3,

                      page 12.





                10.2  Advanced Installation for OS/2 LAN Server

                      Please see the IBM Operating System/2 Local Area Network Server Version 2.0
                      Network Administrator Reference, Volume 1: Planning and Installation, chapter 3,
                      page 15.





                10.3   LAN Server 1.3 Migration Utility

                      Please see the IBM Operating System/2 Local Area Network Server Version 2.0
                      Network Administrator Reference, Volume 1: Planning and Installation, chapter 1,

                      page 20, and chapter 3, page 8. Also, please see the IBM OS/2 LAN Server V2.0
                      Migration Handbook .


























                                             Installing OS/2 LAN Server                                 66

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 67 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   11.0   Installing IBM LAN Support Program and DOS LAN

                Requester


                      Please read section 5.6, 﨤AN Server Version 2.0 Server Restrictions?on page 29

                      and 5.7, 﨤AN Server Version 2.0 Requester Restrictions?on page 34 before
                      installing.



                11.1  Installing the IBM LAN Support Program, V.1.21

                      Please see the IBM Operating System/2 Local Area Network Server Version 2.0

                      Network Administrator Reference, Volume 1: Planning and Installation, chapter 5
                      and the IBM LAN Support Program User's Guide.





                11.2  Installing DOS LAN Requester

                      Please see the IBM Operating System/2 Local Area Network Server Version 2.0
                      Network Administrator Reference, Volume 1: Planning and Installation, chapter 5.












































                            Installing IBM LAN Support Program and DOS LAN Requester                                      67

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 68 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   Appendix






































































                                                     Appendix                            68

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 69 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   Appendix A.   SNA Advanced Configuration





                A.1  Overview

                      Earlier this year, IBM introduced a software program product called Networking

                      Services/2. This product was designed to enhance the performance of computers
                      operating in OS/2 Extended Edition network environments. Networking Services/2
                      provides both APPN end node and network node support to workstations, allowing

                      them greater flexibility when communicating with other workstations in the
                      network. Networking Services/2 also offers the SAA Common Programming
                      Interface (CPI) for communications, and an enhanced version of the Advanced

                      Program to Program Communications (APPC) Application Programming Interface
                      (API). Networking Services/2 greatly improved APPC throughput in
                      performance-critical LAN environments. In addition, Networking Services/2 offers

                      configuration and management services that provide both ease-of-use and improved
                      function for network users.


                      In this offering of Extended Services/2, the function provided by Networking
                      Services/2 is incorporated into the Communications Manager product. This

                      addition further enhances the usability and performance of APPN and
                      Communications Manager, as well as the networking capability of your OS/2 EE
                      system environment. With this added function, a workstation using Extended

                      Services can participate in an APPN network as a low-entry networking (LEN)
                      node, end node, or network node.


              A.1.1  The Configuration Process

                      When you perform Advanced Configuration for SNA, Communications Manager
                      builds a particular set of configuration files. All of these files have the same name as

                      the configuration file you specify but different extensions. These files contain
                      different information, based on the extension. The following list provides
                      descriptions of the configuration files:

                      .CFG Communications Manager binary configuration file, which contains DLC,

                          SNA Gateway, X.25, 3270 LU, and LUA information.

                          This file is updated following Verify and is placed in the \CMLIB directory.

                      .NDF Node definitions configuration file, which contains an ASCII representation
                          of the verbs used to configure APPN at startup time. You can use the .NDF

                          file to perform additional SNA configuration by editing the file with any type
                          of ASCII editor.

                          This file is created following completion of the SNA Feature Configuration
                          panel during configuration and is placed in the \CMLIB\APPN directory.

                      .CF2 APPN binary configuration file, which contains a binary representation of

                          the verbs used to configure APPN at startup time. This file must exist and
                          cannot be empty to start APPN function.

                          This file is created following Verify and is placed in the \CMLIB\APPN

                          directory.


                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   69

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 70 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      .SEC Binary security configuration.

                          This file is created following completion of the SNA Feature Configuration
                          panel during configuration and is placed in the \CMLIB\APPN directory.


                      .INI This file supports LAN adapter and protocol functions and is stored in the
                          \IBMCOM directory. PROTOCOL.INI is the name of the .INI file for the
                          active configuration on your workstation.


                      The node definitions (.NDF) and .INI files can be modified using a text editor.
                      You can modify the other configuration files using the Communications Manager

                      configuration panels.

                      Three scenarios for SNA Advanced Configuration are presented in this section:

              ?
                         5250 Advanced Configuration
              ?         3270 over Token-Ring
              ?         3270 over SDLC via Gateway.


                      Sample Node Definitions files (NDF) for each of the scenarios are also included.



                A.2  Advanced Configuration for 5250

                       1. Copy and rename the ACSCFGUS.CFG file in the \CMLIB directory to create

                        your new configuration file.

                        (example:                )                   C>copy acscfgus.cfg 5250adv.cfg

                       2. Restart Communications Manager using this file.

                        (example:       )                            C>cm 5250adv

                       3. Switch to the task list to access the Communications Manager Main Menu.

                       4. Select the Advanced action bar item and then select the Configuration pulldown

                        choice. Press Enter.

                        A message box appears displaying the name of the configuration file.

                       5. Press Enter. The Specify Configuration Usage panel appears.

                       6. Select the first option if you intend to use this configuration on this workstation
                        and press Enter.

                        The Communication Configuration Menu appears.

                       7. Select option 4, SNA feature profiles, and press Enter.

                        The SNA Feature Configuration panel appears.

                       8. Select Data Link Control (DLC) Profiles and press Enter.

                        A message box appears showing the DLC types.

                       9. Select option 3, Token-Ring or Other LAN type... and press Enter.


                        The DLC Adapters and Operations panel appears.

                      10. Select the two options Adapter 0 and Create and press Enter.

                        The Create/Change IBM Token-Ring Network DLC Profile panel appears.


                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   70

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 71 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      11. Use all of the default values displayed for the fields on this panel, except for the
                        C&SM LAN ID, where you must provide a value. Press Enter.

                        The SNA Feature Configuration panel appears.


                      12. Select SNA network definitions and press Enter.

                        The SNA Definitions Options panel appears.

                      13. Select Create/Change and press Enter. An informational message box appears.
                        Press Enter.

                        The Local Node Characteristics panel appears.

                      14. For the Required Features, specify the following:

                        Network ID

                         The network ID is the same as that supplied in the SNA base of previous
                        versions of Communications Manager. WARNING: The network ID
                        CANNOT be blanks.

                        Local node name

                         The local node name is the same as that as that supplied for the PU or Control
                        Point in previous versions of Communications Manager.

                        Node type

                         Accept the default node type of end node - no network node server.

                        For the optional features:

                ?         Use the default supplied for the Local Node ID.
                ?         Use the same name you supplied for Local Node Name for the Local Node
                          Alias Name, except enter the name in all caps.

                ?         Use the default supplied for the Activate Attach Manager at startup
                          (selected).

                        Select the OK push button and press Enter. The Basic SNA information

                        message panel appears. Press Enter. The SNA Network Definitions Selection
                        panel appears.

                      15. Select Connections and select the Configure push button.

                        The CM SNA Connections panel appears.

                      16. Select To Primary Host and press Enter.

                        The Adapter List panel appears.

                      17. Select IBMTRNET and press Enter.

                        The "Creating a Connection to a To Primary Host" panel appears.

                      18. Use the default value supplied for the Link Name.


                        Supply values for the Partner Network ID, Partner Node Name, and LAN
                        Destination Address fields.

                        Select the Define Partner LUs... push button.

                         The "Creating Partner LU " panel appears.

                      19. .Supply values for the LU name, and Alias fields (the Alias value must be in all
                        caps) and then select the Add pushbutton.



                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   71

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 72 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                        The LU name and alias you selected are added to the list box.

                        Select the OK push button.

                        The Creating a Connection to a To Primary Host panel appears.

                      20. Select the OK push button to exit from this panel.

                        The CM SNA Connections panel appears.

                      21. Select the Configuration action bar choice and then select the Additional SNA

                        Features... pulldown choice.

                        The CM Additional SNA Features panel appears.

                      22. Create a mode profile by selecting the Modes choice and pressing Enter.

                        The Creating a Mode Definition panel appears.

                      23. Supply the following values for the fields shown:

                                                 Mode name:              (supply a mode name)

                                                 Class of service:     #CONNECT     (the default)


                                                 Mode session limit:   64


                                                 Minimum contention winners:   32

                                                 Receive pacing window:          7

                        Select Default RU size.

                        Select the OK push button.

                        The CM Additional SNA Features panel appears.

                      24. Select the File action bar choice and then select the Save and exit pulldown

                        choice.

                        The SNA Network Definitions Selection panel appears.

                      25. Select the Exit push button.

                        The SNA Feature Configuration panel appears.

                      26. Press F3 to exit from the SNA Feature Configuration panel.

                        The Communication Configuration Menu appears.

                      27. Select option 6, LAN Adapter and Protocol Support and press Enter.

                        The Options panel appears.

                      28. Select Configure workstation (the default) and then select the OK pushbutton.

                        A message appears stating that the configuration file is being read, and then the

                        Configure Workstation panel appears.

                      29. Select the OK pushbutton to use all of the defaults shown on this panel.

                        The Options panel appears.

                      30. Select Configuration complete (the default) and then select the OK pushbutton.

                        The Communication Configuration Menu appears.


                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   72

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 73 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      31. Select option 7, 5250 workstation feature profiles and press Enter.

                        The 5250 Workstation Feature Configuration panel appears.

                      32. Select option 1, Terminal profiles... and press Enter.

                        The Profile Operations panel appears.

                      33. Select option 3, Create... and press Enter. The Specify Terminal Profile Names

                        panel appears.

                      34. Use the default supplied for the Model name (M1) and enter TERM in the
                        Profile Name field. Press Enter.

                        The Create/Change Terminal Options panel appears.

                      35. Select option 1, Common terminal options and press Enter.

                        The Common Terminal Options panel appears.

                      36. Accept all the default values for the terminal options and press Enter.

                        The Specify Workstation ID panel appears.


                        Accept the defaults and leave the Workstation ID field blank. Press Enter.

                        The Create/Change Terminal Options panel appears.

                      37. Press F3 to exit from the Create/Change Terminal Options panel.

                        The 5250 Workstation Features Configuration panel appears.

                      38. Select option 3, Specify APPC LU alias... and press Enter.

                        The Specify APPC LU Alias panel appears.

                      39. Type the LU alias in the "APPC LU alias" field and press Enter. (This is the
                        same value as the one supplied for the Local Node Name in step 14 on

                        page 71.)

                      40. The 5250 Workstation Features Configuration panel appears.

                      41. Select option 4, Session assignments and press Enter.

                        The 5250 Session Selection panel appears.

                      42. Select Session Number 1 and press Enter.

                        The 5250 Terminal/Printer Session Assignments panel appears.

                      43. Supply the values for the following fields and press Enter.

                        5250 Workstation Feature profile name
                        Use the profile value "TERM", as shown in step 34.


                        APPC partner LU alias
                        Use the same value you used for supplying an alias in step 19 on page 71.

                        APPC mode name
                        Use the same value you used for supplying a mode name in step 23 on page 72.

                        Short session ID

                        Accept the default value for the short session ID (A).

                        The 5250 Session Selection panel appears.



                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   73

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 74 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      44. Press F3 to exit the 5250 Session Selection panel.

                        The 5250 Workstation Feature Configuration panel appears.

                      45. Press F3 to exit the 5250 Workstation Feature Configuration panel.

                        The Communication Configuration Menu panel appears.

                      46. To verify your configuration file, press F10 and select the Verify action bar

                        choice. Then select option 1, Run verify from the pulldown.

                        A message box appears stating that the verification of the configuration file is in
                        process. After the configuration file is verified, a message box appears that
                        states the options for restarting and using the new configuration.


                      47. Press Enter. Another message box appears stating that Communications
                        Manager must be restarted to use the new configuration.

                      48. Press Enter. The Communication Configuration Menu panel appears.

                      49. Press F3 to exit from the Communication Configuration Menu. The
                        Communications Manager Main Menu" panel appears.

                      50. Press F3 to exit from the Communications Manager.


                        A message box appears notifying that you are exiting from Communications
                        Manager and asks you if you are sure.

                      51. Select option 1, Yes and press Enter.

                        Another message panel appears stating that the Communications Manager
                        features have ended successfully.

                      52. Press F3 to exit the Communications Manager.


                      53. Restart Communications Manager using the new configuration file.
                                                 (example:   C>start cm 5250adv)


                        Switch to the task list to access the Communications Manager Main Menu.

                      54. Select option 1, Start emulators and press Enter.

                        The Start Communications panel appears.

                      55. Select option 4, 5250 Work Station Feature and press Enter.

                        The Select 5250 Work Station Feature Sessions to Start panel appears.

                      56. Select ALL and press enter.

                        The Logon panel appears.

                      57. Type the UPM user ID and password in the appropriate fields and press Enter.
                        The 5250 host sign on screen appears for the active 5250 session.














                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   74

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 75 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





              A.2.1  5250ADV .NDF File Example
                                              DEFINE_LOCAL_CP FQ_CP_NAME(NETNAME.NODENAME )
                                                                    CP_ALIAS(ALIASNAM)
                                                                    NAU_ADDRESS(INDEPENDENT_LU)

                                                                    NODE_TYPE(EN)
                                                                    NODE_ID(X'00000')
                                                                    HOST_FP_SUPPORT(YES)
                                                                    HOST_FP_LINK_NAME(LINK0001);



                                              DEFINE_LOGICAL_LINK LINK_NAME(LINK0001)
                                                                         FQ_ADJACENT_CP_NAME(USIBMTH.AUSHATT )

                                                                         ADJACENT_NODE_TYPE(LEN)
                                                                         DLC_NAME(IBMTRNET)
                                                                         ADAPTER_NUMBER(0)

                                                                         DESTINATION_ADDRESS(X'400033345678')
                                                                         CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT(NO)
                                                                         ACTIVATE_AT_STARTUP(YES)
                                                                         LIMITED_RESOURCE(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION)

                                                                         LINK_STATION_ROLE(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION)
                                                                         SOLICIT_SSCP_SESSION(YES)
                                                                         EFFECTIVE_CAPACITY(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION)
                                                                         COST_PER_CONNECT_TIME(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION)

                                                                         COST_PER_BYTE(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION)
                                                                         SECURITY(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION)
                                                                         PROPAGATION_DELAY(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION)
                                                                         USER_DEFINED_1(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION)

                                                                         USER_DEFINED_2(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION)
                                                                         USER_DEFINED_3(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION);



                                              DEFINE_PARTNER_LU FQ_PARTNER_LU_NAME(USIBMTH.AUSHATT )
                                                                       PARTNER_LU_ALIAS(AUSHATT)
                                                                       MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE(32767)

                                                                       CONV_SECURITY_VERIFICATION(NO)
                                                                       PARALLEL_SESSION_SUPPORT(YES);



                                              DEFINE_PARTNER_LU_LOCATION FQ_PARTNER_LU_NAME(USIBMTH.AUSHATT )
                                                                                  WILDCARD_ENTRY(NO)
                                                                                  FQ_OWNING_CP_NAME(USIBMTH.AUSHATT )
                                                                                  LOCAL_NODE_NN_SERVER(NO);



                                              DEFINE_MODE MODE_NAME(QPCSUPP )

                                                               COS_NAME(#CONNECT)
                                                               DEFAULT_RU_SIZE(YES)
                                                               RECEIVE_PACING_WINDOW(7)
                                                               MAX_NEGOTIABLE_SESSION_LIMIT(32767)

                                                               PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT(64)
                                                               MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE(32);

                                              DEFINE_DEFAULTS IMPLICIT_INBOUND_PLU_SUPPORT(YES)

                                                                    DEFAULT_MODE_NAME(BLANK)
                                                                    MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE(32767)
                                                                    DIRECTORY_FOR_INBOUND_ATTACHES(*)


                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   75

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 76 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                                                                    DEFAULT_TP_OPERATION(NONQUEUED_AM_STARTED)
                                                                    DEFAULT_TP_PROGRAM_TYPE(BACKGROUND)

                                                                    DEFAULT_TP_CONV_SECURITY_RQD(NO)
                                                                    MAX_HELD_ALERTS(10);

                                               START_ATTACH_MANAGER;




                A.3  Advanced Configuration for 3270 Over Token-Ring

                       1. Copy and rename the ACSCFGUS.CFG file in the \CMLIB directory to create
                        your new configuration file.

                                                 (example: C>copy acscfgus.cfg 3270tr.cfg)

                       2. Restart Communications Manager using this file.

                                                 (example:   C>start cm 3270tr)

                       3. Switch to the task list to access the Communications Manager Main Menu.

                        The Communications Manager Main Menu appears.

                       4. Select the Advanced action bar item and then select the Configuration pulldown

                        choice. Press Enter.

                        A message box appears displaying the name of the configuration file.

                       5. Press Enter. The Specify Configuration Usage panel appears.

                       6. Select the first option if you intend to use this configuration on this workstation..

                        The Communication Configuration Menu appears.

                       7. Select option 3, 3270 feature profiles and press Enter. The 3270 Feature
                        Configuration panel appears.

                       8. Select option 3, IBM Token-Ring or Other LAN type... and press Enter. The

                        Profile Operations panel appears.

                       9. Select option 2, Create/Change and press Enter.

                        The Create/Change 3270 Profile panel appears.

                      10. Select option 1, Connection.

                        The Specify Link Information panel appears.

                      11. Select Adapter 0 (the default) for the Adapter number field and supply the
                        destination address in the Destination Address field and press Enter.


                        The Create/Change 3270 Profile panel re-appears.

                      12. Select sessions to configure for a terminal.

                        The Create/Change 3270 Logical Terminal Profile panel appears.

                        Use the default values supplied for all of the fields on this panel and supply a
                        session ID and LU Local Address.

                        Press F3 two times to return to the Communication Configuration Menu. You

                        will receive a warning that the DLC must be configured; press Enter. Select
                        option 4, SNA Feature Profiles and press Enter.



                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   76

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 77 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                        The SNA Feature Configuration panel appears.

                      13. Select Data Link Control (DLC) Profiles and press Enter.

                        A message box appears showing the DLC types.

                      14. Select option 3, Token-Ring or Other LAN type.. and press Enter.

                        The DLC Adapters and Operations panel appears.

                      15. Select the two options Adapter 0 and Create and press Enter.

                        The Create/Change IBM Token-Ring Network DLC Profile panel appears.


                      16. Use all of the default values displayed for the fields on this panel, except for the
                        C&SM LAN ID, where you must provide a value. Press Enter.

                        The SNA Feature Configuration panel appears.

                      17. Select SNA network definitions and press Enter.

                        The SNA network definitions options panel appears. Select Create/Change, and
                        press enter.


                        The "Creating Basic SNA Node Information" panel appears.

                      18. Select OK.

                        The Local Node Characteristics panel appears.

                      19. For the Required Features, specify the following:

                        Network ID
                        The network ID is the same as that supplied in the SNA base of previous

                        versions in Communications Manager. WARNING: The Network ID cannot
                        be blanks.

                        Local node name
                        The local node name is the same as that as that supplied for the PU or Control

                        Point in previous versions of Communications Manager.

                        Node type
                        Accept the default node type of end node - no network node server.

                        For the optional features:

                ?         Use the default supplied for the Local Node ID.

                ?         Use the same name you supplied for Local Node Name for the Local Node
                          Alias Name, except enter the name in all caps.
                ?         Select Activate Attach Manager at startup.

                        Select the OK push button and press Enter.

                        You will receive an informational message on the Basic SNA Node Information

                        Created. Press the OK push button.

                        You will see the SNA Network Definitions Selection. Select the Exit push
                        button.

                        The SNA Feature Configuration panel appears.

                      20. Select F3 to exit from this panel.

                        The Communication Configuration Menu appears.



                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   77

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 78 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      21. Select option 6, LAN Adapter and Protocol Support and press Enter.

                        The Options screen appears.

                      22. Select Configure Workstation and press Enter.

                        The Configure Workstation panel appears.

                      23. Select the following on this panel:

                ?         Select IBM Token-ring Adapters from Network Adapters.

                          A pop-up screen appears showing the adapters in the current configuration.

                ?
                           Select IBM IEEE 802.2 from Protocols.

                          A pop-up screen appears showing the current configuration for this item.

                        At this point, you can either:

                ?         Select OK to complete configuration (and use the supplied defaults).

                          Note:  If you choose this action, you can bypass step 24.

                ?         Highlight the IBM Token-ring Adapters choice in the Current
                          Configuration box and select the Edit push button to edit the parameters

                          you created.

                      24. Use the edit box to edit the parameters for the token-ring adapters or the IBM
                        IEEE 802.2 entries.

                        Select OK when you are finished editing.

                      25. Select OK to exit the Configure Workstation panel.

                        The Options panel appears.

                      26. Select Configuration complete (the default).

                        The Communication Configuration panel appears.

                      27. Select the Verify action bar choice and then select the Run Verify pulldown

                        choice to verify the configuration file.

                      Note:  A screen may appear stating that inconsistencies were found. If this occurs,
                      access the message log to view the messages and perform the following steps. For

                      example, you may be asked to do a REINST if the features you configured are not
                      installed yet.

                       1. Stop Communications Manager and type the     command at the command                                          REINST
                        prompt. This action restarts Communications Manager using the configuration

                        file you created.

                       2. On the REINST screen, select Install Additional Features and press Enter.

                       3. Select LAN Adapter and Protocol Support, for example, if this is the feature
                        which needs to be installed.











                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   78

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 79 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





              A.3.1  3270TR .NDF File Example
                                              DEFINE_LOCAL_CP FQ_CP_NAME(NETNAME.NODENAME )
                                                                    CP_ALIAS(ALIASNAM)
                                                                    NAU_ADDRESS(INDEPENDENT_LU)

                                                                    NODE_TYPE(EN)
                                                                    NODE_ID(X'00000')
                                                                    HOST_FP_SUPPORT(NO);


                                              DEFINE_DEFAULTS IMPLICIT_INBOUND_PLU_SUPPORT(YES)
                                                                    DEFAULT_MODE_NAME(BLANK)
                                                                    MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE(32767)
                                                                    DIRECTORY_FOR_INBOUND_ATTACHES(*)

                                                                    DEFAULT_TP_OPERATION(NONQUEUED_AM_STARTED)
                                                                    DEFAULT_TP_PROGRAM_TYPE(BACKGROUND)
                                                                    DEFAULT_TP_CONV_SECURITY_RQD(NO)

                                                                    MAX_HELD_ALERTS(10);

                                              START_ATTACH_MANAGER;



                A.4  Advanced Configuration for 3270 Gateway

                       1. Copy and rename the ACSCFGUS.CFG file in the \CMLIB directory.


                        (example:               )                  C>copy acscfgus.cfg 3270gw.cfg

                       2. Restart Communications Manager using this file.

                        (example:        )                         C>start cm 3270gw

                       3. Switch to the task list to access the Communications Manager Main Menu.

                       4. Select the Advanced action bar item and then select the Configuration pulldown
                        choice. Press Enter.

                        A message box appears displaying the name of the configuration file.

                       5. Press Enter.

                        The Specify Configuration Usage panel appears.

                       6. Select the first option if you intend to use this configuration on this workstation.


                        The Communication Configuration Menu appears.

                       7. Select option 3, 3270 feature profiles, and press Enter. The 3270 Feature
                        Configuration panel appears.

                       8. Select option 2, SDLC... and press Enter.

                        The Profile Operations panel appears.

                       9. Select option 2, Create/Change and press Enter.

                        The Create/Change 3270 Profile panel appears.

                      10. Select option 1, Connection, and press Enter. The Select SDLC Adapter panel

                        appears.

                      11. Select option 1, Adapter 0 and press Enter. The Create/Change 3270 Profile
                        panel re-appears.



                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   79

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 80 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                      12. Select the sessions to configure for the terminal. The Create/Change 3270
                        Logical Terminal Profile panel appears. Select Profile type panel appears.

                        Select Option 1, Terminal and press Enter.

                      13. Use the default values supplied for all of the fields on this panel and supply the
                        values for the following fields:

                ?         Session ID/LU name

                ?         LU local address.

                      14. Press Enter to return to the Create/Change 3270 Profile.

                      15. Press F3 two times to return to the Communication Configuration Menu.

                        A warning message appears stating that an appropriate DLC must be configured
                        before 3270 emulation can be used.

                      16. Press Enter to return to the Communication Configuration Menu.

                      17. Select option 4, SNA Feature Profiles and press Enter. The SNA feature

                        configuration panel appears.

                      18. Select Data Link Control (DLC) profiles... and press Enter. A message box
                        appears showing the DLC types.

                      19. Select option 1, SDLC... and press Enter. The DLC Adapters and Operations

                        panel appears.

                      20. Select the two options Adapter 0 and Create and then press Enter. The
                        Create/Change SDLC DLC Adapter Profile panel appears.

                      21. Use all of the default values displayed for the fields on this panel, except for the
                        Free unused link field. Select No for this field and press Enter. The Specify

                        Data Set Ready Timeout panel appears.

                      22. Accept the default value of 5 minutes and press Enter. The Specify Negotiable
                        Link Station Data panel appears.

                      23. Accept the defaults for the fields on this panel and press Enter.

                        The SNA Feature Configuration panel re-appears.

                      24. Select SNA network definitions and press Enter.


                        The SNA network definitions options panel appears. Select Create/Change, and
                        press Enter.

                        An informational message appears on Creating basic SNA node information.

                      25. Select the OK pushbutton to proceed to the Local Node Characteristics
                        configuration panel.

                      26. For the Required Features, specify the following:


                        Network ID
                         The network ID is the same as that supplied in the SNA base of previous
                        versions of Communications Manager. WARNING: The Network ID cannot

                        be blanks.

                        Local node name
                         The local node name is the same as that as that supplied for the PU or Control
                        Point in previous versions of Communications Manager.



                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   80

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 81 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                        Node type
                         Accept the default node type of End Node - No Network Node Server.

                        For the Optional Features:

                ?
                           Use the default supplied for the Local Node ID.
                ?         Use the same name you supplied for Local Node Name for the Local Node
                          Alias Name, except enter the name in all caps.

                      27. Select the OK push button and press Enter.

                        An informational message appears on the Basic SNA information created. Select

                        the OK push button and press enter.

                        The SNA Network Definition Selection panel appears. Select the Exit push
                        button and press Enter.

                        The SNA Feature Configuration panel appears.

                      28. Select SNA gateway profiles... and press Enter. The Select Gateway Profile

                        Type panel appears.

                      29. Select option 1, Host Connection... and press Enter. The Profile Operations
                        panel appears.

                      30. Select option 3, Create and press Enter. The Create/Change SNA Gateway

                        Host Connection Profile (1 of 2) panel appears.

                      31. Set the values for the following fields and press Enter:

                                                 DLC  type                             SDLC (default)

                                                 Permanent  connection              Yes


                                                 Auto-logoff timeout (minutes)    61

                        The Select Adapter panel appears.

                      32. Select option 1, Adapter 0 and press Enter. The Create/Change SNA Gateway
                        Host Connection Profile (2 of 2) panel appears.

                      33. Leave this panel blank and press Enter. The SNA Feature Configuration panel

                        returns.

                      34. Select SNA gateway profiles... again and press Enter. The Select Gateway
                        Profile Type panel appears.

                      35. Select option 2, Workstation LU... and press Enter. The Profile Operations
                        panel appears.

                      36. Select option 3, Create and press Enter. The Specify Profile Names panel

                        appears.

                      37. Accept the default for the Model profile name field (M6) and type ALICEWS1
                        in the profile name field. Press Enter. The Create/Change SNA Gateway

                        Workstation LU Profile panel appears.

                      38. Set the values for the following fields and press Enter:







                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   81

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 82 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                                                 LU name at workstation                      ALICEWS1


                                                 Comment                                         (Optional)

                                                 PU name of workstation                      ALICEPU1


                                                 LU pooling                                     Dedicated

                                                 LU local address at workstation (hex)    *


                        Note:                                  Enter the LU local address entered on the

                                                 Create/Change 3270 Logical Terminal Profile.
                                                 See 13 on page 80 for the
                                                 LU local address field.


                                                 DLC type                                        SDLC

                        The Specify Dedicated LU Parameters panel appears.

                      39. Supply a value for the LU local address at host field and accept the default value
                        for the Auto-logoff field (NO). Press Enter. The Select Adapter panel appears.

                      40. Select option 1, Adapter 0 and press Enter.

                        The SNA Feature Configuration panel re-appears.

                      41. Press F3 to return to the Communication Configuration Menu.

                      42. Verify the configuration and re-start the Communications Manager to use the

                        new configuration.

                        Verify from action bar, and press enter.

                        Select Option 1, Run Verify and press enter.


              A.4.1  3270GW .NDF File Example

                      A node definition file is built for you with the following set of default verbs:

                                             DEFINE_LOCAL_CP  FQ_CP_NAME(APPN.ATIG          )
                                                                  CP_ALIAS(atig     )
                                                                  NAU_ADDRESS(INDEPENDENT_LU)
                                                                  NODE_TYPE(EN)

                                                                  NODE_ID(X'00000')
                                                                  HOST_FP_SUPPORT(NO);

                                             DEFINE_DEFAULTS  IMPLICIT_INBOUND_PLU_SUPPORT(YES)

                                                                  DEFAULT_MODE_NAME(BLANK)
                                                                  MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE(32767)
                                                                  DIRECTORY_FOR_INBOUND_ATTACHES(*)
                                                                  DEFAULT_TP_OPERATION(NONQUEUED_AM_STARTED)

                                                                  DEFAULT_TP_PROGRAM_TYPE(BACKGROUND)
                                                                  DEFAULT_TP_CONV_SECURITY_RQD(NO)
                                                                  MAX_HELD_ALERTS(10);









                                     Appendix A. SNA Advanced Configuration                                   82

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 83 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   Appendix B.   EHLLAPI Virtual Device Driver (VDD)


      #                  *** NOTE ***

      #                The EHLLAPI VDD does not function correctly with the OS/2 SE 2.0 driver

      #                level 6.167. To use the EHLLAPI VDD, OS/2 2.0 level 6.605 must be used.




                B.1  Overview

                      This IBM Extended Services for OS/2 driver contains a new EHLLAPI Virtual

                      Device Driver (VDD) to allow existing DOS HLLAPI applications to run in the
                      Virtual DOS Machine on the OS/2 2.0 operating system. This appendix gives the
                      information on how to use the EHLLAPI VDD.


                      The EHLLAPI Virtual Device Driver support is installed when you install
                      Communications Manager with a 3270 configuration file. The Installation of the

                      EHLLAPI VDD will enable the user to run existing DOS HLLAPI applications in
                      the OS/2 2.0 Virtual DOS Machine (VDM) environment using Extended Services

                      EHLLAPI with the Communications Manager.

                      Although an effort was made to be compatable with the Personal Communications

                      3270 EHLLAPI 2.0, some differences exist and are noted below.

                      It is recommended the DOS application be recompiled and linked to be executed in

                      the OS/2 environment if possible. This will enhance the overall performance of the
                      system and allow for inclusion of the many enhancements available in the

                      Communications Manager EHLLAPI.




                B.2  Installation

                      The following statement should be added to the end of the CONFIG.SYS file (it

                      must follow the loading of physical device drivers):


              ?         DEVICE=x:\CMLIB\VHAPI.OS2

                        (where x is the logical drive on which Communications Manager is installed)


                      Note: Machine must be restarted after making changes to CONFIG.SYS.















                                 Appendix B. EHLLAPI Virtual Device Driver (VDD)                                    83

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 84 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





                B.3  Usage

                      Bring up the Communications Manager and start 3270 communications. Establish

                      the same conditions in the host session window as are required in the DOS
                      emulator session by the DOS HLLAPI application. Create an OS/2 2.0 VDM
                      Window and start the DOS HLLAPI application.







                B.4  Compatability (With Personal Communications 3270 2.0)

























































                                 Appendix B. EHLLAPI Virtual Device Driver (VDD)                                    84

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 85 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167





                                              Deviations:

                                               Because of existing differences between the Per Com and OS/2 3270
                                               emulators there are some differences in the EHLLAPI support:

                                               1. ASCII mnemonic differences

                                                   - The following mnemonics are not supported by PER COM 3270 2.0.
                                                     However, since the OS/2 emulator generates them they may be
                                                       received by EHLLAPI applications running in the DOS box under OS/2 2.0)

                                                        1. @q End
                                                        2. @A@D Word Delete
                                                        3. @A@L Cursor Left fast
                                                        4. @A@N Get Cursor

                                                        5. @A@O Locate Cursor
                                                        6. @A@Z Cursor Fast Right
                                                        7. @A@9 Reverse Video
                                                        8. @A@b Underscore

                                                        9. @A@c Reset Reverse video
                                                       10. @A@d Red
                                                       11. @A@e Pink
                                                       12. @A@f Green

                                                       13. @A@g Yellow
                                                       14. @A@h Blue
                                                       15. @A@i Turquoise

                                                       16. @A@j White
                                                       17. @A@l Reset Host colors
                                                       18. @/   Overrun of queue (get key function only)
                                                       19. @S@T Jump to Task Mgr (Extended Services 1.0)


                                                   - The following lists differences between mnemonics supported by
                                                     both EHLLAPIs
                                                        1. @< Backspace

                                                           - Per Com treats this as a destructive backspace
                                                           - OS2 treats this as a non destructive backspace

                                                        note: When received by an EHLLAPI application running in the

                                                               DOS box under OS/2 2.0 this mnemonic should be treated as
                                                               a non destructive backspace.


                                                   - The following mnemonics are not supported by EHLLAPI on a 3270
                                                     session
                                                         1. @S@A Erase EOL
                                                         2. @S@B Field Advance

                                                         3. @S@C Field Backspace
                                                         4. @S@D Valid Backspace character
                                                         5. @r@t Pause


                                               2. Copy OIA content
                                                        1. Column 21
                                                           - Per Com returns value of 0xF6
                                                           - OS2 returns value of 0x20


                                                           note: The value of 0x20 will be returned in the OS/2 2.0
                                                                   DOS box.


                                                        2. Columns 61-63


                                 Appendix B. EHLLAPI Virtual Device Driver (VDD)                                    85

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 86 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                                                           - Per Com will not return printer information


                                                           note: Values in these columns may be returned in the OS/2
                                                                   2.0 DOS box.

                                                        3. Group 3 Shift State

                                                           - bit 2 CAPS is not returned by OS2
                                                              (bit 0 set for both upper case and CAPSLOCK in OS2 with
                                                              bit 2 reversed)


                                                           note: Bit 2 will continue to be reserved in the OS/2 2.0
                                                                   DOS box.


                                                        4. Group 8 byte 1 Input Inhibited
                                                           - bit 6 Device not working not returned by Per Com

                                                           note: This bit may be set in the OS/2 2.0 DOS box.


                                                        5. Group 8 byte 2
                                                           - bit 1 OS2 Terminal Wait not returned by Per Com


                                                           note: This bit may be set in the OS/2 2.0 DOS box.

                                                        6. Group 8 byte 3
                                                           - bit 1 Operation unauthorized not returned by Per Com.

                                                           - bit 2 Operation unauthorized minus function not
                                                              returned by Per Com.


                                                           note: These bits may be set in the OS/2 2.0 DOS box.

                                                        7. Group 10 Highlight #2
                                                           - bit 0 Selected not returned by Per Com


                                                           note: This bit may be set in the OS/2 2.0 DOS box.

                                                        8. Group 11 Color #2

                                                           - bit 0 Selected not returned by Per Com

                                                           note: This bit may be set in the OS/2 2.0 DOS box.


                                                        9. Group 13 Printer Status
                                                           - This group is reserved in Per Com


                                                           note: This group may be set in the OS/2 2.0 DOS box.

                                                       10. Group 14 Graphics
                                                           - bit 0 Graphics cursor not returned by OS2


                                                           note:   This bit will not be returned in the OS/2 2.0 DOS
                                                                    box.


                                               3. Presentation Space character/field attributes translated under
                                                   the XLATE parm do not match (both are supposed to be CGA format).

                                                   Note:  The purpose of this function is to provide a

                                                           Char/Attribute buffer to be displayed on the applications


                                 Appendix B. EHLLAPI Virtual Device Driver (VDD)                                    86

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 87 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                                                           screen that reflects exactly the text and colors of the
                                                           host presentation space.   Since the Per Com implementation

                                                           performs this function incorrectly, the attributes
                                                           returned under OS/2 will be returned without alteration.

                                               4. Host PS null characters (0x00) are translated to blanks (0x20)

                                                   under Per Com.  They are not translated under OS/2.   This may
                                                   affect searches (in Per Com EHLLAPI appls) for character strings
                                                   that include blanks that are null characters under OS/2.


                                               5. Host Presentation Space sizes supported are different between the
                                                   two emulators.  A user running a Per Comm EHLLAPI application
                                                   under OS/2 2.0 must make sure that he doesn't configure a PS mod

                                                   type that is larger than the Per Com application can handle.  PS
                                                   sizes for Per Com are between 1920 (24x80) and 3564 (27x132).
                                                   Sizes for OS/2 are between 1920 and 7446 (146x51).


                                                   note: OS/2 2.0 DOS will support up the the maximum OS/2 size if
                                                          the application can handle it.

                                               6. Storage Manager is different between the APIs.


                                                   Note: Setup of Storage Manager during configuration is not
                                                          required under OS/2. The maximum of 10 K bytes is
                                                          automatically preallocated outside of the DOS heap.


                                               7. Considerations for using functions 90 & 91 in PER COM pub do not
                                                   apply.


                                               8. PERCOM EHLLAPI messages are not generated under OS/2.

                                               9. In OS/2 Trace is sent to file. In PER COM it is sent to screen.


                                                   Note: Under OS/2 2.0 OS/2 trace rules will be applied.

                                              10. Send/Receive: PM window will be created to display status

                                                   messages (non Quiet mode).

                                              11. Send/Receive: PS Position parameter specification of 0 for
                                                   Current directory is not supported in PERCOM.


                                                   Note: Under OS/2 2.0 a specification of 0 will be supported if
                                                          received.


                                              12. As in Per Com, the DOS EHLLAPI application running under OS/2
                                                   2.0 will run on the interrupt thread.  This means that hitting
                                                   Ctrl-C and Ctrl-Break, will have no effect when the thread is

                                                   suspended, waiting for an EHLLAPI function to complete.

                                                   However, under OS/2 2.0 the user may optionally close the DOS
                                                   window running the EHLLAPI application even when the thread is

                                                   suspended waiting for a function to complete (Warning:  in this
                                                   case the 3270 emulation resources remain allocated until the
                                                   pending EHLLAPI function issued by the departed DOS application
                                                   is complete).




                                 Appendix B. EHLLAPI Virtual Device Driver (VDD)                                    87

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 88 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167




                                              13. Functions 41-43 (Close Click Intercept) and 101-106 (Windowing)
                                                   are not supported under Per Com.


                                                   note: These functions will not be supported under OS/2 2.0.




































































                                 Appendix B. EHLLAPI Virtual Device Driver (VDD)                                    88

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Extended Services Driver S1A246 89 OS/2 LS V2.0 Driver 281 on OS/2 2.0 Driver 6.167






                   Appendix C.   Communications Manager Stop API





                C.1  Overview and Usage

                      Included in this driver of Communications Manager is a new API to stop the

                      Communications Manager. The following description is written using the same
                      format as the OS/2 Control Program, Programming Reference. For additional
                      information, see the OS/2 Control Program Programming Reference which is a

                      volume of the IBM OS/2 Programmer's Toolkit version 1.2.


                                             CmkDeactivateService -
                                             Request to Stop the Communication Manager


                                             This call will have the Communications Manager start exit processing
                                             when the Main Menu is displayed.

                                             CmkDeactivateService (StopType, Service, Reserved_1, Reserved_2, rc)


                                             PARAMETERS
                                                StopType(USHORT) - input

                                                     Type of stop process requested.
                                                         StopType codes:
                                                         * CMK_SOFT 0 - Exit  when Complete
                                                         * CMK_HARD 1 - Exit  Immediate


                                                Service(ULONG) - input
                                                     Service number of Communication Manager
                                                         * CMK_ALL_FEATURES    1  - Stop Communications Manager


                                                Reserved_1(ULONG) - input
                                                     Reserved and should be set to 0


                                                Reserved_2(USHORT) - input
                                                     Reserved and should be set to 0


                                                rc(USHORT) - return
                                                     Return code descriptions are:
                                                     0             CMK_SUCCESSFUL
                                                     22           CMK_ERR_INVALID_SERVICE

                                                     23           CMK_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR

                                             REMARKS
                                               This call will request the Communications Manager to start exit

                                              processing. The CMK_SOFT stop is  the equivalent of selecting
                                               "Exit when Complete"   from the EXIT pulldown  on the Communications
                                               Manager Main Menu.   The CMK_HARD stop corresponds to the "Exit
                                               immediately" option.


                                               Processing of the stop request will only occur when the Main Panel
                                               is being displayed,   or when a user returns to the Main Panel after

                                               preforming some action like configuration.


                                  Appendix C. Communications Manager Stop API                                    89
�

INDBC167.DOC















                                                    Restrictions and Installation Instructions for

                                                                    IBM Extended Services for OS/2

                                         Database Manager Clients Feature (Driver S1A246)









                                                      October 18, 1991 2:45 p.m.







                               IBM CONFIDENTIAL  Database Manager Clients Driver S1A246





        This document contains information of a proprietary nature. ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED
        HEREIN SHALL BE KEPT IN CONFIDENCE. None of this information herein shall be divulged to

        persons other than IBM employees authorized by the nature of their duties to receive such information, or
        individuals or organizations who are authorized in writing in accordance with existing policy regarding release
        of company information. This material, if exported from the United States, is shipped under General

        License GTDR.














                                                    Restrictions and Installation Instructions for

                                                                    IBM Extended Services for OS/2

                                         Database Manager Clients Feature (Driver S1A246)









                                                      October 18, 1991 2:45 p.m.







                               IBM CONFIDENTIAL  Database Manager Clients Driver S1A246

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Database Manager Clients Driver S1A246






                   Contents


                      1.0 Introduction                 . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . .       1


                      2.0 Database Manager Clients Restrictions/Limitations ............ . . .                       2


                      3.0 Installation Instructions ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                  5

                      4.0 Applying Patches to the OS/2.NETBIOS.Client . . . . ....... . . .     .                   6

                      4.1 Instructions for Applying Database Manager Client.Patches  . . . . .  . . .        6

























































                                                      Contents                             ii

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Database Manager Clients Driver S1A246






                   1.0   Introduction


                      This document provides the driver restrictions and installation instructions for the
                      Database Manager Clients feature of the IBM Extended Services for OS/2 program.


                      The feature consists of the following code and publications:

                       1. Diskettes (3 1/2" format):

                ?         2 OS/2 NETBIOS Database Client diskettes

                ?         2 DOS Database Client/DOS Windows Database Client diskettes

                ?         1 PC LAN Support Program diskette (** shipped with the LAN Server

                          V2.0 program)

                       2. Publications

                ?         Guide to Database Manager Clients

                ?         Network Administrator's Guide (** part of Extended Services
                          Administrator's Ship group)

                ?         LAN Adapter and Protocol Support Configuration Guide (** part of

                          Extended Services Administrator's Ship group)

                ?         PC LAN Support Program User's Guide (** part of LS V2.0 ship group
                          sent with previous Extended Services/LAN Server driver)







































                                                    Introduction                              1

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Database Manager Clients Driver S1A246






                   2.0   Database Manager Clients Restrictions/Limitations


                      The following restrictions/limitations apply to the Database Manager Clients feature
                      for this driver.

              ?
                         OS/2 NETBIOS Client Installation/Custom Diskette Creation:

                        ?You must have at least 500K Bytes available on the C: drive for use by the
                          OS/2 NETBIOS Client install program. If OS/2 is booted from a drive
                          other than C:, the C: drive is still used for temporary working space for the

                          install program.

      #                 ?If OS/2 is booted from a drive other than C:, the installation of the OS/2
      #                   NETBIOS Client will not work. CONFIG.SYS is incorrectly updated
      #                   (causing multiple error messages during IPL) and several files do NOT get

      #                   installed.

      #                   The workaround, if you plan to install the client from an OS/2 system
      #                   which has been booted from a drive other than C:, is as follows:

      #                    ?Edit the INSTALL.CMD file on the OS/2 NETBIOS Database Client

      #                      Installation Diskette #1:

      #                      Change the designated drive in line PKUNZIP2 REQINSTR.ZIP C:\
      #                      -o -d 1>NUL 2>NUL to the drive you have booted your system

      #                      from.

                        ?If you are attempting to install the OS/2 NETBIOS Client on top of a
                          previous version of Extended Services, you must first erase the file
                          x:\IBMLVL.INI (where x: is the drive which OS/2 is booted from).

                        ?During Install, the ONLY valid network adapters are the ones currently

                          listed in the Guide to Database Manager Clients under "Software and
                          Hardware Requirements. The menu that comes up during Install to allow
                          you to select your network adapter incorrectly lists more adapters than can

                          validly be selected.

                        ?You CANNOT create a Custom Build Diskette for an OS/2 SE V2.0
                          workstation. The diskette that gets created will ONLY work on OS/2 SE

                          V1.30.1 workstations.

                        ?After creating a custom diskette, you are told to remove the diskette. If you
                          do so BEFORE you press 'enter', you will get a "drive not ready" message.
                          Leave the custom diskette in drive a: until after pressing 'enter'.


                        ?During Install, after selection of the network adapter, the "percentage of
                          installation complete" indicator is not correctly displayed. (** OS/2 SE V2.0
                          Level 6.605 ONLY)

                        ?During Install and/or Custom Diskette creation, 'HELP' does not work

                          from the following panels/menus:

                           ?Incompatible Versions

                           ?File Backup

                           ?Source Drive



                                   Database Manager Clients Restrictions/Limitations                                       2

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Database Manager Clients Driver S1A246




                        ?On the panel asking you to check the terms and conditions of the licensing
                          agreement, there is a 'HELP' pushbutton, but it has no effect.

                        ?On the Custom Diskette Panel, 'HELP' states that you will need a second

                          diskette, however you do not always need one.


              ?         DOS Database Client/DOS Windows Database Client:

                        ?You CANNOT run any DOS Database client or DOS Windows Database

                          client applications in OS/2's DOS Compatibility mode (i.e., from the DOS
                          box)

              ?         There are NO online helps for Database Manager. You will need to refer to the

                        Extended Services for OS/2 Messages and Error Recovery Guide, Database Only
                        for the explanation of error messages.

              ?         Corrections to Guide to Database Manager Clients

                         1. Pages 4-3, and 4-4:

                          ?Steps 1 and 2 should be replaced by:

                             Type the following at the command prompt and press Enter: INSTDB

                         2. Page 3-7

                          ?In step 8 the Workstaion Name Panel is displayed instead of the

                             Installation and Configuration Panel.

                          ?Step 9 should be replaced with:

                             Type in the name of your workstation and select OK or press enter.
                             The "Copying files - Please wait" popup is displayed. While the system

                             copies files, the percentage of the diskette that is copied and the amount
                             of time elasped is continually updated on this panel. The Options panel
                             is displayed next.

                          ?Step 10 should be removed.

                          ?In steps 13 and 14 the cursor will not automatically move; it must be

                             tabbed or selected via a mouse.

                          ?Step 14 should be replaced with:

                             Select Add to accept IBM OS/2 NETBIOS. Your selection (IBM OS/2
                             NETBIOS) is displayed in the current configuration field (beneath the

                             Network Adapters field). When all options are complete move to OK
                             and press enter. The Options panel is now displayed.

                          ?Step 15 should be replaced with:

                             When all configuring is complete, press Configuration Complete. A
                             warning panel asking you to check the terms and conditions

                             information to verify that you can copy the network driver information
                             is displayed.

                         3. Appendix B, page B-3, "DBM Catalog NETBIOS Node"

                          ?The syntax diagram has an error. You need to precede the adapter

                             number (0 or 1) with the keyword 'ADAPTER' or you will get an
                             error.


                                   Database Manager Clients Restrictions/Limitations                                       3

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Database Manager Clients Driver S1A246













































































                                   Database Manager Clients Restrictions/Limitations                                       4

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Database Manager Clients Driver S1A246






                   3.0   Installation Instructions





                      The installation instructions for this feature are included in the Guide to Database
                      Manager Clients publication which has been included with this driver shipment.


                      Once you have read and understood ALL restrictions and limitations that apply to
                      this driver, please refer to the above-mentioned publication for all details of

                      installing and configuring your client workstations.



                         Important Installation Note

                       If you are installing an OS/2 NETBIOS Client, you MUST apply some patches

                       after you complete the installation. After you have completed the installation
                       steps in the Guide to Database Manager Clients, return to this document and

                       follow the instructions in 4.0, 嗀pplying Patches to the OS/2 NETBIOS Client?
                       on page 6













































                                               Installation Instructions                                  5

       IBM CONFIDENTIAL Database Manager Clients Driver S1A246






                   4.0   Applying Patches to the OS/2 NETBIOS Client


                      After your OS/2 NETBIOS Client is installed, you must apply the necessary
                      patches.


                         Note


                       This applies ONLY to OS/2 NETBIOS Clients; it DOES NOT apply to DOS
                       Database Client or DOS Windows Database Client.





                4.1  Instructions for Applying Database Manager Client Patches

                         *** NOTEs: ***

                        1. In order for the patches to be applied correctly, you MUST take the steps
                         below after Database Manager Client installation is complete.


                        2. If you need to re-install the Database Manager Client, the patch process
                         MUST be repeated after the re-installation.



                       1. Insert the patch diskette #1 in drive A:

                       2. From the OS/2 command prompt, enter the following command.

                        Note: The replace command will replace files based upon the features you have
                        installed on your PC. If you have installed features which do not require any

                        patches, then the replace command may not replace any files.

                ?          REPLACE A:\CMPATCH\*.* z:\IBMCOM /S

                          where z is the logical drive on which OS/2 is installed.

                       3. Insert patch diskette #2 in driver A:, and type the following:

                        a:dbclient x:

                        (where x is the drive on which the Database Manager client is installed) and

                        press Enter.

                       4. Remove the patch diskette.

      #                5. Use the Desktop Manager Shutdown feature to stop and reboot your system, if
      #                 you are using OS/2 SE V1.3 with Manufacturing Refresh 1.30.1. If you are
      #                 using OS/2 SE V2.0 Level 6.167, you should move the mouse to a blank area of

      #                 the workplace desktop (i.e., not on an object or folder) and press mouse button
      #                 #2. From the pull-down that appears, select "Shutdown" and follow the

      #                 directions.










                                     Applying Patches to the OS/2 NETBIOS Client                                    6
�

INST6167.DOC






                    OS/2 32-Bit Operating System

                             Installation Guide



                           PRE-RELEASE COPY



                    October 10, 1991


























   First Edition  October 1991      <                        *


   The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any
   country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
   INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
   PUBLICATION 嗀S IS?WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
   EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED

   WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
   PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied
   warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply
   to you.


   This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical
   errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these
   changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may
   make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the
   program(s) described in this publication at any time.


   It is possible that this publication may contain reference to, or information
   about, IBM products (machines and programs), programming, or services
   that are not announced in your country. Such references or information
   must not be construed to mean that IBM intends to announce such IBM
   products, programming, or services in your country.


   Requests for technical information about IBM products should be made to
   your IBM Authorized Dealer or your IBM Marketing Representative.

  +  Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1991. All rights

   reserved.
   Note to U.S. Government Users ?Documentation related to restricted
   rights ?Use, duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth
   in GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.






          Contents


     Notices                       . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . .vii


     About This Book ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        ix
     How This Book is Organized. ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       ix
     Related Information                     . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . x


     Chapter 1. Choosing an Installation.Procedure. ........                   1

     Basic Installation. ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                          3
     Advanced Installation Choices. . . . ....... . . . . . . . . .                      4
      Running OS/2 2.0 and DOS on the Same System. . . . . .  . .        4

      Multiple Operating System Installation ........... . . .                      6
      Alternative Ways to Install. . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . .                       6
      Choosing an Advanced Installation.Procedure. ...... .                 6

      Special Note about Reconfigurable Diskette.Drives  . .  . . .       7

     Chapter 2. Installing OS/2 2.0 as the Only Operating System  . .   9

     Setting Up Your Hard Disk. . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . .                        9
     Selecting the Operating System.Features . . . . . ...... .                  12

     Configuring the System ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        14
     Viewing the Tutorial ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                         16


     Chapter 3. Adding OS/2 2.0 to a DOS System. . . . . .  . . . .         17
     Dual Boot Requirements ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       18
     Setting Up Your System for Dual Boot. . . . . ......... .                     19

      Making Sure Your DOS Directory Structure Is.Correct   . .  .     19
      Creating or Modifying the AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS
       Files                        . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . 21

     Installing the OS/2 Version 2.0 Operating.System ....  . . .            22
     Viewing the OS/2 Tutorial. . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . .                        24

     Starting the Dual Boot Feature ......... . . . . . . . . . .                       24

     Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems .... . . . .           25

     How This Chapter is Organized ......... . . . . . . . . . .                      25
     An Overview of the Boot Manager ......... . . . . . . . .                     26
     Hard Disk Management . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        27

      Planning for a Boot Manager.Setup. . ..... . . ... . .                      31
      Sample FDISK Screen. . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      33

      Getting Ready for Installation ......... . . . . . . . . .                       35


   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                iii





   Starting the OS/2 2.0 Installation ......... . . . . . . . . .                      36
     Installing OS/2 2.0 on a New System. . . . . .........                    36

     Installing OS/2 2.0 on an Existing System. . . . . .  . . . . .          37
   Setting Up Your Hard.Disk . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       39
     Deleting Existing Partitions ......... . . . . . . . . . . .                       39

     Creating the Boot Manager Partition. . . . . .........                    41
     Creating Partitions for Operating Systems Other than OS/2
     2.0 and for Logical Drives. . . . ....... . . . . . . . . .                       42

      Options Menu Choices ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      44
      Specifying Options                     . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . 46
     Creating the Partition or Logical Drive for OS/2.2.0  . . . .       47

     Specifying Options for the OS/2 2.0 Partition or Logical Drive  48
     Saving Your Changes. . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      52

   Continuing with OS/2 2.0 Installation. . . . . ......... . .                      53
     Selecting the Operating System.Features . . . . . .. . . .            53
     Formatting Logical Drives. . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . .                       53

   Viewing the Tutorial. . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        53
   Installing Other Operating Systems ......... . . . . . . .                     54


   Chapter 5. Alternative Ways to.Install. ....... . . . . . .                     59
   Understanding the Response File Installation ..........                   59
   Modifying the Response File. . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . .                       60

   Installing OS/2 2.0 from a Source Other than Drive A  . . . . . .      63
     Redirecting the Installation ......... . . . . . . . . . . .                       63

     Setting Up an Alternative Installation.Source ..... . . .              64
     Installing from a CD-ROM.Device . . . . ....... . . . .                     64


   Appendix A. Customizing the Operating.System ... . . .   .          67
   Features that You Can Change.or Add . ....... . . . . . .                    67
   Changing Your Setup or Adding Features. . . . . ........                   69


   Appendix B. Diagnosing System Problems. . . . . ...... .                 71

   Recovering the CONFIG.SYS File. . . . ....... . . . . . . .                     71
   Recovering User and System INI.Files. . ..... . . ... . .                     72
   Recovering from Errors on the Hard Disk. . . . . ........                   74

   Responding to Installation.Errors . . . . ....... . . . . . .                      75
   Making the Boot Manager Active. . . . ....... . . . . . . .                     76


   Appendix C. Examples of Installing OS/2 2.0 and Partitioning
    Your Hard Disk ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        77




   ivOS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





     Example 1: Creating a Primary Partition and a Logical Drive for
      Data                        . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . .  77

     Example 2: Installing the Boot Manager, OS/2 2.0, and One
      Additional Operating.System . . . . ....... . . . . . . . .                       80
     Example 3: Installing the Boot Manager, OS/2 2.0, and Two

      Additional Operating Systems ......... . . . . . . . . . .                      82
     Example 4: Installing Boot Manager without Repartitioning the
      Entire Hard Disk. . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                         85


     Index                        . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . .  89













































                             Contents             v































































   viOS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          Notices


     References in this publication to IBM products, programs, or
     services do not imply that IBM intends to make these available in

     all countries in which IBM operates. Any reference to an IBM
     product, program or service is not intended to state or imply that
     only IBM's product, program, or service may be used. Any

     functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not
     infringe any of IBM's intellectual property rights or other legally

     protectible rights may be used instead of the IBM product,
     program, or service. Evaluation and verification of operation in
     conjunction with other products, programs, or services, except

     those expressly designated by IBM, are the user's responsibility.

     IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering

     subject matter in this document. The furnishing of this document
     does not give you any license to these patents. You can send
     license inquiries, in writing, to the IBM Director of Commercial

     Relations, IBM Corporation, Purchase, NY 10577.

     The following terms, denoted by a single asterisk (*), used in this

     publication, are trademarks or service marks of the IBM
     Corporation in the United States or other countries:


     AIX      IBM             Operating System/2
     OS/2     Personal System/2            Presentation Manager
     PS/2     SAA             Systems Application

                              Architecture

     The following terms, denoted by a double asterisk (**), used in this

     publication, are trademarks of other companies as follows:

     Adobe         Adobe Systems Incorporated
     Adobe Type    Adobe Systems Incorporated

     Manager
     Helvetica     Linotype Company

     Microsoft     Microsoft Corporation
     PostScript    Adobe Systems Incorporated
     Windows       Microsoft Corporation





   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               vii































































   viii                                                OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          About This Book


     This book provides detailed instructions on installing the IBM  *
    *OS/2   operating system.



        How This Book is Organized


     This book has the following chapters and appendixes:

       Chapter 1 provides you with an overview of the various
       installation options.

       Chapter 2 describes a basic installation procedure that installs

       the OS/2 operating system as the only operating system on
       your hard disk.

       Chapter 3 describes the procedure for adding OS/2 2.0 to an
       existing DOS system, so that you can switch between the

       operating systems.

       Chapter 4 describes how to partition your hard disk during
       installation, so that you can install multiple operating systems.

       Chapter 5 describes alternatives to the typical installation
       procedure, such as using the same installation choices for

       multiple computers.

       Appendix A briefly describes ways to customize your system
       after installation.

       Appendix B describes how to recover from errors.

       Appendix C provides four examples of partitioning the hard
       disk during installation.













  *   Trademark of the IBM Corporation.


   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                ix






      Related Information

   Overview This book contains general information about the OS/2
          operating system. It also shows you which
          combinations of keys to use to perform specific actions.

   Quick Reference

          This card provides you with a very brief set of
          instructions on how to start the installation of the OS/2
          operating system. It is intended primarily for those who

          want to accept most or all of the preselected choices
          during installation. Note that the card provides only
          limited instructions to get you started. If you want more

          detailed information about installing the operating
          system, use this book.


   The following publication will be available and can be ordered
   separately:

   OS/2 Version 2.0 Remote Installation and Maintenance (GG24-3780).
          This book provides detailed information about setting

          up remote installations (such as installations across a
          local area network).





























   xOS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          Chapter 1.  Choosing an Installation Procedure


     This book describes how*to install the IBM  *      OS/2         Version 2.0
     operating system. It describes the basic installation procedure,

     which installs OS/2 2.0 as the only operating system on your hard
     disk. It also describes advanced installation procedures, for those
     who have unique system requirements (such as the need to install

     multiple operating systems).

     If you follow the basic installation procedure, you will be able to
                             **
     run programs written for DOS and Microsoft Windows    as well as
     OS/2 programs--all under OS/2 2.0.




































  *   Trademark of the IBM Corporation

  **   Trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.


   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                1




  +----------------------------+
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |
  |                            |

  +----------------------------+

























   2OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






        Basic Installation
     This book describes the basic installation procedure as well as

     more advanced procedures. Most people will find that the basic
     installation procedure works best for them because their programs

     written to run under DOS, Microsoft Windows, and the OS/2
     operating system will run under OS/2 2.0.

     The installation procedure begins when you insert the Installation

     Diskette and restart the system. From that point on, most of the
     information you need to help you install the system can be found

     on the screens.

     During the installation, you will be asked to make choices about
     how you want your system set up. Each time you are asked to

     make a choice, a default (preselected) choice will be provided. If
     you want to accept these default choices, you can go now to the

     Quick Reference card, which will give you instructions on how to
     start the installation.


     However, if you want more information about the choices you can
     make during installation, or if you want assistance in completing
     the installation, you can refer to Chapter 2, 蘒nstalling OS/2 2.0 as

     the Only Operating System?on page 9.

     To complete the basic installation procedure and set up OS/2 2.0

     as the only operating system, choose one of these:


                            ?
                  �葺葺葺莨葺葺葺葙
            �葺葺馆葺葙      �葺葺馆葺葙
            �Quick     �      � Chapter �

            �Reference�      � 2 �
            �card � �           �
            �           � �           �

            �葺葺葺葺? �葺葺葺葺?

     If, instead, you want to install the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating
     system according to one of the more advanced procedures (for

     example, if you want to keep a version of DOS on the same system
     with OS/2 2.0), continue to 嗀dvanced Installation Choices?on

     page 4.


               Chapter 1. Choosing an Installation Procedure                     3






      Advanced Installation Choices
   Although installing OS/2 2.0 by itself is the procedure that will be

   best for most people, you might have specific requirements to
   install more than one operating system or to keep a version of

   DOS on your system when you install OS/2 2.0.


      Running OS/2 2.0 and DOS on the Same System
   The OS/2 Version 2.0 operating system is designed to run
   programs written for DOS and Microsoft Windows. These

   programs run in a version of DOS that is optimized for the OS/2
   environment. However, some programs will run only under a

   specific version of DOS. If you have such a program, you might
   want to consider running a specific version of DOS with OS/2 2.0.

   There are three ways that you can set up your system to

   accomplish this.

  ?   You can load a version of DOS into a DOS session of OS/2 2.0.
     The version of DOS can exist on another partition on the hard

     disk or it can be on diskette.
  ?
       You can install OS/2 2.0 on a system that already contains
     DOS and then use the BOOT command to switch between the
     operating systems. (This is called the Dual Boot feature.)

  ?   You can install multiple operating systems on the hard disk of

     your computer. Then, each time you start your computer, you
     can select which operating system you want to be active. (You
     use the Boot Manager feature to manage the startup of the

     operating system.)

   The following is a brief summary to help you decide which of these
   choices is right for you.















   4OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





     Run a version of             Add OS/2 2.0 to a Install DOS and

     DOS from within                DOS partition (Dual OS/2 in their own
     OS/2 2.0.  Boot).      partitions (Boot
                            Manager).

                ?    You can either      ? You do not have         ? You must
       partition your               to partition your partition the
       hard disk (and        hard disk.        hard disk during
       install DOS in its     installation.

       own partition),
       or you can start
       DOS from a
       diskette.

                ?      You start DOS in  ? You use the             ? When you start
       a DOS session           BOOT command the computer,
       of OS/2    to switch   you select which
       whenever you           between DOS operating

       need it.   and OS/2 2.0.              system to use.
                ?    DOS can run in      ? OS/2 2.0 and            ? OS/2 2.0 and

       a window while        DOS do not  DOS do not
       OS/2 2.0   operate at the             operate at the
       continues to run.     same time.  same time.
       You do not have
       to shut down

       OS/2 2.0 and all
       OS/2 programs
       to run a specific
       version of DOS.

                ?     You must modify    ? You might have          ? You do not have
       DOS system to modify DOS             to modify any
       files after you            system files or DOS system

       install OS/2 2.0      change the files.
       and DOS.   directory
                  structure before
                  you install OS/2
                  2.0.



     As you can see, each of the choices has certain advantages. For
     example, if you start a version of DOS from within the OS/2
     operating system, you can run the DOS version while continuing to

     take advantage of the multitasking features of OS/2 2.0.






               Chapter 1. Choosing an Installation Procedure                     5





      Multiple Operating System Installation
   With the Boot Manager feature of OS/2 2.0, you can have multiple

   operating systems installed in separate partitions of your hard
   disk. Once the operating systems are installed, you use the Boot

   Manager to select which one you want to start. As mentioned in
   the previous section, you can install OS/2 2.0 and a version of DOS
   in their own partitions, and then use the Boot Manager to select

   one at startup time. You can install other operating systems (such
   as AIX  *          ) as well.


      Alternative Ways to Install

   You can install OS/2 2.0 using a response file, which contains
   information the installation program uses to set up a system.
   When a response file is used, the installation program does not

   prompt for decisions. This type of installation is typically used in
   multi-workstation environments, where many computers are being
   set up. You can also redirect the installation of OS/2 2.0 to a

   source other than the diskette in drive A.


      Choosing an Advanced Installation Procedure
   If you have chosen to do something other than the basic

   installation, select one of these advanced installation procedures:

                                          ?
                �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺篙葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙
          �葺葺馆葺葙 �葺葺馆葺葙 �葺葺馆葺葙
          � Chapter �             � Chapter �            � Chapter �

          � 3 �             � 4 �            � 5 �
          �           �             �           �            �           �
          �           �             �           �            �           �
          �葺葺葺葺? �葺葺葺葺? �葺葺葺葺?


        Add OS/2 2.0 to       Install OS/2 2.0      Install using a
        a DOS system           and other               response file or

        (Dual Boot).           operating systems     install from a
                                  (Boot Manager).       source other than
                                                           drive A.






 *  Trademark of the IBM Corporation.


   6OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





     The procedure for starting a version of DOS from diskette is
     described in the online information, which is available on your

     screen after you install the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating system.


        Special Note about Reconfigurable Diskette Drives
     Some systems that contain multiple diskette drives provide the
     capability to read a self-starting diskette (such as the Installation

     Diskette) from a drive other than A.

     For example, suppose you have two diskette drives: A (for 3.5-inch

     diskettes) and B (for 5.25 diskettes). If you load a self-starting
     diskette in drive B and restart the system, the diskette in drive B
     will be loaded.


     If you have a system with multiple diskette drives and you want to
     load the installation diskettes from a drive other than A, you will

     need to reassign that other drive to make it the primary drive in
     the startup sequence. See the documentation that came with your

     computer for information on making a drive other than A the
     primary drive.































               Chapter 1. Choosing an Installation Procedure                     7































































   8OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          Chapter 2.  Installing OS/2 2.0 as the Only

        Operating System


     This chapter describes how to install OS/2 2.0 as the only
     operating system on your computer. It also provides information
     to help you make choices about which features of the operating

     system you want to install.

     You can use the procedure in this chapter whether you are

     installing on a new system or on a system that already contains
     data. For example, if you already have OS/2 Version 1.3 on your
     hard disk, you can use the procedure in this chapter to replace it

     with OS/2 Version 2.0.

     You can also use the procedure in this chapter to replace a DOS

     system with OS/2 2.0. However, if you want to keep a version of
     DOS on your system, see Chapter 3, 嗀dding OS/2 2.0 to a DOS
     System?on page 17.

     Note:  If an error message is displayed while you are installing the

         operating system, see esponding to Installation Errors?
         on page 75 for an explanation of the message and the
         corrective action.


     In the first part of the installation, you will make choices about how
     the hard disk on your system should be set up.



        Setting Up Your Hard Disk

     To begin the installation of the operating system, do the following:

      1. Insert the Installation Diskette into drive A.

      2. Turn on the computer.

       If the computer is already on, press and hold Ctrl+Alt and

       press Del to restart the system. The following screen appears:









   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                9




    +---------------------------+
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |
    |                           |


    +---------------------------+

    3. Remove the Installation Diskette, insert Diskette 1, and press
     Enter.

     You will be prompted at various points during installation to
     remove the diskette in drive A and to insert another diskette.

     Be sure to leave the diskette in drive A until the instructions
     direct you to replace it. You will replace diskettes several

     times before the operating system finishes copying information
     from the diskettes to the hard disk of your computer.

    4. As information is displayed, either accept it or change it. If
     you want to set up a default system that works best for most

     people, you can accept the preselected choice on each screen
     by pressing Enter.

     During this part of the installation, you will be asked whether
     you want to accept the default installation partition or to

     specify your own partition. A partition is a fixed-sized area on
     the hard disk. If you are installing on a disk that contains no
     data and you accept the default installation partition, the

     installation program installs the operating system in one
     partition that takes up the entire hard disk. If you are installing

     on a system that already contains partitions, the installation


   10OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





       program indicates which partition it will use to install OS/2 2.0.
       You can either accept this default choice or select another

       partition.
       Accepting the default partition works well for most people. If

       you want to install the operating system in the default partition,
       simply accept the preselected choices.

       If you are not sure of a choice, press F1 for help.


        A note about partitioning

      If you want to create more than one partition on your hard disk,
      or if you receive a message stating that an existing partition is
      not large enough to hold OS/2 2.0, you will need to specify

      information about partitions. When you select other than the
      default partition, you see the FDISK utility screen. On this

      screen, you use the Options menu to create the partitions.
      (The Options menu is displayed when you highlight an entry on
      the FDISK screen and press Enter.)


      An example of creating more than one partition on the hard
      disk is included in Appendix C, 﨓xamples of Installing OS/2

      2.0 and Partitioning Your Hard Disk?on page 77. You might
      want to follow that example now if you are setting up more
      than one partition on the hard disk.



     At a certain point in the installation process, you will be notified

     that the hard disk setup is complete. You will then be asked to
     restart your system by removing the diskette and pressing Enter.



















          Chapter 2. Installing OS/2 2.0 as the Only Operating System                       11






      Selecting the Operating System Features

   Once the hard disk of your computer is set up, you see the OS/2

   Setup and Installation screen. In this part of installation, you make
   choices about which features of the operating system you want to
   install.
  +---------------+
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |
  |               |

  +---------------+

   The default choice on this screen is Learn how to use a mouse. If

   your system has a mouse attached, but you are unfamiliar with
   using the mouse, press Enter to select this choice. The Learn how

   to use a mouse program teaches you how to use the mouse to
   make selections from the screen.

   The Install preselected features choice copies the most commonly

   used features of the OS/2 operating system to your hard disk. It
   does not copy all the features of OS/2 2.0 to your hard disk. (For

   example, Install preselected features does not copy such features
   as the Command Reference or REXX Information online documents
   or the games that are provided with OS/2 2.0.) This choice is

   useful if you want to save hard disk space.

   The Install all features choice copies the entire OS/2 operating

   system to your hard disk.

   The Select features and install choice gives you the opportunity to

   indicate which features of the operating system you want to install.
   This choice is similar to Install preselected features because, by
   installing only certain features, you can save hard disk space.

   With this choice, however, you decide which features you want to


   12OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





     install. Also, if you partitioned your hard disk during the first part
     of installation, you can format any logical drives that you

     previously set up.

     To select a choice, do one of the following:

   ?   Use the Down Arrow (                              ?         ) key to highlight the choice, and then
       press Enter.

   ?   Move the mouse pointer until it is on the choice, and quickly
       press mouse button one twice.


     You next see the System Configuration screen, which lists your
     country configuration and device support (for example, mouse,
     keyboard, and display). You can change any of the items by

     selecting the item and then selecting the OK push button.

     If you chose Select features and install, you see a screen on which

     you indicate which features you do not want to install.  +-----------------------------------+
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |
     |                                   |


     +-----------------------------------+

     If there is a feature that you will not need, you can choose not to

     install it by removing the | next to the feature. To remove the |,
     do one of the following:

   ?   Move the mouse pointer to the feature and click once with the
       mouse.

   ?   Move the cursor to the feature and press the Spacebar.


          Chapter 2. Installing OS/2 2.0 as the Only Operating System                       13





   If a More push button is displayed next to a feature, select the
   push button to view more choices.


   For example, if you decide you want to install only some of the
   documentation, you select the More push button to the right of
   Documentation to display a list of the documentation. Then, you

   remove the | that is next to any documentation you do not want to
   install.


   Notice the number that is shown to the right of each feature. The
   number signifies the amount of hard-disk space required to install
   that feature.


   For a description of the features, press F1, or see 﨔eatures that
   You Can Change or Add?on page 67 for a description of all the

   features.

   The OS/2 Setup and Installation screen also contains a choice that

   lets you format any logical drives you might have set up earlier in
   the installation. If you partitioned your hard disk and set up logical
   drives for data, you can format them now. To do so, select the

   Options menu bar choice, and then select Format. Indicate which
   file system (High Performance File System or File Allocation Table)

   you want to use to format the logical drive.


      Configuring the System


   When most of the system files have been transferred, you will see

   the Advanced Options screen. Some of the choices on this screen
   are available only if you are installing on a hard disk that
   contained an existing operating system. For example, if you had a

   previous version of the OS/2 operating system on the hard disk,
   the Migrate CONFIG.SYS/AUTOEXEC.BAT choice is available. You
   use this choice to copy customization information from your

   existing operating system to OS/2 2.0.










   14OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        Special note about migrating the CONFIG.SYS file

      If you select Automatically update CONFIG.SYS amd
      AUTOEXEC.BAT, you will notice that some device driver

      statements from the existing CONFIG.SYS file are copied to the
      new file but are preceded with a comment statement. These
      statements are commented out because some device drivers

      that were designed to operate with previous versions of DOS or
      the OS/2 operating system might not operate with OS/2 2.0.
      Such device drivers could cause problems with OS/2 2.0.


      You can edit the CONFIG.SYS file after installation and remove
      the comment statements from the lines that you want to be

      active. Save a copy of the CONFIG.SYS file before you modify
      it. In the event that a device driver causes problems, you can

      use the procedures described later in this book to recover the
      file.



     If you have existing DOS or Microsoft Windows programs on your
     hard disk, you will be asked whether you want to move these
     programs into your OS/2 system.


     On this screen, you will also indicate which printer should be used
     as your default printer.


     For specific information about these choices and for help using the
     choices, press F1.






















          Chapter 2. Installing OS/2 2.0 as the Only Operating System                       15






      Viewing the Tutorial

   After the operating system is installed and you have restarted the

   system, the OS/2 Tutorial is displayed:  +--------------------------+
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |
  |                          |

  +--------------------------+


   The tutorial shows you how to use the features of the OS/2
   operating system. View the tutorial now. When you have finished,
   explore the features of the operating system, and enjoy!































   16OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          Chapter 3.  Adding OS/2 2.0 to a DOS System


     This chapter describes how to install the OS/2 Version 2.0
     operating system on a hard disk that already has DOS installed so

     that you can use both operating systems. The OS/2 Version 2.0
     operating system is installed along with DOS in the primary
     partition of your hard disk.


     By following the procedures in this chapter, you set up your
     system to use Dual Boot. With Dual Boot, you can switch back and

     forth between the DOS and OS/2 operating systems. For example,
     if you have a DOS program that runs only under the DOS operating
     system, you could switch to DOS and run the program.

     Note:  It is assumed that DOS is already installed on your system

         and that you are familiar with using DOS.

     You will add OS/2 2.0 to the same partition in which DOS resides.

     Keep in mind that the DOS and OS/2 operating systems cannot
     operate at the same time. You switch between the operating
     systems using the BOOT command.


        Another way to use DOS:

      With Version 2.0 of the OS/2 operating system, you can run a
      specific version of DOS (for example, DOS Version 5.0) from a

      DOS session within OS/2 2.0. You can run DOS Version 5.0, for
      example, while your other programs continue to run under
      OS/2 2.0. So, if you want to be able to run a version of DOS

      while OS/2 2.0 is running, you can set up DOS in its own
      partition on the hard disk (which is explained in Chapter 4,

      蘒nstalling Multiple Operating Systems?on page 25.) Or, you
      can run a version of DOS from a DOS diskette. For information
      on running a version of DOS from a DOS diskette, see the

      online information, which is displayed on your screen after you
      install the operating system.










   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               17






      Dual Boot Requirements

   Before you begin the procedures in this chapter, you should be

   aware of the following:
  ?
       DOS Version 3.2 or higher must be installed on your hard disk.
     OS/2 2.0 will work with DOS Version 3.2; however, to take full
     advantage of OS/2 capabilities, use DOS Version 3.3 or higher.

  ?   The DOS operating system must exist on drive C before the

     OS/2 operating system is installed. The Dual Boot feature is
     operable only after OS/2 2.0 is installed.

  ?   You can start either DOS or the OS/2 operating system from
     the same partition on your hard disk. Note, however, that you

     cannot use this feature with the High Performance File System.
     The DOS operating system will not recognize or be able to use
     anything within a High Performance File System partition.

  ?   If you already have a previous version of the OS/2 operating

     system with the Dual Boot feature or DOS installed on the
     target hard drive, the existing operating systems must be
     startable for the Dual Boot feature to work correctly. (Use the

     FDISK utility program of DOS if you want to check whether the
     version of DOS is startable.) Be sure that the DOS operating

     system installed is the version you wish to use with the Dual
     Boot feature.

  ?   Your primary partition must be at least 24MB (MB equals 1 048
     576 bytes) for the DOS and OS/2 operating systems to exist on

     drive C. You should consider the size of both operating
     systems and also leave room for the growth of a swap file. (A
     swap file contains segments of a program or data temporarily

     moved out of main storage.) A typical swap file is between 4
     and 8MB. If your existing primary partition is not large
     enough, use the DOS FDISK command to change your hard

     disk setup. Follow the instructions in your DOS documentation.

      QUESTION

    Do you have OS/2 Version 1.2 or 1.3 with the Dual Boot feature

    currently installed on your hard disk? If so, go to 蘒nstalling
    the OS/2 Version 2.0 Operating System?on page 22.




   18OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






        Setting Up Your System for Dual Boot
     Before you install OS/2 Version 2.0, you will check to see that your

     DOS system is set up correctly.

   ?   All DOS commands and utility programs must be located in a
       subdirectory, such as C:\DOS, and not in the root directory.

   ?   You must create or modify the DOS operating system
       CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT files on your system and put

       them in the root directory of your hard disk before the OS/2
       operating system is installed. This includes setting the SHELL,

       COMSPEC, PATH, and APPEND statements to find the DOS
       command files in the appropriate subdirectory.

     In the next section of this chapter, you will check to see that your

     setup meets these conditions.


        Making Sure Your DOS Directory Structure Is Correct

      1. Start your computer using the DOS operating system that is on
       your hard disk, and go to the DOS command prompt.

      2. For the Dual Boot feature to work correctly, your CONFIG.SYS

       and AUTOEXEC.BAT files must remain in your root directory.
       All other DOS system files, including the COMMAND.COM file,
       must exist in a subdirectory.

     ?    If your DOS system files and the COMMAND.COM file

         already exist in a subdirectory, go directly to 﨏reating or
         Modifying the AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS Files?on
         page 21.

     ?    If your DOS system files and COMMAND.COM do not

         already exist in a subdirectory, continue to step 3.

      3. Type the following command to create a DOS subdirectory on
       your C drive:

                  MD C:\DOS

       and press Enter.








               Chapter 3. Adding OS/2 2.0 to a DOS System                    19





    4. To make sure your root directory and DOS subdirectory are set
     up properly, follow these steps:

      a. Copy all the files from the root directory of the hard disk to
        the DOS subdirectory by typing:

                   COPY C:\*.* C:\DOS

        Then press Enter.

        Note:  Although this step copies your CONFIG.SYS and

            AUTOEXEC.BAT files to the DOS subdirectory, step
            4c returns the files to where they properly belong.

      b. Delete all of your files from the root directory of the hard
        disk.

        Warning: Be sure to type the command correctly. When

        you enter the command, all files will be deleted, and you
        will not be able to recover the data. You will be asked if
        you are sure you want to use this command.

        Type:

                   DEL  C:\*.*

        Then press Enter.

      c. Place your existing AUTOEXEC.BAT file in the root
        directory by typing:

                   COPY C:\DOS\AUTOEXEC.BAT C:\

        Then press Enter.

        Place your existing CONFIG.SYS file back in the root

        directory by typing:
                   COPY C:\DOS\CONFIG.SYS C:\

        Then press Enter.

      d. Continue with 﨏reating or Modifying the AUTOEXEC.BAT

        and CONFIG.SYS Files?on page 21.











   20OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        Creating or Modifying the AUTOEXEC.BAT and
      CONFIG.SYS Files

     Before installing the OS/2 operating system, you must create or
     modify the DOS CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT files on your

     hard disk. This includes setting the SHELL, COMSPEC, PATH, and
     APPEND statements to find the DOS command files in the
     appropriate subdirectory.


     To create or modify the DOS AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS
     files, do the following:

      1. Using any editor (for example, EDLIN), add the following

       statements, if they do not already exist, to the AUTOEXEC.BAT
       file:

                  SET COMSPEC=C:\DOS\COMMAND.COM
                  PATH C:\DOS
                  APPEND=C:\DOS

                  COPY C:\DOS\COMMAND.COM C:\ >NUL

       To the CONFIG.SYS file, add:
                  SHELL=C:\DOS\COMMAND.COM /P

       Note:  These statements include the minimum required

           parameters. You can specify additional parameters if
           you wish, but be sure that the DOS directory is specified

           as indicated.
       During OS/2 installation, OS/2 CONFIG.SYS and

       AUTOEXEC.BAT files are created. The OS/2 operating system
       places any existing DOS CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT

       files in the C:\OS2\SYSTEM subdirectory with a .DOS
       extension. This is to make sure that the OS/2 operating
       system uses the correct AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS files

       during system restart.

       Note:  If you are using DOS Version 4.0 and you want to use
           the DOS shell, you must change the directory specified
           in DOSSHELL.BAT from CD to CD\DOS. If this change

           is not made, you will receive the message,                                                         Mouse file
                      . missing or unreadable

      2. Remove any diskette from drive A.

      3. Press and hold Ctrl+Alt; then press Del to restart the system.



               Chapter 3. Adding OS/2 2.0 to a DOS System                    21





     If the system does not operate, review the previous steps to
     make sure you have completed all of them. Remember, you

     must have a working copy of DOS installed and it must not be
     in the root directory.

   Continue with 蘒nstalling the OS/2 Version 2.0 Operating System.?

   Remember, do not select the FORMAT option while installing the
   OS/2 operating system. After the operating system is installed,

   you can start the Dual Boot feature. (See tarting the Dual Boot
   Feature?on page 24.)



      Installing the OS/2 Version 2.0 Operating System

   If you have DOS or Microsoft Windows programs that you want to
   install, install them before you install the OS/2 operating system.

   Note:  If an error message is displayed while you are installing the
       operating system, see esponding to Installation Errors?

       on page 75 for an explanation of the message and the
       corrective action.

   To install the operating system, do the following:

    1. Insert the Installation Diskette into drive A.

    2. Turn on the computer.

     If the computer is already on, press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and
     then press Del to restart the system. The following screen

     appears:





















   22OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY




       +-----------------------------------+
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |
       |                                   |


       +-----------------------------------+

      3. Remove the Installation Diskette, insert Diskette 1, and press
       Enter.

       You will be prompted at various points during installation to
       remove the diskette in drive A and to insert another diskette.

       Be sure to leave the diskette in drive A until the instructions
       direct you to replace it. You will replace diskettes several

       times before the operating system finishes copying information
       from the diskettes to the hard disk of your computer.

      4. As information is displayed, either accept it or change it.

       Remember that you should not format your hard disk during
       installation.

       If you are not sure of a choice, press F1 for help. (Or, you can

       refer to Chapter 2, 蘒nstalling OS/2 2.0 as the Only Operating
       System?on page 9, which provides additional information
       about installing the operating system.)









               Chapter 3. Adding OS/2 2.0 to a DOS System                    23






      Viewing the OS/2 Tutorial

   When the operating system is installed and you have restarted the

   system, the OS/2 Tutorial is displayed. The tutorial shows you
   how to use the features of the OS/2 operating system. View the
   tutorial now, and enjoy the new world of OS/2 2.0.



      Starting the Dual Boot Feature

   After you have installed the OS/2 operating system, you use the
   BOOT command to switch from one operating system to another:

  ?   If you are running the OS/2 operating system and want to

     switch to DOS, display an OS/2 command prompt and type:

               BOOT /DOS

     Then press Enter.
  ?
       If you are running DOS and want to switch to the OS/2
     operating system, type:

               C:\OS2\BOOT /OS2

     Then press Enter.

     For additional information about the BOOT command, refer to
     the OS/2 Command Reference.

   Each time the system is shut down and restarted, it starts in
   whichever operating system was last being used. For example, if

   you shut down the system while DOS is running, your system will
   start in DOS the next time you turn on the system. Remember,

   however, that the OS/2 operating system and DOS do not operate
   at the same time.
















   24OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          Chapter 4.  Installing Multiple Operating Systems


     This chapter describes how you can install multiple operating
     systems on the hard disk of your computer. To install multiple

     operating systems, you will set up multiple partitions on the hard
     disk during the installation of the OS/2 operating system. You will
     also install the Boot Manager feature.


     After the Boot Manager is installed and all the operating systems
     are installed in their own partitions, you use the Boot Manager

     startup menu to select one of the operating systems. Each time
     you start your system, then, you decide which operating system
     you want to be active.



        How This Chapter is Organized


     This chapter is separated into three major sections. It is
     recommended that you read the entire chapter. In addition,

     examples of installing multiple operating systems are provided in
     Appendix C, 﨓xamples of Installing OS/2 2.0 and Partitioning Your

     Hard Disk?on page 77. For example, if you want to see a brief,
     step-by-step example of installing DOS and OS/2 2.0, see Appendix
     C.


     Section                Page Number

     An overview of the Boot Manager  26

     Hard disk management   27

     Instructions for installing OS/2 2.0 and  34
     partitioning the hard disk















   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               25






      An Overview of the Boot Manager

   If you are going to install multiple operating systems, you can use

   the Boot Manager feature to manage the selective startup of those
   systems. From the Boot Manager startup menu, you can select
   which operating system you want to use each time you start your

   system.

   The following is an example of a Boot Manager startup menu that

   includes three operating systems.  +-----------------------------+
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |

  +-----------------------------+


   You use the FDISK utility program during the installation of OS/2
   2.0 to install the Boot Manager feature. The following is a brief list

   of the steps you follow to set up your hard disk for multiple
   operating systems. These steps are described in detail later in
   this chapter. Examples are provided in Appendix C, 﨓xamples of

   Installing OS/2 2.0 and Partitioning Your Hard Disk?on page 77.

  ?   First, you install the Boot Manager in its own partition (1MB in
     size).

  ?   You then create partitions for the other operating systems you
     are going to install.

  ?   Next, you install the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating system.

  ?   Finally, you install the other operating systems in the partitions

     you created for them.



   26OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





     Important: You should understand how a hard disk is partitioned
     before you begin your installation. Make sure you read the

     following section on hard disk management.


        Hard Disk Management


     During installation, you have the option of installing the OS/2
     operating system in one partition that takes up the entire hard

     disk. If, however, you choose to separate your hard disk into
     multiple partitions, you see the FDISK screen.


     From the FDISK screen, you specify the number and type of
     partitions that you want created. You can create primary

     partitions, which are typically used for operating systems. You can
     also create logical drives in an area of the hard disk that is outside
     the primary partitions. This area is known as the extended

     partition. The logical drives within the extended partition are
     typically used to hold programs and data.


     Your hard disk can be separated into a maximum of four partitions.
     You can have four primary partitions or three primary partitions
     and the extended partition. If you are going to install multiple

     operating systems on your hard disk, you must create one primary
     partition to contain the programs that manage the startup of
     multiple operating systems. (This partition is referred to as the

     Boot Manager partition.)

     After the Boot Manager partition is created, you can create up to

     three additional primary partitions (to hold three operating
     systems), as in the following example:

















              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     27





        �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
        � Boot Manager       �
        谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺莼
        � DOS 5.0            �
        谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺莼
        � OS/2 1.3           �
        �                    �
        谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺莼
        � OS/2 2.0           �
        �                    �
        �                    �
        �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺�
   Figure 1. Hard Disk with Four Primary Partitions


   Another way of subdividing your hard disk is to create logical
   drives within an extended partition. Logical drives are typically

   used to hold programs and data. However, you can also install
   OS/2 2.0 in a logical drive, as in the following example:

           �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙
           � Boot Manager          � 葺葺葺?Primary Partition
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � DOS 5.0               � 葺葺葺?Primary Partition
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � OS/2 1.3              � 葺葺葺?Primary Partition
           �                       �
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � OS/2 2.0              � 葺?Logical Drive  葺葙
           � � �
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?                      � 葺葸 Extended
           � Data                  � 葺?Logical Drive     �      Partition
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?                      �
           � Data                  � 葺?Logical Drive     �
           �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?                    葺?

   Figure 2. Hard Disk with Primary Partitions and Logical Drives


   The extended partition takes the place of one of the primary
   partitions on your hard disk. In other words, if you create logical
   drives within an extended partition, your hard disk can contain

   only three primary partitions. Note that you must have one
   primary partition in addition to the Boot Manager partition.


   In Figure 2, notice that two logical drives have been set aside for
   data. That data can be shared by all the operating systems
   (provided the file system formats of the logical drives are

   compatible with the operating systems).





   28OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





     All of the logical drives exist within one partitionhe extended
     partition. You don't explicitly create the extended partition. The

     extended partition is created the first time you create a logical
     (non-primary) drive.

     One of the differences between a logical drive and a primary

     partition is that each logical drive is assigned a unique drive letter.
     However, all primary partitions on a hard disk share the same

     drive letter. (On the first hard disk in your system, the primary
     partitions share drive C). This means that only one primary
     partition on a hard disk can be accessed at one time. (Note that

     the Boot Manager partition is different from other primary
     partitions because it is never assigned a drive letter.)


                  �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙
                  � Primary (Boot Manager)�  葺葺葺葺葺?No drive letter.
                  谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺? 葙
                  � Primary (DOS 5.0)     �   �葺葺葺葺?These partitions share C:
                  谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?  �          (Only one can be active)
                  � Primary (OS/2 1.3)    �   �
                  �                       �   �
                  谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺? ?
                  � Logical Drive         �  葺葺葺葺葺? D:
                  �    (OS/2 2.0)         �
                  谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
                  � Logical Drive (Data)  �  葺葺葺葺葺? E:
                  谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
                  � Logical Drive (Data)  �  葺葺葺葺葺? F:
                  �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?

    Figure 3. Drive Letter Assignment Example


     Notice the drive letter assignments in this illustration. The
     operating system that is active when you start the system
     performs a process known as drive mapping, in which partitions

     and logical drives are assigned drive letters. All the primary
     partitions are mapped first and all logical drives within extended
     partitions are assigned subsequent drive letters (up through Z).


     Only one primary partition per hard disk can be active at a time.
     So, only one primary partition is actually assigned the letter C at

     any one time. The other primary partitions are not mapped.

     An operating system maps only those drives with a format type

     that it supports. For example, DOS does not support the



              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     29





   installable file system (IFS) format. (The High Performance File
   System is an example of an IFS format.) Therefore, any partition

   or logical drive that is formatted with IFS is not mapped by DOS
   and is not assigned a drive letter.

   In the following figure, DOS is active in a primary partition. (The

   other primary partitions are not mapped.) Drive D is formatted for
   the File Allocation Table (FAT) file system, which DOS recognizes.

   However, the next drive is formatted with a file system that DOS
   does not recognize. Therefore, DOS ignores this drive. Some
   versions of DOS (such as DOS Version 5.0) will recognize the last

   partition on the hard disk and assign it the letter E. In other
   versions of DOS, no drives beyond the HPFS drive are recognized.
   Therefore, no data in those partitions can be used by DOS.



           �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙
           � Primary (Boot Manager)�  葺葺葺葺葺?No drive letter.
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � Primary (DOS)         �  葺葺葺葺葺? C:
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � Primary (OS/2 2.0)    �
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � Logical (Data)        �  葺葺葺葺葺? D:
           �  FAT format           �
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � Logical (Data)        �  葺葺葺葺葺? DOS does not recognize this
           �  HPFS format          �
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � Logical (Data)        �  葺葺葺葺葺? E:
           �  FAT format           �
           �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
   Figure 4. Example of Drive Mapping.  This example illustrates the

   problem that can result when the operating system does not recognize a
   file format. You can avoid such a problem by placing the logical drive
   formatted for the High Performance File System at the end of the hard
   disk.


   Because of the problems that can result when drives are
   remapped, you should avoid deleting logical drives that exist in the
   middle of your hard disk. For example, if you were to delete a

   logical drive from the middle of your disk, the subsequent drives
   would be remapped. (Drive F would become drive E, and so on.)

   Problems would result if any programs refer to the former drive
   letter.




   30OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





     The following figure is an example of how drives are mapped in a
     system that has two hard disks.


               Hard Disk #1                                       Hard Disk #2

           �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙                        �? �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙
           � Boot Manager          �  葺葺?No drive        �   �  Primary              �
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺? 葙     letter         �   谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � Primary               �   �                    �   �  Primary              �
           �                       �   �葺葺 C:      D: 葺葺�   谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?  �                    �   �                       �
           � Primary               �   �                    �   �  Primary              �
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺? ?                    �? 谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � Logical Drive         �  葺葺葸 E:      H: 
葺葺? �  Logical Drive        �
           �                       �                            �                       �
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?                           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � Logical Drive         �  葺葺葸 F:      I: 
葺葺? �  Logical Drive        �
           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?                           谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?
           � Logical Drive         �  葺葺葸 G:      J: 
葺葺? �  Logical Drive        �
           �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?                            �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?

    Figure 5. Example of Drive Mapping in a System with Two Hard Disks


     The important thing to remember when you are setting up your
     system is that only one primary partition can be accessible (active)
     on each hard disk at any system startup. On the other hand, all

     the logical drives within the extended partition are accessible
     (provided their file system formats are compatible with the starting

     operating system).


        Planning for a Boot Manager Setup

     When you are planning your Boot Manager setup, be aware of the

     following:
   ?
        If you want to preserve existing partitions on your hard disk,
       you can install the Boot Manager partition at the end of the
       hard disk. Otherwise, create the Boot Manager partition at the

       beginning of the hard disk.

   ?   Use primary partitions for DOS systems or previous releases
       of the OS/2 operating system.

   ?   To prevent hard disk fragmentation and loss of usable disk
       space, create all primary partitions contiguously, at the

       beginning or end of the disk free space area.




              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     31





  ?   Put all installable file systems (such as the High Performance
     File System) at the end of the disk configuration. As

     mentioned earlier, some operating systems do not recognize
     installable file systems. By placing all installable file systems
     at the end of the disk, you can prevent the problem that results

     when drives are remapped.
  ?
       Be aware of specific operating-system restrictions on the hard
     disk. For example, to run properly, DOS 3.3 must be installed
     in a primary partition that is within the first 32MB of the hard

     disk.

  ?   If you are installing a primary partition for DOS and you intend
     to load that version of DOS into a DOS session of OS/2 2.0, you
     will need to change the DOS CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT

     files. (You do this after you finish installing the operating
     systems.) Refer to the online information, which is displayed
     on your screen after the OS/2 operating system is installed.

  ?   You can install both DOS and a version of the OS/2 operating

     system in the same primary partition if you want to use the
     Dual Boot feature within your Boot Manager setup.

  ?   If you are using the IBM DOS 5.00 Upgrade to update your DOS

     3.3 or DOS 4.0 system, you should be aware that some
     versions of the upgrade will not recognize the DOS partition
     unless it is the only partition on the hard disk. You might have

     to do the following:

      1. Make sure that the DOS partition is the only primary
        partition on your hard disk.
      2. Install the DOS 5.00 Upgrade.

      3. Add the Boot Manager partition and install OS/2 2.0.

     Note that an example of adding the Boot Manager to an
     existing system (without repartitioning the entire hard disk) is
     outlined in Appendix C, 﨓xamples of Installing OS/2 2.0 and

     Partitioning Your Hard Disk?on page 77.











   32OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        Sample FDISK Screen
     The following FDISK screen represents a typical hard disk layout of

     a 120MB hard disk with three operating systems installed.  +--------------------------------------+
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |


     +--------------------------------------+

     In the previous screen, note the following:

   ?   The Boot Manager partition is marked Startable. When you

       start your system, the Boot Manager will be in control. You
       can then choose which operating system you want to run.

   ?   DOS 3.3 and DOS 5.0 are set up in primary partitions.
       However, only DOS Version 3.3 is accessible. Notice that the

       drive letter (C) is displayed on the line that contains
       information about the DOS 3.3 partition. The placement of the
       drive letter indicates which of the primary partitions is active.

       DOS and previous versions of the OS/2 operating system can

       reside only in a primary partition. They cannot reside in a
       logical drive within the extended partition.

   ?   OS/2 2.0 resides in a logical drive in the extended partition

       (drive D in this example). Remember that OS/2 2.0 can reside
       in either a primary partition or in a logical drive within the
       extended partition.

   ?   The logical drive labeled E is set aside for common tools or

       programs that can be shared by the operating systems.



              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     33





  ?   55MB of free space is available. This area can be set aside for
     future use. For example, you could later add logical drives at

     the end of the free space without disturbing any currently
     installed partitions.





















































   34OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        Getting Ready for Installation


     To partition your hard disk and install multiple operating systems,
     you will follow the steps that are described in detail in the next
     section. An overview of the steps is provided in the following list.

     Examples of setting up your hard disk for multiple operating
     systems are provided in Appendix C, 﨓xamples of Installing OS/2
     2.0 and Partitioning Your Hard Disk?on page 77.

      1. Begin the installation of OS/2 2.0.

      2. Set up a partition for the Boot Manager.

      3. Set up any primary partitions on the first hard disk that you

       want to use to install other operating systems.

       Note:  At this point, you can also set up logical drives within
           the extended partition for data or programs.

      4. Set up the primary partition or logical drive for the OS/2
       Version 2.0 operating system.

      5. Install the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating system in that primary

       partition or logical drive.

     After you have installed OS/2 2.0, you can install the other
     operating systems in the primary partitions that you set up in step
     3.


     Note that OS/2 installation does not control the installation of the
     other operating systems. Each operating system must be installed

     with its own installation package.

        Back up your files!


      If you are going to change an existing partition on your hard
      disk, you must back up the data or programs in that partition

      before you begin installation.












              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     35






      Starting the OS/2 2.0 Installation

    1. Insert the OS/2 Installation Diskette into drive A.

    2. Turn on the computer. If the computer is already on, press
     and hold Ctrl+Alt, and press Del to restart the system.

    3. When prompted to do so, remove the Installation Diskette,
     insert Diskette 1, and press Enter.

    4. If you are installing OS/2 2.0 on a new system (on a hard disk

     that does not currently contain an operating system), follow the
     instructions listed below under 蘒nstalling OS/2 2.0 on a New
     System.?Otherwise, go to 蘒nstalling OS/2 2.0 on an Existing

     System?on page 37.


      Installing OS/2 2.0 on a New System

   If you are installing OS/2 2.0 on a new system (on a hard disk that

   does not currently contain an operating system), you see several
   introductory screens, followed by this screen:
  +-----------------------------+
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |

  +-----------------------------+


   To install the Boot Manager, do the following:

    1. Select option 2 to display the FDISK screen.

    2. Go to 﨏reating the Boot Manager Partition?on page 41.



   36OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        Installing OS/2 2.0 on an Existing System


     If you are installing OS/2 2.0 on an existing system (on a hard disk
     that currently contains an operating system), you see several
     introductory screens, followed by this screen:
     +--------------------------------------+
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |

     +--------------------------------------+

      1. Select option 2.

       You see the following screen:
       +--------------------------------------+
       |                                      |
       |                                      |
       |                                      |
       |                                      |
       |                                      |
       |                                      |
       |                                      |
       |                                      |
       |                                      |
       |                                      |
       |                                      |


       +--------------------------------------+

      2. If you want to save the programs or data in the partition, press
       F3 and then use the BACKUP command (or its equivalent) from
       your existing operating system. Note that if you do leave the

       installation at this point, you will have to restart the entire
       installation process.




              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     37





    3. If you have already backed up the data, or if you do not need
     to keep the data, press Enter to start the FDISK utility program.

   Note:  If your hard disk has previously defined partitions, and none
       of the partitions is large enough to install OS/2 2.0, the

       following screen is displayed:
  +-----------------------------+
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |
  |                             |

  +-----------------------------+


   To start the FDISK utility program and modify the partition sizes,
   press Enter.


   Warning:  If you are increasing the size of an existing partition,
   you must back up any information you want to save in that

   partition.

   To continue with installation, you must modify your hard disk

   configuration. This is done with the FDISK utility program. Press
   Enter. You will see the Modifying Partitions Warning screen again.
   Press Enter, and the FDISK utility program will start.













   38OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






        Setting Up Your Hard Disk

     The FDISK screen shows all partitions that are currently set up on

     your system.                             +--------------------------------------+
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |
     |                                      |


     +--------------------------------------+

     If you are installing the OS/2 operating system on a new system,
     go to 﨏reating the Boot Manager Partition?on page 41. If

     partitions exist on your system, they are listed on the FDISK
     screen. Follow the procedures listed below under 﨑eleting

     Existing Partitions.?


        Deleting Existing Partitions

     To set up your system, you must make sure there is enough room

     on your hard disk to accommodate the desired setup. It might be
     necessary for you to delete some or all of the existing partitions on
     your hard disk.


     For example, if your hard disk currently has only one partition that
     takes up the entire hard disk, you must delete that partition.

     However, if your hard disk has ample free space, you can keep
     one or more existing partitions and add to them. (An example of
     installing the Boot Manager and OS/2 2.0 while preserving an





              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     39





   existing partition is shown in Appendix C, 﨓xamples of Installing
   OS/2 2.0 and Partitioning Your Hard Disk?on page 77.)


   Note that any changes you specify on the FDISK screen do not
   actually go into effect until you press F3 to exit FDISK. You will
   then be asked to confirm that you want to save your changes.


   Warning:  All information you want to save must be backed up.
   Changing the size of a partition deletes all information about that

   partition, and the entire operating system must be reinstalled
   when the new partition is created.


    1. Use the Up Arrow ( ) or Down Arrow () key to ?        the                      ?    highlight
     partition you want to delete.

    2. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
    +-----------------------------+
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |

    +-----------------------------+

    3. Select Delete Partition and press Enter.

     Notice that the information about the partition is deleted. The
     words              Free  Space                             are displayed in the space formerly occupied

     by the partition information.

    4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for any other partitions that you need
     to delete.





   40OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





      5. When you are finished deleting partitions, continue to
       﨏reating the Boot Manager Partition?on page 41.


        Creating the Boot Manager Partition


     The first partition you create is the Boot Manager partition. To
     create this partition:

      1. Make sure that the       line is highlighted. IfFree Space      it is not,

       press the Up Arrow ( ) or Down Arrow (           ?                                 ? ) key until it is
       highlighted.

      2. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

      3. Select Install Boot Manager and press Enter.

      4. Specify whether the partition should be at the beginning or the
       end of the available space on the hard disk.

       Note:  It is recommended that you install the Boot Manager
           partition at the beginning of the hard disk. However,

           the only restriction on the placement of the Boot
           Manager partition is that it be within the first 1GB

           (gigabyte) of the disk space. (A gigabyte is equal to 1
           073 741 824 bytes.)




























              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     41





      Creating Partitions for Operating Systems Other than
    OS/2 2.0 and for Logical Drives


   After you create the partition for the Boot Manager, create primary
   partitions for any DOS or previous versions of the OS/2 operating

   system you might want to install. Also create any logical drives to
   use for data or programs. (Some operating systems, such as AIX,
   require that their own disk utility program create the installation

   partition. The OS/2 Version 2.0 FDISK utility program cannot
   create the partition for these operating systems.)


   If you are creating only one partition (for OS/2 Version 2.0), go to
   﨏reating the Partition or Logical Drive for OS/2 2.0?on page 47.

   Otherwise, follow these steps to create partitions and logical
   drives:

    1. Make sure that the       line is highlighted.  Free Space     If it is not,
     press the Up Arrow ( ) or Down Arrow (         ?                                 ? ) key until it is

     highlighted.

    2. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

    3. Select Create Partition and press Enter.





























   42OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





      4. Type the size (in MB) of the partition you are creating. Use the
       following chart to help you determine how large the partition

       should be. For more specific information about partition sizes,
       see the documentation that came with the product you are
       installing. For example, if you are installing OS/2 Version 1.3

       Extended Edition, you should refer to the IBM OS/2 Version 1.3
       Information and Planning Guide for more specific guidance.


     Table 1. Planning Table for Partition Sizes

     Contents   Size                       Hard Disk Considerations
     DOS 3.3   2MBMust be in a primary partition within the

                  first 32MB on the first hard disk.
     DOS 4.0   3MBMust be in a primary partition on the first

                  hard disk.
     DOS 5.0   4MBMust be in a primary partition on the first

                  hard disk.
     OS/2 1.x   20MB                                          Must be in a primary partition on the first

     SE           hard disk. Installs in less than 20MB, but
                  segment swapping is inhibited.

     OS/2 1.x   30MB                                          Must be in a primary partition on the first
     EE           hard disk. Installs in less than 30MB with
                  reduced function.

     OS/2 2.0      15-30MB                                 Can be in a primary partition or logical
     (See         drive. Installs in less than 20MB with
     Note b.)     reduced function.

     AIX          Partition size determined and built by AIX
                  Disk utility program. Partition is created
                  at the end of the hard disk.


       Notes:

        a. Place system tools or common applications in a logical

         drive within the extended partition so that the data can be
         shared among the operating systems.

        b. If you will be installing LAN Requester or one of the
         Extended Services programs, you need to increase the size

         of the OS/2 2.0 partition. These programs require a certain
         amount of space in the OS/2 partition, even if you are





              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     43





        installing them in separate partitions. If you are going to
        add these programs, create an OS/2 partition of 32MB.

    5. Specify whether this is a primary partition or a logical drive
     within the extended partition. Consider the following:

    ?   All versions of DOS must reside in primary partitions.

        Versions of OS/2 before 2.0 must also reside in primary
        partitions.

        ?Your hard disk can be separated into a maximum of

          three primary partitions (in addition to the Boot
          Manager partition.) If you are going to create logical
          drives within an extended partition, you can set up two

          primary partitions (in addition to the Boot Manager
          partition).

        ?Remember that primary partitions cannot share data.

    ?   Logical drives within an extended partition are shareable.
        This means that any data installed in the logical drive can

        be used by an operating system running from any other
        active logical drive on the system, if the file system formats
        are compatible.

    6. Specify the location of the partition or logical drive you want to

     create.  Select either Create at Start of Free Space or Create
     at End of Free Space. Note that all logical drives must be in
     contiguous space on the hard disk. Therefore, when you

     create more than one logical drive, make sure that you specify
     Create at Start of Free Space for the subsequent drive.

     Note:  This option is not available when the amount of free

          space equals the size of the request.

   Once you have set up the partition, you use the Options menu
   choices to specify information about the partition.


     Options Menu Choices


   The following list describes each of the choices on the Options
   menu. Note that some of the options are available under certain
   conditions only. When an option is not available, it cannot be

   selected. (In other words, you cannot move the cursor to the
   option to select it.)



   44OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





     Install Boot Manager
           This choice is used only oncehen you create the

           partition for the Boot Manager. It is unavailable
           thereafter.

     Create Partitions
           This choice is used to create primary partitions and

           logical drives within the extended partition. You can
           use this choice whenever there is free space available
           on the hard disk.

     Add to Boot Manager Menu

           This choice is used to add the name of a partition or
           logical drive to the Boot Manager startup menu. You
           should use this choice for any operating system that

           you want to be able to select when you start the
           system. When you select this choice, the New Name
           window is displayed. You use the New Name window

           to assign a meaningful name to the partition or logical
           drive.

     Change Partition Name

           This choice is used to change the name that you have
           previously assigned to a partition or logical drive.

     Assign C: Partition
           This choice is used to specify which primary partition

           you want to be active (when more than one primary
           partition is installed on your system). The placement of
           the drive letter (C) tells you which primary partition will

           be visible (or accessible) after you restart the system.

     Set Startup Values
           This choice is used to specify the actions of the Boot
           Manager startup menu. For example, with Set Startup

           Values, you can specify how long you want the Boot
           Manager menu to be displayed before the default

           operating system is started. You can also specify which
           operating system you want as the default.

     Remove from Boot Manager Menu
           This choice is used to delete a name from the Boot

           Manager startup menu. When you delete the name,
           you can no longer select the operating system



              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     45





          associated with that name from the Boot Manager
          startup menu.

   Delete Partition
          This choice is used to delete information about a

          primary partition or logical drive. After you exit from
          FDISK, all the data in the partition or logical drive is

          deleted.

   Set Installable
          This choice is used to mark a partition or logical drive
          as the target for installation. For example, before you

          install the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating system, you set
          one primary partition (or logical drive) as installable.
          Later, when you install other operating systems, you

          mark their partitions as installable before you actually
          install the operating systems.

          After you install OS/2 2.0, the status of this partition is
          changed from Installable to Bootable.

   Make Startable

          This choice is used to determine which partition or
          logical drive is activated when you start your system.

          When you install the Boot Manager, it is automatically
          marked as startable. This means that the Boot
          Manager is in control when you start your system. Only

          one partition on the first hard disk can be made
          startable. If you set any other partition startable, the
          Boot Manager startup menu will not appear when you

          start the system.

     Specifying Options


   To specify options for the partition you just created:

    1. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

    2. Select Add to Boot Manager Menu if you want this partition
     displayed on the Boot Manager startup menu. If you do not
     select this choice for the partition, you cannot select the

     operating system that exists in this partition from the menu at
     startup time.





   46OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        a. If you select Add to Boot Manager Menu, you see the
         window in which you are asked to type a name for the

         partition. Type the name.
        b. Press the Enter key.


     If you have additional partitions to set up, follow the instructions
     outlined in 﨏reating Partitions for Operating Systems Other than

     OS/2 2.0 and for Logical Drives?on page 42. Otherwise, continue
     to 﨏reating the Partition or Logical Drive for OS/2 2.0.?


        Creating the Partition or Logical Drive for OS/2 2.0


     After you have created the partitions for the Boot Manager and for
     each of the other operating systems you plan to install, create the

     partition or logical drive in which you will install OS/2 2.0. OS/2
     2.0 can be installed in either a primary partition or a logical drive
     within the extended partition.


     Important: Some operating systems, such as AIX, use their own
     disk utility program to set up partitions. The partitions for such

     operating systems are created when you actually install the
     operating systems. You must leave sufficient space on the hard
     disk to accommodate these operating systems.


     To create the partition or logical drive for OS/2 2.0:

      1. Make sure that the       line is highlighted. IfFree Space      it is not,
       press the Up Arrow ( ) or Down Arrow (           ?                                 ? ) key until it is

       highlighted.

      2. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

      3. Select Create Partition and press Enter.
      4. Type the size (in MB) of the partition or logical drive you are

       creating.

      5. Specify whether this partition is a primary partition or a logical
       drive within the extended partition.

       If you have already marked three partitions as primary

       partitions, you might want to select Extended Logical Drive for
       OS/2 2.0. Your hard disk can be made up of a maximum of
       four primary partitions or three primary partitions and multiple



              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     47





     logical drives within one extended partition. So, if you create a
     primary partition for OS/2 2.0 when three primary partitions

     already exist, you cannot create any logical drives.
    6. Specify the location of the partition or logical drive you want to

     create.

     Note:  This option is not available when the amount of free
          space equals the size of the request.


      Specifying Options for the OS/2 2.0 Partition or Logical

    Drive

   Once you have set up the partition or logical drive, you use the

   Options menu choices to specify certain information. For example,
   you use the Options menu to give the partition or logical drive a
   name.


   To specify options:

    1. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

    2. Highlight Add to Boot Manager Menu and press Enter.

    3. Type the name you want to assign to this partition or logical
     drive, and press Enter.

    4. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

    5. Highlight Set Installable and press Enter.

     You must select Set Installable for this partition or logical drive.
     By selecting Set Installable, you indicate which partition or

     logical drive should be used for OS/2 2.0.

    6. Use the Set startup values choice if you are going to have
     multiple operating systems installed. (You use Set startup

     values to configure the Boot Manager environment. In this
     window, you indicate how you want the Boot Manager startup
     menu displayed.)

     Note:  You can indicate how you want your Boot Manager

          environment configured during this part of installation,
          or you can choose to configure the environment after
          installation. To configure the Boot Manager

          environment after installation, use the FDISKPM utility



   48OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





           program. (FDISKPM includes most of the features of
           FDISK, but it is displayed in a Presentation Manager

           window.) To start FDISKPM after installation, type
           FDISKPM at an OS/2 command prompt.





















































              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     49





     When you select Set startup values from the Options menu of
     FDISK, the following screen is displayed:
    +-----------------------------+
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |
    |                             |

    +-----------------------------+

      a. Specify the default drive:

         1) Highlight the line that contains the information for the
          operating system you want preselected at startup time.

          For example, if you want OS/2 2.0 to be the preselected
          choice on the Boot Manager startup menu, highlight

          the      line.      OS/2 2.0

         2) Press Enter to display the Options menu.
         3) Select Set startup values.

         4) With Default highlighted, press Enter. Notice that the

          name of the partition you chose is listed next to
          Default.

      b. Set the menu display time:

         1) Indicate how long you want the Boot Manager startup
          menu displayed when you start your system. If you

          want the menu displayed for a certain period of time
          before the default operating system starts, accept the

          value of Yes. If you want the menu to be displayed
          indefinitely (until you explicitly select a choice from the




   50OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





            menu), highlight Timer and press Enter to change the
            value to No.

          2) If you selected Yes for Timer, indicate how long you
            want the menu displayed before the default operating

            system is started. You can either accept the value
            listed next to Timeout or you can change the value. To

            change the value:

             a) Select Timeout.

             b) Type the amount of time (in seconds) that you want
              the menu displayed before the preselected
              operating system is automatically started.

             c) Press Enter.

        c. Set the menu mode to indicate how you want the Boot

         Manager startup menu to be displayed.

         You can select Normal or Advanced. The normal mode
         menu looks like this:
         +--------------------------------------+
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |
         |                                      |

         +--------------------------------------+
         The following screen shows the same menu in the
         advanced mode format.











              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     51




      +-----------------------------+
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |
      |                             |

      +-----------------------------+

        To change the mode that is currently displayed:

         1) Highlight Mode.

         2) Press Enter.

      d. Press F3 to update your FDISK screen.


      Saving Your Changes


   Once you have set up your hard disk, you must save your
   changes.

    1. Press F3.

    2. Select Save and Exit and press Enter.

     The options you select during your FDISK session will not be

     active until you select Save and Exit and press Enter.

   Note that you will be asked to reinsert the Installation Diskette and
   the numbered diskettes.













   52OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






        Continuing with OS/2 2.0 Installation

     Once all your partitions are set up, continue installing the OS/2

     Version 2.0 operating system. Follow the instructions on the
     screen.

     When the Installation Drive Selection screen is displayed, select

     option 1, Accept the drive.


        Selecting the Operating System Features


     Once the hard disk of your computer is set up, you see the OS/2
     Setup and Installation screen. In this part of installation, you make
     choices about which features of the operating system you want to

     install.

     If you need assistance in completing the screen, press the F1 key

     to see more information about your choices. (Or, you can refer to
     Chapter 2, 蘒nstalling OS/2 2.0 as the Only Operating System?on
     page 9, which provides additional information about making

     selections on the screen.)


        Formatting Logical Drives

     If you have any logical drives that you want to format, you can do

     so by selecting Format from the Options menu of the OS/2 Setup
     and Installation screen. For example, if you want to format one of
     your logical drives for the High Performance File System, you

     would do the following:

      1. Select Options from the menu bar of the OS/2 Setup and
       Installation screen.
      2. Select Format.

      3. Specify the High Performance File System.



        Viewing the Tutorial

     After OS/2 installation is completed, you will see the OS/2 Tutorial.

     After you complete the tutorial, install any other operating systems
     for which you have created partitions.



              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     53






      Installing Other Operating Systems

   When the Boot Manager and OS/2 2.0 are installed, you can install

   the other operating systems.




















































   54OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        Do you have more than one primary partition?


      If you set up more than one primary partition (other than the
      Boot Manager partition) when you set up your hard disk, follow
      this procedure before you begin the installation of the operating

      systems.

      You need to indicate which primary partition should be used for

      the operating system you are installing. For example, suppose
      three partitions (in addition to the Boot Manager partition) are
      set up on your hard disk: two primary partitions and one

      extended partition containing logical drives. If you want to
      install OS/2 Version 1.3 in the first primary partition, you have
      to make sure that the first primary partition is marked as

      installable.

      To set the partition to installable, use FDISKPM. (FDISKPM

      includes most of the features of FDISK, but it is displayed in a
      Presentation Manager window.)

       1. Select OS/2 System.
       2. Select Command Prompts.

       3. Select OS/2 Window.
       4. Type fdiskpm and press Enter.

      The drive letter (for example, C:) is shown next to the primary
      partition that is active. (Remember that only one primary

      partition can be active, or accessible, at a time.) If the partition
      in which you want to install the operating system is not the

      active primary partition, do the following:

       1. Highlight the partition in which you want to install the
        operating system.
       2. Select Options from the menu bar.

       3. Select Set Installable.
       4. Select Options from the menu bar.
       5. Select Exit.

       6. Select the Save pushbutton from the window that is
        displayed.








              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     55





   Once you set the correct primary partition as installable (if you
   have more than one primary partition), you can begin the

   installation of the other operating systems.
   Note:  If you going to install DOS and a version of the OS/2

       operating system in the same primary partition, refer to
       Chapter 3, 嗀dding OS/2 2.0 to a DOS System?on page 17

       for instructions. Remember that, to use the Dual Boot
       feature, you must install DOS in the partition before you
       install the OS/2 operating system.

    1. Insert the installation diskette from the operating system you

     are installing. Then, press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and press Del to
     restart the system.

    2. During installation, make sure that you install the operating
     system in the desired partition. If you are asked whether you

     want to format the partition, indicate that you do. FDISK sets
     up partitions but does not format them.

    3. Press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and press Del to restart the system.

    4. If you installed OS/2 Version 1.3 or DOS Version 5.0, you will
     need to make the Boot Manager partition startable. You

     should also follow the steps outlined below if, for any reason,
     the Boot Manager startup menu does not appear as you
     specified it during installation of the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating

     system. (For example, if you installed multiple operating
     systems and wanted the Boot Manager startup menu to appear

     but, instead, one of the other operating systems starts, you
     would need to make the Boot Manager partition startable. In
     DOS terminology, this is the same as making the partition

     active.) You can use the version of FDISK (or its equivalent)
     from the operating system that is active to make the Boot
     Manager partition startable. Or, you can do the following:

      a. Insert the OS/2 Installation Diskette into drive A.

      b. Press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and press Del to restart the

        system.

      c. When prompted to do so, remove the Installation Diskette,
        insert Diskette 1, and press Enter.

      d. When the Welcome screen is displayed, press Esc to
        display an OS/2 command prompt.



   56OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        e. Type fdisk and press Enter.

        f. Make sure that the Boot Manager partition is highlighted.
         If it is not, press the Up Arrow ( ) or Down Arrow () key                      ?                                 ?
         until it is highlighted.

        g. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

        h. Select Make Startable and press Enter.

        i. Press F3 to save your changes.

        j. Select Save and Exit and press Enter.

        k. Remove the diskette from drive A.

        l. Press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and press Del to restart the

         system.

      5. If one of your primary partitions is set up for Dual Boot, copy
       the BOOT.COM file from OS/2 2.0 to the Dual Boot partition.
       (Copying the BOOT.COM file will replace the versions supplied

       by the other operating systems.)

      6. If you have installed AIX, you should add it to the Boot
       Manager startup menu. With OS/2 running, type FDISKPM at
       an OS/2 command prompt. Then do the following:

        a. Highlight the line that contains information about AIX.

        b. Select Options from the menu bar.

        c. Select Add to Boot Manager menu.

        d. Type a name for the partition and press Enter.

        e. Select Options from the menu bar.

        f. Select Exit.

        g. Select the Save pushbutton from the window that is

         displayed.

       You will now be able to select AIX from the Boot Manager
       startup menu.










              Chapter 4. Installing Multiple Operating Systems                     57































































   58OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          Chapter 5.  Alternative Ways to Install


     This chapter describes alternative ways to install the OS/2
     operating system. It is intended primarily for the person who will

     be setting up workstations for other users.

     Included in this chapter is information on installing OS/2 2.0 using

     a response file. The chapter also includes a section on modifying
     the response file that is shipped with the OS/2 installation
     diskettes.


     This chapter also explains how to redirect the installation process
     so that you can install from a source other than diskette drive A.

     Note that a brief overview of redirected installation is provided.
     Detailed information about managing remote installations can be
     found in OS/2 Version 2.0 Remote Installation and Maintenance

     (GG24-3780).



        Understanding the Response File Installation

     If you have installed a previous version of the OS/2 operating

     system or if you have installed other operating systems, you are
     probably familiar with the typical installation procedure: you insert
     diskettes and answer screen prompts. When you use a response

     file, it is not necessary to answer any prompts. All the answers
     are in the response file. You can place the response file on

     Diskette 1 and begin the installation as usual. Or, you can place
     the response file on another source. (See 蘒nstalling OS/2 2.0 from
     a Source Other than Drive A?on page 63.) In either case, the

     installation program will read the file (instead of prompting the
     user) for the installation information.














   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               59






      Modifying the Response File

   A response file is included on the OS/2 installation diskettes.

   When you install the operating system, this response file (named
   SAMPLE.RSP) is placed in the OS2\INSTALL directory. So, after
   you install the operating system on your own system, you can

   modify the sample response file and then use it for installation on
   another workstation. You use an editor (such as the System
   Editor) to modify the response file.


   The following is an example of what the response file looks like.











































   60OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





           **************************************************************
           *AlternateAdapter                                            *
           *                                                            *
           *   Specifies secondary adapter for two display systems.     *
           *   This should be a lower or equal resolution display since *
           *   the highest resolution display will be primary for PM.   *
           *                                                            *
           *   Valid Parms:                                             *
           *                                                            *
           *      0=none (DEFAULT)                                      *
           *      1=Other than following (DDINSTAL will handle)         *
           *      2=Monochrome Printer Adapter                          *
           *      3=Color Graphics Adapter                              *
           *      4=Enhanced Graphics Adapter                           *
           *      5=Video Graphics Adapter                              *
           *      6=8514/A Adapter                                      *
           *      7=XGA Adapter                                         *
           **************************************************************
           AlternateAdapter=0
           **************************************************************
           *BaseFileSystem                                              *
           *                                                            *
           *    Specifies which file system should be used to format    *
           *    the install partition                                   *
           *                                                            *
           *    Valid Parms:                                            *
           *                                                            *
           *       1=HPFS (DEFAULT)                                     *
           *       2=FAT                                                *
           **************************************************************
           BaseFileSystem=2
           **************************************************************
           * CDROM                                                      *
           *                                                            *
           *    Specifies which, if any, CD ROM IFS files should be     *
           *    installed.                                              *
           *                                                            *
           *    Valid Parms:                                            *
           *                                                            *
           *       0 = None                                             *
           *       1 = All                                              *
           *       2 = CD-ROM IFS (DEFAULT)                             *
           *       3 = IBM CD-ROM Device Drivers                        *
           **************************************************************
           CDROM=2

     As you can see, the file contains comments about the various
     options and lists the values you should enter if you want

     something other than the default value. If you do not modify a
     response, the default value is used.







                  Chapter 5. Alternative Ways to Install                   61





   For example, suppose you want to set up a system in which no
   CD-ROM support is required. In the response file, you would

   indicate that no support be installed by entering:
           CDROM=0


   The following is a list of the steps you would perform to modify a
   response file and then place the response file on Diskette 1.

    1. Make a copy of the SAMPLE.RSP file (located in the

     OS2\INSTALL directory).

    2. Use an editor (such as the System Editor) to modify the file.
     The file contains comments that explain each of the installation
     options.

    3. Once you have modified and saved the response file, copy it to

     Diskette 1 with the name OS2SE20.RSP.

     Note:  You can place the response file in a location other than
          Diskette 1. For example, the response file could be
          located on the server in a local area network. The next

          section describes the process for pointing to a source
          other than drive A for installation information.

    4. Copy the RSPINST.EXE file (located in the OS2\INSTALL
     directory) to Diskette 1.

    5. Begin the installation of the workstation by inserting the

     Installation Diskette and restarting the system.

    6. When prompted, switch diskettes and press Enter.

   From this point, the installation program will prompt only for the

   insertion of diskettes. No other installation screens will appear.

   Note that you can use this procedure to install the same set of

   options on multiple workstations. Using a response file, you can
   make sure that all workstations in an area are set up with the
   same set of options.











   62OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






        Installing OS/2 2.0 from a Source Other than Drive A

     The operating system typically is installed from a diskette inserted

     into drive A. However, with OS/2 2.0, you can redirect the
     installation by specifying a source other than the diskettes in drive
     A. For example, you can direct the installation to a CD-ROM. In a

     local area network environment, for example, any or all of the
     workstations connected to a server could request that the
     installation source be a drive on the server. This type of

     installation requires additional software (such as a LAN support
     product).


        Redirecting the Installation


     There are several ways to redirect the installation of OS/2 2.0.
     You can modify information on Diskette 1 to point to another

     source. If that source contains a copy of the installation diskettes,
     the user is prompted for choices but is not asked to swap
     diskettes. The source can also be specified in a response file. If a

     response file exists on the redirected source, the user is not
     prompted for any choices.


     You can modify the CONFIG.SYS file that is found on Diskette 1 to
     indicate that installation should proceed from a source other than
     drive A.

   ?   One of the ways to indicate redirection is to modify the

       PROTSHELL statement of the CONFIG.SYS file. For example,
       to point to an alternative source for installation information,
       you would add a drive letter and file name to the

       PROTSHELL= statement:

                     PROTSHELL=SYSINST1.EXE SYSINST2.EXE Z:\OS2SE20

       When the system reads Diskette 1, it finds this statement and
       looks for the SYSINST1.EXE and SYSINST2.EXE installation
       programs in the specified directory of drive Z. Installation then

       proceeds from that drive, and there is no prompting for
       insertion of diskettes.

   ?   Instead of modifying the PROTSHELL statement, you can add
       an environment variable to the CONFIG.SYS file. For example,

       you could add the following statement to the file:


                  Chapter 5. Alternative Ways to Install                   63





                SET SOURCEPATH=Z:\OS2SE20

     You would then add the same drive and file name to the PATH
     and DPATH statements of the CONFIG.SYS file.


   Another way to specify redirection of installation is to use the
   response file on Diskette 1 to point to another source. For
   example, you can modify the sample response file by adding the

   following statement to the response file:

              SourcePath=Z:\OS2SE20

   Then, when this response file is placed on Diskette 1, the

   installation program looks to the drive specified for its installation
   information.

   A response file can be copied to the directory specified above

   rather than to Diskette 1. If a response file (with the correct name
   OS2SE20.RSP) exists in both places, the file on the diskette is

   checked first.


      Setting Up an Alternative Installation Source

   The OS/2 installation program can use a drive other than A as its

   installation source. This redirected drive can be a CD-ROM, a
   drive on the hard disk, or a remote drive that is connected to a
   LAN. If the redirected drive requires special software, you will

   have to copy those files to Diskette 1 and modify the CONFIG.SYS
   file on Diskette 1. The following section describes the steps
   needed to install from a CD-ROM. For information on installing

   from other drives, refer to OS/2 Version 2.0 Remote Installation and
   Maintenance (GG24-3780).


      Installing from a CD-ROM Device

   When the installation program begins, it searches all the drives on
   a system for a file named OS2SE20.SRC. If that file is found by the
   installation program, it reads the first line of the file to find the

   installation source information.

   When OS/2 is delivered on a CD-ROM, it already contains the

   OS2SE20.SRC file. You begin the installation from diskette, as




   64OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





     usual, but after a certain point, the installation is redirected to the
     CD-ROM.


     If the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating system was delivered on a
     CD-ROM, do the following:

      1. Insert the CD-ROM into its drive.

      2. Insert the Installation Diskette into drive A.

      3. Turn on the computer. If the computer is already on, press
       and hold the Ctrl and Alt keys, and press Del to restart the

       system.

      4. Follow the prompts that are displayed on the screen. You will
       be asked to switch diskettes before the installation program
       begins to read the OS2SE20.SRC file on the CD-ROM drive.







































                  Chapter 5. Alternative Ways to Install                   65































































   66OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          Appendix A.  Customizing the Operating System


     This appendix describes how you can customize your operating
     system without completely reinstalling it.


     You can use the System Configuration folder to change choices
     such as the time and date, your screen colors and window

     borders, and to change your mouse for right- or left-hand use.
     Select the System Configuration folder from the OS/2 System
     folder to see the objects (for example, the mouse) that you can

     customize.

     You can also replace the user interface (sometimes called a shell)

     that comes with the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating system. You
     replace the user interface by modifying a statement in the
     CONFIG.SYS file. See the online Master Index for details on

     replacing the user interface.



        Features that You Can Change or Add

     After you install the operating system, you might decide to change
     your mouse or display. Or, you might decide that you want to add
     some features that you chose not to add during the initial

     installation. You can make the change or add the features without
     completely reinstalling the operating system.


     The following are the features you can add to your system:
   ?
        CD-ROM Device Support

       Provides system support for CD-ROM devices.
   ?
        Documentation
       Adds the OS/2 Tutorial, the OS/2 Command Reference, or the

       REXX Information.

   ?   Fonts









   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               67





     Determines the print style for your system. The OS/2
     operating system offers bit-map fonts and fonts in Adobe  ** Type

     1 format for displaying and printing data on many output
     devices; however, the bit-map fonts are not supported for
     printing on vector devices, such as plotters. For compatibility,

     the operating system also supports the Presentation Manager
     outline fonts.

     When no fonts are selected, the system default font and the
     Helvetica   ** fonts are installed.

  ?   Optional System Utilities

     Provide a full set of system utility programs to:

     ?Back up the hard disk

     ?Change file attributes
     ?Display the directory tree
     ?Manage partitions

     ?Label diskettes
     ?Link object modules
     ?Convert, display, and print pictures

     ?Use PMREXX
     ?Recover files

     ?Restore backed-up files
     ?Sort files
     ?Install OS/2 compilers.

  ?   Tools and Games

     Provide productivity aids (such as an enhanced editor and a

     calculator) as well as games.
  ?
       OS/2 DOS and Windows Support
     Enables DOS and Microsoft Windows programs to run on the

     OS/2 operating system. If you select this feature, you will be
     prompted to indicate which of your existing DOS and Windows

     applications you want to migrate to OS/2 2.0.
  ?
       High Performance File System




 **   Trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

 **   Trademark of the Linotype Company.


   68OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





       Provides fast access to large disk volumes. Features of the
       High Performance File System include:

       ?File names up to 254 characters in length
       ?Large file support

       ?Strategic allocation of directory structures
       ?Processing of metacharacters that are generally used for

         displaying and printing graphics.
   ?
        REXX

       Installs the REXX Operating System/2 procedures language.
       This batch language can be used to develop Systems
       Application Architecture  *                  (SAA*) programs.

   ?   Serial Device Support

       Provides system support for attached serial devices, such as a

       modem, a serial plotter, or a serial printer assigned to a
       communication port. This choice is not required for mouse
       support.

   ?   Serviceability and Diagnostic Aids

       Provide information primarily for a technical coordinator to

       isolate and correct system problems.
   ?
        Optional Bitmaps

       Provides a set of bitmaps that you can use to change the
       background of your system.



        Changing Your Setup or Adding Features

     To change your setup or add a feature, do the following:

      1. Select OS/2 System.

      2. Select System Setup.

      3. Select Selective Install.








  *   Trademark of the IBM Corporation.


              Appendix A. Customizing the Operating System                    69





    4. Select the item you want to change (for example, mouse,
     keyboard, display, or country). After making any changes,

     select the OK pushbutton.
    5. On the next screen, select the features that you want to install.

     Note:  If a More pushbutton accompanies a feature, you must

          select the pushbutton to view the features. For
          example, if you want to install a document, select

          Documentation and then select the More pushbutton to
          display a list of documents. Then, select the document
          that you want to add.

    6. When prompted, insert the numbered installation diskettes to

     complete the process.








































   70OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          Appendix B.  Diagnosing System Problems


     The operating system provides programs that help you gather
     information to isolate and correct system problems. You can learn

     more about this information by selecting topics under the Problem
     determination heading in the Master Index.


     If your system has failed, however, it will not be possible to get
     online help. This appendix provides information about such
     system failures, and about:

   ?   Recovering the CONFIG.SYS file

   ?   Recovering user and system INI files

   ?   Recovering from errors on the hard disk

   ?   Responding to installation errors.

     Note:  Backing up your system regularly may help you avoid

         having to re-create files in the event of a system failure.


        Recovering the CONFIG.SYS File

     The CONFIG.SYS file contains command statements that set up

     your system. If the file is changed incorrectly, you cannot restart
     the system or edit the file. To recover the CONFIG.SYS file:

      1. Insert the Installation Diskette into drive A.

      2. Turn on the computer.

       If the computer is already on, press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and
       press Del to restart the system.

      3. When the logo screen appears, remove the Installation Diskette

       and insert Diskette 1.

      4. Press Enter.

      5. When the Welcome screen appears, press Esc.

      6. Change to the drive where your operating system resides. For
       example, if the operating system is in drive C, type:

                  C:

       and press Enter.


   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               71





    7. Rename the damaged CONFIG.SYS file by typing

               REN CONFIG.SYS CONFIG.BAD

     and pressing Enter.

    8. Copy the CONFIG.SYS backup file to the root directory of the
     drive where your operating system resides. (The CONFIG.SYS
     backup file was created during installation.) For example, if

     the operating system is in drive C, type:
               COPY C:\OS2\INSTALL\CONFIG.SYS C:\CONFIG.SYS

     and press Enter.

    9. Remove Diskette 1 from drive A.

   10. Press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and press Del to restart the system.

   Note:  If you changed the CONFIG.SYS file after installing the

       operating system, use an editor to either correct the
       damaged file (now named CONFIG.BAD) or update the
       current CONFIG.SYS file.



      Recovering User and System INI Files

   System settings, such as application defaults, display options, and

   file options, are defined in the OS2.INI startup file in the OS2
   directory of your hard disk. Information about installed fonts and
   printer drivers is contained in a system file called OS2SYS.INI. If

   you receive a message that the OS2.INI file has been damaged,
   replace both of these files as follows:

    1. Insert the Installation Diskette into drive A.

    2. Turn on the computer.

     If the computer is already on, press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and
     press Del to restart the system.

    3. After the logo screen appears, remove the Installation Diskette

     and insert Diskette 1.

    4. Press Enter.

    5. When the Welcome screen is displayed, press Esc.

    6. Change to the drive where your operating system resides. For
     example, if the operating system is in drive C, type:



   72OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





                  C:

       and press Enter.

      7. Change to the OS2 subdirectory by typing

                  CD \OS2

       and pressing Enter.
      8. Erase the current OS2.INI file by typing

                  ERASE OS2.INI

       and pressing Enter.

      9. Create a new user INI file by typing

                  MAKEINI OS2.INI INI.RC

       and pressing Enter.

     10. Erase the current OS2SYS.INI file by typing

                  ERASE OS2SYS.INI

       and pressing Enter.

     11. Create a new system INI file by typing

                  MAKEINI OS2SYS.INI INISYS.RC

       and pressing Enter.

       Note:  The MAKEINI.EXE file was added to the OS2 directory of
           your hard disk during installation of the operating
           system.

     12. Remove Diskette 1 from drive A.

     13. Press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and press Del to restart the system.


     You can protect your INI files by copying back levels of the files
     each time you start your system. For example, you could include

     the following statements in your CONFIG.SYS file:
           CALL=C:\OS2\XCOPY.EXE C:\OS2\*.INX c:\OS2\*.INY

           CALL=C:\OS2\XCOPY.EXE C:\OS2\OS2*.INI C:\OS2\*.INX

     These statements make a copy of your current INI files and also

     make a copy of the INI files you previously backed up.





                Appendix B. Diagnosing System Problems                   73





   By copying your files each time you start the system, you will
   always be able to recover an earlier verion of the INI files.



      Recovering from Errors on the Hard Disk

   The CHKDSK command with the parameter /F can be used to
   correct disk and directory errors. However, when you use the /F

   parameter, no activity can occur on the disk. Therefore, if you
   need to correct errors on the drive from which you normally start
   the operating system, you must use the version of CHKDSK that is

   on the installation diskettes (instead of the version that has been
   installed on the hard disk).


   To correct errors on the drive from which you normally start the
   operating system:

    1. Insert the Installation Diskette into drive A.

    2. Turn on the computer.

     If the computer is already on, press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and
     press Del to restart the system.

    3. When the logo screen appears, remove the Installation Diskette

     and insert Diskette 1.

    4. Press Enter.

    5. When the Welcome screen appears, press Esc.

    6. When the OS/2 command prompt appears, remove Diskette 1
     and insert Diskette 2 (the diskette that contains the CHKDSK
     command).

    7. To correct the errors on your hard disk, type the following at

     the command prompt:

               CHKDSK C: /F
     and press Enter. (If your operating system resides on a drive

     other than C, type the appropriate drive letter after the
     CHKDSK command.)

    8. Remove the diskette from drive A.

    9. Press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and press Del to restart the system.





   74OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






        Responding to Installation Errors
     If you receive an error message while installing the operating

     system, take the appropriate corrective action.



     Only some files were copied. You might be out of disk space.


      Explanation:  (1) The installation program could not transfer one or

      more files, because a version of the files already exists on the hard
      disk with the read-only, system, or hidden attributes set.
      (2) The installation program stopped transferring files because there

      was not enough hard disk space.
      Action:  (1) Return the attributes of the OS/2 files to their original

      setting. Use the ATTRIB command to remove the read-only
      attributes.

      (2) Move non-OS/2 operating system files out of the installation
      partition. You can store these files in the extended partition or on a
      diskette. If you intend to format the installation partition, remember
      to use the BACKUP command to save any important files.



     An error occurred when the installation program tried to copy a file.


      Explanation:  (1) The installation program could not transfer one or
      more files, because a version of the files already exists on the hard
      disk with the read-only, system, or hidden attributes set.

      (2) The installation program stopped transferring files because there
      was not enough hard disk space.

      (3) The hard disk might contain errors.
      Action:  (1) Return the attributes of the OS/2 files to their original

      settings. Use the ATTRIB command to remove the read-only
      attributes.
      (2) Move non-OS/2 operating system files out of the installation

      partition. You can store these files in an extended partition or on a
      diskette. If you intend to format the installation partition, remember
      to use the BACKUP command to save any important files.

      (3) Follow the CHKDSK procedure outlined in the section
      ecovering from Errors on the Hard Disk?on page 74.





                Appendix B. Diagnosing System Problems                   75






    An error occurred when the installation program tried to transfer
    system files to your hard disk. Your hard disk might be unusable.


     Explanation:  The installation program stopped transferring files
     because there was not enough hard disk space. The system files
     consist of the OS2LDR and OS2KRNLI files on the Installation

     Diskette.
     Action:  Move non-OS/2 operating system files out of the installation

     partition. You can store these files in an extended partition or on a
     diskette. If you intend to format the installation partition, remember
     to use the BACKUP command to save any important files.


    An error occurred while trying to run a program.


     Explanation:  (1) The installation program could not find one of the

     following programs: FDISK, MAKEINI, CHKDSK, FORMAT, or
     UNPACK.
     (2) The installation program could not run a program, because there

     is not enough memory to install it.
     Action:  (1) Verify that the program exists on the diskette or

     installation partition.
     (2) Add more system memory.



    The installation program was unable to load a module into memory.


     Explanation:  The installation program could not load a system
     module because there is not enough memory.

     Action:  Add more system memory.



      Making the Boot Manager Active
   If you set up multiple operating systems but the Boot Manager

   startup menu does not appear as you specified it during
   installation, you will need to make the Boot Manager partition

   startable. See page 56 for instructions on making the Boot
   Manager partition startable.






   76OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          Appendix C.  Examples of Installing OS/2 2.0 and

        Partitioning Your Hard Disk


     This appendix shows four examples of partitioning the hard disk of
     your system during the installation of the OS/2 Version 2.0
     operating system.


     Example 1 shows you how to delete an existing partition and set
     up two areas on the hard disk: a primary partition for OS/2 2.0

     and a logical drive within the extended partition for data. The
     remaining examples show you how to set up your system so that
     you can install multiple operating systems in their own partitions.



        Example 1: Creating a Primary Partition and a Logical

      Drive for Data

     This example shows you how to set up a primary partition for OS/2

     2.0 and a logical drive in the extended partition. The logical drive
     will be used to hold data.


     This example assumes that you are installing on a hard disk that
     currently has one partition that takes up the entire disk.


     In this example, you will create:

   ?   A 30MB primary partition
   ?   A 12MB logical drive within the extended partition.


     This example does not involve the installation of the Boot
     Manager.

      1. Back up any data you want to save from the existing partition.
       (Use the BACKUP command from your existing operating

       system.)

      2. Insert the Installation diskette, restart your system, and follow
       the instructions on the screen.

      3. At the Installation Drive Selection screen, select option 2,
       Specify a different drive or partition.

      4. Delete the existing partition (which you have backed up):



   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               77





      a. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
      b. Select Delete Partition.

    5. Create the primary partition:

      a. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
      b. Select Create Partition.

      c. Type the size of the primary partition (in this example, 30)
        and press Enter.

      d. Select Primary Partition and press Enter.
      e. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.

    6. Create the logical drive for data:

      a. Highlight the        line.             Free  Space
      b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

      c. Select Create Partition.
      d. Type the size of the extended logical drive (in this
        example, 12) and press Enter.

      e. Select Extended Logical Drive and press Enter.
      f. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.

    7. Exit FDISK:

      a. Press F3.
      b. Select Save and Exit and press Enter.

    8. Continue with OS/2 installation until you see the OS/2 Setup

     and Installation screen.

    9. Format the logical drive:

      a. When the OS/2 Setup and Installation screen is displayed,
        select Select features and install.
      b. Specify any changes to the System Configuration screen.

      c. When the next OS/2 Setup and Installation screen is
        displayed, select Options from the menu bar.
      d. Select Format.

      e. Indicate which file system you want to use to format the
        logical drive.

        Note that you can format the logical drive for a file system

        that is different from the one with which you formatted the
        primary partition. For example, if the primary partition is
        formatted for the High Performance File System, you can

        format the logical partition for the File Allocation Table file



   78OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





         system. This way, you can have both file systems installed
         on the hard disk.

     10. Finish the installation of the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating
       system.





















































    Appendix C. Examples of Installing OS/2 2.0 and Partitioning Your Hard Disk                          79






      Example 2: Installing the Boot Manager, OS/2 2.0, and
    One Additional Operating System


   This example shows you how to set up a partition for the Boot
   Manager, a primary partition for DOS, and a logical drive for OS/2
   2.0.


   This example assumes that you are installing on a hard disk that
   currently has one partition that takes up the entire disk.


   In this example, you will create:

  ?   A 4MB primary partition for DOS
  ?   A 30MB logical drive for OS/2 2.0.


   You will also install the Boot Manager in its own partition.

    1. Back up any data you want to save from the existing partition.
     (Use the BACKUP command from your existing operating
     system.)

    2. Insert the Installation diskette, restart your system, and follow

     the instructions on the screen.

    3. At the Installation Drive Selection screen, select option 2,
     Specify a different drive or partition.

    4. Delete the existing partition (which you have backed up):

      a. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
      b. Select Delete Partition.

    5. Install the Boot Manager partition:

      a. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

      b. Select Install Boot Manager.
      c. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.

    6. Create the DOS partition:

      a. Highlight the        line.             Free  Space
      b. Select Create Partition.

      c. Type the size of the primary partition (in this example, 4)
        and press Enter.
      d. Select Primary Partition and press Enter.

      e. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.



   80OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        f. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        g. Select Add to Boot Manager Menu.

        h. Type DOS and press Enter.
      7. Create the OS/2 Version 2.0 logical drive:

        a. Highlight the       line.                Free Space

        b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        c. Select Create Partition.

        d. Type the size of the extended logical drive (in this
         example, 30) and press Enter.
        e. Select Extended Logical Drive and press Enter.

        f. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.
        g. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        h. Select Add to Boot Manager Menu.

        i. Type OS/2 2.0 and press Enter.

      8. Set up OS/2 Version 2.0 as the default:

        a. Highlight the      line.                 OS/2 2.0
        b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        c. Select Set startup values.

        d. Select Default.
        e. Press F3.

      9. Indicate which partition should be used for the OS/2 2.0
       installation:

        a. Highlight the      line.                 OS/2 2.0

        b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        c. Select Set installable.

     10. Exit FDISK:

        a. Press F3 to exit FDISK.
        b. Select Save and Exit and press Enter.

     11. Finish the installation of the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating

       system.

     12. When OS/2 installation is completed, insert the DOS
       installation diskette. Then, press and hold Ctrl+Alt, and press

       Del to restart the system.







    Appendix C. Examples of Installing OS/2 2.0 and Partitioning Your Hard Disk                          81






      Example 3: Installing the Boot Manager, OS/2 2.0, and
    Two Additional Operating Systems


   This example shows you how to set up a partition for the Boot
   Manager, a primary partition for DOS, a primary partition for OS/2
   Version 1.3, and a logical drive for OS/2 Version 2.0.


   This example assumes that you are installing on a hard disk that
   currently has one partition that takes up the entire disk.


   In this example, you will create:

  ?   A 4MB primary partition for DOS
  ?   A 20MB primary partition for OS/2 Version 1.3
  ?
       A 30MB logical drive for OS/2 Version 2.0.

   You will also install the Boot Manager in its own partition.

    1. Back up any data you want to save from the existing partition.
     (Use the BACKUP command from your existing operating

     system.)

    2. Insert the Installation diskette, restart your system, and follow
     the instructions on the screen.

    3. At the Installation Drive Selection screen, select option 2,
     Specify a different drive or partition.

    4. Delete the existing partition (which you have backed up):

      a. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

      b. Select Delete Partition.

    5. Install the Boot Manager partition:

      a. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
      b. Select Install Boot Manager.
      c. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.

    6. Create the DOS partition:

      a. Highlight the        line.             Free  Space

      b. Select Create Partition.
      c. Type the size of the primary partition (in this example, 4)
        and press Enter.

      d. Select Primary Partition and press Enter.



   82OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        e. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.
        f. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

        g. Select Add to Boot Manager Menu.
        h. Type DOS and press Enter.

      7. Create the OS/2 Version 1.3 partition:

        a. Highlight the       line.                Free Space
        b. Select Create Partition.

        c. Type the size of the primary partition (20) and press Enter.
        d. Select Primary Partition and press Enter.
        e. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.

        f. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        g. Select Add to Boot Manager Menu.
        h. Type OS2 1.3 and press Enter.

      8. Create the OS/2 2.0 logical drive:

        a. Highlight the       line.                Free Space

        b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        c. Select Create Partition.
        d. Type the size of the extended logical drive (in this

         example, 30) and press Enter.
        e. Select Extended Logical Drive and press Enter.

        f. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.
        g. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        h. Select Add to Boot Manager Menu.

        i. Type OS/2 2.0 and press Enter.

      9. Set up OS/2 Version 2.0 as the default:

        a. Highlight the      line.                 OS/2 2.0
        b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        c. Select Set startup values.

        d. Select Default.
        e. Press F3.

     10. Indicate which partition should be used for the OS/2 2.0
       installation:

        a. Highlight the      line.                 OS/2 2.0

        b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        c. Select Set installable.

     11. Exit FDISK and continue with installation:




    Appendix C. Examples of Installing OS/2 2.0 and Partitioning Your Hard Disk                          83





      a. Press F3 to exit FDISK.
      b. Select Save and Exit and press Enter.

      c. Continue with OS/2 installation.
   12. Install DOS

      a. Insert the DOS installation diskette.

      b. Press the Ctrl and Alt keys, and then press Del to restart
        the system.

   13. Restart the system by pressing the Ctrl and Alt keys and then

     pressing the Del key.
   14. Select OS/2 2.0 from the Boot Manager startup menu.

   15. Make the OS/2 1.3 partition active.

      a. Select OS/2 System.

      b. Select Command Prompts.
      c. Select OS/2 Window.

      d. Type:
                   fdisk

        and press Enter.

      e. Highlight the      line.               OS2  1.3
      f. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
      g. Select Set Installable.

      h. Press F3 to exit.

   16. Install OS/2 Version 1.3

      a. Insert the OS/2 Version 1.3 installation diskette.
      b. Press the Ctrl and Alt keys, and then press the Del key to
        restart the system.

   17. Make the Boot Manager Startable:

      a. With OS/2 1.3 running, select Manage Partitions from the

        Utilities group.
      b. Highlight the Boot Manager line.
      c. Select Options.

      d. Select Startable.

   18. Restart the system to see the Boot Manager startup menu.







   84OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






        Example 4: Installing Boot Manager without
      Repartitioning the Entire Hard Disk


     This example shows you how to install the Boot Manager and
     install OS/2 2.0 without repartitioning the entire hard disk.


     This example assumes that your current hard disk setup has a
     primary partition (with DOS Version 4.0) and an extended partition.
     In this example, you will preserve the primary partition that

     contains DOS Version 4.0. You will delete the extended partition to
     make room for OS/2 2.0 and the Boot Manager. In this example,
     you will put the Boot Manager partition at the end of the hard disk.


     In this example, you will create:

   ?   A 30MB logical drive for OS/2 2.0
   ?   A 10MB logical drive for data.


     You will also install the Boot Manager in its own partition.

      1. Back up any data you want to save from the existing extended
       partition. (Use the BACKUP command from your existing

       operating system.)

      2. Insert the Installation diskette, restart your system, and follow
       the instructions on the screen.

      3. At the Installation Drive Selection screen, select option 2,
       Specify a different drive or partition.

      4. Delete the existing extended partition (which you have backed

       up):

        a. Highlight the line that contains information about the
         extended partition.
        b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

        c. Select Delete Partition.

      5. Install the Boot Manager partition:

        a. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
        b. Select Install Boot Manager.
        c. Select Create at End of Free Space and press Enter.

      6. Create the OS/2 2.0 logical drive:




    Appendix C. Examples of Installing OS/2 2.0 and Partitioning Your Hard Disk                          85





      a. Highlight the        line.             Free  Space
      b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

      c. Select Create Partition.
      d. Type the size of the extended logical drive (in this
        example, 30) and press Enter.

      e. Select Extended Logical Drive and press Enter.
      f. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.
      g. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

      h. Select Add to Boot Manager menu.
      i. Type OS/2 2.0 and press Enter.

    7. Create the logical drive for data:

      a. Highlight the        line.             Free  Space
      b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

      c. Select Create Partition.
      d. Type the size of the extended logical drive (in this
        example, 10) and press Enter.

      e. Select Extended Logical Drive and press Enter.
      f. Select Create at Start of Free Space and press Enter.

    8. Set up OS/2 2.0 as the default:

      a. Highlight the       line.              OS/2  2.0

      b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
      c. Select Set startup values.
      d. Select Default.

      e. Press F3.

    9. Indicate which partition should be used for the OS/2 2.0
     installation:

      a. Highlight the       line.              OS/2  2.0
      b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.

      c. Select Set installable.

   10. Add a name for the DOS partition to the Boot Manager startup
     menu:

      a. Highlight the line that contains information about the DOS
        partition.

      b. Press Enter to display the Options menu.
      c. Select Add to Boot Manager menu.
      d. Type DOS and press Enter.

   11. Exit FDISK:



   86OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





        a. Press F3 to exit FDISK.
        b. Select Save and Exit and press Enter.

     12. Continue with OS/2 installation until you see the OS/2 Setup
       and Installation screen.

     13. Format the logical drive:

        a. When the OS/2 Setup and Installation screen is displayed,

         select Select features and install.
        b. Specify any changes to the System Configuration screen.

        c. When the next OS/2 Setup and Installation screen is
         displayed, select Options from the menu bar.
        d. Select Format.

        e. Indicate which file system you want to use to format the
         logical drive.

     14. Finish the installation of the OS/2 Version 2.0 operating
       system.




































    Appendix C. Examples of Installing OS/2 2.0 and Partitioning Your Hard Disk                          87































































   88OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY






          Index


                      Boot Manager partition
         A             creating 41
    Add to Boot Manager Menu        placement of 31
     choice 45        Boot Manager startup menu
    adding OS/2 to a DOS system 17
                       configuring 48
    after installation, adding    example of 26
     features 67
    AIX, adding name to Boot Manager
     startup menu 57                      C
    AIX, note about installing 42  caching 69

    Assign C: Partition choice 45             CD-ROM, installing from 65
    AUTOEXEC.BAT file Change Partition Name choice 45
     creating or modifying for Dual            changing partition sizes 38
      Boot 21         CHKDSK command, recovering
     migrating from a previous                      from errors on the hard disk 74

      version 14      colors, changing screen 67
     modifying to load DOS from         Command Reference
      within OS/2 32   adding after installation 70
                       choosing to install 14
                      communication port 69
         B
                        ?                  configuration options 67
    basic installation 9 16           CONFIG.SYS file
    bit-map fonts 67   creating or modifying for Dual
    bitmaps, adding additional 69  Boot 21
    BOOT command 24    migrating from a previous
    Boot Manager
                        version 14
     example of setting up three                  modifying to load DOS from
      operating systems 82          within OS/2 32
     example of setting up two    recovering 71
      operating systems 80                          considerations for installing
     FDISK utility 39
                       multiple operating systems 4
     hard disk architecture 30                 Create Partitions choice 45
     hard disk management 30   creating
     installation of 34partitions and logical drives 42
     installation on existing                     the Boot Manager partition 41
      system 37
                       the OS/2 partition 47
     installation on new systems 36         creating or modifying
     startup menu time, setting 50      AUTOEXEC.BAT and
     system setup      CONFIG.SYS 21
      recommendations 31







   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               89





   customization information,   example of   (continued)
    migrating 14      formatting a data partition 77
   customizing the system 67                       installing Boot Manager with
                       three operating systems 82
                      installing Boot Manager with two
      D
                       operating systems 80
   date, changing 67  installing Boot Manager without
   default operating system, setting             repartitioning the entire
    (for Boot Manager) 50   disk 85
   default printer, choosing 15                  installing DOS and OS/2 in
   Delete Partition choice 46
                       separate partitions 80
   deleting partitions 39                            installing multiple partitions 80
   diagnostic aids 69 installing three operating
   directory structure, for Dual  systems 82
    Boot 19           setting up two partitions 77
   documentation, online
                     extended partition 27
    adding after installation 70
    choosing during installation 14
   DOS                                  F
    Dual Boot restriction 18          failures, system 71
   DOS programs      FDISK

    installing in a Dual Boot           examples of using 77
     setup 22         screen 39
    migrating 14     FDISKPM, description of 49
   DOS 5.00 Upgrade, note about                    file systems, installing both 78
    installing 32    fonts, adding after installation 67

   DOS 5.0, note about installing 56            formatting a logical drive 14
   drive mapping 29
   Dual Boot
    copying COMMAND.COM in a            H
     Boot Manager    hard disk architecture 30
                     hard disk management 30
     environment 57
   Dual Boot feature high performance file system
    requirements 19   Dual Boot restriction 18
    restrictions 18
    starting 24
                                        I
                     increasing partition size 38

      E              INI files, recovering 72
   error messages, installation 75               Install Boot Manager choice 45
   example of        installable, marking a partition
    adding partitions to an existing  as 46

     hard disk 85







   90OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





    installation      modem 69
     after, adding features 67                        more than one operating system,
     basic 9?6        installing 25
    installation, redirecting 59  mouse
    installing         customizing use of 67

     AIX, note about 42tutorial on using 12
     Boot Manager without                        multiple operating systems
      repartitioning the entire                      considerations for installing 4
      disk 85          installing 25
     both file systems 78

     from a drive other than A 59
     more than one operating              O
      system 4        online documentation
     multiple partitions, example                adding after installation 70
      of 80, 82        choosing during installation 14
                      online help
     OS/2 on a DOS system 17
     OS/2 only 9       for loading DOS from
     other operating systems 54  diskette 7
     with a response file 59                 problem determination 71
    interface, replacing 67             operating systems
                       installing additional 54

                       recommended partition sizes
         L              for 43
    LAN installation 59                optional bitmaps 69
    logical drive     optional utilities 68
     description of 27OS/2 Tutorial

     formatting during adding after installation 70
      installation 14  choosing to install 14
    logo screen 10, 23OS/2 1.3, note about installing 56
                      outline fonts 67

         M

    Make Startable choice 46              P
    marking a partition as      partition
     installation 46   accepting the default 10
    messages, installation 75          adding a second 11
    metacharacters 69 partition size and considerations,

    migrating          planning table 43
     CONFIG.SYS and   partitions
      AUTOEXEC.BAT files 14     defining 39
     customization information 14               restriction on number of 27
     DOS programs 14   setting up 39

     Windows programs 14







                              Index            91





   Partitions Too Small warning 38      S
   planning the Boot Manager
    setup 31         screen colors, changing 67
   plotter, utilities 69                       serial printer or plotter 69
   PM fonts 67       Set Installable choice 46
                     Set Startup Values choice 45
   primary drive, changing 7                         setting a partition installable 46
   primary partitions
    restriction on number of 27                       setting the Boot Manager default
    specifying which should be used    operating system 50
     for installation 54        setting up
                      partitions and logical drives 42
   printer, choosing the default 15              two partitions, example of 77
   problem determination 69, 71
   problem information 71                      sharing printer resources 69
                     shell, replacing 67
                     starting the Dual Boot feature 24
      Q              System Configuration folder 67
                     system problems, diagnosing 71
   Quick Reference
    description of x
    installing with 3
                                        T
                     technical coordinator 69
      R              timeout values, Boot Manager 50
                     time, changing 67
   recommendations for a Boot
    Manager setup 31 trouble shooting 71
   recommended partition sizes 43  Tutorial
   reconfigurable diskette drives 7             adding after installation 70
   recovering         choosing to install 14

    from errors on the hard disk 74
    from system failures 71?4
    the CONFIG.SYS file 71              U
    user and system INI files 72       Upgrade, DOS 5.00 32
   redirecting installation 59                    upgrading to DOS 5.00 before
                      installing Boot Manager 32
   Remove from Boot Manager Menu                user INI files, recovering 72
    choice 45
   replacing the user interface 67             user interface, replacing 67
   response file installation 59       utilities, system 68
   REXX information

    adding after installation 70        W
    choosing to install 14                    window borders, changing 67
   REXX program 69
                     Windows programs
                      installing in a Dual Boot
                       setup 22








   92OS/2 32-Bit Operating System Installation Guide   PRE-RELEASE COPY





    Windows programs (continued)
     migrating 14
























































                              Index            93
�

OVER6167.DOC






                              IBM OS/2 32-bit

                                   Overview






                            Pre-Release Copy


                 Document Number 84F8465


                    October 15, 1991



















   First Edition  October 1991      <                        *


   The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any
   country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
   INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
   PUBLICATION 嗀S IS?WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
   EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED

   WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
   PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied
   warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply
   to you.

   This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical

   errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these
   changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may
   make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the
   program(s) described in this publication at any time.


   It is possible that this publication may contain reference to, or information
   about, IBM products (machines and programs), programming, or services
   that are not announced in your country. Such references or information
   must not be construed to mean that IBM intends to announce such IBM
   products, programming, or services in your country.


   Requests for technical information about IBM products should be made to
   your IBM Authorized Dealer or your IBM Marketing Representative.

   IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject
   matter in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give

   you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in
   writing, to the IBM Director of Commercial Relations, IBM Corporation,
   Purchase, NY 10577.

  +  Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1991. All rights

   reserved.
   Note to U.S. Government Users ?Documentation related to restricted
   rights ?Use, duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth
   in GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.






          Contents


     Notices                       . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . .v


     About This Book ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        vii
     Using This Book ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        vii
     Related Information                     . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . .  vii

     Changes from Previous Versions ......... . . . . . . . . . .                      x


     Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0 ......... . . . . . . . . . .                       1
     Introducing Folders and Objects ......... . . . . . . . . . .                       2
     Managing Objects                     . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . .5.

      Selecting Objects                     . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . .6.
      Using Pop-up Menus. . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        7
      Working Directly with Objects. . . . ....... . . . . . . . .                      8

      Moving Objects                      . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . .9.
      Copying Objects                      . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . 10
      Printing Objects                     . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . 11

      Deleting Objects                      . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . 12
      Arranging Objects                     . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .13.

      Opening Objects                      . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . 14
      Selecting Window Parts ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       15
      Using the Window.List . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       16

      Sizing a Window ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       17
      Moving a Window . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       18
     Introducing Online Information ......... . . . . . . . . . .                       21

      Using the Master Index ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       22
        Searching for a.Topic. ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       23
        Printing a Master Index Entry ......... . . . . . . . .                     24

        Using Related Information. . . . ....... . . . . . . . .                      25
      Using the Information Folder. . . . ....... . . . . . . . .                      26

      Getting Help                      . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . 27
        Displaying Help for an Object.or Folder. .........                     28
        Displaying Help for a Pop-up Menu Choice. . . . . .  . . .        28

        Displaying Help for a Highlighted Word.or Phrase  .  . .      28
        Displaying Help for OS/2 Messages. . . . . ........                   29
        Displaying Help for OS/2 Commands. . . . . ...... .                30


     Chapter 2. Features                     . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . 33

     Installation of OS/2.2.0. . ... . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .                         33


   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                iii





   Multitasking                       . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . 33
   DOS Compatibility                      . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . 35

     Multiple Virtual DOS Machines . . . . . ......... . . . .                      36
     DOS Settings                      . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . 36
     Dual Boot                       . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . 36

   Microsoft Windows Compatibility. . . . ....... . . . . . . .                     37
   Boot Manager                       . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . 37
   Special Needs Support. . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       37

   Lockup                        . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . .  39
   High Performance File System. . . . ....... . . . . . . . .                      40
   Extended Attributes                     . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . 40

   OS/2 Commands                       . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . 41
   Procedures Language/2.REXX . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     41

   System Editor                       . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . 41
   Games Programs                       . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . 43
   Productivity Programs                     . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . 44


   Appendix A. Keyboard and Mouse Use ......... . . . . .                    47


   Index                         . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . .  51































   ivIBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






          Notices


     References in this publication to IBM products, programs, or
     services do not imply that IBM intends to make these available in

     all countries in which IBM operates. Any reference to an IBM
     product, program or service is not intended to state or imply that
     only IBM's product, program, or service may be used. Any

     functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not
     infringe any of IBM's intellectual property rights or other legally

     protectible rights may be used instead of the IBM product,
     program, or service. Evaluation and verification of operation in
     conjunction with other products, programs, or services, except

     those expressly designated by IBM, are the user's responsibility.

     The following terms, denoted by a single asterisk (*) in this

     publication, are trademarks of the IBM Corporation in the United
     States and/or other countries:

     AIX           IBM           Operating System/2

     OS/2          Presentation  SAA
                   Manager

     Systems Application
     Architecture


     The following terms, denoted by a double asterisk (**) are
     trademarks of other companies:

     AST           AST Corporation

     Intel386      Intel Corporation
     Intel486      Intel Corporation

     Intel         Intel Corporation
     Lotus         Lotus Corporation
     Microsoft     Microsoft Corporation

     Windows       Microsoft Corporation











   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                v































































   viIBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






          About This Book


     This book introduces you to IBM  *                    Operating System/2 *  (OS/2 * )
     Version 2.00. It describes the graphical appearance of the

     operating system, the features of the operating system, and
     explains how to use the online information. It also introduces you
     to some important operating system concepts and describes the

     differences between this version and previous versions of the
     operating system.


     This book describes how to complete most tasks and actions using
     a mouse. If you are using a keyboard, see Appendix A,
     﨣eyboard and Mouse Use?on page 47 for information on how to

     most efficiently use the keyboard keys to perform tasks and
     actions.


     During installation, you are asked if you want to learn how to use
     the mouse. If this is the first time you are using a mouse, choose
     this option. After you install the operating system, you can learn

     more about using a mouse in the OS/2 Tutorial.



        Using This Book

     Everyone who will be using OS/2 Version 2.00 should read this

     book.

     Keep this book as a reference.



        Related Information

     The following describes the documentation and online information

     that comes with the product. Online describes information that
     can be displayed on your screen.








  *   Trademark of the IBM Corporation


   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               vii





   Quick Start
          This card provides a brief, limited set of instructions on

          how to install the operating system and quickly become
          productive. If you want to install the entire operating
          system (rather than select only certain features), use

          this card. If you want more detailed information about
          installing the operating system, use the Installation
          Guide.

   OS/2 Installation Guide

          This book describes how to prepare for and install the
          operating system. It also provides information about
          installing more than one operating system on your

          computer.

   OS/2 Tutorial
          This online, interactive program shows you the basics
          of the operating system. The tutorial starts

          automatically after you install the operating system.

   Master Index
          This online, alphabetic list contains most of the

          information you need to use OS/2 2.0.

   Glossary  This online, alphabetic list contains computer and
          operating system terms and definitions.

   OS/2 Command Reference
          This online information describes how to use OS/2

          commands.

   REXX Information
          This online information describes how to use the REXX
          procedure language.

















   viii                         IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





     The following publications will be available and can be ordered
     separately:

     IBM Operating System/2 Keyboards and Code Pages
           This book contains reference information for those who

           use code-page switching to provide support for files that
           are received from or sent to other countries.

     OS/2 Version 2.00 Volume 1: Control Program, GG24-3730

           This book provides detailed information about the
           Control Program component of the OS/2 Version 2.00
           operating system. The book describes memory and

           task management, debugging support, and enhanced
           application programming interfaces.

           It also describes installation and national language
           considerations, and discusses enhanced hardware

           support.

     OS/2 Version 2.00 Volume 2: DOS and Windows Environment,
           GG24-3731
           This book provides detailed information about the

           Multiple DOS Machines feature, and support for
           Microsoft  ** Windows  ** programs. The book describes

           the architecture of Multiple Virtual DOS Machines, 8086
           emulation, device drivers, extended memory support,
           DOS settings, and using specific versions of DOS.

           It also provides technical information about using

           Microsoft Windows programs, and DOS Protect Mode
           Interface (DPMI).

     OS/2 Version 2.00 Volume 3: Presentation Manager, GG24-3732
           This book provides detailed information about the
                *
           Presentation Manager   component of OS/2 Version 2.00.
           The book introduces the Presentation Manager, and
           describes the enhanced graphical appearance of the

           operating system, and enhanced help facilities.






  **   Trademark of the Microsoft Corporation

  *   Trademark of the IBM Corporation


                          About This Book               ix





          It discusses programming considerations for 32-bit or a
          mix of both 16- and 32-bit code application

          development, and when migrating existing 16-bit
          applications. It also describes support for national
          languages and double-byte character sets.



      Changes from Previous Versions


   The operating system has a changed look and many new features.
   The Desktop Manager, File Manager, Print Manager, and Control

   Panel are replaced by folders and objects. The Task List is now
   called the Window List.


   Although the appearance of the operating system is changed, you
   can still use your existing programs with this version. To save
   your existing programs in a folder called OS/2 Programs, be sure

   you do not format your hard disk before or during installation of
   OS/2 Version 2.00.


   The following describes the new features in OS/2 Version 2.00.

   Enhanced DOS compatibility
          The Multiple Virtual DOS Machines feature removes the
          restriction of running only one DOS program at a time

          in DOS mode.

          The DOS Settings feature helps optimize performance
          of DOS programs.

          Previous versions of the operating system did not
          support DOS timing-dependent programs, such as

          communications and real-time programs. Many of
          these programs now run in OS/2 Version 2.00.

   Microsoft Windows Compatibility
          Microsoft Windows programs now run in OS/2 Version

          2.00.

   Boot Manager
          The Boot Manager feature provides support for
          installation of multiple operating systems.






   xIBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





     Special Needs Support
           The Special Needs feature provides support for

           changing the way the keyboard keys work.
     Security Support

           The Lockup feature provides protection for information
           in your computer.

     Additional Programs

           Games and Productivity programs have been added.
           Use these programs to, for example, edit files, chart
           graphs, create to-do lists, or play games.












































                          About This Book               xi































































   xiiIBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






          Chapter 1.  Introducing OS/2 2.0


     Welcome to OS/2 2.0.


     The OS/2 operating system transforms your computer into a
     powerful tool that helps you manage your work. It takes full
     advantage of Intel386  **              and Intel486 **  technology. Increased

     performance made possible by this technology means 32-bit and
     16-bit programs run faster.


     OS/2 2.0 supports multitasking (running more than one program at
     once), installation of other operating systems, and compatibility
     with existing programs that run under DOS and Microsoft  **
      **
     Windows   . You can organize programs, communicate with other
     computers, write and print letters, and play games.


     A lockup feature helps protect important information. A special
     needs feature is available, if you need to change the way keyboard
     keys work because of manual dexterity preferences.


     The OS/2 operating system features a graphical appearance.
     Whether you are writing a letter, using a printer, or playing a

     game, you work with objects that graphically represent the letter,
     printer, or game.


     The OS/2 operating system is your lectronic workplace.?

     OS/2 2.0 also features online information. Whether you need help,
     want to learn about the operating system, need a term defined, or

     want to explore topics related to concepts, commands, or REXX,
     the information is online.


     The online information is your lectronic library.?

     This chapter describes folders and objects, explains how to use

     the online information, and introduces some operating system





  **   Intel386 and Intel486 are trademarks of the Intel Corporation, and Microsoft and
    Windows are trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation.


   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                1





   concepts.  Chapter 2, 﨔eatures?on page 33 describes other
   operating system features.



      Introducing Folders and Objects

   The OS/2 operating system is like your real workplace, except the
   things you work with are arranged on your computer screen, not

   on your desk or in your office. For example, in your real
   workplace, you might work with a letter, an appointment book, or a
   printer. With the OS/2 operating system, you work with an object

   that represents the letter, appointment book, or printer.

   An object that contains other objects is a folder. You can use

   folders to organize objects. For example, in your real workplace,
   you probably organize the things you frequently use to do your
   work in a convenient place. With the OS/2 operating system, you

   can organize the objects you frequently work with in a folder.












                    Conceptual art






















   2IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





     Folders and objects appear on your screen as miniature pictures
     that look similar to real things in your workplace. For example, if

     you install a printer, your printer object appears as a miniature
     picture of a printer. A miniature picture that represents a folder or
     an object is an icon.


     When you finish installing OS/2, the OS/2 Tutorial and the icons
     that represent the folders and objects that come with OS/2 appear

     on the screen, like this:











                   Screen Capture of shell













     Note:  The tutorial appears automatically only the first time you
         use the operating system.

     The tutorial has information about using a mouse and presents

     some operating system concepts. You also get a chance to
     practice using many of the features. When you complete the

     tutorial, you can start using the folders and objects that come with
     OS/2 2.0.

     There is one folder that comes with the OS/2 operating system that

     is unique, called the Desktop folder. It fills the entire screen, and
     contains all other folders and objects.






                     Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                 3





   The following list describes the contents of the other folders or
   objects.

   OS/2 System
          This folder contains other folders and objects that:

      ?     Show drive locations

      ?     Contain startup instructions
      ?     Help you customize the system
      ?
             Contain games and productivity programs
      ?     Are used to select OS/2 or DOS command prompts.

   Master Index
          This object contains an alphabetic list of online topics

          related to understanding and using the operating
          system.

          For example, use the Master Index to find information
          about how to install programs or copy, move, print, and

          arrange objects.

   Information
          This folder contains objects that represent the:

      ?     Tutorial, which has information about using a
            mouse and how to use the operating system

      ?     Glossary, which lists terms and their definitions

      ?     OS/2 Command Reference, which describes

            commands and their usage

      ?     REXX Information, which describes using the REXX
            procedures language.

   Shredder This object is used to delete objects.

   Templates
          This folder contains templates (blank forms) for objects.

          Use the templates to create OS/2 or DOS full-screen or
          window sessions, or data, program, device, or
          installation objects.










   4IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





     During installation, you will make choices about the hardware and
     software you are using. Depending on the choices you make, the

     following folders or objects appear in the Desktop folder.
     Network This folder contains other folders and objects that

           represent a Local Area Network (LAN).

     Printer  This object represents a printer.

     DOS Programs
           This folder contains programs previously installed using

           DOS.
     Microsoft Windows Programs

           This folder contains programs previously installed using
           Microsoft Windows.

     OS/2 Programs

           This folder contains programs previously installed using
           earlier versions of the OS/2 operating system.

     Note:  If you format the hard disk before or during installation, any
         programs previously installed using DOS, Microsoft

         Windows, or an earlier version of the OS/2 operating
         system are not saved in a folder.



        Managing Objects

     You can manage objects in a way that is similar to the way you
     already manage your work. For example, during your work day,

     you might select letters or file folders you need to work with,
     arrange your work in order of importance, or copy letters at a
     copier.


     With objects, you can do the same kinds of tasks. You can select,
     arrange, or copy objects. In addition, you can open, move,

     discard, or print objects.












                     Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                 5





      Selecting Objects
   You must select (choose) an object before you can perform an

   action on it. This is similar to selecting what letters you will write
   or what files you will work with that day. For example, if you want

   to print or copy an object, you first select it. Then, you select the
   appropriate action on the pop-up menu (print or copy) that you
   want to apply to the selected object.


   To select an object:

    1. Move the mouse pointer to the object.

    2. Press the left mouse button (mouse button 1) once.

   (When you select an object, a shaded box appears around the

   object.)











              Screen Capture - Selected object












   Once you select an object, there are two ways to perform an
   action on the object:

  ?   Select the action from a pop-up menu. (A pop-up menu lists

     actions that can be applied to the object).

  ?   Perform the action directly on the object.






   6IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





        Using Pop-up Menus
     To display the pop-up menu for the selected object, move the

     mouse pointer to the object; then press the right mouse button
     (mouse button 2) once.


     Once the pop-up menu appears, you can select a choice from it. A
     typical pop-up menu for an object might look like this:












             Screen Capture - Typical menu for object













     To select a choice:

      1. Move the mouse pointer to the choice.

      2. Press the left mouse button (mouse button 1) once.

     Sometimes one or more choices on the menu have additional

     choices available. If additional choices are available, an arrow
     appears to the right of the pop-up menu choice.


     To display the additional choices:
      1. Move the mouse pointer to the arrow.

      2. Press the left mouse button (mouse button 1) once.







                     Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                 7





      Working Directly with Objects
   You have already read about how to select an object, and then

   how to apply an action to that object by selecting a choice on a
   pop-up menu. You can also directly manage objects. Generally,

   this means that without using a pop-up menu you can perform
   most actions directly on an object.


   The following list shows some of the terms associated with
   performing an action directly on an object.

   Click    Press the left mouse button (mouse button 1) once.

   Double-click
          Press the left mouse button (mouse button 1) twice.

   Drag    Move the mouse pointer to the object. Then, press and

          hold down a mouse button (either 1 or 2, depending on
          the action being performed) while moving the mouse
          pointer across the screen.

          As you move the mouse pointer, the object moves

          along with it.

   In addition to these actions, some actions must be done using both

   the keyboard and the mouse. When performing these actions, the
   key you press and hold down changes the way the basic mouse
   operation works. For example, when you copy an object, you

   press and hold down the Ctrl key and drag the object. Holding
   down the Ctrl key tells the operating system to copy the object, not
   move it.





















   8IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





        Moving Objects
     You can move an object to another object. The object you move

     no longer appears in the previous location. This is similar to
     moving a letter from one file folder to another or moving a letter

     from your desk to a file cabinet.















                     Conceptual Art

















     To move an object, you do the following:

      1. Move the mouse pointer to the object.

      2. Press and hold down mouse button 2 while dragging the object
       to another object.

      3. When the object is over the object you want to move it to,

       release mouse button 2.








                     Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                 9





      Copying Objects
   You can copy an object to another object. A duplicate of the

   object is created and placed in the other object. This is similar to
   making a copy of a letter on a copier and then placing the original

   in one file folder and the copy in another.











                   Conceptual Art













   To copy an object, you must use both the keyboard and the

   mouse, as follows:
    1. Move the mouse pointer to the object.

    2. Press and hold down mouse button 2.

    3. Press and hold down the Ctrl key.

    4. Drag the object to the object where you want a copy.

    5. When the object is over the object you want a copy to appear

     in, release mouse button 2.

    6. Release the Ctrl key.










   10IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





        Printing Objects
     If you are using a printer or plotter, you can print objects.












                     Conceptual Art













     To print an object, you do the following:

      1. Move the mouse pointer to the object.

      2. Press and hold down mouse button 2 while dragging the object
       to the Printer.

      3. When the object is over the Printer, release mouse button 2.






















                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  11





      Deleting Objects
   You can delete or permanently remove an object that you are sure

   you no longer need. This is similar to shredding papers in a
   shredder.












                   Conceptual Art













   To delete an object, you do the following:

    1. Move the mouse pointer to the object.

    2. Press and hold down mouse button 2 while dragging the object
     to the Shredder.

    3. When the object is over the Shredder, release mouse button 2.


   Once an object is deleted, it cannot be recovered.
















   12IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





        Arranging Objects
     You can arrange objects on the screen according to your

     preference and work needs. This is similar to arranging or placing
     the things on your desk that you will need to work with that day.

     For example, if you work with certain objects every day, you might
     want to place them in a row at the bottom of your screen.












                     Conceptual Art













     To arrange objects, you do the following:
      1. Move the mouse pointer to one of the objects you want to

       arrange.

      2. Press and hold down mouse button 2.

      3. Drag the object in the direction you want to move the object.

      4. When the object is in the new location, release mouse button
       2.


     Repeat these actions until you are satisfied with the arrangement.










                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  13





      Opening Objects
   You can open an object to look at the contents of the object. This

   is similar to opening a file folder to look at the letters that are
   inside. For example, if you file a letter (object) in a folder and

   want to display the contents of the letter, first open the folder.
   Then, open the letter to look at its contents.


   To open an object, move the mouse pointer to the object, then
   press mouse button 1 twice (double-click).

   When you open an object, the contents appear in a separate area

   on the screen called a window. Each object opened appears in its
   own window. For example, if you install a database program and

   a text editor program, and open both programs, they appear in two
   separate windows, like this:












             Screen Capture - Two windows/titles












   While many programs can be opened and displayed in windows,

   you can work directly with only one. The program you choose to
   work with is the interactive program.









   14IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





        Selecting Window Parts
     The following describes some of the parts of a window and how to

     use them. For more detailed information about the parts of a
     window, review the OS/2 Tutorial.

                  Screen Capture of Window

           ??  Border .                               This part of the window is the boundary. When the

     border is highlighted, the window is interactive (contains the
     interactive program) and is usually the topmost window when two
     or more windows are displayed. Use the border to size the

     window. For more information about sizing a window, see izing
     a Window?on page 17.


           ??    .Close button                          Use this button to close the window. Move the
     mouse pointer to the button and double-click on it.

           ?? .Title bar                                       This part of the window shows the title of the

     window. Use the title bar to move the window. For more
     information about moving a window, see 﨧oving a Window?on

     page 18.

           ??       .Minimize button                         Use this button to make the window the

     smallest possible size. (Generally, when minimized, the window is
     invisible). Move the mouse pointer to the button and double-click
     on it. The contents of the window are not affected when you

     minimize it.

           ??       .Maximize button                         Use this button to make the window the

     largest possible size. (Generally, when maximized, the window
     fills the entire screen). Move the mouse pointer to the button and
     double-click on it. The contents of the window are not affected

     when you maximize it.

           ??  .Scroll bar                                          Use the scroll bar to show more information in the

     window. Move the mouse pointer to the up, down, right, or left
     arrow; then press and hold down mouse button 1. When you press
     and hold down mouse button 1, the information in the window

     scrolls up, down, right, or left. Release the mouse button when
     you are done scrolling through the information in the window.






                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  15





      Using the Window List
   The Window List shows a list of the objects and programs you are

   using. This includes objects or programs that you minimized
   (made invisible).


   To display the Window List, move the mouse pointer to any area of
   the Desktop folder that is blank, (not on a window or any part of a

   window, an object, or another folder); then press mouse button 2
   once. The Window List looks like this:












               Screen Capture - Window List












   Use the Window List to quickly switch to an object or a program

   shown in the list, by double-clicking on the name of the object or
   program.

















   16IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





        Sizing a Window
     You can make a window larger or smaller. Changing the size of a

     window does not affect the contents of the window.












                     Conceptual Art












     To size a window, you do the following:

      1. Move the mouse pointer to the border of the window. (The

       mouse pointer changes shape to a double arrow when it is in
       position correctly on the border.)

      2. Press and hold down mouse button 2.

      3. Drag the border in the direction that you want.

      4. When you are satisfied with the new size, release mouse
       button 2.
















                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  17





      Moving a Window
   You can move a window to any location on the screen. For

   example, if two windows are open at the same time, you might
   want to place one window in the upper-left corner and the other in

   the lower-right corner of the screen. You can move the windows
   to those positions.












                   Conceptual Art













   To move a window, you do the following:
    1. Move the mouse pointer to the title bar of the window.

    2. Press and hold down mouse button 2.

    3. Drag the window in the direction you want to move it.

    4. When the window is in the new location, release mouse button

     2.

   Repeat these actions until you are satisfied with the new

   arrangement.

   When you move a window (using the method described below) the

   contents and size of the window are not affected.






   18IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





     In addition to arranging windows by moving each one individually,
     you can arrange automatically all the windows you have open.

      1. Display the pop-up menu for the Window List. To do this,
       move the mouse pointer to an area (within the Window List

       window) that is blank. Then, press the right mouse button
       (mouse button 2) once.

      2. Move the mouse pointer to the Window choice.

      3. Move the mouse pointer to the right arrow; then press mouse

       button 1 once.
      4. Select the Cascade or Tile choice.


     If you cascade or tile windows, the contents of the windows are not
     affected. However, the contents may not be completely visible, but

     you will always be able to see the title bars. In addition, the size
     of the windows might change, and the windows might appear to

     overlap.

     The cascade arrangement places the window that contains the
     interactive program on top (closest to you). Other open windows

     are put behind this window.

     The cascade arrangement looks like this.












                  Screen Capture - Cascade














                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  19





   The tile arrangement places the window that contains the
   interactive program in the upper-left corner of your screen. Other

   open windows are put next to this window and to each other, until
   the screen is completely full.

   The tile arrangement looks like this.












                  Screen Capture - Tile






































   20IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






        Introducing Online Information
     Most of the information for the operating system is online. The

     information you need can be displayed on your screen while you
     are doing your work. The online information is your lectronic

     library.?











                     Conceptual Art






































                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  21





      Using the Master Index
   The Master Index is an alphabetic list of topics related to

   understanding and using the OS/2 operating system. The list
   contains the following kinds of topics:

  ?   Things to consider before performing a task
  ?
       The steps you need to take to complete a task
  ?   Operating system concepts
  ?   DOS error messages.

   After you install the OS/2 operating system and review the OS/2

   Tutorial, open the Master Index by double-clicking on the Master
   Index folder.


   When the Master Index is open, it looks like this:
          +-------------+
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |
          |             |

          +-------------+


   The list of topics appears in an area within the window that looks
   like a notebook with tabs. Each tab has a letter of the alphabet on

   it that corresponds to the group of topics that start with that letter.

   Use the letters on the tabs to move through the index. For

   example, if you need information about the topic opying an
   object,?you do the following:

    1. Move the mouse pointer to the tab that has the letter C on it.

    2. Press mouse button 1 once to select the first topic that starts
     with the letter C.

    3. Move the mouse pointer to the down arrow on the scroll bar.



   22IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





      4. Press mouse button 1 to scroll through the topics that start
       with the letter C, until you locate the entry for copying an

       object.
      5. Double-click on the entry (copying an object).


     The information for the entry (copying an object) appears in a
     window to the right of the Master Index window, like this:












               Screen Capture - MI w/entry open













     If you leave the Master Index open while you work with the OS/2
     operating system, it is always available for you to use. You can

     move the Master Index window to any location on the screen (just
     like other windows).


       Searching for a Topic
     The Master Index has a search action. You can search for an
     entry using one or more words that describe the topic. For

     example, to search for information about how to duplicate an
     object, you might search using the word uplicate,?uplicates,?
     or even  uplicating.?The result of a search (using duplicate,

     duplicates, or duplicating), is opying an object.?







                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  23





   To search for a topic:

    1. Display the Master Index pop-up menu. To do this, move the
     mouse pointer to an area (within the Master Index window)
     that is blank. Then, press the right mouse button (mouse

     button 2) once.

    2. Move the mouse pointer to the Search choice; then press
     mouse button 1 once.

     A window appears that looks like this:












               Screen Capture - Search pop-up












    3. Type the word or words that describe the topic.

    4. Move the mouse pointer to the word Search (located in the
     lower-left corner); then press mouse button 1 once.

    5. When the list of topics appears, double-click on the entry.


     Printing a Master Index Entry
   Once you locate a topic, you might want to print that entry. (You

   can only print one entry at a time).

   To print an entry:

    1. Move the mouse pointer to the entry you want to print; then

     press mouse button 1 once.



   24IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





      2. Display the Master Index pop-up menu. To do this, move the
       mouse pointer to an area (within the Master Index window)

       that is blank. Then, press the right mouse button (mouse
       button 2) once.

      3. Move the mouse pointer to the Print choice; then press mouse
       button 1 once.


       Using Related Information
     You have just read about using the Master Index, and searching
     for and printing entries. As you use the Master Index, you will

     often find that the entry you select has related topics, which you
     may find useful. Related topics are listed under the heading

     elated Information,?like this:











             Screen Capture - MI w/entry w/hypertext













     To select a related topic, move the mouse pointer to the entry;

     then double-click on the entry.

     For more information about using the Master Index, searching for
     topics, printing an entry, or using related information, review the

     OS/2 Tutorial.







                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  25





      Using the Information Folder
   The Information folder contains the OS/2 Tutorial, Glossary, OS/2

   Command Reference, and REXX Information. Use the contents of
   the Information folder to learn more about the operating system, to

   look for the definition of a term, to use OS/2 commands, or to use
   REXX.


   To open the Information folder, double-click on it. When the
   Information folder is open, it looks like this:












              Screen Capture - Info folder/open












   The OS/2 Tutorial has information about how to use a mouse, work

   with objects and folders, use windows, get help, and other general
   information. (The first time you use the operating system, the

   tutorial is opened automatically for you.)

   The Glossary is an alphabetic list of terms and their definitions. If
   you are not familiar with a term you read about in the online

   information or online help, use the Glossary to find the definition
   for the term.


   The OS/2 Command Reference describes the purpose of each
   command, and the syntax and parameters for each command. It





   26IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





     also has information about topics such as batch files, command
     operators, redirection symbols, and substitution variables.


     The REXX Information describes the commands you use to write
     simple batch programs. It also has information about topics such
     as procedures, elements, and comments.


     To open the OS/2 Tutorial, or the Glossary, or the OS/2 Command
     Reference, or the REXX Information, double-click on it.


        Getting Help

     Online help is always available. To get help, select the word
     﨟elp?when it is displayed on your screen or press F1.


     When you request help, the information appears in a help window,
     like this:












                Screen Capture - Help Window












     You can also get help for OS/2 messages and commands.

     The following describes some of the different ways you can get

     help. For more detailed information, review the OS/2 Tutorial or
     request help from within a help window.






                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  27





     Displaying Help for an Object or Folder
   The help for an object or folder describes the object or contents of

   the folder.

   To display help for an object or folder:

    1. Move the mouse pointer to the object or folder.

    2. Press the right mouse button (mouse button 2) once. (The
     pop-up menu for the object appears.)

    3. Move the mouse pointer to the Help choice.

    4. Press mouse button 1 once.


     Displaying Help for a Pop-up Menu Choice
   The help for a pop-up menu choice describes the action you can

   apply to a selected object or folder.

   To display help for a pop-up menu choice:

    1. Move the mouse pointer to the pop-up menu choice.

    2. Press and hold down mouse button 1. (Do not release mouse
     button 1).

    3. Press the F1 key.

    4. When the help window appears, release mouse button 1.


     Displaying Help for a Highlighted Word or Phrase
   Sometimes a word or a phrase in a help window is highlighted.

   The highlighting means that additional help information is
   available. The additional help information might be a definition, or
   related information, or help for a field.


















   28IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





     The following shows a help window with highlighted phrases. (In
     this example, the highlighted phrases show that additional help

     information is available for fields.)











          Screen Capture - Help Window w/highlighted phrases












     To display the additional help:

      1. Move the mouse pointer to the highlighted word or phrase.

      2. Press mouse button 1 twice. (The additional help information
       appears in another help window. The original help window is

       directly underneath the new help window and is not visible.
       However, the original help window is still open.)

      3. When you finish reviewing the additional help information,
       press Esc to return to the original help window.


       Displaying Help for OS/2 Messages
     The help for OS/2 messages describes how to correct an error or

     respond to a warning, or provides general information. The way
     you request help for a message depends on how the message is
     displayed.


     If the message appears in a message window with the word
     﨟elp?in it, then do the following:

      1. Move the mouse pointer to the word 﨟elp.?




                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  29





    2. Press mouse button 1 once.

   If the message appears full-screen, and is enclosed in a box, then

   do the following:

    1. Move the mouse pointer to the phrase 﨑isplay Help.?

    2. Press mouse button 1 once.

   If the message appears and it has a message number, preceded

   by the letters SYS, then do the following:

    1. At the OS/2 command prompt, type HELP followed by a space.
     Type the message number. (It is not necessary to type the
     letters SYS).

    2. Press Enter.

   For example, if you received this message:

        SYS0002:  The system cannot find the file specified.


   To request help, you type:
        HELP 2


   Then, press Enter.


   The following help appears:
        SYS0002:  The system cannot find the file specified.


        EXPLANATION:  The file named in the command does
        not exist in the current directory or search path
        specified.  Or, the file name was entered incorrectly.

        ACTION:  Retry the command using the correct file name.

     Displaying Help for OS/2 Commands

   As described earlier, the OS/2 Command Reference contains the
   purpose of and syntax for commands. There are two ways to get
   help for a command: open the Command Reference or request

   help from the OS/2 command prompt.

   If you will be entering more than one command, you might find it

   more convenient to open the Command Reference in one window,
   while entering commands in another window.




   30IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





     If you just want to display help for a command and do not want to
     open the Command Reference, then do the following:

      1. At the OS/2 command prompt, type HELP followed by a space
       and the name of the command, like this:

         HELP COPY

      2. Press Enter.

















































                    Chapter 1. Introducing OS/2 2.0                  31































































   32IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






          Chapter 2.  Features


     As described in Chapter 1, the operating system has a graphical
     appearance and most of the information you need is online. In

     addition to the features already described, the operating system
     has other features. This chapter describes some of them.



        Installation of OS/2 2.0


     OS/2 2.0 features a graphical installation. For example, progress
     bars show you what percentage of features on each installation
     diskette is installed.


     During installation, you will be asked if you want to learn how to
     use the mouse. If this is the first time you are using a mouse,

     choose this option to learn how to use the mouse.

     For more information about installing OS/2 2.0, see the Quick Start

     card or the Installation Guide.



        Multitasking
     Multitasking is a feature that makes it possible to work with more

     than one program or task at a time. This feature is available as
     soon as you finish installing the OS/2 operating system.


     Think of each program or task you use as a session.

     A session can be one of two types:

   ?   Foreground Session

       You work directly with this interactive session. It receives

       input from your keyboard and mouse or displays information
       on your screen.

   ?   Background Session

       You do not work directly with this session. However, programs
       or tasks running in a background session can be processing

       data.



   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               33





     For example, if you have a large database, it may contain
     thousands of records. Normally, updating a database this size

     takes some time, and with other operating systems your
     computer cannot be used while the data is updating.
     Multitasking removes that barrier. You can instruct the

     database program to start processing data, and then you can
     place it in the background session. While the database
     program is running in the background session, you can be

     working with another program in the foreground session.

     A program or a task in a background session will stop running
     only when it needs further instructions from you. At that time
     you can end the session or bring it to the foreground.


   For more information about multitasking, see the Master Index.







































   34IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






        DOS Compatibility

     DOS programs take full advantage of most of the features of the

     OS/2 operating system. For example, DOS programs use the
     multitasking feature, and run either full-screen or in windows. You
     can size, arrange, or move DOS programs running in windows,

     exactly like OS/2 programs running in windows.











                     Conceptual Art




































                        Chapter 2. Features                35





   There are also features in this version of the OS/2 operating
   system that enable DOS programs to run as well as programs

   written specifically for the OS/2 operating system. These features
   are described below.


      Multiple Virtual DOS Machines
   This feature makes it possible to run up to 16 DOS programs at the

   same time. Each DOS program can run in a foreground or
   background session. Up to 630KB (KB equals 1024 bytes) of

   memory are available for each program. DOS programs that use
   the Lotus****/ Intel    /Microsoft  **                                     (LIM) Expanded Memory Specification
   (EMS) and the Lotus/Intel/Microsoft/AST  ** (LIMA) Extended Memory

   Support (XMS) can also be run.

   For more information about using Multiple Virtual DOS Machines,

   see the Master Index.


      DOS Settings
   DOS Settings can be used to tailor the way a DOS program runs.

   For example, you can prevent sounds normally heard when a
   program is running or you can specify the amount of memory (up
   to 630KB) that each DOS program uses.


   For more information about using DOS Settings, see the Master
   Index and the OS/2 Command Reference.


      Dual Boot

   The Dual Boot feature provides support for installing DOS Version
   3.2 or later and OS/2 2.0 on the same hard disk. With the dual
   boot feature, you can switch back and forth between the DOS and

   OS/2 operating systems. This feature is useful if you are using
   DOS programs that run only under DOS.


   For more information about installing the dual boot feature, see the
   Installation Guide.





 **   Lotus is a trademark of the Lotus Corporation, Intel is a trademark of the Intel
   Corporation, Microsoft is a trademark of the Microsoft Corporation, and AST is a
   trademark of the AST Corporation.


   36IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






        Microsoft Windows Compatibility

     Text is under development.



        Boot Manager

     The Boot Manager feature makes it possible for OS/2 Version 2.00
     to coexist with other operating systems (for example, DOS,
                                *
     previous versions of the OS/2 operating system, and AIX  ). If you
     install this feature, you choose which operating system you want to
     be active each time you start your computer.


     For more information about installing and using the Boot Manager,
     see the Installation Guide.



        Special Needs Support


     The Special Needs feature provides support for changing the way
     the keyboard keys work. This support is useful, for example, for

     individuals whose manual dexterity is impaired.

     The Special Needs feature is used to change:

   ?   The amount of time a key can be held down before it is

       considered to have been pressed
   ?   The amount of time a key can be held down before it begins
       repeating its function

   ?   The rate at which a key will repeat its function when it is held
       down
   ?   The way a series of keys is pressed and released.

       For example, to restart the computer, you press the

       Ctrl+Alt+Del keys at the same time. You can change the
       way this series of keys works (without changing the result they

       produce) by using the sticky keys function.

       The sticky keys function sets the keys (in this example,
       Ctrl+Alt+Del) to behave as if they were pressed at the same




  *   Trademark of the IBM Corporation.


                        Chapter 2. Features                37





     time without actually having to press them at the same time.
     You can press the keys one at a time to produce the same

     result as pressing them together.
   For more information about the Special Needs feature, see the

   Master Index.



















































   38IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






        Lockup

     The Lockup feature provides protection for the information in your

     computer. When Lockup is used, the mouse and keyboard are
     locked.

     When you use Lockup, a password (known only by you) is set.

     Each time you want to unlock your system, you must type this
     password to gain access to the system.


     For more information about using Lockup, see the Master Index.











                     Conceptual Art































                        Chapter 2. Features                39






      High Performance File System

   The High Performance File System feature provides fast access to

   information on your computer's hard disk. The High Performance
   File System is an installable file system like the DOS file system
   FAT (File Allocation Table). An installable file system manages the

   information stored on diskettes or the hard disk of your computer.
   The High Performance File System is faster than FAT because of
   the method that it uses to find information on the hard disk.


   The High Performance File System provides support for long file
   names (up to 254 characters). File names can contain blank

   spaces, if the part of the file name that contains the blank space is
   enclosed by quotation marks ().


   The High Performance File System saves file names exactly as
   typed. For example, if you create a file and name it AbC, it is
   saved as AbC, not ABC. However, when you search for the file, it

   is found whether you type ABC, AbC, or abc.

   For more information about installing the High Performance File

   System, see the Installation Guide. For more information about
   using the High Performance File System, see the Master Index.



      Extended Attributes

   Attributes are characteristics that describe a file to the operating
   system. For example, a file attribute might be the time or date the

   file was created.

   Extended attributes are additional attributes that describe the file.

   For example, an extended attribute might be the name of the
   person who created the file. If you use extended attributes to
   describe a file, you can search for the file using the extended

   attribute. For example, if the name of the person who created the
   file is 﨡oe,?you can search for the file using the name Joe as one
   of your search parameters.


   For more information about using extended attributes, see the
   Master Index.




   40IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






        OS/2 Commands

     Commands are words that you type that tell the OS/2 operating

     system to perform an action. Enter OS/2 commands from either
     the OS/2 full-screen or window command prompt.

     There are a number of OS/2 commands that you can use. Some

     examples of these are: COPY (to copy files), DATE (to display or
     change the date), and DISKCOPY (to copy diskettes).


     For more information about using commands, see the OS/2
     Command Reference.



        Procedures Language/2 REXX


     Procedures Language/2 REXX is a generalized command
     language. This small, powerful language is the Systems
     Application Architecture  *      (SAA *                              ) procedures language for the OS/2

     operating system.

     REXX is useful for writing batch programs, as well as other

     programs. It uses common English words and single number
     concepts.


     For more information about using REXX, see the REXX Information.



        System Editor

     The System Editor is a simple text editor. You can create, edit, or

     view files using the System Editor. Use the editor for simple
     editing tasks, for example, editing small batch programs. If you
     are doing extensive text editing or word processing, install an

     editor designed for those purposes.

     The System Editor supports both the mouse and keyboard, and has

     extensive online help. It also supports several different font styles,




  *   Trademark of the IBM Corporation


                        Chapter 2. Features                41





   font sizes, and type styles. You can set the font to the same style
   your printer uses and see how the file looks before you print it.


   For more information about using the System Editor, see the
   Master Index.




















































   42IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






        Games Programs

     Use the Games programs for entertainment or educational

     purposes. For example, if you want to use a strategy game, try
     Reversi. The object of the game is to fill more squares (with red
     circles) than your opponent the computer does (with blue circles)
















                     Conceptual Art

















     For more information about using the games programs, see the
     Master Index.














                        Chapter 2. Features                43






      Productivity Programs
   Productivity programs are simple programs that can help you with

   most operating system and business tasks. For example, use
   Presentation Manager  *                                             (PM) Chart to make graphs, or Calculator to

   add, subtract, multiply, and divide numbers.















                   Conceptual Art

















   For more information about using the productivity programs, see
   the Master Index.












 *  Trademark of the IBM Corporation.


   44IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy































































                        Chapter 2. Features                45































































   46IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy






          Appendix A.  Keyboard and Mouse Use


     The following lists some of the most common tasks you can do,
     using either the keyboard keys or a mouse.


     For a detailed list of keys assignments, do one of the following:

   ?   See the Master Index

   ?   From a pop-up menu, select Help; then select Keys Help

   ?   From within a help window, select Help; then select Keys Help.

     The plus sign (+) between key names means to press and hold

     down the keys in the order shown and release them together.

     System Tasks


   Task     Keys     Mouse
    Get Help.  F1    Click on the word 﨟elp?

    Restart the system.  Ctrl                        +  Alt    +  Del
    Switch to next window.  Alt                   +  Tab Click on window

    Switch to next window or  Alt                 +  Esc Click on window or icon
    full-screen session.
    Display Window List.  Ctrl                       +  Esc Move mouse pointer to
                     blank part of desktop; then
                     press mouse button 2 once


     Folder and Object Tasks


    Task    Keys     Mouse
    Move among folders or                ? ,   ? ,   ? , or         ? Click on the folder or
    objects.         object

    Display a pop-up menu.  Shift                       +  F2 Press both mouse buttons
                     at the same time
    Select first choice in  Home     Click on choice
    pop-up menu.

    Select last choice in  End       Click on choice
    pop-up menu.
    Select a choice using the          Type the underlined letter
    underlined letter.

    Open selected folder or  Enter             Double-click on folder or
    object.          object



   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               47





  Task     Keys     Mouse

   Delete selected objects.  Del     Drag to Shredder
   Print selected objects.  Shift                    +  Print Screen(PrtSc) Drag to Printer
   Select a folder or object.  Spacebar       Click on folder or object

   Select more than one  Shift                       +  F8 (to begin Add Hold down Ctrl key while
   folder or object.                mode), use arrow keys to clicking on each one
           move among folders and
           objects and press
           Spacebar to make each
           selection. Press ShiftF8                                                                      +
           again (to end Add mode)
   Select a range of folders  Shift                  +  F8 (to begin Add Click on first object in
   or objects from cursor's        mode), use arrow key to range; then press and hold
   current position to               move to first file in the down Shift. Click on last
   cursor's new position.           range and press Spacebar object in range.
           to select. Press and hold
           down CtrlShift while                                  +
           moving to last file in the
           range. Release CtrlShift.                                                            +
           Press ShiftF8 again (to                                     +
           end Add mode).
   Move folder or object.  F7                 Drag to another folder or
                    object

   Copy folder or object.  F8                Hold down Ctrl key while
                    dragging to folder or
                    object where you want a
                    copy to appear.


   Window Tasks

   Task          Keys  Mouse

   Move window.  AltF7 Move mouse                               +
                       pointer to title
                       bar; then press
                       and hold mouse
                       button 2 while
                       dragging to new
                       location
   Size window.  AltF8 Move mouse                               +
                       pointer to
                       border; then
                       press and hold
                       mouse button 2
                       while dragging
                       border in any
                       direction
   Minimize window.  Alt     on                                 +  F9 Click
                       Minimize button





   48IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy





   Task           Keys  Mouse

    Maximize window.  Alt     on                                    +  F10 Click  Maximize
                        button

    Close window. AltF4 Double-click on                             +
                        Close button
    Scroll contents of window up one page.  Page Up                                <  PgUp      *

    Scroll contents of window down one page.  Page Down
                  PgDn                                    <             *
    Scroll contents of window left one page.  Ctrl                     +  Page Up
                  PgUp                                    <             *

    Scroll contents of window right one page.  Ctrl                    +  Page
                  Down PgDn                                               <            *


     Help Window Tasks

     These tasks only work from within a help window.


    Task          Keys  Mouse
    Switch between Help and program.  Alt                           +  F6 Click on
                        program

    Display General Help.  F2 Click on
                        General Help
    Display Keys Help.  F9            Click on Keys
                        Help

    Display Help Index.  F11          Click on Help
                        Index
    Display Using Help.  Shift                                            +  F10 Click on Using
                        Help

    Display Tutorial.   Shift on                                          +  F2 Click
                        Tutorial
    Display help for highlighted word or phrase.  Use Tab key to Move mouse
                  move cursor totopointer
                  highlighted       highlighted
                  word or phrase;       word or phrase;
                  then press Enter  then
                        double-click
    Display previous help window.  Esc Click on
                        Previous











                 Appendix A. Keyboard and Mouse Use                  49





   Master Index Tasks

  Task           Keys  Mouse

   Open Master Index.    Select; then Double-click on
                 press Enter  Master Index
                       icon.
   Move through topics one line at a time.               Click on topic

   Move up through topics one page at a time.  Page Up (PgUp)
   Move down through topics one page at a time.  Page Down
                 (PgDn)

   Move to topic areas.         Type letter of Click on letter
                 the alphabet          of the alphabet
   Display related information.  Use the Tab key Move mouse
                 to move cursortopointer
                 to related    related
                 information;       information;
                 then press Enter  then
                       double-click
   Remove related information help window.  Esc Click on
                       previous

   Change focus.       Click on Master
                       Index listing or
                       topic































   50IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy

                                          Index




          Index


                      closing a window 15
         A            Command Reference
    arranging objects 13              description of viii
    arranging windows 18          displaying 27
    attributes, definition of 40
                      commands, using 41
                      compatability
                       DOS 35
         B             Microsoft Windows 37
    background session 33             copying objects 10
    Boot Manager 37
    border, definition of 15

    button                                D
     Close 15         deleting an object 12
     Maximize 15      Desktop folder, defintion of 3
     Minimize 15      discarding objects 12

                      displaying
         C             Command Reference 27
                       Glossary 27
    cascade arrangement 19              help for folders 28
    Changes from previous versions                  help for highlighted phrases 28
     Boot Manager x
     Control Panel x   help for highlighted words 28
     Desktop Manager x help for messages 29
                       help for objects 28
     DOS compatibility x                      help for OS/2 commands 30
     DOS Settings x    help for pop-up menu
     File Manager x
     games xi           choices 28
     Lockup xi         Information folder 26
                       Master Index 22
     Microsoft Windows objects 14
      compatibility x  OS/2 Tutorial 27
     Multiple Virtual DOS
      Machines x       pop-up menu 7
     Print Manager x   related information 25
                       REXX Information 27
     Productivity programs xi           DOS compatibility 35
     special needs x  DOS Programs
     Task List x
    changing the location of an      compatibility 35
     object 9          DOS Settings 36
                       Dual Boot 36
    click, definition of 8                  Multiple Virtual DOS
                        Machines 36







   + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991               51

   Index



   DOS Programs (continued)           features of OS/2 33
    running more than one 36                     file systems, definition of 40
   DOS Programs folder, description  folders
    of 5              DOS Programs 5
   DOS Settings 36    help for 28

   double-click, definition of 8  Information 4
   dragging a window 18           introducing 2
   drag, definition of 8                         Microsoft Windows Programs 5
   Dual Boot 36       Network 5
   duplicating an object 10         OS/2 Programs 5

                      OS/2 System 4
                      Templates 4
      E              folder, definition of 2
   editor, system 41 foreground session 33
   erasing an object 12
   extended attributes 40

                                        G
                     Games
      F              getting help 27
   features          Glossary, displaying 27
    Boot Manager 37
    DOS compatiblity 35

    DOS Settings 36                     H
    Dual Boot 36     Help
    extended attributes 40         for a folder 28
    Games programs 43 for a highlighted phrase 28
    High Performance File                    for a highlighted word 28

     System 40        for a pop-up menu choice 28
    installation 33   for an object 28
    learning to use a mouse 33     for messages 29
    Lockup 39         for OS/2 commands 30
    Microsoft Windowshelp window, description of 27

     compatibility 37High Performance File System 40
    Multiple Virtual DOS                          highlighted phrase, help for 28
     Machines 36     highlighting, defintion of 28
    multitasking 33
    OS/2 Commands 41
                                        I
    Procedures Language/2
     REXX 41         icons, introducing 2
    Productivity programs 44             icon, definition of 3
    special needs support 37       index, online 22
    System Editor 41 Information folder
                      description of 4








   52IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy

                                          Index



    Information folder (continued)  mouse
     displaying 26     introducing vii
    Installation Guide use of 6, 8
     description of viii     moving  objects 9
    installation of OS/2 33                         Multiple Virtual DOS Machines 36

    installing, more than one operating  multitasking
     system 37         definition of 1
    interactive program, definition   description of 33
     of 14
    interactive window, definition
                                          N
     of 15
                      Network folder, description of 5

         K
    keyboard and mouse use 47             O
                      objects
                       arranging 13

         L             copying 10
    locking your system 39        discarding 12
    Lockup 39          displaying 14
    look at the contents of an                  displaying a pop-up menu 7
     object 14         help for 28

                       introducing 2
                       managing 5
         M             Master Index 4
    Master Index       moving 9
     description of 22 opening 14
     displaying 22
                       Printer 5
     printing an entry 24       printing 11
     searching for a topic 23   Shredder 4
     topics 22         working with 8
     using 22         object, definition of 2
     using related information 25
                      online information
    Master Index object, description27getting help
     of 4              Glossary 26
    maximizing a window 15                Information folder 26
    messages, help for 29          introducing 1, 21
    Microsoft Windows
                       Master Index 21
     compatiblity 37   OS/2 Command Reference 26
    Microsoft Windows Program folder,26OS/2 Tutorial
     description of 5  REXX Information 27
    minimizing a window 15                   searching for a topic 23

                       using 21







                              Index            53

   Index



   open an object 14                    R
   opening the Master Index 22
   OS/2 commands 41  rearranging objects 13
    displaying help for 30                           related information, displaying 25
    using 41         REXX Information
                      description of viii
   OS/2 operating system         displaying 27
    changes from previous
     versions x      REXX, description of 41
    description of 1 running multiple DOS
    features 33       programs 36

    running more than one
     program 33                         S
   OS/2 Programs folder, description
    of 5             scroll bar 15
   OS/2 System folder, description         searching for a topic 23
                     securing your system 39
    of 4             select, definition of 6
   OS/2 Tutorial     sessions
    description of viii
    displaying 27     background 33
                      foreground 33
                      mulitple DOS 36
                     Shredder object, description of 4
      P              shredding an object 12
   pop-up menu
    definition of 6  sizing a window 17
    displaying 7     special needs support 37
    help for choices 28                         sticky keys, definition of 37
                     System Editor 41
    using 7
    working with 7
   preventing unauthorized use of
    system 39                           T
   Printer object, description of 5          tailoring a DOS program 36
                     Templates folder, description of 4
   printing a Master Index entry 24          throwing away an object 12
   printing objects 11                tile arrangement 19
   Procedures Language/2 REXX 41
   productivity programs            tiling windows 18
   program, interactive 14     title bar 15
                     topmost window 15
   protecting information on  tutorial 27
    system 39


      Q                                 U
   Quick Start       using the keyboard 47

    description of viii







   54IBM OS/2 32-bit Overview       Pre-Release Copy

                                          Index



         V

    view the contents of an object 14


         W
    Window List
     description of 16

     using 16
    windows
     arranging 18
     border 15
     cascade 18

     closing 15
     dragging 18
     interactive 15
     maximizing 15
     minimizing 15

     scroll bar 15
     selecting parts 15
     sizing 17
     tile 18
     title bar 15

     Window List 16
    window, definition of 14
    working with objects 8




























                              Index            55
�

READ6167.DOC







          Read Me First


     Welcome to IBM  *      OS/2 *   Version 2.0, the integrating platform for the
     personal computer systems.


     This development version of the OS/2 operating system is intended
     to run existing OS/2, Windows  **  and DOS applications.


     IBM and others are testing many DOS, Windows, and OS/2 appli-
     cations with this operating system. However, some applications,

     or functions within applications, might not currently work. We
     encourage you to use the support system provided to you to give
     us your comments. IBM needs your feedback to ensure that OS/2

     Version 2.0 is the best possible product.

     Enjoy the new world of the OS/2 operating system!



        What's New in This Version?


   ?   The Workplace Shell is now the user interface.

   ?   You can run Windows applications in standard mode,
       unchanged, without installing Windows on your system.

   ?   You can start ANY version of DOS in DOS sessions. This
       means you can run even version-specific DOS applications.

   ?   Support for DOS unique device drivers has been added.

   ?   More mini-applications, including an asynchronous communi-

       cations connection and a LAN-based chess game, have been
       added.

   ?   PM installation has been simplified. The enhancements assist
       users in customizing the system to their needs.








  *   Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

  **   Trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.


                           Read Me First              1






      Installation

   Before installing this version of OS/2 2.0, you need to format the

   partition in which it will be installed. Otherwise, all your compo-
   nents might not work correctly.


      Select Features and Install


   If you choose the installation option elect Features and Install,?
   you must select DOS and all font choices. Otherwise, problems
   might occur later.


      Migration of Existing Applications


   Although you are prompted to migrate your existing applications
   during installation, this function has not been implemented in this

   development version.


      Printer Port Warning Message

   When you install a printer during system installation, you will

   receive the following pop-up message, even if you have not
   installed another printer:

           The port you have selected has a printer attached to it.


   Select OK and your printer will be installed, using the port you
   selected.

   Additionally, you will have an extra print object named LPT1Q.

   This object is attached to the IBMNULL driver and may be dis-
   carded. To discard the object, place the mouse pointer over the

   object, press and hold mouse button 2, and drag the object to the
   shredder. When you release the mouse button, the object will be
   discarded.











   2





        Installing Printers after OS/2 Installation


     We recommend that you install printers during the OS/2 installa-
     tion. If you do not, you will need to manually copy IBMNULL.DRV
     from the Presentation Manager Device Driver diskette 1 to the

     \OS2\DLL\ subdirectory before you install the printer.

     In addition, you must make this printer your application default. To

     select the printer as your default printer:

      1. Move the mouse pointer to the printer object.

      2. Press mouse button 2 to get a pop-up menu for the print
       object.

      3. Select Set default.

      4. Select your printer.



        Minimum System Configuration Requirements

     To install and use the OS/2 operating system, you need a personal

     computer system with an 80386, 80386SX, 80486, or 80486SX micro-
     processor.


     Currently, you need 4MB of memory to install OS/2 2.0.

     We are continuing to work on improving the DASD usage of OS/2

     2.0. The following numbers reflect current requirements and might
     be different in the final product.


     Currently, there are three installation options. The DASD require-
     ments for these are:

   ?   Install All Features: 26MB

   ?   Install Preselected Features: 18MB

   ?   Select Features and Install: 12MB?6MB

     Note:  These numbers are more accurate than the numbers shown
     on the installation screens.


     You also need to plan for a swap file, which can be placed on any
     drive. The size of the swap file varies greatly, depending upon



                           Read Me First              3





   how much memory you have in your system and how much
   memory your applications use. We recommend a swap-file size of

   5MB to 9MB.

   If the system cannot extend the swap file when required, the oper-
   ation being attempted (for example, an application being loaded)

   will fail, and a pop-up message will appear.

   Currently, the installation program scans your hard disk and

   allows you to install OS/2 only if the target partition is at least
   18MB.


   If you are planning to install IBM Extended Services for OS/2 or
   IBM OS/2 LAN Server V2.0, refer to the estrictions and Installa-
   tion Instructions?for these products for more information about

   DASD requirements.



      Hardware Considerations


      XGA Displays

   The current version does not have an XGA driver. All XGA dis-

   plays will be run in VGA mode.


      Floating Point Emulator


   Applications that require the use of a math coprocessor might not
   run; those that can exploit the math coprocessor might run slower.
   This is because the system has a floating-point emulator, which

   emulates the math coprocessor when floating-point hardware is
   not present. In hardware configurations that have a ?86 B1 step-
   ping level,?the system will disable the 80387 hardware and use

   the floating-point emulator without notifying the user.

   The floating-point emulator will NOT generate denormal

   exceptions.








   4





        Printing from a Serial Port with a PS/2 Model 90 or 95

                        *
     If you need to use the COM port in a PS/2   Model 90 or 95 with
     Enhanced set to ON, make sure that the Serial Transmit and Serial
     Receive Arbitration Levels shown in the hardware configuration

     are set to Dedicated, with different numbers. To do this, you need
     to use the Setup/Diagnostics diskette. When both levels of a serial
     port are set to Shared, data communication and printing from the

     COM port with Enhanced set to ON will not work correctly

     For example, when Serial Port is SERIAL 2 in the hardware config-

     uration, its corresponding Serial Transmit Arbitration Level should
     be DEDICATED 3, and Serial Receive Arbitration Level should be
     DEDICATED 4.



        Overall System Performance


     Because performance work on OS/2 2.0 is not finished, we recom-
     mend that you do not use this version for performance

     benchmarking or evaluation.


        FAT File System Performance

     Performance of the FAT file system is better than in earlier ver-

     sions.

     Performance enhancements that add intelligent read-ahead and

     lazy-writing were made to DISKCACHE. In the previous EEP
     version, OS/2 had the potential to lose data if bad sectors were
     found during lazy-write; this has been corrected.














  *   Trademark of the IBM Corporation.


                           Read Me First              5





      High Performance File System Performance


   The performance work on HPFS is not yet finished. In partitions
   smaller than 60MB, performance is about the same as that of the
   FAT file system; in larger partitions, it is somewhat faster.


   In some configurations, formatting your hard disk for the HPFS
   might be slower than formatting the same disk for the FAT file

   system.


      Scheduler Performance

   OS/2 now uses dynamic time-slicing. Try the default first. If per-

   formance is not better, go back to your specific setting.


      Loader Performance

   Application load time is better than in previous versions, but still

   not as fast as in Version 1.3. To improve application load times,
   add ,128 to the end of the DISKCACHE statement
   (DISKCACHE=64,LW,128). This change improves load times for

   the FAT file system.


      DOS-Session Performance

   DOS performance is best in DOS full-screen sessions; DOS window

   sessions provide somewhat slower performance. The perform-
   ance of some applications can be increased by adjusting:

  ?   IDLE_SENSITIVITY

  ?   EMS_MEMORY_LIMIT and XMS_MEMORY_LIMIT. If your appli-
     cation does not need extended or expanded memory, you need

     not allocate it.


      Workplace Shell Performance


   The performance work on the Workplace Shell is not yet finished.







   6





        Windows Performance


     The performance work on Windows is not yet finished.


        Printing Performance

     The performance on printing has been improved.



        Workplace Shell

   ?   We recommend that you use the Shutdown option from the

       desktop pop-up menu before powering down your system.
   ?
        In this development version, be careful not to shred the OS/2
       System and Startup folders. If these objects are shredded, you
       have to reinstall the operating system to recover them.

   ?   Some of the documentation states that you must press mouse

       buttons 1 and 2 at the same time to display a pop-up menu.
       The correct action is to single-click mouse button 2.

   ?   In this development version, Refresh has been included in the
       folder context menus to allow users to update the contents of a

       folder. This function enables folders to see objects that
       another program may have copied since the folder was
       opened. In the final version, folders will update automatically

       and Refresh will be removed from the menus.

   ?   Before using the diskette object, make sure that the diskette is
       properly inserted in the diskette drive. Failure to do so might

       cause unpredictable results.
   ?   Copying files from one drive to another using the Drives folder

       is not functioning. Use the OS/2 and DOS command prompts
       instead.

   ?   The edit icon option from the Icon page of a Settings notebook

       is not yet fully functional.
   ?
        If you use the FIND command from a pop-up menu and specify
       ?.*?as the item to find, the system will hang; you will have to
       restart it.

   ?   The Sort page of the Folder Settings notebook is not func-

       tioning, so the system will not sort the contents of a folder.


                           Read Me First              7





  ?   The Include page of the Folder Settings notebook is not func-
     tioning. Redefining the files to include in a folder does not

     work.
  ?   The Menu page of the Folder Settings notebook is not func-

     tioning, so you cannot modify folder menus.

  ?   The color palette can only be manipulated by using the mouse.



      Windows

   The current OS/2 version supports VGA only for Windows sessions.

   On the 8514/A and XGA, Windows will not run in VGA mode.


      Windows printing

   The current version supports printing only to the OS/2 default

   printer.

   The current version contains only a subset of the available

   Windows printer drivers. They are automatically installed when
   you install and configure the OS/2 printer drivers. The drivers
   shipped with this version of OS/2 2.0 are:

  ?   PSCRIPT.DRV

  ?   EPSON24.DRV
  ?   EPSON9.DRV
  ?
       PROPRINT.DRV
  ?   PROPRN24.DRV
  ?   QWIII.DRV

  ?   IBMCOLOR.DRV
  ?   IBMGRX.DRV
  ?   TTY.DRV


   If you currently use the Windows program, you can install the
   printer drivers using the Windows control panel the same way you

   would under Windows. If you use a Windows driver that was not
   shipped with the OS/2 operating system, do the following:

    1. Start a Windows session by clicking on the Windows Session
     icon in the Command Prompts folder (in the OS/2 System

     folder).



   8





      2. Start the Windows Control Panel.

      3. Double-click on the printer icon.

      4. Select Add Printer.

      5. Select Unlisted Printer from the list of printers to install.

      6. Select the Install push button.

      7. Search for the driver you wish to install.

      8. Select OK to exit this panel.

      9. Select Configure.

     10. Select LPT1.OS2 or LPT2.OS2 to associate the printer driver
       with a printer port. Do NOT use LPT1 or LPT2.

     11. Select Setup.

     12. Select the printer you wish to use.

     13. Select OK to exit this panel.

     14. Select OK to exit the next panel.

     15. Exit to an OS/2 session by double-clicking on the OS/2 icon at
       the bottom of the Windows screen.

     16. Select the OS/2 printer object.

     17. Use create another, copy, or copy from template to create
       another print destination.

     18. Use open settings to configure the required port (for example,

       LPT1) and printer driver (IBMNULL).

     19. OS/2 always installs IBMNULL during system installation. If
       IBMNULL is not shown in the list of available printer drivers,
       use the Install pop-up menu option on an existing printer driver

       to get the printer driver install dialog. Insert PM device driver
       diskette 1, and press Refresh. Select IBMNULL from the list,

       and press Install. Press Cancel and select IBMNULL for the
       print destination.










                           Read Me First              9





      Windows Information

  ?   To install Windows applications in the OS/2 operating system,
     follow the manufacturer's instructions. If the installation proce-

     dure does not work properly, open a DOS session and try the
     installation procedure again. If the procedure still does not
     work, run the installation command using RUN from the File

     menu.

  ?   To run Windows applications, choose one of the following:

     ?Create a Windows full-screen object and type the name of
        the Windows application.

     ?Create a DOS full-screen object and type WINOS2.COM
        and the name of the Windows application in the parameter

        field.

     ?Select RUN in the Windows Program Manager.

     ?Type WINOS2 followed by your program name in a DOS
        session.

     You cannot run DOS applications using RUN from the File
     menu.

  ?   If a Windows application produces an error indicating that

     there is insufficient memory available, increase the DOS
     setting, DPMI_MEMORY_LIMIT from the default (3MB) to 4MB

     or 5MB. This setting should not be set arbitrarily high since
     the OS/2 Swapper will grow by the amount of additional
     memory allocated.

  ?   To enable Ctrl+Esc to bring up the Windows task list or

     Alt+Esc to switch between your Windows applications only,
     change the DOS setting KBD_CTRL_BYPASS.

  ?   If you get FATAL ERROR 401 (or 410) when you try to start a
     multiple-application Windows session, the Windows video

     drivers were not properly configured. Make sure that the fol-
     lowing lines are in the SYSTEM.INI file in the directory
     c:\os2\mdos\winos2 (where c: is your OS/2 startup drive).

                                display.drv=vga.drv
                                fonts.fon=vgasys.fon

                                fixedfon.fon=vgafix.fon
                                oemfonts.fon=vgaoem.fon



   10





   ?   If you are using multiple Windows applications, change the
       DOS setting, DOS_FCBS to improve performance.

   ?   Dynamic data exchange between Windows applications in sep-
       arate DOS sessions, or between Presentation Manager (PM)

       and Windows applications, might require switching between
       the DOS sessions (using Ctrl+Esc).

   ?   If you set the Windows Clipboard to PUBLIC:

       ?PrintScreen in the Windows session will not copy data to

         the clipboard.
       ?Any text string, bit map, or metafile that is greater than

         48KB will not be transferred to the Public Clipboard.



        DOS Applications and Environments


        Interrupt 21h Find First Call


     Some DOS applications that use the interrupt 21h find first call
     might not work properly (for example, TAPCIS). To fix this problem
     in this development version, execute FIX_FIND (located in

     \OS2\MDOS) in the DOS session before you run the failing applica-
     tion. It will not be necessary to correct this problem in future ver-
     sions.


        UNDELETE Command


     Currently, the UNDELETE command works only in OS/2 sessions.
     In later versions, UNDELETE also will be supported in DOS ses-

     sions.


        Background DOS Programs

     Some DOS programs need special DOS settings to run properly in

     the background. Without these settings, some applications appear
     to stop.


     The OS/2 operating system has a feature called 﨑OS Settings.?
     Its purpose is to provide the highest level of compatibility for indi-




                           Read Me First              11





   vidual DOS applications. DOS settings are defined for each DOS
   session and are set with the Settings choice in the pop-up menu.


   There are two DOS settings that might help when you run pro-
   grams in the background:

  ?   HW_TIMER: Changing this setting from Off to On enables the
     application to receive timer interrupts while running in the

     background. Some programs need these interrupts (for
     example, SuperKey****, or WordPerfect     when it is running

     macros). Some communications programs also run better
     when this setting is On.

  ?   IDLE_SENSITIVITY: Increasing this property to a setting above
     the default of 75% will boost the priority of that individual DOS

     session.


      Double Mouse Pointers

   If you run an application in a DOS window session, and two mouse

   pointers are displayed, change the DOS setting,
   MOUSE_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS to On.


      Generic Hardware Support


   Generic hardware support enables OS/2 2.0 to run many programs
   that were not possible in earlier versions. Scanners, FAX, 3270,
   network, and other specialized hardware can be used in a DOS

   session just as they are in DOS.


      Novell DOS LAN Requestor

   To use the Novell DOS LAN Requestor in a DOS session under

   OS/2 2.0, set the DOS settings as follows:

     DOS_DEVICE

                   c:\dxma0mod.sys
                   c:\dxmc0mod.sys




 **   WordPerfect is a trademark of WordPerfect Corporation. SuperKey is a trade-
   mark of Borland International, Inc.


   12





       Note that these are the settings for Token Ring.

       DOS_VERSION

                      net4.com,4,0,255

       DOS_LASTDRIVE
                      m

       If you have more drives than m, change to the highest drive

       letter.

     The drive after the one you specified for LASTDRIVE will become

     your logon drive.

     Novell will use the adapter directly, so you will not be able to use

     the network adapter in another session.


        Expanded Memory Conflicts

     To function, expanded memory service (EMS) needs 64KB of con-

     tiguous space above 640KB. Unfortunately it must share this
     memory with adapters (network, disk, display, and 3270) that
     locate themselves in memory above 640KB. If you have used an

     EMS emulator under DOS, you are probably aware of these con-
     flicts and know some techniques to fix them. The OS/2 operating
     system also provides a technique that simplifies the resolution of

     these conflicts.

     The DOS setting, MEM_INCLUDE_REGIONS, enables you to disable

     the adapter memory for any session and let EMS use it instead.
     For example, if you have a 3270 adapter and already have OS/2
     Communications Manager support, you will not need to use the

     3270 memory in a DOS session. To disable this memory, you will
     need to find the address of the 3270 adapter. Use the PS/2 Refer-

     ence Diskettes (or an equivalent method for your system). When
     the address is known, specify the range in the Include regions
     property. Most IBM 3270 adapters will start at CE00 (0xCE000

     absolute). The property should be set to:

              CE000-CFFFF

     This will allow EMS to use this memory if there is enough near this
     range.



                           Read Me First              13





   If this is not sufficient because you need access to multiple
   adapters from a single DOS session, you will need to rearrange

   your memory addresses. This is the same process you follow
   under DOS.


      VCPI and Other Non-DPMI Extenders


   VCPI (Virtual Control Program Interface) and other non-DPMI (DOS
   Protect Mode Interface) extenders will not be supported in OS/2
   DOS sessions. These extenders are believed to compromise

   system integrity in a multitasking environment such as OS/2 2.0.


      Disk Writes using Physical Sector Addressing

   Hard-disk writes using physical sector addressing are not sup-

   ported because they violate system integrity in a multitasking
   operating system. (Although most functions of the Norton Utilities  **
   are supported, the SORT/UNDELETE functions are not. Use the

   OS/2 UNDELETE command instead.)


      High Memory and Upper Memory Blocks

   The second parameter of the DOS= statement specifies whether

   applications can use memory above 640KB (upper memory
   blocks). The default for this release is DOS=LOW,NOUMB (low

   memory blocks). We encourage you to change the DOS settings
   DOS_UMB and DOS_HIGHL so that your applications have access
   to upper memory blocks and extra memory.


      Borland Turbo Assembler


   To run the Turbo Assembler  ** (TASMX), you must set the DOS
   setting, DPMI_API to enabled.









 **   Norton Utilities is a Trademark of Symantec Corporation. Turbo Assembler is a
   trademark of Borland International, Inc.


   14






        Miscellaneous


        32-Bit Programs

     For this development version of OS/2 2.0, developers of 32-bit pro-

     grams need to relink their programs using the latest version of
     LINK386.


        Printing to Files


     The printer object Output to File option is not functioning properly.
     This will be corrected in the final version.


        High Performance File System


     We are aware of intermittent problems with the high performance
     file system on certain hardware configurations. If you experience
     these problems, insert the line 﨏ACHE /LAZY:OFF?in your

     STARTUP.CMD file. You may notice some performance degrada-
     tion as a result of this.


        Sticky Pad


     When you select Sticky Pad from the Productivity Folder, you will
     get the message: SHLERR_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND.


     The Sticky Pad will not work and you will be returned to the Pro-
     ductivity folder.


        The DOS_VERSION Setting


     When you change the DOS setting, DOS_VERSION, you must save
     it immediately after entering the value. If you change another DOS

     setting before you save the DOS_VERSION value, the value will be
     lost.









                           Read Me First              15





      Print Object Pop-Up Menu


   The pop-up menu brought up from the title bar icon does not func-
   tion properly. Click on the window's background instead.





















































   16
�

V2-WIN.DOC




     IBM Internal Use Only





               1.0   Microsoft Windows Applications



                      Editor's Note

                    This component of the product was being extensively worked at the time of

                    writing, and no firm information was available. The subject must be thor-
                    oughly researched and documented prior to publication.



                   OS/2 V2 provides the capability for Microsoft Windows applications to run under

                   OS/2 V2. This support allows applications written for Windows 3.0 and previous
                   versions of Windows to coexist and execute in the same machine under OS/2 V2.


                   Each Windows application executes as a protected mode process.  As such,
                   Windows applications are subject to the same application protection facilities
                   provided to other protected mode applications (both OS/2 and MVDM tasks)

                   under OS/2 V2. Windows applications are protected from other Windows appli-
                   cations and from DOS and OS/2 applications executing in the system. This is in

                   contrast to the native Windows 3.0 environment, where protection is limited to
                   Windows 3.0 applications only.


                   The execution of Windows applications as protected mode tasks also allows
                   these applications to take full advantage of the pre-emptive multitasking capabili-
                   ties of OS/2 V2, with full pre-emptive multitasking between Windows applications,

                   OS/2 applications and DOS applications. This is again in contrast to the native
                   Windows 3.0 environment, where pre-emptive multitasking is available only when
                   Windows 3.0 is running in enhanced mode, thereby impacting performance and

                   preventing many applications written for previous versions of Windows from exe-
                   cuting. OS/2 V2 has no such restriction. Windows applications running under

                   OS/2 V2 will run in a mode equivalent to the real or standard modes of Windows
                   3.0. The enhanced mode of Windows 3.0 is not required since OS/2 V2 operating
                   system itself provides equivalent function.




             1.1  The Windows Environment

                   Microsoft Windows 3.0 application support is provided by default during the
                   installation of OS/2 V2. Should the user select Selective Install at time of installa-
                   tion and highlight DOS + Windows Environment, then all the files necessary to

                   provide Windows Application support will be installed in the following subdirecto-
                   ries:

             ?        \OS2\MDOS\WINOS2

             ?        \OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\SYSTEM


                   OS/2 V2 CONFIG.SYS will be updated to include these directories in the PATH
                   statement; MVDM (Multiple Virtual DOS Machine) support is also installed.

                   Windows REAL Mode requires 640Kb of Conventional memory and several MB of
                   Expanded memory (EMS). The EMS VDD (Virtual Device Driver) is also required.

                   Windows STANDARD Mode requires that the following statements be included in
                   the OS/2 2.0 CONFIG.SYS file:

             ?        DEVICE=C:\OS2\MDOS\VDPMI.SYS (DOS Protect Mode Interface)




    + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                                                    1-1



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




             ?        DEVICE=C:\OS2\MDOS\VDPX.SYS (DOS Extender Virtual Device Driver).

                   If these device drivers are not loaded, Windows will execute in REAL Mode.


                   Windows can use Expanded Memory which conforms to the LIM EMS 4.0 specifi-
                   cation when running in REAL Mode. This memory is primarily used for storing

                   background applications. An appropriate Expanded Memory Manager must be
                   installed. Windows Applications can however use a LIM EMS 3.2 Expanded

                   Memory manager to store data in memory. In STANDARD Mode, Windows will
                   use Extended Memory.


                   Upon completion of the installation process the user will be given the opportunity
                   to migrate installed Windows Applications to the OS/2 V2 Workplace Shell.


                   All Windows Applications which are migrated, will have the appropriate DOS and
                   Windows Settings established, as defined in the Certified Application Database
                   (shipped as a standard component of OS/2 2.0).


                      Editor's Note


                    The Certified Applications Datbase is currently under development.  This
                    aspect must be tested, once available. The procedures involved in updating

                    this database must be investigated.



           1.1.1  The Certified Applications Database (CAD)

                   The Certified Applications Database provides the vehicle to automatically set the
                   DOS Property settings for both certified DOS and Windows applications. The user

                   will be presented with a list of the certified applications found, which can be
                   migrated. The user may select any or all of these applications. The CAD will be
                   searched for each of the selected applications. The DOS and/or Windows proper-

                   ties information found in the database will be used to automatically assign set-
                   tings to the applications. Windows applications will be placed in a single

                   Windows Folder.  DOS applications are placed in a single DOS Applications
                   Folder.


                   Note only the property settings for applications which differ from the default set-
                   tings will be held in the database.


                   DOS Settings information for DOS applications will be stored in the OS2.INI file.
                   Windows applications' settings are stored in the WIN.INI file.


                      Note


                    Only the settings for those applications which have been certified via
                    approved IBM testing channels will be recorded in the Certified Applications
                    Database (CAD).



                   The CAD will be a binary database generated from an ASCII database and a pre-

                   defined tag file. Each field in the ASCII database will start with a descriptive tag
                   that is associated with a value between 0-225 in the predefined tag file. When the

                   binary CAD generation tool encounters one of the descriptive tags, it will gen-
                   erate an entry in the binary CAD with a 0-255 value specified in the predefined



        1-2    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only




                   tag file. To add new or additional DOS properties, a short descriptive tag is
                   created for the ASCII file and associated with an unused value between 0-255 in
                   the predefined tag file. A length specification is also provided for the value in the

                   tag file.

                   Each field in the binary CAD starts with a predefined tag value of 0-255 that iden-

                   tifies the field. This tag is followed by a "size" field, which in turn is followed by
                   the actual value of the field. The maximum number of tags is 256.


                   Each application in the CAD will have the following minimum information:

             ?        The filename used to start the application

             ?        A next application pointer

             ?        The title of the application.


                   The filename that starts the application is used to identify the application on the
                   hard drive. The next application pointer points directly to the next application

                   entry in the CAD. This provides the ability to jump from one entry to the next
                   without parsing all of the tags between entries in the CAD. The application title is
                   displayed to the user if the application is found on the hard drive. The user will

                   use this information to specify if the application is to be migrated.

                   The filename extensions held in the CAD will determine what files are searched

                   for, that is all .EXE, .COM and .BAT files.


           1.1.2  Single Application and Multiple Application VDMs

                   Two Windows environments are supported:

             ?        SAVDMs (Single Application VDMs) which contain a single Windows Applica-
                     tion. The icon supplied with the Windows Application will be defined in the

                     SAVDM.
             ?
                       MAVDMs (Multiple Application VDMs). This activates the Windows Program
                     Manager, allowing the user to access a number of Windows Applications.


                   Each SAVDM will indicate the Windows execution mode based on the file type
                   specified in the *.EXE header of the Windows Application. REAL Mode will be
                   indicated for non-Windows 3.0 applications. Auto-Select (Real or Standard mode)

                   is selected, based on processor type.


                   The following components of Microsoft Windows 3.0 will be supported and are
                   available within the OS/2 2.0 kernel:

             ?        Windows Real Mode kernel (WINOS2.COM and KERNEL.EXE)

             ?        Modified Windows Standard Mode kernel (OS2K286.EXE)

             ?        Modified DOS Extender (OS2DOSX.EXE)

             ?        Print Manager (Spool Function)

             ?        Program Manager:

                     ?Permit the starting of multiple Windows Applications in a VDM

                     ?Permit switching between Windows Applications in the VDM

             ?        Help Manager




                                        Microsoft Windows Applications                                 1-3



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




             ?        Video Device Drivers

             ?        Keyboard, Mouse and Communications Device Drivers

             ?        TaskManager

             ?        Windows User and GDI DLLs

             ?        Printer Device Drivers

             ?        Clipboard support

             ?        Control Panel with functions limited to:

                     ?Printer Install

                     ?Color

                     ?Fonts

                     ?Sound

                     ?Mouse

                     ?International

                     ?Date/Time


                     ?KBD (Keyboard rate).

                   The Clock program and Recorder Utility (Create/Recall keystroke macros) are

                   available in Fullscreen Windows - (MAVDM) Multiple Application Virtual DOS
                   Machine.


                      Note

                     1. Microsoft Windows 386 Enhanced Mode is not supported

                     2. Microsoft Windows Multi-Media extensions are not supported.



                   The following Microsoft Windows 3.0 components are not included within the
                   OS/2 kernel, as OS/2 equivalents are provided, or are not required within an

                   OS/2 environment:

             ?        File Manager

             ?        Systems Editor (SYSEDIT)

             ?        Games

             ?        Write

             ?        Terminal

             ?        Notepad

             ?        Cardfile

             ?        Calendar

             ?        Calculator

             ?        PIF Editor

             ?        Paintbrush

             ?
                       Wallpaper bitmaps



        1-4    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only




             ?        Setup (Windows' Installation and Configuration changes).



             1.2  Defining Windows Applications



                Figure 1-1. Program Reference Object's Setting Notebook.
                       +-----------------------------------------------------------+
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |
                                 |                                                           |


                                 +-----------------------------------------------------------+


                   The Windows application execution environment is defined in the Program Page
                   of the program reference object's settings notebook. The Windows Application
                   name is entered as the Path and Filename. This entry will cause DOSQAppType

                   to be issued to determine the application type. The Program Type in the Mode
                   Page will be set to Windows Full Screen. A "Windows" page will appear for the
                   Windows application containing a New Windows Setting. This defines whether

                   the Windows kernel will execute in REAL, Standard, or Auto-Select mode. REAL
                   mode is highlighted as the default if the Windows application is NOT a Protect
                   mode Windows application, otherwise AUTO-SELECT is the default. All DOS set-

                   tings are selectable for Windows applications via the Windows page, Windows
                   settings are also included in the same list.


                   Changes are effective immediately and are saved when the Settings Notebook is
                   closed or when the system is shut down. The Reset Button resets to the previous

                   settings.

                   The Windows application is started by double-clicking on the icon within the

                   folder. The application executes in the VDM in which it was defined.


















                                        Microsoft Windows Applications                                 1-5



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




                      Operation


                    The SAVDM is created for the execution of the Windows application. The
                    Workplace Shell starts WINOS2.COM as the application to start in the VDM.
                    The Windows Application to be executed is passed as a parameter to

                    WINOS2. This process is transparent to the user. If the application is
                    launched from an OS/2 Command Prompt, the user will notice the VDM being
                    launched as the DOS prompt is momentarily displayed before the Windows

                    application is launched.

                    If WINOS2 is to execute in REAL Mode, the /r option will be inserted into the

                    parameter list for the VDM creation, based on the WIN Setting. If STANDARD
                    Mode was highlighted, /s is passed as a parameter to WINOS2. The default is

                    to pass no Windows options, just the application name.

                    When the Windows Application is terminated, WINOS2.COM terminates

                    causing the VDM to be terminated.



                   Each SAVDM will have an icon on the Desktop, for the application within the
                   SAVDM. This icon will be the Windows icon for this application. The icon title will
                   be the text specified in the Program Title field of the New Program dialog.


                      Editors Note


                    Check to ensure that the Windows Application icon is used and that the
                    SAVDM does not display the default DOS icon.



                   Ctrl-Esc is the key combination used to display the Task List.


                   Alt-Esc is the key combination used to switch to the next session as defined in

                   the Workplace Shell.

                   In the case of MAVDM (Windows Application Group), the Windows Program

                   Manager is loaded in the MAVDM transparently to the user. Applications are
                   launched from the Windows Program Manager. Here the Task List will display
                   the Windows Application currently executing in this VDM.


                   Ctrl-Esc is used within the VDM to display the Task List.


                   Alt-Esc is used to switch to the next session defined in the Workplace Shell.


                   The Workplace Shell icon will represent the Windows VDM, not the application(s)
                   executing within the VDM.


                   The user must select Exit Windows in the Windows Programs Manager to termi-
                   nate the VDM, or close the VDM from the Workplace Shell.


                   The following applications are already started (iconized) on first entry into the
                   VDM for both SAVDMs and MAVDMs:

             ?        Modified Windows Clipboard Viewer Program

             ?        DDE Server/Agent Application




        1-6    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only




             ?        Recorder (not started in MAVDM)

             ?        Presentation Manager icon

             ?        Task Manager (no icon)

             ?        Windows Program Manager (not visible in a SAVDM)

             ?        Clock (Iconized, MAVDM only)

             ?        Windows Control Panel (not started, MAVDM only).



             1.3  Launching Windows Applications in OS/2 2.0

                   The following methods may be used to start Windows Applications:

                    1. Select the Application name from within File Manager


                    2. Enter the Application name at an OS/2 Command line prompt

                    3. Install the application in a folder, in the Workplace Shell Desktop.

                   If the application is started from either the OS/2 File Manager or an OS/2

                   command prompt, an SAVDM will be created. If the Application is started from
                   an icon, either a SAVDM or a MAVDM will be created, depending on how the
                   application was defined at installation.


                   When a MAVDM icon is selected, a Windows VDM will be created with the

                   Windows Program Manager maximized. The user may then elect to start any
                   Windows applications within the VDM via the Windows Program Manager. The
                   user may also define a group of Windows applications which will be activated

                   when this VDM is started. These applications are specified in the Parameters
                   field of the of the New Program Dialog. Full path name and parameters should
                   be specified.


                   The syntax for the parameters field is:

                                             /R|/S 詛~?|泘 App1 App-parms ?~
                                             ?|洺 App2 App-parms

             ?        /R Windows REAL Mode

             ?        /S Windows Standard Mode

             ?           Optional Parameters  ? ~

             ?
                       ! Start the Windows Application Minimized
             ?
                       ?Start the Windows Application Maximized.

                   If neither the Exclamation Mark nor the Caret is specified, the Windows Applica-

                   tion will start Normalized, approximately one third the screen size.

                   A MAVDM will be created if one of the following are present:

             ?        {} Braces

             ?
                       Comma separating the application names

             ?        An Application Name is not passed as a parameter.






                                        Microsoft Windows Applications                                 1-7



                                                IBM Internal Use Only





             1.4  Windows Device Drivers and Environment Settings

                   A WIN.INI file is built during OS/2 installation. The options for the devices
                   selected for the OS/2 environment are included in this file.


                   Should the user migrate from a Windows 3.0 environment, the Windows WIN.INI
                   will be left unchanged. WINOS2 will look in C:\OS2\MDOS\WINOS2 subdirectory

                   for the correct WIN.INI file. The initial WIN.INI file in the WINOS2 subdirectory is
                   created from the Windows WIN.INI.


                   The following initialization files are created (including the WIN.INI file):

             ?        PROGMAN.INI

             ?        CONTROL.INI

             ?        SYSTEM.INI.


           1.4.1  WIN.INI

                   WIN.INI contains a number of sections which may be customized by the user,
                   including which applications should be started or run, when Windows is started.

                   Each Windows Application is recorded in a separate section indicating the drive
                   and path to execute the application. The supported file extensions for each appli-
                   cation installed, are recorded in the Extensions section.



           1.4.2  PROGMAN.INI
                   PROGMAN.INI contains the Program Manager settings, the following sections are

                   included:

             ?        Setting: Describes the settings of the Program Manager, the user's prefer-
                     ence

             ?        Groups: Specifies the Program Groups that exist in Program Manager.



           1.4.3  CONTROL.INI
                   CONTROL.INI contains the color and desktop settings for the Control Panel. The
                   following options are available:

             ?
                       Current: Specifies the Window color setting

             ?        Color Schemes: Specifies the available color options

             ?        Custom Colors: Specifies up to 16 customization colors

             ?        Patterns: Specifies options for the Desktop pattern.


           1.4.4  SYSTEM.INI

                   SYSTEM.INI contains the global system information used by Windows when it
                   starts. Changes are not effective until Windows is restarted.


                   The following sections are included:

             ?        Boot: Lists the drivers and Windows modules. The OS/2 file contains a sepa-
                     rate Boot section which covers MAVDM and SAVDM default applications:

                     ?GOPM This program returns the user to the Workplace Shell

                     ?Clock The Windows clock program



        1-8    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only




                     ?Clipbrd The modified Clipboard program

                     ?DDEAGENT The modified DDE (Dynamic Data Exchange) program

                     ?Printman: MAVDM only, the Printer Manager program

             ?        Boot.description: Lists the names of devices the user can change using
                     Windows Setup

             ?        Keyboard: Contains information about the keyboard

             ?        NonWindowsApp: This section should not contain any information, non

                     Windows Applications are started from the OS/2 desktop

             ?        Standard: Contains information required by Windows to run in Standard
                     Mode

             ?        386Enh: Contains information used by Windows to operate in 386 Enhanced

                     Mode. This section is not used as OS/2 provides equivalent function.

                   The Initialization and Group files are required to restore a corrupted Windows

                   environment. Backups of these files should be taken prior to making any
                   changes to this environment.


                      Note

                    The Windows 3.0 APIs will access the new WIN.INI file.


                    The WIN.INI file is updated by Install and OS/2 Print Manager.



                   The WIN.INI file is updated with the appropriate information for the following

                   options. Installation will install the Windows Device Driver files in the appropriate
                   directories.

             ?        Keyboard

             ?        Mouse

             ?        Video

             ?        Printer

             ?        Codepage.


                   If a device driver (Video, Mouse, Keyboard) is supported in Windows and NOT
                   supported by OS/2, the Windows version will not be supported.


                   Install will update the new WIN.INI file to include the printer device driver details

                   that Windows requires for printers selected under OS/2. Install selects a
                   Windows printer device driver comparable with an OS/2 printer device driver.
                   The Windows printer device driver will operate in its default mode. If the printer

                   device driver needs to be configured in a mode other than the default mode, the
                   printer should be configured from within the Windows Control Panel.


                   If there is no equivalent OS/2 printer device driver, the device driver should be
                   installed and configured via the Windows Control panel.








                                        Microsoft Windows Applications                                 1-9



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




                      Note


                    At the time of writing this facility/function could not be tested









































































        1-10    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only





               2.0   Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE)



                   This chapter describes DDE support between Windows Applications in a full
                   screen VDM.


                   DDE is a message protocol for dynamic data exchange between Windows pro-
                   grams. Data may be shared among applications, the intention being to create an
                   integrated Windows environment.


                   The native Windows environment supports the following mechanisms which

                   applications can use to exchange data:

             ?        Clipboard transfers

             ?        Dynamic link libraries

             ?        Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE).


                      Note

                    DDE is the only mechanism that supports passing of Global Memory Handles

                    between applications.




             2.1  Clipboard Transfers

                   The Clipboard acts as a temporary repository of information. This process

                   requires the direct involvement of the user to initiate and complete the data
                   transfer process.




             2.2  Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL)

                   A DLL can be designed to act as repository for data being shared between appli-
                   cations. The data is stored in the static data area of the DLL's data segment.



             2.3  Data Exchange in Windows

                   Windows is a Message-based Architecture and message passing is used to

                   transfer information between applications.

                   Windows messages however contain only two parameters, wParam and lParam

                   for passing data. The DDE protocol defines how these message parameters will
                   be used to pass large amounts of data by means of Global atoms and Global

                   shared memory handles.

                   A Global atom is a reference to a character string and is used to identify:

             ?        The applications exchanging data

             ?        The nature of the data being exchanged

             ?
                       The data items.





    + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                                                    2-1



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




                   A Global shared memory handle is a handle to a block of allocated memory.
                   Global shared memory objects store data items passed between applications,
                   protocol options and remote execution strings.



           2.3.1  DDE Concepts
                   Client, Server and Conversation:


                   Two applications participating in dynamic data exchange are engaged in a DDE
                   Conversation. The application that initiates the conversation is the Client Appli-

                   cation. The application which responds to the client is the Server Application.

                   An application may be engaged in several conversations at the same time,

                   acting as a client in some applications and as a server in others. A DDE conver-
                   sation takes place between two windows, one for each of the participating appli-

                   cations. The window may be the main window of the application, a sub-window
                   associated with the application, or a hidden window. The hidden window is used
                   to process DDE messages.


                   DDE identifies the units of data passed between the client and server with a
                   three-level hierarchy of:

             ?        Item

             ?
                       Topic

             ?        Application Name.

                   Each DDE conversation is uniquely identified by the application name and topic.

                   The application name is normally the name of the server application. The topic is
                   a general classification of data, within which multiple data items may be
                   exchanged during the conversation. The item is the actual information related to

                   the conversation topic that is exchanged between the applications. Values for the
                   data item can be passed from the server to the client, or from client to server.

                   The format of the data item may be any one of the clipboard formats.


           2.3.2  Permanent Data Links
                   Once the DDE conversation has been initiated, the client can establish one or

                   more permanent data links with a server. A data link is a communication mech-
                   anism by which the server notifies the client whenever the value of a given data

                   item changes.

                   The link is permanent in the sense that the notification process continues until

                   the data link or DDE conversation is terminated.

                   The DDE link may be WARM or HOT. In a warm data link, the server notifies the

                   client that a value of a given data item has changed, but the server does not
                   actually send the data value to the client until the client requests it. In a hot data

                   link, the server immediately sends the changed data value to the client.

                   Applications which support DDE, typically provide a Copy/Paste Link command in

                   the Edit menu to allow the user to establish a DDE link.








        2-2    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only





             2.4  OS/2 DDE Support in Fullscreen VDM

                   In a native Windows 3.0 environment, a Windows Application (Client) will send a
                   broadcast DDE Initiate message. Windows serially posts a message to every

                   Windows Application currently running and then awaits a reply. As described
                   above, the Initiate conversation message contains the DDE topic to which any
                   Windows application can respond. The Client application continues execution

                   when all other applications have serviced their message. At this time the Client
                   application communicates directly with the Server applications, as opposed to
                   the initial broadcast message.


                   OS/2 provides two applications to support communications between VDMs,

                   without altering the Windows code:

                    1. A resident Windows application referred to as the DDE ServerAgent (SA)

                    2. A  DOS Protect Mode  application referred  to as  the DDEServer
                     (VDMSRVR.EXE).


           2.4.1  ServerAgent

                   The Windows VDM resident ServerAgent consists of two parts:

             ?        A "ServerAgent" which sends and receives messages outside of the VDM

             ?        One or more "Agents" (each agent is a child window of the ServerAgent),
                     which act as clones of applications running in other VDMs.


                   DDE will not be available outside of the VDM, if either the DDEServer or the

                   VDM's ServerAgent is not executing. The ServerAgent is automatically started
                   when the Windows VDM is started.
                    p.The ServerAgent provides a user interface with the following pulldown menus:

                    1. File Menu:

              ?         Exit: The ServerAgent exits, all subsequent DDE is local to the VDM

              ?         Save As: The contents of the internal trace log buffer is written to the

                        named file.

                    2. Options Menu:

             ?        Trace: When selected this option traces and displays all DDE transactions
                     taking place outside of the VDM. The default is No Trace/Display. Once

                     enabled, this option remains in effect until explicitly disabled.

             ?        Public DDE: If selected, DDE communicates outside of the confines of the
                     VDM. If not selected, DDE is local to the VDM. The default is Public DDE.


                   Should the user choose to exit from the DDE Interchange Agent, an information
                   message will be displayed indicating that DDE activity will be visible only to the

                   Windows applications executing in the current VDM, discontinuing DDE commu-
                   nication between Presentation Manager applications and other Windows applica-
                   tions.


                   The ServerAgent is responsible for all routing of DDE messages, including
                   broadcast messages beyond the confines of the VDM to the DDEServer. The

                   ServerAgent communicates to the DDEServer via named pipes.





                                         Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE)                                2-3



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




                   Agent applications communicate with Windows applications in their VDM and the
                   ServerAgent executing in their VDM. Only the ServerAgent uses named pipes.
                   Agents send requests to the ServerAgent to be forwarded outside of the VDM.



           2.4.2  DDEServer
                   The DDEServer is responsible for routing requests from ServerAgents to the

                   appropriate VDMs. The DDE process is schematically represented below:

                                                �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙

                                                �    Windows Application A �
                                                �           SAVDM              �
                                                �葺葺葺葺葺?葺葺葺葺葺葺?
                                                   �葺葺葺葺莨葺葺葺葺葺葺葙

                                              1. � DDE Initiate Message  �
                                                   �葺葺葺葺?葺葺葺葺葺葺?
                                                    �葺葺葺葺馆葺葺葺葺葺葺葙                 �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙
                                                    � DDE ServerAgent App A 谳葺葺 4 葺葺葺?Child Window     �

                                                    �葺葺葺葺�葺葺葺葺葺�葺?  �葺葺葺葺葙 � Agent for App D �
                                              2.           �葺馆葺葺葙    �葺葺葺�           � �葺葺葺葺�葺葺葺葺�
                                                  �葺葺葺莼DDEServer谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺? 3            �
                                                  �        �葺葺葺�葺� (Named Pipes)    �  �             5

                                         �葺葺馆葺葺葺葙 �莨葺葺葺葺葺葺?�葺葺莨葺馆葺葺?    �
                                           � ServerAgent �    �   ServerAgent � �  ServerAgent �     �
                                           �     App B     �    �      App C     � �      App D     谳葺?

                                         �葺葺葺葺葺葺? �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺� �葺葺葺�葺葺葺?
                                                                                               6
                                                                                     �葺葺葺莨葺葺葺葺葙
                                                                                     � Child Window     �

                                                                                     � Agent for App A �
                                                                                     �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?

                Figure 2-1. DDE Process


                    1. A DDE Initiate Message is broadcast from Windows Application A.

                    2. The message is forwarded by the ServerAgent to the DDEServer, which in
                     turn forwards the message to every Windows Application SeverAgent.

                    3. ServerAgent for Windows Application D responds affirmatively to the DDE
                     Initiate message. This response is forwarded back to the ServerAgent for

                     Application A. This response includes the Windows Application handle and
                     the VDM handle of the VDM running Windows Application D.

                    4. The ServerAgent in Windows Application A  creates a Child Task which

                     serves as the Agent for Windows Application D.

                    5. The Agent forwards the data to Windows Application D.

                    6. When Windows Application D responds, the ServerAgent D creates a Child
                     Window which acts as an Agent for Windows Application A. The response is
                     forwarded by the application to the Agent, which in turn forwards the data to

                     the ServerAgent for Application D.

                    7. The ServerAgent for Windows Application D routes the DDE data to the
                     DDEServer. The DDEServer determines which VDM this "DDE Packet" is des-

                     tined for and forwards it to the ServerAgent for Windows Application A.







        2-4    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only




                      Note


                    If two Windows Applications require significant amounts of DDE, these appli-
                    cations should be executed from within the same MAVDM, in this instance
                    the ServerAgent and DDEServer applications would not be required,

                    improving performance and usability.




             2.5  OS/2 DDE Environment

                   Existing DDE support between PM Applications remains essentially unchanged.


                   DDE support between Windows Applications and Presentation Manager Applica-

                   tions requires that the DDEServer be linked with the Presentation Manager DDE
                   APIs, both DDE messages and data formats are translated during the data
                   exchange between the PM session and any given VDM running a Windows Appli-

                   cation. This process consists of a Protect Mode DDEServer, a Windows DDE
                   ServerAgent, as described above, and a PM DDE ServerAgent. The PM DDE
                   ServerAgent is a mirror to the Windows DDE ServerAgent. The ServerAgent is

                   responsible for routing all DDE messages beyond the confines of Presentation
                   Manager to the DDEServer. The ServerAgent communicates with the DDEServer
                   via named pipes.


                   The following data formats will be translated between the PM environment and

                   the Windows environment:

             ?        Bitmaps: Windows DIB to/from OS/2 BITMAPINFO2 and PM BITMAPINFO
                     to/from Windows DIB format.

             ?        Windows Device Dependent Bitmaps: Pre-Windows 3.0 format to Windows
                     DIB format to/from PM BITMAPINFO.

             ?        Windows Metafiles: Metafiles are converted to Window DIB format prior to

                     being translated as above.

             ?        Text: Codepage translation is provided in both directions.


                   The PM DDE ServerAgent will reside in a Productivity Folder as a Utility. Where
                   there is a demand to provide DDE support between PM Applications and
                   Windows Applications, the PM DDE ServerAgent should be placed in a

                   WorkPlace Startup Folder. The DDE ServerAgent runs ONLY as a minimized
                   icon. To shutdown global DDE, the PM DDE ServerAgent must be terminated
                   through the Window List.


                   Where DDE is only used between PM applications, the DDEServer should be

                   deactivated to improve performance.

                   Schematically the DDE process between PM Applications and Windows Applica-

                   tions may be represented as follows:












                                         Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE)                                2-5



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




                Figure 2-2. DDE Process PM and Windows.

                                                              �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙          �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙
                                                              � PM DDE Application�          � Windows DDE Application �
                                                              �葺葺葺葺�葺葺葺葺葺�          �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺??
                                                       �葺葺葺葺? �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?               �

                                                             �                  � DDE Initiate Message �                 �
                                                             �                  �          or             �                 �
                                                             �                  �    DDE Conversion      �                �
                                                             �                  �葺葺葺葺?葺葺葺葺葺葺�                 �
                                                             �         �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺莨葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?             �
                                                             � �葺葺葺馆葺葺葺葺?                �葺葺葺馆葺葺葺葺?  �
                                                             �莼 DDE ServerAgent�                 � DDE ServerAgent谳?

                                                               �葺葺葺�葺葺葺葺?                  �葺葺葺�葺葺葺葺?
                                                                     �莨葺葙                              �莨葺葙
                                                                     �Agent�                              �Agent�
                                                                     �?葺?                              �?葺?
                                                                       �             �葺葺葺葺葺葺?       �
                                                                       �葺葺葺葺葺莼 Named Pipes谳葺葺葺�
                                                                                     �葺葺?葺葺葺�
                                                                                            �

                                                                                            �
                                                                                      �葺葺馆葺葙
                                                                                      �DDEServer�
                                                                                  �葺莨葺葺葺葺莨葺?
                                                                                  �Data Translation�
                                                                                  �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺�





             2.6  Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)

                      Note


                    As at OS/2 Driver 6.163 OLE is not available.


                    Check to confirm whether OLE is planned for OS/2 2.0 or a later
                    release/upgrade



                   Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) focuses on document formats rather than
                   an application's ability to exchange data - the DDE approach. OLE defines a

                   format for compound documents, which contain multiple forms of data. The data
                   formats are understood and managed by multiple applications. The application
                   uses various combinations of data to construct a Compound Document.


                   The concepts used in OLE are best described by contrasting them with the

                   approach adopted by Clipboard and DDE.

                   When using the Clipboard, an application obtains data from another application

                   in a standard format, usually ASCII, a Bitmap or a Metafile. This data exists only
                   as data, there is no link with the application that originally placed the data in the
                   Clipboard.


                   When using DDE, an application also obtains data from another application in a
                   standard format, ASCII, Bitmap or Metafile. The Client can however establish

                   and maintain a link with the application that delivered the data. Should the data
                   change in the Server application, the Client application's data is also updated.





        2-6    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only




                   OLE also enables an application to obtain data from another application; in this
                   instance the data can be in two formats:

             ?        One format is understood only by the application sending the data

             ?        The Display format (ASCII, Bitmap or Metafile) for the receiving application to
                     display on the screen.


                   The significance of this approach may be appreciated by way of an example:

                   Voice annotation may be attached to a Word Processing application, the Word
                   Processing application need not have any facility to support or manage voice.
                   The Word Processor will store the data in two formats - the digitized sound and

                   a display format (an icon). When the icon is selected in the document, the Voice
                   application is invoked and the Word Processing application passes the digitized
                   sound to the Voice application, which then plays the sound.



























































                                         Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE)                                2-7



                                                IBM Internal Use Only

















































































        2-8    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only





               3.0   OS/2 Clipboard Support



                   OS/2 V2 provides Clipboard support between Windows applications in the same,
                   or separate VDMs, as well as support between Windows Applications and OS/2
                   Applications.


                   The Clipboard serves as a data-exchange feature acting as a common area to
                   store data handles through which applications exchange formatted data. The

                   same data may be represented in a number of different formats as specified by
                   the application. Note that Clipboard objects may be of any size and format.


                   Data is formatted in either a predefined or private format, before being copied to
                   the Clipboard. In most cases the data is copied to pre-allocated global memory

                   and a function call is used to copy the memory handle to the clipboard.

                   Windows provides a number of predefined data formats:

                   TEXT             Null-terminated text


                   OEMTEXT          Null-terminated text using an OEM character set

                   METAFILEPICT       Metafile-picture structure

                   BITMAP           Device dependent bitmap

                   DIB              Device independent bitmap

                   SYLK             SYLK Standard data interchange format

                   DIF              DIF standard data interchange format

                   TIFF             TIFF standard data interchange format


                   The OwnerDraw feature in the Windows Clipboard is only supported within a
                   MAVDM, as shared memory is required. OwnerDraw is a process whereby a
                   Windows Application takes control over the appearance of menu items and has

                   responsibility for managing these menu items.


                   The native Microsoft Windows 3.0 Clipboard provides support for both Windows
                   applications and non-Windows applications. Non-Windows applications run in
                   either fullscreen or "windowed" mode. Windowed mode requires that Windows

                   run in 386 Enhanced mode, this mode is not supported under OS/2 V2. In REAL
                   or STANDARD modes, non-Windows applications run in fullscreen mode only.


                   386 Enhanced Mode is a mode which Windows 3.0 runs in to access the virtual
                   memory capabilities of the Intel 80386 processor, to use more memory than is
                   physically available and to provide multitasking capabilities for non-Windows

                   applications.


                   OS/2 V2 fully exploits the functions provided by the Intel 80386 processor, hence
                   there is no need to support this mode under OS/2 V2. Moreover, because DOS
                   applications may be run in a DOS Window (VDM), full Clipboard support is avail-

                   able.

                   Should the user wish to capture the contents of a VDM running in fullscreen

                   mode, the following approach is adopted:

                    1. Switch to the PM Screen containing the VDM


    + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                                                    3-1



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




                    2. Select the System menu on the VDM icon

                    3. Select Copy All.

                   This procedure should copy the VDM's video buffer to the PM Clipboard (ASCII

                   or PM Bitmap).


                      Note

                    Selective Copy is available in window'ed mode





             3.1  Windows Clipboard Support

                   The Windows Clipboard view utility will display the captured data in a number of
                   formats, either predefined or private. Auto displays the data in the format it had

                   when placed onto the clipboard.


                   The Clipboard Viewer program (CLIPBRD.EXE), installed in
                   C:\OS2\MDOS\WINOS2, is available within each SAVDM and MAVDM by default.
                   This is a modified version of the original Windows 3.0 Clipboard program.


                   A Clipboard Server (Global Clipboard) runs as a Protect Mode background
                   process to service clipboard functions between VDMs. If the Clipboard Server is

                   not executing, clipboard functions are limited to that single VDM. The global
                   VDM server is started from the CONFIG.SYS file at system boot:

                                             RUN=C:\OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\VDMSRVR.EXE


                   Should a user elect to exit from the Windows Clipboard, a warning message will
                   be displayed  advising that exit will terminate public clipboard functions. The
                   Clipboard functions within each VDM are public by default, unless expressly set

                   to LOCAL, which restricts Clipboard activity to that Windows session only.


                   The Windows Clipboard viewer pulldown menus have been enhanced to include
                   support for an Options Menu, which contains the Public Clipboard option.
                   Selecting this option causes changes to the Local clipboard to be reflected in the

                   Public clipboard and vice versa. When deselected the contents of the Public clip-
                   board and Local clipboard will not affect each other.


                   The File pulldown menu now supports Import/Export functions; PUBLIC must be
                   deselected from the Options pulldown menu before Import/Export can be
                   selected.


                      Implementation Notes


                    The Import/Export functions communicate via named pipes to the
                    \pipe\CLPAgent to the Clipboard program (CLIPBRD.EXE) within each VDM.



                   Export will copy the current contents of the Local clipboard to the Public clip-

                   board.


                   Import will copy the contents of the Public clipboard to the Local clipboard.




        3-2    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only





             3.2  Using Cut and Paste

                   The following three scenarios describe the clipboard functions:

                    1. Cut and Paste from a Windows Application in a VDM to another application
                     in a separate VDM - PUBLIC is deselected.

                    2. Cut and Paste between two Windows applications within the same VDM

                     (MAVDM)

                    3. Cut and Paste between the OS/2 and Windows environments. Cut and Paste
                     within the OS/2 environment remains essentially unchanged.


           3.2.1  Scenario 1 - Cut/Paste Between Windows VDMs

                    1. CUT the data into the Local Windows VDM Clipboard.

                    2. Select EXPORT from the Clipboard pulldown menu. The data is copied into

                     the External Clipboard.

                    3. Select the VDM containing the destination Windows application.

                    4. Select IMPORT from the Clipboard pulldown menu. The data is copied from
                     the external Clipboard into the local Clipboard of the receiving VDM.

                    5. Paste the data into the destination Windows application.


           3.2.2  Scenario 2 - Cut/Paste Within A MAVDM

                    1. CUT the data into the Windows VDM Clipboard

                    2. PASTE the data from the Clipboard into the destination application.


           3.2.3  Scenario 3 - Cut/Paste Between OS/2 And Windows

                   The OS/2 2.0 Clipboard is activated upon loading the Operating System. A new
                   OS/2 PM utility, CLIPVIEW.EXE located in the OS2\APPS\ directory has been pro-

                   vided to support the extended clipboard functions. CLIPVIEW.EXE must be
                   launched in order to view and transfer the contents of the OS/2 2.0 clipboard.


                   Excluding the File option of the Windows clipboard, the same pulldown menus
                   are provided. The RENDER option is the same as the DISPLAY option in the

                   Windows clipboard.  RENDER will display the contents of the clipboard in a
                   number of different formats. Because the contents of the clipboard are stored in
                   separate areas in memory, it is possible to view both the ASCII (text) and

                   graphics contents of the clipboard.

                      Note


                    An application may or may not clear the entire contents of the clipboard,

                    prior to copying data to it.



                   The Global Windows VDM Clipboard (DPMI Clipboard) is visible to the PM Clip-
                   board. CLIPVIEW.EXE has been enhanced to perform the following two activities:

                    1. Update the PM Clipboard when changes are made to the Global VDM Clip-
                     board

                    2. Update the the Global Windows VDM Clipboard when changes are made to

                     the PM Clipboard.


                                            OS/2 Clipboard Support                               3-3



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




                   The PM Clipboard server application is registered as "clipboard viewer" to
                   receive notifications of clipboard updates. This ensures that the following mes-
                   sages are forwarded to the Clipboard Server, so that when updates are made to

                   the PM Clipboard, messages are sent to the PM CLIPVIEW.EXE.

             ?        WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD: Signals that the contents of the clipboard are
                     being destroyed

             ?        WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD: Signals an application to notify the next application

                     in the chain of a change to the clipboard

             ?        WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD: Requests horizontal scrolling of the clipboard
                     contents

             ?        WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD: Requests painting of the contents of the clipboard

             ?        WM_RENDERALLFMTS: Notifies the owner of the clipboard that it must

                     render clipboard data in all possible formats
             ?
                       WM-RENDERFMT: Notifies the clipboard owner that it must format the last
                     data copied to the clipboard

             ?        WM_SIZECLIPBOARD: Notifies the clipboard owner that the clipboard appli-
                     cation's window size has changed

             ?        WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD: Requests vertical scrolling of the clipboard con-

                     tents.


                      Note

                    No changes have been made to the PM APIs to accommodate this design.



                   Data formats are translated from PM to Windows formats and vice versa, as and

                   when required. This translation is performed when data is placed in the Global
                   Clipboard. The following data formats will be translated between PM and
                   Windows:

             ?
                       Bitmaps: The Windows DIB to/from OS/2 BITMAPINFO

             ?        Device Dependent Bitmaps: This is a pre-Windows 3.0 format to/from OS/2
                     BITMAPINFO

             ?        Windows Metafiles: Metafiles are first converted to WINDOWS DIB format by
                     the Windows clipboard viewer, before being forwarded to the Global Clip-

                     board

             ?        Text: ASCII with codepage translation will be translated in both directions.


                   Schematically the Clipboard process may be represented as follows:

















        3-4    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only




                Figure 3-1. .




                                                                �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?      �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?    �葺葺葺葺葙
                                                                �SAVDM Windows App 1.�       �SAVDM - App 2.谳葺莼 Windows �
                                                                �葺葺葺?葺葺葺葺葺葺�       �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺�     �Clipboard�
                                                                          �                                             �葺?葺葺?
                                                                �葺葺葺莨葺葺葺葺葙                                   2. �

                                                             1. �Windows Clipboard�                                      �
                                                                �葺葺葺?葺葺葺葺?                                      �
                                                                          �葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葙                            �
                                                                           (Named Pipes)    �                             �
                                                                                   �葺葺葺葺莨葺葺葺葺葺葙               �
                                                                                   �DPMI Global Clipboard谳葺葺葺葺葺葺�
                                                                                   �  Data Translation    � (Named Pipes)
                                                                                   �葺葺葺葺?葺葺葺葺葺?

                                                                �葺葺葺葺葙              3. �
                                                                �    OS/2  谳葺葺葺葺葺葺葺�
                                                                �Clipboard�   (Named Pipes)
                                                                � Server   �
                                                                �葺葺�葺葺�
                                                                      �           �葺葺葺葺葙        �葺葺葺葺葺葺葙
                                                                      �           �   OS/2 谳葺葺葺?OS/2 PM     �

                                                                      �葺葺葺葺莼Clipboard�        �Applications �
                                                                                  �葺葺�葺葺�        �葺葺葺葺葺葺?
                                                                                       �              �葺葺葺葺葺葺葙
                                                                                       �葺葺葺葺葺葺籚DM  Window'ed�
                                                                                                      �Applications  �
                                                                                                      �葺葺葺葺葺葺?



                    1. A Windows application (App.1) copies data to the Windows Clipboard.

                    2. The contents of the Clipboard are available to Windows App.2 via the Global
                     Clipoard (Clipboard Server).


                    3. The OS/2 Clipboard Server is registered as a Windows "Clipboard Viewer".
                     Data is translated into OS/2 formats via the DPMI Global Clipboard and vice
                     versa as required.































                                            OS/2 Clipboard Support                               3-5


                        IBM Internal Use Only


                       Figure Definitions

      id        File        Page     References

      FIGDEF   3731SU
                    1-1



                       Table Definitions

      id        File        Page     References

      TDEF    3731SU
                    1-1



                         Figures


      id        File        Page     References

      3731WI2   3731WIN
      3731DD1       1-5   1-1   3731DDE
                    2-4   2-1
      3731DD2   3731DDE
                    2-6   2-2
      3731CL1   3731CLIP
                    3-5   3-1



                        Headings


      id        File        Page     References
      WIN     3731WIN
                    1-1   1.0, Microsoft Windows Applications




                       Processing Options


      Runtime values:
         Document fileid   V2-WIN SCRIPT
         Document type   USERDOC
         Document style   IBMXAGD
         Profile   EDFPRF20  Service Level   0018
         SCRIPT/VS Release   3.2.1
         Date   91.10.15
         Time   11:58:22
         Device   3820A
         Number of Passes   2
         Index   YES
         SYSVAR G   INLINE
         SYSVAR X   YES


      Formatting values used:
         Annotation  NO
         Cross reference listing   YES
         Cross reference head prefix only   NO  Dialog   LABEL
         Duplex   YES
         DVCF conditions file   (none)
         DVCF value 1   (none)
         DVCF value 2   (none)
         DVCF value 3   (none)
         DVCF value 4   (none)
         DVCF value 5   (none)
         DVCF value 6   (none)
         DVCF value 7   (none)
         DVCF value 8   (none)
         DVCF value 9   (none)
         Explode   NO
         Figure list on new page   YES
         Figure/table number separation   YES  Folio-by-chapter   YES
         Head 0 body text   Part


                        IBM Internal Use Only

         Head 1 body text   Chapter
         Hyphenation   YES
         Justification   YES
         Language   ENGL
         Layout   OFF
         Leader dots   YES
         Master index   (none)
         Partial TOC (maximum level)   4
         Partial TOC (new page after)  INLINE
         Print example id's   NO
         Print cross reference page numbers  YES
         Process value   (none)
         Punctuation move characters   .,
         Read cross-reference file   (none)
         Running heading/footing rule  NONE  Show index entries   NO
         Table of Contents (maximum level)   3
         Table list on new page   YES
         Title page (draft) alignment  RIGHT
         Write cross-reference file  (none)




                        Imbed Trace



      Page 0        3731WIN  Page 0 3731SU
      Page 0        3731VARS
      Page 1-10       3731DDE
      Page 2-7       3731CLIP
      Page 3-4       3731CL1
�

VMBOOT.DOC




     IBM Internal Use Only





               1.0   Virtual Machine Boot



                      IBM Internal Use Only

                    Draft extract from ITSC Red Book OS/2 Version 2 GG24-3731. Subject to
                    revision





             1.1  VMB Overview

                   An important goal of OS/2 V2 is the ability to run past, current, and future PC
                   DOS programs; indeed most DOS applications available today run unchanged in

                   the MVDM DOS Emulation environment.

                   However, it should be remembered that the 﨑OS?which runs in this case is

                   highly optimized for (and specific to) an OS/2 V2 virtual 8086 machine. Because
                   of this, there are subtle internal differences between DOS Emulation and real
                   DOS. Unfortunately some DOS programs may be inherently bound to a specific

                   DOS version, relying on internal DOS structures or features not present in MVDM
                   DOS Emulation, such as internal DOS tables, LAN redirector hooks, or even

                   absolute routine addresses or undocumented features.

                   Another restriction of MVDM DOS Emulation is that only DOS character device

                   drivers can be loaded. The user may own a block device (often a special disk or
                   tape drive) for which no OS/2 driver is available.


                   Virtual Machine Boot allows the user to boot ff-the-shelf?DOS 3.x, 4.0, or 5.0 in
                   a VDM session, including DOS block device drivers. This gives the user the
                   greatest possible compatibility with PC DOS.


                   Another benefit of Virtual Machine Boot is the ability to run DOS of a different

                   National Language to that of OS/2 V2. This may be useful in a multilingual or
                   testing environment.



             1.2  Virtual Machine Boot Environment

                   The 80386 processor and VDM component of OS/2 V2 together emulate a 8086

                   processor, keyboard, display, BIOS and other supporting hardware - a complete
                   virtual Personal Computer. So it shouldn't really be too surprising that eal?
                   DOS can run in a Virtual DOS Machine session. Control is passed to the boot

                   record (the first sector) of the DOS system diskette, which in turn loads and ini-
                   tializes the rest of the DOS kernel, just as it does when booting on a real PC.


                   Indeed the VDM environment is so like a real PC system that Virtual Machine
                   Boot can actually support any 8086 kernel, such as Digital Research DR-DOS and
                                         1
                   CP/M, Microsoft MS-DOS, or even a PS/2 Reference Diskette   . However, since
                   the purpose of Virtual Machine Boot is to run PC DOS applications, formal IBM
                   support is announced for IBM DOS 3.x, 4.0, and 5.0 only.






   1   Do not attempt to run diagnostics or change the configuration from a VDM; the results are unpredictable.


    + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                                                    1-1



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




                   Multiple DOS VDM kernels may be booted and operated concurrently. Each runs
                   in its own virtual 8086 session; access to hardware and other system resources
                   is managed by the underlying OS/2 V2 operating system.




             1.3  Using Virtual Machine Boot

                   The booted DOS operating system can be:

                    1. An actual DOS system diskette
                    2. An image of a DOS system diskette saved to fixed disk

                    3. A DOS partition on fixed disk.

                   A Virtual Machine Boot session is created as a normal Program icon on the

                   OS/2 desktop. Here is an sample Program notebook page:

              +-----------------------+
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |
              |                       |

              +-----------------------+

                Figure 1-1. VMB Program parameters

                   Program title       A suitable description

                   Path and filename    *  (actually ignored, but must be valid)
                   Optional Parameters  (blank - ignored)

                   Working directory    (blank - ignored)

                   The Session type may be DOS Fullscreen or DOS Window as desired.



           1.3.1  DOS Startup drive
                   The difference from a normal DOS item is that the DOS Settings value 﨩ther:

                   DOS startup drive?is set. This contains the location of the DOS kernel to be
                   booted.















        1-2    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only



                        +---------------------------------------------------+
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |
                        |                                                   |

                        +---------------------------------------------------+

                Figure 1-2. DOS Startup drive


                   Example values for DOS startup drive are:

                   Startup setting                  Meaning
                   a:                Boot the diskette in drive A:

                   c: bootimgdos33.vmb      \              \                Boot the specified DOS image file
                   c:                Boot the primary partition of the C: drive


                   Note:

             ?        You cannot specify a second diskette drive (B:) or fixed disk (D:) as the
                     startup drive.

             ?        To boot DOS from the C: partition, you must have Boot Manager installed,

                     and OS/2 V2 must reside in an extended partition on the first fixed disk, or
                     on another fixed disk. See 1.7, 﨎ooting a DOS partition?on page 1-9.


           1.3.2  Virtual Machine Boot and 5?inch drives

                   You cannot specify 﨎:?or an external diskette drive as the startup drive. There
                   may be situations where you wish to boot a 5?inch diskette; often the B: drive

                   on PS/2 systems. One way to do this is by creating an image of the diskette,
                   then booting this image. (See 1.4, MDISK?on page 1-4.)


                   If a 5?inch diskette must be booted directly for some reason, this is possible if
                   drive remapping is supported by the system (such as a PS/2 Model 57, 90 or 95).

                   Normally A: is Drive 0 (3?inch), and B: is Drive 1 (5?inch, if fitted). To change
                   this, run et Startup Sequence?from the Reference Diskette, and ensure Drive
                   1 appears before Drive 0. Then the 5?inch drive will become the A: drive.


                   Some 5?inch drives (such as the IBM External 1.2MB drive and associated
                   adapter) require a device-driver, and are accessed as D: or higher. They cannot

                   be specified as a startup drive, nor can they be readdressed as A:, but can be
                   the source drive when creating a bootable image file.






                                             Virtual Machine Boot                               1-3



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




           1.3.3  Other DOS Settings

                   DOS Settings which control the VDM hardware environment are applicable to the
                   Virtual Machine Boot session and operate in the same way as for a DOS Emu-
                   lation window or fullscreen session. Those which modify the virtual DOS environ-

                   ment are ignored; these are instead determined by the CONFIG.SYS of the
                   booted DOS kernel. Ignored settings include:

             ?        BREAK
             ?
                       DOS Device drivers
             ?        DOS owns UMBs
             ?        DOS SHELL

             ?        DOS High / Low
             ?        LASTDRIVE
             ?        Simulated DOS version


                   The FCB limit is the lesser of either the booted DOS, or OS/2 V2 CONFIG.SYS

                   value. The Virtual Machine Boot session will by default have 640 KB of real
                   memory, mouse support, 2 MB Expanded (EMS) memory, 3 MB DPMI, and 2 MB
                   XMS memory.


                   In other respects the VMB session is no different to any other VIO window. It
                   may be minimized, maximized and switched between windowed and fullscreen

                   mode, and is subject to the same graphics limitations when windowed. The
                   session cannot be ended by typing exit at its command prompt. The session can
                   only be closed from its system icon or the Window List.




             1.4  VMDISK

                   As already described, it is possible to boot from a diskette image which itself
                   resides on fixed disk. This image is created using the VMDISK utility supplied

                   with OS/2 V2. The syntax of the VMDISK command is:

                   vmdisk <source drive> <image filename>


                   For example:

                                        vmdisk a: c:\bootimg\dos33.vmb


                   The image file is a complete binary ump?of the diskette, consisting of a short
                   header record followed by the diskette's boot sector, FAT(s), and all data clus-
                   ters. Its filesize corresponds to the source diskette capacity regardless of the

                   amount of space actually used on the source diskette. No compression of the
                   image is performed. The diskette must be of a normal DOS format (FAT, 512 byte

                   sectors). It is not possible to create, then boot, an image of a copy-protected
                   diskette which has a non-DOS format. It may be possible to boot such a diskette
                   directly in a VDM.


                   VMDISK can run under either DOS or OS/2, and supports all 3?inch (720KB,
                   1.44MB and 2.88MB) and 5?inch (360KB and 1.2MB) source diskette formats.











        1-4    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only





             1.5  Drive letter allocation and access

                   This is one of the more complex area of Virtual Machine Boot. The following pos-
                   sible areas of confusion may arise for the user:

             ?        If DOS is booted from an image file, it sees this image file as its A: drive.

                     This prevents access to the real A: diskette drive. Attempts to the write to the
                     apparent A: drive will fail.

             ?        A DOS VDM cannot see an HPFS partition on the fixed disk.

             ?        A DOS 3.x VDM cannot see a large (>32MB) FAT partition on the fixed disk,

                     or FAT partitions beyond HPFS.
             ?
                       Even if the booted DOS can otherwise see the fixed disk partition, it is only
                     given read access. Attempts to write will fail with simulated errors such as
                                      . The 礼eneral failure writing drive C:?   user might mistake this for genuine

                     hardware fault.

             ?        If the booted DOS loads a block device-driver, the allocated drive letter may
                     be the same as that of a different device outside this VDM.


                   The results could be somewhat disorienting for the user. To help resolve these
                   issues, two utilities FSFILTER and FSACCESS are provided with OS/2 V2.



           1.5.1  FSFILTER
                   FSFILTER.SYS is a device driver which manages DOS VDM access to OS/2 disks.

                   FSFILTER.SYS should be copied from the  OS2MDOS directory to the DOS                               \      \
                   diskette, and the following statement added to the DOS CONFIG.SYS:

                                        device=a:fsfilter.sys


                   This gives PC DOS full access to all OS/2 partitions - whatever the filesystem
                   type or partition size.


                   This is an important and somewhat surprising point. For example, DOS 3.3 (in a
                   VDM) has no problem accessing a 300MB HPFS partition, once FSFILTER is
                   loaded. I/O calls within the DOS virtual machine are passed transparently to

                   OS/2 V2. DOS itself is unaware of the underlying filesystem. DOS can read, write
                   and modify files on the fixed disk, and for most configurations the drive letter
                   mapping within the VMB session will match those of OS/2 V2.


                      Note

                    FSFILTER.SYS is loaded via CONFIG.SYS of the booted DOS, not the OS/2 V2

                    CONFIG.SYS. It should be preceed any      statements which load block                           device=
                    device drivers.



                   The FSFILTER device driver occupies approximately 11KB of memory. It can be
                   loaded high (evicehigh=fsfilter.sys? under DOS 5.0.


                   Some operating systems may be confused by FSFILTER's actions during their

                   boot processing. For example the setting of the current drive or COMSPEC may
                   be invalid, or AUTOEXEC.BAT may not run. This has been noted with DR-DOS
                   and PC DOS 3.3 (but not 4.0 or 5.0). To avoid this problem specify the path to

                   COMMAND.COM in the SHELL= statement of CONFIG.SYS (as well as the



                                             Virtual Machine Boot                               1-5



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




                   command processor itself). For example, if you cave copied DOS files to C: DOS,
                                                                                          \
                   the CONFIG.SYS of a diskette intended for VMB should contain a statement:

                                        shell=c:\dos\command.com c:\dos /p

                   The first parameter specifies the comand procesor to load. The second param-
                   eter specifies the reload path (ie the COMSPEC path). This is preferable to a et

                   comspec= ...?line in AUTOEXEC.BAT.

          1.5.1.1 FSFILTER limitations

                   Even when FSFILTER is loaded, the following restrictions still apply:

             ?        A DOS VMB cannot see HPFS files or directories which have:

                     ?long filenames (9 or more characters)
                     ?invalid FAT characters (eg plus, comma, blank).

                     ?multiple dot separators

             ?        HPFS filenames containing lowercase letters are folded to uppercase.

             ?        PC DOS commands which require low-level disk access will fail. These
                     include:

                     ?CHKDSK

                     ?SYS
                     ?UNDELETE
                     ?FORMAT

                     ?UNFORMAT
                     ?MIRROR

                     In such cases OS/2 V2 will simulate a disk error condition. DOS may inter-

                     pret this as a hardware fault, or report that the command is not supported on
                     a Network or Assigned drive.


           1.5.2  FSACCESS

                   FSACCESS.EXE is a utility supplied with OS/2 V2 but intended to run in a Virtual
                   Machine Boot session. It cooperates with FSFILTER to manage drive letters

                   within the VMB session. This serves three purposes:

                    1. Drives may be registered for filtering.

                    2. The drive letter for a device can be changed, giving consistency across ses-
                     sions.

                    3. Letters can be removed in order to hide the OS/2 device from the VMB
                     session.


                   The syntax of the FSACCESS command is:



                                              FSACCESS 葺葺葺葺葺葺�葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺葺?葺葺?葺 .
                                                                        谳�葺??DOSletter 葺葺葺?      �

                                                                        � � ! �                              �
                                                                        谳葺葺?DOSletter - DOSletter 葺?
                                                                        �                                      �
                                                                        �葺葺葺 DOSletter = OS2drive  葺�




                                        FSACCESS                            lists the current drive mapping. For example:




        1-6    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only




                                                                               Local C: is mapped to OS/2 C:
                                                                               Local D: is mapped to OS/2 D:
                                                                               Local E: is mapped to OS/2 K:

                                        FSACCESS F:   registers DOS letter F:                  for filtering. References to F: will be

                               sent to OS/2 V2.

                                        FSACCESS !F:                    deregisters DOS letter F: from filtering.

                                        FSACCESS F:-H:                          registers DOS letters F: through H: for filtering.

                                        FSACCESS M:=C:                                    registers DOS letter M: and routes requests to OS/2 drive
 C:


                   Parameters can be combined on a single command line, and the colon is
                   optional.


           1.5.3  Practical Considerations

             ?        When booting from an image file, you will probably wish to issue the
                     command ?                               fsaccess  a:      ?in order to access the A: diskette drive.

                     ?This will remove access to the image file, so the booted DOS will be

                        unable to reload its COMMAND.COM when necessary. You may wish to
                        copy all the DOS files to a subdirectory on fixed disk, ensuring the PATH
                        and COMSPEC point there.

                        An alternative is to access the diskette drive via a different letter. For

                        example, you can issue the command ?     ,?then use G: to                                      fsaccess  g=a
                        access the real A: drive. The image file remains as A:, avoiding PATH

                        and COMSPEC problems.
             ?
                       FSACCESS error messages are contained in the OS/2 file OSO001.MSG,
                     which is in the  OS2SYSTEM subdirectory.               \      \      You should ensure that this  file
                     is accessible to the booted DOS via its APPEND search path, otherwise an

                     FSACCESS error will only report that its message file cannot be found.

             ?        Each block device driver loaded in DOS CONFIG.SYS is allocated the next
                     free OS/2 letter excluding LAN drives. This can result in a drive letter clash.

                     An example may illustrate the point. OS/2 drives are:

                     A:  Diskette drive 0

                     B:  Diskette drive 1
                     C:  Fixed disk
                     D:  External Diskette drive

                     E:   Remote LAN drive on a Server

                     FSFILTER will ensure that a booted DOS sees these drives by the same
                     letter. The booted DOS has the same access to the external diskette drive

                     and LAN resources as does OS/2 itself. This is true whether the VMB
                     session is started before or after user Logon to the network, when remote
                     drive letters are assigned.

                     However, a VMB block device driver will also initialize as E:, so LAN drive

                     access is lost. To remedy this, issue an         command. The LAN                                        saccess f=e?
                     drive is now accessible as F: within the DOS session.

             ?        If a Virtual Machine Boot session hangs for any reason, you can close it from
                     its system icon or the Window List. Remember that CTRL-ALT-DEL will

                     reboot OS/2, not the foreground virtual machine session.





                                             Virtual Machine Boot                               1-7



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




                      Hint

                    Always give disk volumes a meaningful name - either when formatting or
                    later using the LABEL command. The name will remain constant and help

                    you identify where you are, even if the assigned drive letter is different some-
                    times.





             1.6  XMS, EMS and MOUSE Support

                   The booted DOS receives XMS (HIMEM), EMS, DPMI and mouse support services
                   from its VDM environment (assuming the Virtual DOS Machine has default DOS
                   Settings). It should not load its own HIMEM, EMS or mouse drivers - indeed they

                   may cause errors in the VDM.


                   DOS programs call these services via appropriate API register parameters and a
                   designated Interrupt:

                   Mouse   INT 33h
                   XMS    INT 2Fh (multiplex)

                   EMS    INT 67h

                   OS/2 V2 traps these interrupts from the virtual machine and handles the request

                   accordingly.


                   This may present a problem for certain programs which can use such services,
                   but first test for their presence by issuing an OPEN to the associated device-
                   driver, or check that a valid interrupt handler is pointed to by the Interrupt Vector

                   Table. When a VMB session is started, these device driver names are not
                   present, and the interrupt vectors point to null handlers. The application will
                   therefore assume that these services are not useable.


                   To resolve this, OS/2 V2 provides three alternative tub?drivers:

             ?        MOUSE.COM
             ?
                       HIMEM.SYS
             ?        EMM386.SYS


                   These stub drivers are very small (and use minimal memory when loaded) but
                   satisfy programs which depend on drivers with such names being present. They
                   also set handler addresses in the Interrupt Vector Table.


                   The user must load these OS/2 files rather than any similarly named files which

                   may be shipped with DOS or applications, such as:

                   DOS 4.0  XMAEM.SYS, XMA2EMS.SYS

                   DOS 5.0  HIMEM.SYS, EMM386.EXE, MOUSE.COM

                   Other   MOUSE.SYS

                   There are two ways to achieve this. Assuming OS/2 V2 is installed on drive C:


                   Method 1 Copy the above OS/2 files from C: OS2MDOS to the DOS diskette,                                  \      \
                          and edit CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT accordingly to load these
                          files from the A: drive. VMDISK may then be run to create a bootable

                          image if desired.



        1-8    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only




                                                        device=a:fsfilter.sys
                                                        device=a:himem.sys
                                                        device=a:emm386.sys

                   Method 2 Edit CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT to load these files directly from

                          C:OS2                          \      \                MDOS. (FSFILTER must be loaded first if the OS/2  drive would
                          otherwise be inaccessible to the booted DOS).

                                                        device=a:fsfilter.sys
                                                        device=c:\os2\mdos\himem.sys
                                                        device=c:\os2\mdos\emm386.sys


                   The first method should be used if you wish to load FSFILTER high using DOS
                   5.0:

                                           device=a:himem.sys

                                           device=a:emm386.sys
                                           devicehigh=a:fsfilter.sys


                   The second method has one notable advantage; if and when Corrective Service
                   is applied to the OS/2 V2 system, and HIMEM, EMM386 or MOUSE are updated,
                   you won't need to update your DOS diskettes and recreate image files. FSFILTER

                   itself will have to be updated manually (unless the OS/2 V2 partition is directly
                   accessible to your DOS and you load FSFILTER from here too).

                   Note:  EMS memory size and frame location are determined by DOS Settings,

                   not parameters on the EMS386.SYS statement.



             1.7  Booting a DOS partition

                   If you anticipate using Virtual Machine Boot regularly, the most convenient
                   method may be to do so from a DOS partition on the fixed disk, rather than via

                   diskettes or diskette images. A partition boot proceeds more quickly and offers
                   the user a more amiliar?working environment. Also, it is easier to apply DOS
                   Corrective Service to a disk partition than to diskettes or images.


                   The configuration requirements are:

                    1. Boot Manager must be installed

                    2. DOS must be installed on a primary partition on the first fixed disk

                    3. OS/2 V2 must be installed on an extended partition on the first fixed disk, or

                     on another fixed disk.

                   This will require repartitioning on single drive systems if the disk initially con-

                   taining DOS alone, or earlier versions of OS/2.

                   Note:  This is not the same as a single partition with the Dual Boot feature.


                   To boot the DOS partition in a VMB session, enter the DOS Settings Startup
                   Drive parameter as 﨏:?












                                             Virtual Machine Boot                               1-9



                                                IBM Internal Use Only




           1.7.1  Configuration files

                   This particular setup presents one significant problem. The DOS partition is itself
                   bootable directly via Boot Manager, should the user so choose, and there may a
                   requirement to boot this DOS partition directly on occasions. The problem is: As

                   there is only one CONFIG.SYS and one AUTOEXEC.BAT in the C: root directory,
                   which drivers should be specified - DOS or OS/2 stub drivers?


                   If the partition is booted via VMB the DOS drivers are inappropriate.


                   If the partition is booted directly via Boot Manager the OS/2 stub drivers are
                   inappropriate.


                   It might appear that the user would have to maintain multiple configuration files
                   and rename or copy them according to the next desired boot type. This is clearly
                   rather unsatisfactory. Fortunately there is a solution which avoids this. The key is

                   to specify both sets of drivers in CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT.


                   The following example assumes:

             ?        DOS 5.0 is installed on the C: Primary partition
             ?        OS/2 V2 is installed on the D: Extended partition

                   CONFIG.SYS on the C: drive contains:

                                        device=c:\fsfilter.sys
                                        device=c:\dos\setver.exe
                                        device=c:\dos\himem.sys

                                        device=c:\dos\emm386.exe noems
                                        device=d:\os2\mdos\himem.sys
                                        device=d:\os2\mdos\emm386.sys

                                        dos=high,umb
                                           ... etc ...


                   When this file is processed under an OS/2 VMB, the DOS HIMEM load fails as it
                   sees no available Extended memory. EMM386.EXE cannot load as it sees protect-
                   mode software already running. Then, the OS/2 HIMEM and EMM386 stubs load

                   as normal.

                   When this file is processed as part of a native DOS boot, the DOS HIMEM and

                   EMM386 load as normal, but the OS/2 stubs realize they are not running under
                   OS/2 and do nothing.


                   A similar technique works for mouse support in AUTOEXEC.BAT:

                                        @echo off
                                        prompt 減済
                                        set path=c:\dos

                                        lh d:\os2\mdos\mouse
                                        lh c:\dos\mouse
                                           ... etc ...



                   Note that here the OS/2 driver is listed first. When booting DOS native, the OS/2
                   mouse stub will realize this, and not load. Then the DOS mouse driver loads as

                   normal.






        1-10    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only




                   When this file is processed under OS/2 VMB, the OS/2 stub loads first. Then, the
                   DOS mouse driver sees that a mouse driver is already present, so does not
                   install itself.

                   Note:  Unfortunately this technique cannot be taken too far. For example, you

                   may need to load IBM LAN Support Program drivers for the Token Ring adapter
                   (DXMxxMOD.SYS) files in your DOS CONFIG.SYS. If you already have sessions

                   using the Token Ring adapter (either OS/2 Extended Services or previously
                   started DOS communications) and then boot the DOS partition, its LAN device
                   drivers attempt to reinitialize the adapter. This will corrupt existing Token Ring

                   sessions.



             1.8  Virtual Machine Boot Limitations

                   Virtual Machine Boot does not support:

             ?        VCPI and other non-DPMI DOS extenders
             ?        I/O to disk which bypasses the file system

             ?        Feature adapter sharing without a virtual device driver
             ?        Real-time or timing critical DOS applications
             ?
                       Some copy-protection schemes.



             1.9  Available Memory

                   Table 1-1 shows the amount of available base memory for MVDM DOS Emu-
                   lation, DOS in a VMB session, and native DOS.



      Table 1-1. Free Base Memory
      Setting  VDM DOS Emu-   DOS 5.0DOS 4.0    DOS 3.3
               lation

      DOS low  610 KB     566 KB     588 KB     545 KB

      DOS high 633 KB     612 KB     -          -

      With mode728 KB     707 KB     653 KB     670 KB
      restriction
      (CGA)

      Native DOS  -       564 KB (low)   545 KB 562 KB

                          614 KB (high)

      Note:  Each configuration has HIMEM, EMS and Mouse drivers loaded. Values are approximate.





             1.10  Customizing DOS

                   There is little point in loading the following in a booted DOS:

             ?        Disk cache
             ?        Print spooler

             ?        RAM disk

                   These are better left to &OS2V2..


                   Do not configure EMS or XMS if the DOS session doesn't use them, as this can
                   impact the performance of the rest of the system.



                                             Virtual Machine Boot                              1-11



                                                IBM Internal Use Only





             1.11  Expanded Memory (EMS) and Upper Memory (UMB)

                   The following section applies to both VDM DOS Emulation and DOS Virtual
                   Machine Boot.


                   Expanded Memory Specification (EMS) is discussed in detail in -- Heading
                   '3731EMS' unknown --. One requirement of EMS is a page frame in real memory

                   between 640KB and 1MB (hex addresses X A0000 to X FFFFF). Since IBM                              '          '          '
          '
                   systems reserve addresses X A0000 to X BFFFF for video, and X E0000 to     '          '          '          '
                                  '          '
                   X FFFFF                '          '                             for BIOS, the EMS Page Frame is normally restricted to  addresses

                   between X C0000 and X E0000            '          '            '          '  . This area can also be  used for Upper Memory
                   Blocks, where DOS device drivers and resident programs can be loaded. This

                   frees up valuable space below 640KB for conventional DOS programs.

                   Unfortunately, memory between X C0000 and X E0000 is also needed for               '          '            '          '

                   Option Adapter ROM and RAM. Indeed it can be difficult or even impossible to
                   configure EMS on a system which has several intelligent adapters installed.


                   There is really no solution to this problem (sometimes known as AM Cram?
                   under DOS. However OS/2 V2 provides an elegant alternative.


                   Normally a VDM inherits a memory map which mirrors the actual system hard-
                   ware configuration; adapter ROM and RAM addreses set by the PS/2 Reference

                   Diskette (or adapter switches on non Micro Channel systems) are mapped into
                   the VDM address space and are not available for EMS or UMBs.


                   But since the VDM occupies virtual memory this can easily be changed. The
                   DOS Settings value Other: Include Regions parameter releases adapter
                   addresses for use as EMS or UMBs. In most cases this can be set to the com-

                   plete X C0000-X DFFFF range.       '          '    '          '

                   If a VDM uses an adapter directly (usually via DOS device drivers), any adapter

                   ROM or RAM address must not be specified in Include Regions. Addresses of
                   adapters used indirectly by the VDM (through OS/2 V2) may be included. For

                   example, the full X C0000 to X DFFFF                       '          '          '          '   range may be included on a
 SCSI-based
                   PS/2, even though the SCSI adapter ROM may occupy X D8000 to X DFFFF.                                                      '
          '          '          '
                   The DOS VDM does not directly access the SCSI adapter so doesn't need SCSI

                   ROM mapped into its address space. It can still access files on SCSI disks via
                   the OS/2 V2 filesystem.


                      Note (** this may change **)

                    The Include Regions parameter should be entered as shown above, using
                    5-digit hex addresses (not 4-digit segment addresses, as is often the case).

                    Also, note that the range is inclusive - you must specify the second address
                    as (for example) X DFFFF, not X E0000                     '          '              '          '  . The parameter is not
 validity-
                    checked when entered.  If an invalid parameter is saved, the default (no

                    include region) is used when the VDM is initialised; no error message is gen-
                    erated.



                   In summary, a typical DOS VDM may have a 64KB EMS page frame and 64KB of

                   UMBs (or 128KB of UMBs) regardless of the hardware adapters installed. Such a
                   configuration is not possible under PC DOS.




        1-12    VMBOOT



     IBM Internal Use Only





               2.0   Index



           A                                                   M

      Adapter memory 1-12             MOUSE.COM.  1-8


           B                                                   O

      Block device driver 1-7         OSO001.MSG  1-7
      Block device drivers 1-1
      Boot Manager 1-9
                                                               P
                                      PC DOS  1-1

           C
      COMSPEC 1-6
                                                               S
                                      Settings (DOS)  1-4
           D                          Stub drivers  1-8

      DOS 1-1
      DOS Image 1-4
                                                               U
      DOS Settings 1-4                UMB  1-12
      DOS Startup drive 1-2
                                      Upper Memory  1-12

           E
                                                               V
      EMM386.SYS 1-8                  VCPI  1-11
      EMS 1-12
      EMS. 1-8                        Virtual Machine Boot  1-1
                                      VMDISK  1-4
      Expanded Memory 1-12


           F                                                   X
                                      XMS  1-8
      FAT 1-5
      FCB 1-4
      FSACCESS 1-6                                             Numerics

      FSFILTER 1-5                    5?inch disks  1-3


           H
      HIMEM.SYS. 1-8

      HPFS 1-5


           I

      IBM DOS 1-1
      Include Regions 1-12


           L

      LAN 1-1
      large partitions 1-5












    + Copyright IBM Corp. 1991                                                    2-1


                        IBM Internal Use Only


                       Figure Definitions

      id        File        Page     References

      FIGDEF   3731SU
                    1-1



                       Table Definitions

      id        File        Page     References

      TDEF    3731SU
                    1-1



                        Headings


      id        File        Page     References

      VMB    3731VMB
      VMDISK        1-1   1.0, Virtual Machine Boot   3731VMB
                    1-4   1.4, VMDISK
                          1-3
      BOOTPRT   3731VMB
                    1-9   1.7, Booting a DOS partition
                          1-3
      3731EMS   ?
                    ?   ?
                          1-12



                        Footnotes

      id        File        Page     References

      REFDISK   3731VMB
                    1-1   1
                          1-1



                         Tables


      id        File        Page     References
      FREEMEM  3731VMB
                    1-11  1-1
                          1-11



                       Processing Options



      Runtime values:
         Document fileid   VMBOOT SCRIPT
         Document type   USERDOC
         Document style   IBMXAGD  Profile   EDFPRF20
         Service Level   0018
         SCRIPT/VS Release   3.2.1
         Date   91.10.15
         Time   10:42:52
         Device   3820A
         Number of Passes   2
         Index   YES
         SYSVAR G   INLINE
         SYSVAR X   YES


      Formatting values used:
         Annotation  NO
         Cross reference listing   YES     Cross reference head prefix only   NO
         Dialog   LABEL
         Duplex   YES


                        IBM Internal Use Only

         DVCF conditions file   (none)
         DVCF value 1   (none)
         DVCF value 2   (none)
         DVCF value 3   (none)
         DVCF value 4   (none)
         DVCF value 5   (none)
         DVCF value 6   (none)
         DVCF value 7   (none)
         DVCF value 8   (none)
         DVCF value 9   (none)
         Explode   NO
         Figure list on new page   YES
         Figure/table number separation   YES
         Folio-by-chapter   YES
         Head 0 body text   Part  Head 1 body text   Chapter
         Hyphenation   YES
         Justification   YES
         Language   ENGL
         Layout   OFF
         Leader dots   YES
         Master index   (none)
         Partial TOC (maximum level)   4
         Partial TOC (new page after)  INLINE
         Print example id's   NO
         Print cross reference page numbers  YES
         Process value   (none)
         Punctuation move characters   .,
         Read cross-reference file   (none)
         Running heading/footing rule  NONE  Show index entries   NO
         Table of Contents (maximum level)   3
         Table list on new page   YES
         Title page (draft) alignment  RIGHT
         Write cross-reference file  (none)




                        Imbed Trace



      Page 0        3731SU  Page 0 3731VARS
      Page 0        3731VMB
�
  • WIN31TXA.ZIP [Info on the beta release of Windows 3.1. Text only but very informative.]

WIN31USR.TXT

From: tom@mims-iris.waterloo.edu (Tom Haapanen)
Newsgroups: comp.windows.ms
Subject: FYI - Windows 3.1
Date: 9 Sep 91 10:15:23 GMT
Sender: news@watserv1.waterloo.edu
Organization: University of Waterloo, WATMIMS Research Group
Lines: 345

Reposted from bit.listserv.win3-l...

LINDA@HUB2.BITNET writes:
>The following is from Z*NET PC INTERNATIONAL ONLINE:
>
>                  Z*NET PC INTERNATIONAL ONLINE MAGAZINE
>                  --------------------------------------
>              Volume 1, No.13   Issue #13   August 27, 1991
>                Copyright (c)1991, Rovac Industries, Inc.
>
>                       Publisher\Editor: Ron Kovacs
>                      Assistant Editor: Mike Mezaros
>     Media Consultant: Drew Reid Kerr of Four Corners Communications
>---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>
>                    /////////////////////////////////////
>                   /////////////////////////////////////
>                  /////////////////////////////////////
>                            The Graphical Edge
>                             by Mike Mezaros
>
>
>            "I understand the whole affair in the Soviet Union
>                        was over Windows and PM."
>
>          - Richard Finkelstein, CompuServe IBMOS2 Forum Member
>
>
>
> ///             WINDOWS 3.1 SNEAK PREVIEW: A GUIDED TOUR
>
> We've all heard about the new technical advances in Win 3.1, but which
> parts will actually change the way we work? Which will make it easier?
> Which little things will mean a lot? Assuming, of course, that we will
> even be using Windows 3.1... OS/2 2.0 presents a significant challenge.
> Whether that challenge will be met, I don't know. But until I do, I'll
> continue to keep a close eye on Windows, for better or for worse.
>
> Also, please remember, all of this is preliminary information, subject
> to change, based on my personal inspection of the latest Windows 3.1
> beta version. I am not a member of the beta test team, and therefore am
> not bound by any non disclosure agreements.  However, an acquaintance
> who is a tester was kind enough to let me visit and explore the latest
> pre-release version of Microsoft Windows.
>
>
> o Program Manager 3.1
>
> The new ProgMan, like most of Windows 3.1, doesn't seem terribly
> different at first glance.  But it does contain a number of interesting
> new features.
>
> The most noticeable, and arguably the best, change is the new StartUp
> group.  No more fiddling with the Run= and Load= lines in the WIN.INI
> file, setting an application to automatically launch at startup is now
> as easy as dragging it from one group to another.
>
> The "Save Settings" check box from the Exit Windows dialog has been
> changed to an option on the "Options" menu.
>
> You still can't change the default group icon to any icon you'd like...
> but what we are stuck with HAS been spruced up a little.  The group icon
> in Windows 3.0 appears to be a white box holding a bunch of plain,
> square icons. It's supposed to look like a miniature version of our
> group windows. But how many group windows do you have that are filled
> with plain, square icons? ProgMan 3.1's group icons are a bit more
> realistic -- they hold six, tiny pseudo-icons, some of which are even
> recognizable.  For example, a capital "A," a printer, and a clock...
>
> The ProgMan icon itself (which incorporates the group icon design) has
> also been modified to reflect this difference.
>
> The "Properties..." dialog has also been overhauled.  For instance, you
> can now set a program to launch minimized (but why not maximized???).
> Selecting a new icon is now easier than ever.  The "Change Icon..."
> dialog now shows you ALL of the icons in the selected program at once,
> or if they all can't fit in the sub-window, you can scroll through them.
>
> But the most significant change to the "Properties..." dialog is the
> addition of the WORKING DIRECTORY entry! Finally!! No longer do we have
> to rely on silly tricks, third party programs, or the whims of
> developers to provide us with this option.  It is now extremely easy to
> set your applications to default to ANY directory on ANY drive.
>
>
> o File Manager 3.1
>
> Contrary to the situation with the new ProgMan, FileMan 3.1, at first
> glance, appears to be completely overhauled.  But when you get right
> down to it, things haven't changed so much at all.
>
> The most striking differences are purely cosmetic.  Color has been used
> to brighten up the interface, the small file icons (used to identify
> data, executables, etc.) have all been redesigned, and a selection of
> fonts and sizes is now provided.  Even the program's icon has been
> "modernized," with color and a 3-D effect added.  But functionality
> hasn't been increased nearly as much as good lucks.
>
> But don't get the wrong idea; there HAVE been improvements. There is no
> longer a single "main" window which spawns "directory" windows. Indeed,
> EVERY window is BOTH a main window and a directory window. In the
> classic DOS-shell style, directories reside on the left side of windows,
> while files reside on the right (and the space each gets can be
> determined by dragging a divider line).  Each window has it's own drive
> icons.  This makes the system a bit more flexible, and here's why...
>
> Let's say you have your window logged to drive C:.  If you'd like to
> open a window for drive A:, you now have two choices.  Single-clicking
> on the drive A: icon will log the current window onto drive A:,
> double-clicking on the drive A: icon will open a new window logged to
> that drive.  In a few seconds, you can even set up your FileMan
> workspace so that it acts somewhat like the Mac; with drive icons on the
> side, spawning windows for those drives when double-clicked.
>
> I know, I know, it sounds a bit confusing.  It's just one of those
> things that are hard to put into the words; when you see it, you'll pick
> it up right away.  It isn't that radically different from what we have
> now, but it is a measurable improvement.
>
>
> o Control Panel 3.1
>
> Well, it doesn't look like the Control Panel from the Multimedia
> Extensions will be included with 3.1.  As reported a long while back
> right here in Z*Net PC, the Control Panel included with those
> extensions is extendible.  You can add applets, better known as CDEV's
> on the Mac. Instead, what we have is basically just an improved version
> of the old Control Panel.
>
> The biggest improvements are evident in the Desktop applet...
>
> First of all, there's the "Wrap Title" check box.  Sounds innocent
> enough, doesn't it?  Well, in my opinion this is one of the most
> significant contributions to the GUI ever made on the PC. Icons that
> contain long titles often overlap, causing portions to be unreadable.
> This is a major nuisance.  The Macintosh's solution is to stagger the
> icons and their titles (many Mac users call this "Naimanizing" for some
> reason), like so:
>
>        Program Manager        Print Manager         Windows Help
>                    File Manager         Control Panel
>
> It's a nice enough solution. But Windows 3.1's answer is even better,
> actually word wrapping the titles, like this:
>
>        Program     File       Print     Control     Windows
>        Manager    Manager    Manager     Panel        Help
>
> The Desktop applet also adds support for the new, included screen saver.
> Four screen saver modules are included: Default (plain, boring, and
> black), Starfield (fly through space on your desktop), Mystify (colorful
> wireframe lines and shapes dancing against a black background), and
> Marquee (words scroll across the screen).  Each of the screen saver
> modules (except Default) are highly customizable -- for example, the
> Marquee module lets you alter the scrolling message, it's size, it's
> font, it's location on the screen, and more. There's even a password
> protection option, so you can ensure your desktop is for your eyes only.
> The screen saver function itself seems to work very well -- even with
> DOS apps, which was a problem for some commercial screen savers.
>
> The Wallpaper selector in the Desktop applet is the same old garbage
> from 3.0.  The combo box still only lists BMPs (RLEs also work, and save
> tons of space), and only those found in the Windows directory.
>
> The Color applet now lets you set things that formerly required digging
> into the WIN.INI file or using a third-party utility such as Playroom's
> excellent OSFrame customization utility.  For example: button face,
> button text, button shadow, inactive title bar text, etc...
>
> The Fonts applet is basically the same, but adds "(Scalable)" to the
> description if it's a TrueType font. There's also a check box to disable
> TrueType.  And speaking of TrueType and fonts...
>
>
> o TrueType and Bit-mapped Fonts
>
> TrueType is, as promised, included.  It works, and it works beautifully.
> The on-screen bitmap fonts scale magnificently, often nicer than ATM. I
> didn't get a chance to actually try printing with the new fonts.  But if
> they print half as good as they look, many people who are on the
> borderline deciding whether or not they need Adobe Type Manager may
> decide not to bother.  On the other hand, the wealth of support
> available for ATM through Type 1 fonts is likely to keep it on top for
> those who actually need it throughout the foreseeable future.
>
> Anyhow, here's the list of included TrueType fonts, and my probably
> inaccurate descriptions of them (I'm not much of a typographer).
>
> Arial: Regular, Bold, Bold Italic, and Italic versions.  Similar to the
> bit-mapped Helvetica in 3.0, but not exactly.  It seems a bit heavier.
>
> Courier: Regular, Bold, Bold Italic, and Italic versions. Just like the
> bit-mapped Courier we now have.
>
> Times New Roman: Regular, Bold, Bold Italic, and Italic versions.
> Basically the same as the bit-mapped Times Roman from Windows 3.0.
>
> Symbol: Regular version.  The same as...do I sound like a broken record?
> ("Daddy, what's a record?" "Well, son, they're like eight-tracks...")
>
> There are also three new bit-mapped fonts.  Well, not exactly new.  You
> see, Helvetica and Times Roman are gone.  They have been replaced by MS
> Sans Serif and MS Serif, which look the same as their predecessors to
> me.  Also, Small is now included, which looks pretty much like the
> Preview font from Word for Windows and Excel, used for previewing a full
> page when you're not in WYSIWYG (I hate that pseudo-acronym) mode.
>
>
> o The Included Utilities and Applications 3.1
>
> If there's only ONE reason to buy Windows 3.1, it's the new CLOCK
> utility! You won't believe the new functionality!  Naah, just kidding.
>
> The Clipboard application has been renamed to Clipboard Viewer, which
> is, after all, exactly what it is.  The old name confused new users.
>
> The Time/Date bug in Notepad has been fixed.  If you're not aware of the
> bug, just select "Time/Date" from the "Edit" menu in Notepad 3.0.  Only
> the date is pumped in.
>
> Write has remained pretty much the same.  I expected the "Ruler" to be
> modified to look more like the toolbar in Word, with a 3-D look.
>
>
> o The Common Dialogs
>
> Windows 3.1 includes a DLL that provides for some standard dialogs, such
> as the "File" dialog that can be used for "Open...," and "Save As..."
> These dialogs can be called up by any application running under Windows.
>
> I'm happy to report that the new file dialogs use the same, easier to
> use controls as Visual Basic software.  Remember: We reported on these
> new controls, predicted that they were the new standard, and provided a
> BMP picture of them a while before VB was even released. This proves
> that Z*Net PC isn't only the best place to turn for real news, it's also
> the best place to turn for the scoops on unimportant stuff, too. (smile)
>
> These new common dialogs keep executable sizes down, and provide a
> definitive and undoubtedly improved standard.  For example, a list box
> is now provided for extensions. No longer will you have to modify
> Notepad or Write to get them to default to "*.*" (as explained by Jack
> McKinley in an article in Z*Net PC Issue #12).
>
> There is also apparently a common dialog for "About..." boxes... either
> that, or Microsoft has just decided to adopt a standard style for all of
> their applications.  All of the About boxes in 3.1 look alike, provide
> the name of the person who registered Windows, the amount of free system
> resources, and amount of free memory.  Definitely handy information!
>
>  But the best thing about the new dialogs is that programmers will be
> more likely to offer a "Browse..." button instead of just a text box,
> because they won't have to dedicate much extra effort or code.
>
> And Microsoft has picked up on this.  There are "Browse..." buttons
> throughout Windows 3.1, including in the "Run..." and "Change Icon..."
> dialogs in the Program Manager.  In the same vein, "Help..." buttons are
> also plastered everywhere, to remind people who forget about F1.
>
>
> o Windows Help 3.1
>
> And speaking of help, the Windows Help engine has also been updated.
>
> For example, the "Index" button has been changed to "Contents," which
> makes a lot more sense.  How often do you find an index at the FRONT of
> anything?  The "Search" command is more like an Index, but that's still
> being called Search.
>
> In addition to the "Back" button that will back-track you to your last
> spot in the help file, the new help system also features a "History"
> button.  Clicking on it brings up a Window with a list box featuring the
> last few help topics you've visited.
>
> "Pop-up" hyperlink items with the dotted underline, such as definitions,
> that now only appear while you click on them, stay up until you click on
> them again in 3.1.
>
> The buttons on the toolbar in Windows Help 3.0 merely "gray" when a
> certain feature is unavailable, such as "Search." In 3.1, non-
> functional buttons actually don't appear.  Also, the filename of the
> help file is no longer found on the title bar -- i.e., "Program Manager
> Help - PROGMAN.HLP." And it seems that the new standard is to NOT
> include the word "help" in the title bar at all.
>
> All of this seems to be an attempt to further the illusion that a
> customized help system is built into each application.
>
>
> o DOS Support
>
> The only change in DOS support that I could detect what that when you
> open a DOS session, the first line is now, "Type Exit to close this DOS
> prompt." It isn't a function of the PIF or a special batch file, either,
> because you can just run COMMAND.COM and the same will happen.
>
> This is good for new users who don't understand the concept of running a
> DOS session under Windows.  But it's also good for those of us who
> occasionally forget where we are and shut off the PC before exiting...
>
>
> o Object Linking and Embedding
>
> OLE, the compound document standard, is also included as promised. All
> of the included applications are OLE aware. After playing with OLE for a
> few minutes, I came to the conclusion that this is NOT something that
> every Windows user is going to be using every day.  OLE is interesting,
> and by all means a "neat trick," but it is still complicated and all of
> it's benefits are not yet evident.
>
> Some things have had to change to suit OLE.  For instance, file
> associations, where you associate a filename extension with an
> application. This way you can simply run README.TXT and Notepad (or
> whatever text editor you like) will launch with README.TXT loaded. A
> side eff RegEdit you could define a file type called "TEXT FILE." As an
> example, you could define this type as follows: All text files that are
> launched will be sent to Notepad and automatically printed. (There are,
> of course, many more options that you could configure, including DDE.)
> Then, using the FileMan, you could associate all of your "TXT," "ASC,"
> and "ME," files with the TEXT FILE file type.
>
>
> o Unrecoverable Application Errors
>
> Aaah, the dreaded UAE.  UAE's have taken down many systems in their day,
> due to Windows 3.0 extremely poor interapplication protection.
>
> Windows 3.1 apparently does a lot to rid us of this problem.  I was
> shown a known bug in the prior beta's version of Microsoft Write, and
> indeed, up came the unfortunately familiar UAE dialog.
>
> But guess what happened? The UAE dialog TOLD me which application was
> the culprit.  It TOLD me what the problem was (albeit in technical
> terms). And then it terminated THAT application, and THAT application
> only.  There were no follow-up UAE's.  I continued to use the system for
> more than an hour without a hitch!  All went well until shut-down time.
>
> Now, who knows if this will happen with every or nearly every other UAE?
> Mine was just one case, where a known problem was exploited.  But
> according to Microsoft, they have declared war on the UAE.  And what
> I've seen in Windows 3.1 so far is proof that they ARE at least trying.
>------------------------------END MESSAGE------------------------------------
[ \tom haapanen --- university of waterloo --- tom@mims-iris.waterloo.edu ]
[ eesti vabaks --- brivu latviju --- lietuva laisva --- free the baltics! ]
[ "i don't even know what street canada is on"               -- al capone ]

�

WIN31MS.TXT


Article 18266 of comp.windows.ms:
Path: news.claremont.edu!usc!sdd.hp.com!cs.utexas.edu!uunet!microsoft!georgem
From: georgem@microsoft.UUCP (George MOORE)
Newsgroups: comp.windows.ms
Subject: Windows 3.1 backgrounder
Message-ID: <#81cp_p@microsoft.UUCP>
Date: 10 Oct 91 02:19:13 GMT
Organization: Microsoft Corp.
Lines: 475

What follows is the Windows 3.1 backgrounder which is being 
distributed freely to members of the press.  It talks about
the new features in Windows 3.1, new robustness, TrueType, the 
better networking support, Windows for Pen Computing, multimedia 
support, etc, etc.

I have received permission to post this information here.  Please 
do not mail me with questions about this document -- I cannot say 
anything more than what is written here.  It should answer most of
your questions about what is coming up in Windows 3.1.


-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Microsoft Windows Environment Version 3.1
August 1991


Overview

With more than 4 million copies sold since the announcement of version 
3.0 in May 1990, the end user community has affirmed its support for 
the Microsoft(R) Windows(TM) environment.  Users have made Windows the 
best-selling retail software product of all time and the second most 
popular operating system ever (after MS-DOS).  More than 200,000 Windows 
users have attended Microsoft-sponsored conferences, workshops, shows 
and 20 third-party events this year.  And users have made Windows 
applications the fastest growing segment of the total software 
applications market, according to data from Software Publisher 
Association and other sources.

It is fitting, then, that Microsoft should look to users to understand 
how to advance Windows in its next release, version 3.1.  In the year 
since the announcement of version 3.0, Microsoft has conducted an 
unprecedented campaign to reach out and listen to the feedback and 
comments of the Windows installed base.  This feedback collection 
process has taken several forms:

o	A commissioned survey of 11,000 U.S. households revealed Windows 
	usage patterns, satisfaction levels, favorite and least favorite 
	features as well as data about the hardware configuration of 
	typical Windows users.  This data was particularly interesting 
	in that it was a "pure" user pool, not biased toward users who 
	are more likely to register their software, subscribe to a 
	particular magazine, etc.

o	Microsoft "Strike Teams" fanned out to gather data from corporate
	Windows 3.0 users.  Nearly 90 percent of the suggestions resulting 
	from these meetings have been implemented in Windows 3.1.

o	About two thousand Windows users called Microsoft Product Support 
	Services each day for more information about using Windows.  From 
	these calls, PSS has developed an extensive knowledgebase; a 
	representative from PSS served on the Windows 3.1 design committee.  
	The 10 most commonly asked questions have been addressed in 
	Windows 3.1.

o	An active CompuServe(R) support forum through the auspices of the
	Windows Presentation Manager Association (WPMA) resulted in 
	extensive suggestions and feedback.

User suggestions were the driving force behind the improvements and new 
features in version 3.1.  As an important evolutionary step in what is 
planned to be a long series of Windows-based operating systems from 
Microsoft, Windows version 3.1 will offer refinements to version 3.0 
that are designed to bring greater ease of use, functionality, and 
performance to Windows users while maintaining backward compatibility 
with Windows version 3.0 applications.  These refinements fall into the 
following categories:

	o	Improved usability and performance

	o	Application and system robustness

	o	TrueTypeTM scalable font technology

	o	Improved application integration

	o	Extensions for new computing platforms

This paper will describe the key added features of Windows version 3.1 
in greater detail.


Improved Usability and Performance

Among the results of the extensive feedback from users of Windows version 
3.0 are significant enhancements to the usability of the Windows 
environment.  Dozens of improvements will be immediately noticeable, 
while hundreds of others work behind the scenes to support the new 
features.  While many of them are minor, taken together, these improvements 
contribute to a smoother, more responsive user interaction with Windows.


Improved Installation

The Windows version 3.1 Install program will be able to detect even more 
hardware and software configurations than its version 3.0 predecessor.
The result is an improved ability for Windows to configure itself optimally 
for the machine on which it is being installed.  The Installer program 
detects a wide variety of TSRs (terminate-and-stay-resident programs), and 
hardware devices that are known to cause problems, taking action to notify 
the user or correct the problem without user involvement.

Windows version 3.1 will be easier for novice users to install with Express 
Install, and more customizable for advanced users, who can select groups 
of programs to install.  For PC coordinators, Windows version 3.1 
installation is improved with the batch install option, and better network 
setup features for installation in networked environments.


File Manager Improvements

The Windows version 3.1 File Manager has been completely redesigned for 
improved usability and performance.  The File Manager now supports 
multiple "panes" for easy browsing.  Users can now display the directory 
tree and a list of files side-by-side in a window.  The File Manager 
also allows the display of more file attributes than before and can even 
display file and folder names in a choice of fonts.

Another significant improvement is the new "quick format" capability, 
which allows users to format floppy disks in much less time than before.

The File Manager will support an easier, more intuitive "drag and drop" 
model for manipulating files.  For example, to print a file, the user 
drags the file's icon with the mouse and "drops" it onto the Print Manager,
which prints the document.  Users will also be able to take an icon 
and drop it on a running application or the application title bar; then 
the application will automatically open that file. 


Program Manager Improvements

Improvements to the Program Manager include "wrappable" icon titles that 
sit neatly under each icon in multiple lines, instead of a single long 
line that may overlap with other icon titles.  Users also will appreciate 
the new "startup group," which allows them to launch any group of 
applications automatically when the Windows environment is started.


Printing Improvements

The Windows version 3.1 Print Manager now has the ability to resume 
stalled print jobs automatically, without user intervention.  For 
example, if a printer runs out of paper, the print job will be resumed 
after the paper tray is restocked.

Another printing improvement introduced with Windows version 3.1 is the 
universal printer driver (UNIDRV).  This software offers a single, printer-
independent driver for which specific printer drivers can be built rapidly.
The universal printer driver makes it easier for printer manufacturers to 
write or update printer drivers because it encapsulates all the major 
features of a printer driver in a single piece of software.  Vendors simply 
provide a table of printer-specific parameters for each printer.  Instead 
of using dozens of large "monolithic" printer drivers, the Windows 
environment will need only a single driver and a small support table for 
each printer.  Nearly 250 printers will be supported in Windows 3.1, with 
the majority supported through UNIDRV.


Better Support for Networks

A number of improvements will make Windows version 3.1 easier to use on 
a computer that is attached to a network.  Network administrators will 
find that setup is easier under Windows version 3.1, especially for 
complex system configurations.  Network problems are also easier to trace 
and fix because network errors are displayed with more information regarding 
the type and source of the problem.

Another significant change is that users can specify "persistent" network 
connections, meaning that information about a remote disk drive or printer 
is maintained by the Windows environment after a network session is 
terminated.  Any "disconnected" drives will appear in the File Manager's
drive bar as "unavailable."  To re-establish connection, users will simply 
click on the drive's icon.


Improved Performance

Performance improvements have been achieved throughout Windows 3.1.  These 
include faster, more responsive user shell components (notably File 
Manager and Program Manager); increased display driver performance (for 
example, the VGA and 8514 drivers); better printing performance (overall 
speed is improved, but Windows will also give control back to the 
application quicker once the print command is invoked); and faster paging 
in 386 enhanced mode.  Version 3.1 will include FastDisk, a 32-bit driver 
that allows Windows to bypass DOS in the BIOS for its virtual memory 
paging file.


Application and System Robustness

Since its shipment in May of 1990, Windows version 3.0 has proven to be 
a remarkably stable product.  In fact, Microsoft has only implemented a 
single update release (version 3.0a) to accommodate minor bug fixes.  
Like any mature operating system, however, Windows works in cooperation 
with a vast number of hardware platforms, applications software and 
peripherals.  With the countless permutations of software and hardware, 
occasional conflicts are inevitable, and approximately one to two percent 
of Windows-related calls to Microsoft Product Support Services are 
regarding these "Unrecoverable Application Errors" (UAEs).  

Through its communication with Windows version 3.0 users and developers, 
Microsoft has developed a fine-tuned understanding of how applications 
generate and handle errors.  Most UAE questions have been resolved through 
helping users deinstall misbehaved TSRs, resolve questions on Windows 3.0
versions of drivers or software, or remove unnecessary lines in the 
Windows CONFIG.SYS files.  In Windows version 3.1, Microsoft's accumulated 
knowledge serves as the basis for the following design focal points:
1) Better diagnostics to pinpoint the cause of application errors; 2) Tools 
and information to help developers write error-free applications; 
3) Graceful handling of application errors if they do occur (so the faulting
application doesn't crash the system). Following are several examples of 
how these design goals are implemented in Windows version 3.1.

Error Diagnostics and Reporting
If an application program generates an error under Windows version 3.1, the 
user will receive an error dialog box with more specific information about 
the type of fault that occurred and which application generated the error 
(the Windows 3.0 dialog box says:  "Unrecoverable Application Error"). This 
allows problems to be traced and corrected much more quickly than before.

Additionally, Windows version 3.1 will ship with a diagnostic tool called 
"Dr. Watson" that will record and store information about an application 
error, should one occur.  This data will provide feedback on the error 
that can be used by a support technician to determine the solution for 
the error.

Developer Tools for Error Tolerance and Prevention
Microsoft's developer support program for Windows version 3.1 includes 
tools and information to help developers write more error-free Windows 
applications.  For instance, a new mechanism has been implemented within 
Windows version 3.1 that enables validation of the many parameters that 
applications use to communicate with the Windows environment.  If an 
application uses the wrong type of parameter, or if the parameter's value 
is outside the acceptable range, Windows will report an error.  Developers 
are thus notified of potential parameter problems before their product 
ships.

Several utilities are also being made available to Windows developers that 
help to detect and trace the source of problems.  For example, a new 
"stress test" utility creates a highly active and dynamic environment in 
which application bugs may be "shaken out" during all stages of development.

Error Recovery
Windows version 3.1 includes a number of improvements designed to handle 
UAEs more effectively.  Under version 3.1, if an application "hangs," users 
can press the CTRL+ALT+DEL reboot key sequence, and Windows will ask whether 
the application should be continued or closed.  If the user chooses to 
close the application, Windows will reset the environment to a stable state 
which will allow the user to continue working within the Windows 
environment.  There is no longer a need to exit and restart the Windows 
environment. 


TrueType Scalable Font Technology

Windows version 3.1 includes the new TrueType(TM) scalable font technology.
TrueType provides "outline" fonts, giving users instant access to fonts in 
any point size, and allowing high quality output on any monitor or printer 
supported by Windows itself.  TrueType was designed and developed to meet 
the requirements of type professionals and graphic designers.  TrueType 
offers the following benefits.

Complete Integration with the Operating System
TrueType is an integrated component of Windows version 3.1.  For users, 
this means that there is nothing to buy or install.  All the benefits of 
scalable font technology are built into the operating environment itself, 
and existing Windows applications can use them immediately.  Four TrueType 
scalable font families will ship with all copies of Windows version 3.1:
Arial (alternative to Helvetica), Times New Roman, Courier and Symbol.  
Every major font vendor (with the exception of Adobe) has committed to 
develop substantial TrueType font libraries for both the Macintosh(R) and 
Windows platforms.

Cross-Platform Compatibility
TrueType is also offered on the Apple(R) Macintosh and TrueType fonts can 
be ported between Windows and the Macintosh without conversion.  So 
documents using TrueType fonts may be exchanged between a Windows PC and 
the Macintosh without required changes in character set, font metrics or 
line endings.  TrueType is also available in Macintosh-compatible laser 
printers, in TrueImage printers, and has been licensed to numerous printer 
vendors for use in future products.

Dynamic Font Downloading
TrueType fonts are automatically converted to bitmap images and downloaded 
to laser printers so that what the user sees on the screen is the same as 
the printed page.  TrueType uses dynamic downloading, sending only the 
characters requested rather than the entire character set, resulting in 
faster, more efficient printing.

Open Technology
In order to make it easy for vendors to support TrueType fonts, each 
font's "metrics" are made available as public specifications and are 
available without royalties.  A font's metrics provide a complete 
mathematical description of the font's characteristics, which allows 
vendors of output devices to render the font exactly as it appears on 
the screen.  Public availability of TrueType font specifications will 
make it easier and less expensive for vendors to support TrueType fonts 
on their products.


Improved Application Integration

Windows environment version 3.1 provides the most sophisticated platform 
yet for application integration, making it easier for users to exchange 
data between documents and for programmers to build these capabilities 
into Windows applications.  Application integration is supported by the 
following features in version 3.1:

Object Linking and Embedding
An important technology for the 1990s, Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)
creates an environment in which applications can share information 
seamlessly.  With OLE, all data can be thought of as being a type of 
"object."  A spreadsheet chart, an illustration, a table, and even a 
paragraph of text are all examples of objects.  OLE provides the 
capability for applications to share these objects easily.

Windows environment version 3.1 supports OLE by providing standard 
libraries, interfaces and protocols that applications will use to 
exchange data objects.  As Windows developers begin implementing OLE 
capabilities within their programs, users will see a new generation 
of applications that work together cooperatively.

OLE capabilities have already been implemented within new versions of 
the Windows Write, Paint, and Cardfile accessories, all of which are 
provided with the Windows version 3.1 product.  A user can, for example,
create an illustration using the Paint program and "embed" the graphic in 
a Write document.  If the illustration must be updated, the user can click 
on its icon within the Write document, which automatically launches Paint 
to allow editing of the drawing.  Since the original graphics file is 
"linked" to the image embedded in the document, any change made to one 
will automatically update the other.  This eliminates the need to modify 
multiple copies of the image or modify the original image and re-import 
it into the document. 

Better Support for Dynamic Data Exchange
In the Windows environment, the standard way of sharing data between 
applications is through a mechanism known as dynamic data exchange (DDE).
Object Linking and Embedding (as well as other forms of data exchange) 
use DDE as their primary means of data exchange.  Windows environment 
version 3.1 provides developers with a new Dynamic Data Exchange Manager 
Library (DDEML) that offers a higher-level programming model and makes 
it easier for developers to implement DDE capabilities in a Windows 
application.

Better Support for DOS Applications
A number of changes improve support for existing DOS* applications within 
the Windows environment.  In particular, DOS application performance is 
enhanced when using Windows version 3.1 in conjunction with MS-DOS 
version 5, since MS-DOS 5 makes significantly more memory available to 
DOS applications.  In addition, Windows version 3.1 now supports DOS 
applications in VGA graphics mode in a window or running in the background.
Also, Windows version 3.1 will include more pre-written Program Information 
Files (PIF files "tell" Windows how to run specific DOS applications) for 
even greater DOS application support.  Finally, disk-paging will allow 
users to run more DOS applications than they can under Windows version 
3.0.


Extensions for New Computing Platforms

Windows version 3.1 will allow users to exploit significant new computing 
platforms such as pen-based computers and multimedia PCs.  

Windows for Pen Computing
Building on the Windows graphical user interface and coupled with advances 
in symbol recognition, pens will be the foundation for highly intuitive 
and "personal" user interfaces.  To exploit the potential of pen computing,
Microsoft has developed a series of extensions to Windows that include:
enhancements to the user interface to allow for pen input; a pen message 
interpreter allowing existing Windows (and DOS) applications to use the pen;
and a modular open handwriting recognition engine.  More than 30 hardware 
vendors will ship Microsoft Windows version 3.1 with extensions for pen-
based computing with their systems, starting in early 1992. 

Multimedia
Windows version 3.1 will work seamlessly with the Microsoft extensions 
for multimedia computing.  These extensions allow users to include new 
objects such as audio, animation and full-motion video and embed them in 
existing applications.  These features will also enable a whole new class 
of multimedia documents, such as encyclopedias enhanced with video and 
audio clips, or catalogs that display animated illustrations.  Personal 
computers integrating Windows and the multimedia extensions to Windows 
will begin shipping this fall.  Windows' extensible architecture makes 
it possible for multimedia computing to span low-cost systems for home 
and education and sophisticated multimedia authoring platforms for the 
high end of the market.

An important enabling technology for multimedia computing is the OLE 
protocol described above.  With OLE plus the Windows multimedia extensions,
 a user can embed a multimedia "object" such as a video or audio clip 
into an existing Windows application, just as he or she would a chart 
or text file.

Laptop Support
Many vendors of today's popular 286 and 386(TM)-based laptop computers 
ship Windows version 3.0.  Users of laptops will appreciate a feature 
in Windows version 3.1 called "mouse blur," which makes it easier to 
find the cursor on a laptop display.  In addition, Windows version 3.1 
supports the Advanced Power Management specification, which allows 
Windows to interact with native power management of a laptop PC for 
longer battery life.

With version 3.1, vendors of laptops and other small form-factor 
computers will have the option of licensing a special version of Windows 
in ROM.  This version of Windows 3.1 will be burned in to a ROM chip and 
will execute directly from ROM rather than from a hard disk.  A ROM 
version of Windows opens the doors to other types of computing as well,
including the emerging category of palm-top computers.


Beta Testing and Developer Support 

Windows environment version 3.1 is currently in beta testing.  The beta 
program will be one of the largest Microsoft has ever conducted, 
eventually involving as many as 10,000 participants.  Additionally, 
Microsoft is conducting technical seminars for Windows developers to 
discuss the details of the new APIs in Windows version 3.1.  A new 
Software Development Kit (SDK) and Driver Development Kit (DDK) will 
allow developers to more effectively implement the API features.
Microsoft's Hardware Compatibility Program currently includes 350 testers 
and Microsoft is actively recruiting additional participants to ensure 
the tightest possible compatibility of Windows with the vast array of 
hardware and peripherals on the market today.

Developer enthusiasm for Windows version 3.1 is high.  Nearly 2,000 
Windows developers attended a recent Seattle conference on Windows 
version 3.1.  In addition, a June 1991 survey of the top 70 PC 
independent software vendors (ISVs) found that 100 percent are 
planning to test for and take advantage of Windows version 3.1.


Conclusion

Windows version 3.1 is an important next step in Microsoft's core 
Windows strategy, an evolutionary strategy that spans 286 laptops to 
high-end workstations or servers.  Today, Windows runs on MS-DOS, the 
operating system that spawned the PC industry and is currently in use 
by tens of millions of people.  Today's Windows runs the thousands of 
existing MS-DOS and Windows-based applications.  Extended versions of 
Windows -- for example, for multimedia or pen -- allow users to run all 
of these applications as well, plus unique new applications developed 
with pen or multimedia in mind.

Microsoft will ship a high-end version of Windows called Windows NT 
(for "new technology") in 1992.  Windows NT will run the same DOS-based 
and Windows-based applications as Windows 3.1., while also supporting 
advanced security, multithreading, multiprocessor systems, and RISC 
chips that promise even higher performance.  

Microsoft's vision of computing in the 1990s and beyond is that 
computers will empower individuals and organizations.  With its scalable 
implementations, the investment of Microsoft and the commitment of 
third parties, Windows will be the foundation for realizing this vision.

				#########

Microsoft, the Microsoft logo, MS, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks 
and Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks and TrueType is a 
trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.
Arial and Times New Roman are registered trademarks of Monotype 
Corporation PLC.
CompuServe is a registered trademark of CompuServe, Inc.
Helvetica is a registered trademark of Linotype AG and/or its 
subsidiaries.
386 is a trademark of Intel Corporation.

(C) 1991 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.  Printed in the 
United States of America.  This backgrounder is for informational 
purposes only.  Microsoft makes no warranties express or implied, in 
this summary.


*  As used herein, "DOS" refers to MS-DOS and PC-DOS operating systems.
�
  • NEWS ABOUT MSDOS 5.0 [Come with MS-DOS 5.00.409c]

DOS5B_1.ZIP

READ_ME.NOW

Microsoft has added a feature to it's DOS 5.00.409c ßeta test version that indicates it will either release DOS 5.00 by July 1, 1991 or place another ßeta test version into the test pipeline before that date.  The enclosed text files were supplied by Microsoft with DOS 5.00.409c.  As they reveal this DOS version is being readied for the power 80386 & 80486 market.  It will, however, speedup an 80286 machine, but not allow high memory management.  8086 & 8088 users would be better off using DOS 3.3 or 4.01.

Read the 3 enclosed files for more information.
�

NETWORKS.TXT

HOW TO UPGRADE NETWORKS FOR MS-DOS VERSION 5.0

************************************************************
*                                                          *
*  BEFORE YOU INSTALL MS-DOS 5.0:                          *
*  ------                                                  *
*                                                          *
*    1. CHECK THE "NETWORK COMPATIBILITY LIST" IN THIS     *
*       DOCUMENT TO ENSURE YOUR NETWORK SUPPORTS MS-DOS    *
*       VERSION 5.0.                                       *
*                                                          *
*    2. IF YOUR NETWORK IS ON THE LIST, PRINT THIS FILE    *
*       (NETWORKS.TXT) OR OBTAIN A PRINTED COPY.           *
*                                                          *
*    3. LOCATE THE SECTION IN THIS DOCUMENT FOR THE TYPE   *
*       AND VERSION OF THE NETWORK YOU ARE USING.          *
*                                                          *
*    4. FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTION *
*       TO UPGRADE YOUR NETWORK FILES.                     *
*                                                          *
*                                                          *
************************************************************

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file
* Searching a file for text
* Editing a text file (in some cases)

ALTHOUGH INSTRUCTIONS ARE INCLUDED FOR BOTH BEGINNING AND
ADVANCED DOS USERS, MAKE SURE YOU UNDERSTAND THE
INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE YOU PROCEED. IF YOU DO NOT, GET
ASSISTANCE FROM SOMEONE WHO DOES.


NOTE: When you type the commands in the instructions, make
      sure you type the correct drives and directories for
      your configuration. These might differ from those
      shown in the instructions. The commands in the
      instructions are only examples.


---------------------
CONTENTS OF THIS FILE
---------------------

This table of contents includes a three-character code for
each section in this document. To go to a section quickly,
use your text editor to search for the code that corresponds
to the section you want. For example, to go to the Network
Compatibility List, you would search for $NC.

     $NC -- Network Compatibility List

     $SA -- A Note to System Administrators

     $UN -- Upgrading Specific Networks

          $LM -- Microsoft LAN Manager (or 100-percent
                   compatible)
                 $L2 -- Version 2.x Enhanced
                 $LB -- Versions 2.x Basic and 1.x Basic
                 $L1 -- Version 1.x Enhanced
          $MS -- MS-Net (or 100-percent compatible)
          $NW --  Novell NetWare
          $3S -- 3Com 3+Share version 1.6
          $3O -- 3Com 3+Open
                 $32 -- Version 2.x Enhanced
                 $3B -- Version 2.x Basic
                 $31 -- Version 1.x Enhanced
                 $3A -- Version 1.x Basic
          $BV -- Banyan Vines
          $PC -- IBM PC LAN Program versions 1.31 and later
          $DC -- DCA 10Net versions 3.0 and later
          $AR -- Artisoft LANtastic versions 2.5 and later

     $TS --  Troubleshooting
          $RN -- Returning to Your Old Network
          $FC -- File Creation Error
          $IV -- Incorrect DOS Version
          $MC -- Memory Conflicts with Network Adapter Cards
          $EM -- Networks that Use Expanded or Extended
                  Memory
          $SH -- Conflicts with the MS-DOS Shell Task
                  Swapper
          $V? -- Identifying Your Version of LAN Manager or
                  3+Open

--------------------------------
NETWORK COMPATIBILITY LIST - $NC
--------------------------------

To find out whether your network supports MS-DOS version
5.0, check the following list:

                                             Redirectors
                              Compatible     on MS-DOS
Company        Product        Versions       5.0 Disks?
-------        -------        ----------     -----------

Artisoft       LANtastic      3.0 and later     No

Banyan         Vines          4.0 and later     No

DCA            10-Net         4.0 and later     No

DEC            PCSA           3.0 and later     No
               LAN Works      3.0 and later     No

HP             Office Works   All               Yes
               LAN Manager    1.0 and later     Yes

IBM            PCLP           1.3 and later     Partial
               LAN Server     1.1 and later     No

Microsoft      MS-NET         All               Yes
               LAN Manager    1.0 and later     Yes

Novell         NetWare        2.1 and later     Yes

Olivetti       Olinet-LAN     1.0 and later     Yes
               Olinet-LM      1.0 and later     Yes

Sitka          Tops           All               No

3COM           3+Share        1.6 and later     Yes
               3+Open         1.1 and later     Yes

UB             Net/One PC     2.0 and later     Yes
               Net/One LM     1.1 and later     Yes


NOTE: MS-DOS version 5.0 supports most DOS version 4.x
      compatible network redirectors. Microsoft recommends
      that you use MS-DOS version 5.0 redirectors, when
      possible, for maximum compatibility.



-------------------------------------
A NOTE TO SYSTEM ADMINISTRATORS - $SA
-------------------------------------

It is strongly recommended that you customize this document
and streamline the network-upgrade process for your setting.
Users will find these instructions easier to use if the
examples include the actual location of network redirectors
and MS-DOS 5.0 files for your network configuration. You
might even be able to create one or more simpler documents,
each covering a particular configuration.

The network redirectors that come with MS-DOS version 5.0,
like the MS-DOS files themselves, are in compressed form on
the Setup disks. To make them usable, these files must be
expanded. You can simplify the newtork-upgrade process for
users by expanding the network redirectors before making
them available to your users. You can do this using the MS-
DOS 5.0 EXPAND command. (The EXPAND command itself is not
compressed.) Place these expanded 5.0 redirectors and any
version 4.x-compatible redirectors your users might need on
a single shared network directory. This way, users will not
need to
expand or search for
redirector files.

As a general rule, it is a good idea to make sure that users
complete each one of these steps before starting the next:

1. Check the system to make sure its working properly and
   free of disk errors.

2. Upgrade network files, as described in this document.

3. Install MS-DOS 5.0 and make sure it is functioning
   properly.

4. Optimize the performance of MS-DOS, as described in the
   Microsoft MS-DOS User's Guide and Reference and in the
   UMB.TXT online file.


---------------------------------
UPGRADING SPECIFIC NETWORKS - $UN
---------------------------------


************************************************************
*                                                          *
*  MICROSOFT LAN MANAGER (and 100% compatible) - $LM       *
*                                                          *
************************************************************

Compatible networks include Ungermann-Bass (UB), NCR,
Olivetti and Hewlett-Packard (HP).


NOTE: If you are not sure which version of Microsoft LAN
      Manager you are using, see the section "Determining
      Which Microsoft Network You Are Using," at the end of
      this document.


--------------------------
VERSION 2.x ENHANCED - $L2
--------------------------

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file

To upgrade LAN Manager version 2.x Enhanced, replace your
current NETWKSTA.EXE file with the new version of this file
supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0. You must expand the new
file as you copy it to your hard disk.

>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
-------------------------------------------------

     1. If you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from floppy disks,
        copy the EXPAND.EXE file from the Setup disks to
        your hard disk. If you have 5.25-inch disks,
        EXPAND.EXE is on Disk 5. If you have 3.5-inch disks,
        it is on Disk 3.

     2. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing
        your LAN Manager files.

     3. Back up your existing NETWKSTA.EXE file, which is
        probably in your LAN Manager directory.

     4. Use the MS-DOS 5.0 EXPAND command to expand and copy
        the MS-DOS 5.0 file called NETWKSTA.EX_ to your LAN
        Manager directory. Syntax:

        EXPAND  <path>NETWKSTA.EX_  <path>NETWKSTA.EXE

     5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


>> Complete instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the EXPAND and WHERE commands to your hard
   disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following commands:

          COPY  A:\EXPAND.EXE  C:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Locate each NETWKSTA.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  NETWKSTA.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  NETWKSTA.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the NETWKSTA.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

3. Back up each NETWKSTA.EXE file by copying it to a file
   called NETWKSTA.OLD.

   For example, if your NETWKSTA.EXE file is located in the
   C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG directory, you would type the
   following command (on one line):

     COPY C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.EXE
       C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of each NETWKSTA.EXE file you have.

4. Use the Expand command to expand and copy the MS-DOS
   version 5.0 redirector file (called NETWKSTA.EX_) to the
   directory (or directories) containing your old redirector
   file(s). Make sure you name the new file NETWKSTA.EXE.

   For example, suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from
   floppy disks and your old redirector is in
   C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG. You would insert the floppy disk
   containing NETWKSTA.EX_ (Disk 3 for 3.5-inch disks or
   Disk 6 for 5.25-inch disks) into drive A and then type
   the following command:

   EXPAND A:\NETWKSTA.EX_ C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.EXE

   Or suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from a network
   directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE and your old redirector
   is in C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG. You would then type the
   following command (on one line):

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\EXPAND  E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\NETWKSTA.EX_
       C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.EXE

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the new and old redirector
   file(s).

   NOTE: If you receive a "File creation error" message when
         you try to expand this file, see the
         Troubleshooting section later in this document.

5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


--------------------------------------
VERSIONS 2.x BASIC and 1.x BASIC - $LB
--------------------------------------

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file
* Searching a file for text

To upgrade LAN Manager version 2.x Basic or 1.x Basic,
replace your current REDIR.EXE and SETNAME.EXE files with
the new versions of these files supplied with MS-DOS version
5.0. You must expand the new files as you copy them to your
hard disk.

VERSION 1.X USERS: You can use this procedure to upgrade
                   your network. It is recommended, however,
                   that you obtain an updated version of the
                   1.x redirector by contacting Beta
                   Support.


>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
-------------------------------------------------

     1. If you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from floppy disks,
        copy the EXPAND.EXE file from the Setup disks to
        your hard disk. If you have 5.25-inch disks,
        EXPAND.EXE is on Disk 5. If you have 3.5-inch disks,
        it is on Disk 3.

     2. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing
        your LAN Manager files.

     3. Back up your existing REDIR.EXE and SETNAME.EXE
        files, which are probably in your LAN Manager
        directory.

     4. Use the MS-DOS 5.0 EXPAND command to expand and copy
        the MS-DOS 5.0 files called REDIR.EX_ and
        SETNAME.EX_ to your LAN Manager directory. Syntax:

        EXPAND  <path>REDIR.EX_  <path>REDIR.EXE

        EXPAND  <path>SETNAME.EX_  <path>SETNAME.EXE

     5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


>> Complete instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the EXPAND and WHERE commands to your hard
   disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following commands:

          COPY  A:\EXPAND.EXE  C:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Locate each REDIR.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  REDIR.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  REDIR.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the REDIR.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

3. Back up each REDIR.EXE file by copying it to a file
   called REDIR.OLD.

   For example, if your REDIR.EXE file is located in the
   C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC directory, you would type the
   following command (on one line):

     COPY C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC\REDIR.EXE
       C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC\REDIR.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of each REDIR.EXE file you have.

4. Locate each SETNAME.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  SETNAME.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  SETNAME.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the SETNAME.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

5. Back up each SETNAME.EXE file by copying it to a file
   called SETNAME.OLD.

   For example, if your SETNAME.EXE file is located in the
   C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC directory, you would type the
   following command (on one line):

     COPY C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC\SETNAME.EXE
       C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC\SETNAME.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of each SETNAME.EXE file you have.

6. Use the Expand command to expand and copy the MS-DOS
   version 5.0 redirectors (called REDIR.EX_ and
   SETNAME.EX_) to the directory (or directories) containing
   your old redirector file(s). Make sure you name the new
   files REDIR.EXE and SETNAME.EXE, respectively.

   For example, suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from
   floppy disks and your old redirectors are in
   C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC. You would insert the floppy disk
   containing REDIR.EX_ and SETNAME.EX_ (Disk 3 for 3.5-inch
   disks or Disk 6 for 5.25-inch disks) into drive A and
   then type the following commands:

     EXPAND  A:\REDIR.EX_  C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC\REDIR.EXE

     EXPAND  A:\SETNAME.EX_  C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC\SETNAME.EXE

   Or suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from a network
   directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE and your old redirector
   is in C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC. You would then type the
   following commands (each on one line):

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\EXPAND  E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\REDIR.EX_
       C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC\REDIR.EXE

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\EXPAND  E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\SETNAME.EX_
       C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC\SETNAME.EXE

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the new and old redirector
   file(s).

   NOTE: If you receive a "File creation error" message when
         you try to expand these files, see the
         Troubleshooting section later in this document.

7. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


--------------------------
VERSION 1.x ENHANCED - $L1
--------------------------

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file

VERSION 1.X USERS: If you have the REDIR.400 redirector, you
                   can use this procedure to upgrade
                   your network. It is recommended, however,
                   that you obtain the new version of the
                   1.x redirector by contacting Beta
                   Support, whether or not you have
                   REDIR.400.

NOTE: If you are using LAN Manager version 1.x and DOS
      version 4.x, you do not need to upgrade your network
      files to run with MS-DOS 5.0.


>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
------------------------------------------------

  1. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing your
     LAN Manager files.

  2. Back up your existing NETWKSTA.EXE file, which is
     probably in your LAN Manager directory.

  3. Copy the DOS version 4.x compatible NETWKSTA redirector
     to the directory containing your LAN Manager files.
     Name this file NETWKSTA.EXE. If you don't have this
     redirector, contact your system administrator.

  4. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.

>> Complete Instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the WHERE command to your hard disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following command:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Search for the NETWKSTA.400 file on your hard disk by
   typing the following command:

     WHERE /R  \  NETWKSTA.400

   If you do not have the file, do not continue this
   procedure. Contact Beta Support to obtain the latest
   version of this file.

3. Locate each NETWKSTA.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  NETWKSTA.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  NETWKSTA.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the NETWKSTA.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

4. Back up each of the redirector files by copying it to
   a file called NETWKSTA.OLD.

   For example, if your NETWKSTA.EXE file is located in the
   C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG directory, type the
   following command (on one line):

     COPY  C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.EXE
       C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the redirector file(s).

5. Copy the NETWKSTA.400 redirector to the directory that
   contains your current redirector.

   For example, suppose your current redirector and
   NETWKSTA.400 are in C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG. You
   would type the following command:

    COPY  C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.400
      C:\LANMAN.DOS\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.EXE

   Make sure you type the correct drives and directories for
   the actual location of the redirector files.

   NOTE: If you receive a "File creation error" message when
         you try to copy this file, see the
         Troubleshooting section later in this document.

5. Upgrade your system to MS-DOS version 5.0


NOTE: Do not use MS-DOS Shell Task Swapper if you are using
      NETWKSTA.400.


************************************************************
*                                                          *
* MS-NET (and 100-percent compatible) - $MS                *
*                                                          *
************************************************************

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file
* Searching a file for text
* Editing a text file

To upgrade MS-NET or 100-percent compatible networks,
replace your current REDIR.EXE and SETNAME.EXE files with
the new versions of these files supplied with MS-DOS version
5.0. You must expand the new files as you copy them to your
hard disk. Also, you might need to edit your MSNET.INI file.


>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
-------------------------------------------------

     1. If you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from floppy disks,
        copy the EXPAND.EXE file from the Setup disks to
        your hard disk. If you have 5.25-inch disks,
        EXPAND.EXE is on Disk 5. If you have 3.5-inch disks,
        it is on Disk 3.

     2. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing
        your MS-NET files.

     3. Back up your existing REDIR.EXE and SETNAME.EXE
        files, which are probably in your MS-NET directory.

     4. Use the MS-DOS 5.0 EXPAND command to expand and copy
        the MS-DOS 5.0 files called REDIR.EX_ and
        SETNAME.MS_ to your MS-NET directory. Syntax:

        <path>EXPAND  <path>REDIR.EX_  <path>REDIR.EXE

        <path>EXPAND  <path>SETNAME.MS_  <path>SETNAME.EXE

     5. In the MSNET.INI file, ensure the REDIR command
        appears before the SETNAME command each time both
        commands appear in the same command set.

     6. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


>> Complete Instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the EXPAND and WHERE commands to your hard
   disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following commands:

          COPY  A:\EXPAND.EXE  C:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Locate each REDIR.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  REDIR.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  REDIR.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the REDIR.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

3. Back up each REDIR.EXE files by copying it to a file
   called REDIR.OLD.

   For example, if the files are located in the C:\NETWORK
   directory, type the following command:

     COPY  C:\NETWORK\REDIR.EXE  C:\NETWORK\REDIR.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the files.

4. Locate each SETNAME.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  SETNAME.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  SETNAME.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the SETNAME.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

5. Back up each SETNAME.EXE file by copying it to a file
   called SETNAME.OLD.

   For example, if the file is located in the C:\NETWORK
   directory, you would type the following command:

     COPY  C:\NETWORK\SETNAME.EXE  C:\NETWORK\SETNAME.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the files.

6. Use the Expand command to expand and copy the MS-DOS
   version 5.0 redirectors (called REDIR.EX_ and
   SETNAME.MS_) to the directory (or directories) containing
   your old redirector file(s). Make sure you name the new
   files REDIR.EXE and SETNAME.EXE, respectively.

   For example, suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from
   floppy disks and your old redirectors are in
   C:\MSNET. You would insert the floppy disk
   containing REDIR.EX_ and SETNAME.MS_ (Disk 3 for 3.5-inch
   disks or Disk 6 for 5.25-inch disks) into drive A and
   then type the following commands:

     EXPAND  A:\REDIR.EX_  C:\MSNET\REDIR.EXE

     EXPAND  A:\SETNAME.MS_  C:\MSNET\SETNAME.EXE

   Or suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from a network
   directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE and your old redirector
   is in C:\MSNET. You would then type the
   following commands (each on one line):

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\EXPAND  E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\REDIR.EX_
       C:\MSNET\REDIR.EXE

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\EXPAND  E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\SETNAME.MS_
       C:\MSNET\SETNAME.EXE

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the new and old redirector
   file(s).

   NOTE: If you receive a "File creation error" message when
         you try to expand these files, see the
         Troubleshooting section later in this document.

7. Use a text editor to open the file MSNET.INI. This file
   is probably located in the same directory as your
   redirector file.

8. In MSNET.INI, make sure the command that starts REDIR.EXE
   appears before the command that starts SETNAME.EXE each
   time both commands appear in the same command set.

   If it doesn't, move the command for REDIR.EXE so it
   appears before the command for SETNAME.EXE.

9. Save the MSNET.INI file (as an unformatted text file)
   and exit the editor.

10. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


************************************************************
*                                                          *
* NOVELL NETWARE (versions 2.1 and later) - $NW            *
*                                                          *
************************************************************

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file
* Editing a text file

To upgrade Novell NetWare, replace the command that starts
the network with the NET5.COM command, supplied with MS-DOS
version 5.0. You must expand the NET5.COM file as you copy
it to your hard disk.

>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
-------------------------------------------------

     1. If you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from floppy disks,
        copy the EXPAND.EXE file from the Setup disks to
        your hard disk. If you have 5.25-inch disks,
        EXPAND.EXE is on Disk 5. If you have 3.5-inch disks,
        it is on Disk 3.

     2. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing
        your NetWare files.

     3. Use the MS-DOS 5.0 EXPAND command to expand and copy
        the MS-DOS 5.0 file called NET5.CO_ to your NetWare
        directory. Syntax:

        EXPAND  <path>NET5.CO_  <path>NET5.COM

     4. If you start NetWare from a batch file, edit the
        file so that NET5.COM is the startup command.

     5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


>> Complete instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the EXPAND and WHERE commands to your hard
   disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following commands:

          COPY  A:\EXPAND.EXE  C:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Locate each NET?.COM file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  NET?.COM

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  NET?.COM


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the NET?.COM file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

   For example, if your network files are in a directory
   called C:\NOVELL, you will see a display similar to the
   following:

     C:\NOVELL\NET2.COM
     C:\NOVELL\NET3.COM
     C:\NOVELL\NET4.COM

3. Use the Expand command to expand and copy an MS-DOS
   version 5.0 file NET5.CO_ to each directory containing
   your old network file(s). Make sure you name the new file
   NET5.COM.

   For example, suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from
   floppy disks and your old redirector is in C:\NOVELL.
   You would insert the floppy disk containing NET5.CO__
   (Disk 3 for 3.5-inch disks or Disk 6 for 5.25-inch disks)
   into drive A and then type the following command.

     EXPAND  A:\NET5.CO_  C:\NOVELL\NET5.COM

   Or suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from a network
   directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE and your old redirector
   is in C:\NETWORK. You would then type the following
   command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\EXPAND  E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\NET5.CO_
      C:\NOVELL\NET5.COM

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location(s) of the network files.

4. If you start your network from AUTOEXEC.BAT or another
   batch file:

   a) Use a text editor to open AUTOEXEC.BAT or other batch
      file.

   b) Edit the file so that it starts NetWare with the
      NET5.COM command (instead of NET2.COM, NET3.COM or
      NET4.COM).

5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


NOTE: You might experience difficulties with certain
      existing Novell utilities (for example, Map, Login,
      and Session) while using MS-DOS Shell Task
      Swapper. If this occurs, do not use the utilities.

NOTE: Use an updated version of the Novell Token Ring
      drivers to avoid problems using the MS-DOS Shell Task
      Swapper.


************************************************************
*                                                          *
* 3COM 3+SHARE (VERSION 1.6 ONLY) - $3C                    *
*                                                          *
************************************************************

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file

To upgrade 3Com 3+Share version 1.6, replace your
current MSREDIR.EXE file with the new version of this file
supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0. You must expand the new
file as you copy it to your hard disk. The new file is
called REDIR.EX_ on the MS-DOS Setup disks. You must rename
the file MSREDIR.EXE when you copy it to your hard disk.


NOTE: With a 3Com network, do NOT use the version of
      SETNAME.EXE supplied with MS-DOS 5.0. Use the version
      supplied by 3Com.

NOTE: No currently available version if 3Com's remote
      startup software is not compatible with MS-DOS
      versions 5.0 or 4.x.

>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
-------------------------------------------------

     1. If you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from floppy disks,
        copy the EXPAND.EXE file from the Setup disks to
        your hard disk. If you have 5.25-inch disks,
        EXPAND.EXE is on Disk 5. If you have 3.5-inch disks,
        it is on Disk 3.

     2. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing
        your 3+Share files.

     3. Back up your existing MSREDIR.EXE file, which is
        probably in your 3+Share directory.

     4. Use the MS-DOS 5.0 EXPAND command to expand and copy
        the MS-DOS 5.0 file called REDIR.EX_ to your 3+Share
        directory. Syntax:

        EXPAND  <path>REDIR.EX_  <path>MSREDIR.EXE

     5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


>> Complete instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the EXPAND and WHERE commands to your hard
   disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following commands:

          COPY  A:\EXPAND.EXE  C:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Locate each MSREDIR.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  MSREDIR.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  MSREDIR.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the MSREDIR.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

3. Back up each of the redirector files by copying them to
   a file called MSREDIR.OLD.

   For example, if your MSREDIR.EXE file is located in the
   C:\NETWORKS\3COM directory, type the following command:

     COPY  C:\NETWORKS\3COM\MSREDIR.EXE
       C:\NETWORKS\3COM\MSREDIR.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the redirector file(s).

4. Use the Expand command to expand and copy the MS-DOS
   version 5.0 redirector file (called REDIR.EX_) to the
   directory (or directories) containing your old redirector
   file(s). Make sure you name the new file MSREDIR.EXE.

   For example, suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from
   floppy disks and your old redirector is in
   C:\NETWORKS\3COM. You would insert the floppy disk
   containing REDIR.EX_ (Disk 3 for 3.5-inch disks or Disk
   6 for 5.25-inch disks) into drive A and then type the
   following command.

     EXPAND  A:\REDIR.EX_  C:\NETWORKS\3COM\MSREDIR.EXE

   Or suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from a network
   directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE and your old redirector
   is in C:\NETWORKS\3COM. You would then type the following
   command:

   EXPAND  E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\REDIR.EX_
     C:\NETWORKS\3COM\MSREDIR.EXE

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the new and old redirector
   file(s).

   NOTE: If you receive a "File creation error" message when
         you try to expand this file, see the
         Troubleshooting section later in this document.

5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


NOTE: If you are using a 3Com 3C505 network adapter card
      and have difficulty connecting to a server, add the
      following parameter to the "MSREDIR" line in your
      network startup batch file:

        MSREDIR /HIMEM:NO

NOTE: You cannot run a 3+Share server under MS-DOS version
      5.0.


************************************************************
*                                                          *
*  3COM 3+OPEN - $3O                                       *
*                                                          *
************************************************************


NOTE: With a 3Com network, do NOT use the version of
      SETNAME.EXE supplied with MS-DOS 5.0. Use the version
      supplied by 3Com.

NOTE: No currently available version if 3Com's remote
      startup software is compatible with MS-DOS
      versions 5.0 or 4.x.

--------------------------
VERSION 2.x ENHANCED - $32
--------------------------

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file

To upgrade 3+Open version 2.x Enhanced, replace your
current NETWKSTA.EXE file with the new version of this file
supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0. You must expand the new
file as you copy it to your hard disk.

>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
-------------------------------------------------

     1. If you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from floppy disks,
        copy the EXPAND.EXE file from the Setup disks to
        your hard disk. If you have 5.25-inch disks,
        EXPAND.EXE is on Disk 5. If you have 3.5-inch disks,
        it is on Disk 3.

     2. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing
        your 3+Open files.

     3. Back up your existing NETWKSTA.EXE file, which is
        probably in your 3+Open directory.

     4. Use the MS-DOS 5.0 EXPAND command to expand and copy
        the MS-DOS 5.0 file called NETWKSTA.EX_ to your LAN
        Manager directory. Syntax:

        EXPAND  <path>NETWKSTA.EX_  <path>NETWKSTA.EXE

     5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


>> Complete instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the EXPAND and WHERE commands to your hard
   disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following commands:

          COPY  A:\EXPAND.EXE  C:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Locate each NETWKSTA.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  NETWKSTA.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  NETWKSTA.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the NETWKSTA.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

3. Back up each NETWKSTA.EXE file by copying it to a file
   called NETWKSTA.OLD.

   For example, if your NETWKSTA.EXE file is located in the
   C:\3COM directory, you would type the
   following command (on one line):

     COPY  C:\3COM\NETWKSTA.EXE  C:\3COM\NETWKSTA.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of each NETWKSTA.EXE file you have.

4. Use the Expand command to expand and copy the MS-DOS
   version 5.0 redirector file (called NETWKSTA.EX_) to the
   directory (or directories) containing your old redirector
   file(s). Make sure you name the new file NETWKSTA.EXE.

   For example, suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from
   floppy disks and your old redirector is in C:\3COM.
   You would insert the floppy disk containing NETWKSTA.EX_
   (Disk 3 for 3.5-inch disks or Disk 6 for 5.25-inch disks)
   into drive A and then type the following command.

     EXPAND  A:\NETWKSTA.EX_  C:\3COM\NETWKSTA.EXE

   Or suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from a network
   directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE and your old redirector
   is in C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG. You would then
   type the following command (on one line):

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\EXPAND  E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\NETWKSTA.EX_
        C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.EXE

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the new and old redirector
   file(s).

   NOTE: If you receive a "File creation error" message when
         you try to expand this file, see the
         Troubleshooting section later in this document.

5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


------------------------
VERSIONS 2.x BASIC - $3B
------------------------

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file
* Searching a file for text

To upgrade 3+Open version 2.x Basic, replace your current
REDIR.EXE file with the new version of supplied with MS-DOS
version 5.0. You must expand the new file as you copy it to
your hard disk.


>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
-------------------------------------------------

     1. If you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from floppy disks,
        copy the EXPAND.EXE file from the Setup disks to
        your hard disk. If you have 5.25-inch disks,
        EXPAND.EXE is on Disk 5. If you have 3.5-inch disks,
        it is on Disk 3.

     2. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing
        your 3+Open files.

     3. Back up your existing REDIR.EXE file, which is
        probably in your 3+Open directory.

     4. Use the MS-DOS 5.0 EXPAND command to expand and copy
        the MS-DOS 5.0 file called REDIR.EX_ to your 3+Open
        directory. Syntax:

        EXPAND  <path>REDIR.EX_  <path>REDIR.EXE

     5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


>> Complete instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the EXPAND and WHERE commands to your hard
   disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following commands:

          COPY  A:\EXPAND.EXE  C:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Locate each REDIR.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  REDIR.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  REDIR.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the REDIR.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

3. Back up each REDIR.EXE file by copying it to a file
   called REDIR.OLD.

   For example, if your REDIR.EXE file is located in the
   C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\BASIC directory, you would type
   the following command (on one line):

     COPY C:\3COM\REDIR.EXE
       C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\BASIC\REDIR.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of each REDIR.EXE file you have.

4. Use the Expand command to expand and copy the MS-DOS
   version 5.0 REDIR.EX_  to the directory (or directories)
   containing your old REDIR.EXE file(s).

   For example, suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from
   floppy disks and your old redirector is in C:\3COM. You
   would insert the floppy disk containing REDIR.EX_ (Disk 3
   for 3.5-inch disks or Disk 6 for 5.25-inch disks) into
   drive A and then type the following command:

     EXPAND  A:\REDIR.EX_  C:\3COM\REDIR.EXE

   Or suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from a network
   directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE and your old redirector
   is in C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\BASIC. You would then type
   the following command (on one line):

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\EXPAND  E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\REDIR.EX_
       C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\BASIC\REDIR.EXE

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the new and old redirector
   file(s).

   NOTE: If you receive a "File creation error" message when
         you try to expand this file, see the
         "File Creation Error" section later in this
         document.

5. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


--------------------------
VERSION 1.x ENHANCED - $31
--------------------------

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file

VERSION 1.X USERS: If you have the NETWKSTA.400 redirector,
you
                   can use this procedure to upgrade
                   your network. It is recommended, however,
                   that you obtain the new version of the
                   1.x redirector by contacting Beta
                   Support, whether or not you have
                   NETWKSTA.400.

NOTE: If you are using 3+Open version 1.x and DOS
      version 4.x, you do not need to upgrade your network
      files to run with MS-DOS 5.0.


>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
------------------------------------------------

  1. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing your
     3+Open files.

  2. Back up your existing NETWKSTA.EXE file, which is
     probably in your 3+Open directory.

  3. Copy the DOS version 4.x compatible redirector
     (NETWKSTA.400) to the directory containing your 3+Open
     files. Name this file NETWKSTA.EXE. If you don't have
     this redirector, contact your system administrator or
     Beta Support.

  4. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.

>> Complete Instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the WHERE command to your hard disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following command:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Search for the NETWKSTA.400 file on your hard disk by
   typing the following command:

          WHERE /R  \  NETWKSTA.400

   If you do not have the file, do not continue this
   procedure. Contact Beta Support to obtain the latest
   version of this file.

3. Locate each NETWKSTA.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  NETWKSTA.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  NETWKSTA.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the NETWKSTA.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

4. Back up each of the redirector files by copying it to
   a file called NETWKSTA.OLD.

   For example, if your NETWKSTA.EXE file is located in the
   C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG directory, type the
   following command (on one line):

     COPY  C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.EXE
       C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the redirector file(s).

5. Copy the NETWKSTA.400 redirector to the directory that
   contains your current redirector.

   For example, suppose your current redirector and
   NETWKSTA.400 are in C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG. You
   would type the following command:

    COPY  C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.400
      C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG\NETWKSTA.EXE

   Make sure you type the correct drives and directories for
   the actual location of the redirector files.

   NOTE: If you receive a "File creation error" message when
         you try to copy this file, see the
         Troubleshooting section later in this document.

5. Upgrade your system to MS-DOS version 5.0


NOTE: Do not use MS-DOS Shell Task Swapper if you are using
      NETWKSTA.400.

-----------------------
VERSION 1.x BASIC - $3A
-----------------------

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file

VERSION 1.X USERS: If you have the REDIR.400 redirector, you
                   can use this procedure to upgrade
                   your network. It is recommended, however,
                   that you obtain the new version of the
                   1.x redirector by contacting Beta
                   Support, whether or not you have
                   REDIR.400.

NOTE: If you are using 3+Open version 1.x and DOS
      version 4.x, you do not need to upgrade your network
      files to run with MS-DOS 5.0.


>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
------------------------------------------------

  1. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing your
     3+Open files.

  2. Back up your existing REDIR.EXE file, which is
     probably in your 3+Open directory.

  3. Copy the DOS version 4.x compatible redirector
     (REDIR.400) to the directory containing your 3+Open
     files. Name this file REDIR.EXE. If you don't have this
     redirector, contact your system administrator or Beta
     Support.

  4. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.

>> Complete Instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the WHERE command to your hard disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following command:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Search for the REDIR.400 file on your hard disk by typing
   the following command:

          WHERE /R  \  REDIR.400

   If you do not have the file, do not continue this
   procedure. Contact Beta Support to obtain the latest
   version of this file.

3. Locate each REDIR.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  REDIR.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  REDIR.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the REDIR.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

4. Back up each of the redirector files by copying it to
   a file called REDIR.OLD.

   For example, if your REDIR.EXE file is located in the
   C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG directory, type the
   following command (on one line):

     COPY  C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG\REDIR.EXE
       C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG\REDIR.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the redirector file(s).

5. Copy the REDIR.400 redirector to the directory that
   contains your current redirector.

   For example, suppose your current redirector and
   REDIR.400 are in C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG. You
   would type the following command:

    COPY  C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG\REDIR.400
      C:\3OPEN\DOSWKSTA\LANMAN\NETPROG\REDIR.EXE

   Make sure you type the correct drives and directories for
   the actual location of the redirector files.

   NOTE: If you receive a "File creation error" message when
         you try to copy this file, see the
         Troubleshooting section later in this document.

5. Upgrade your system to MS-DOS version 5.0


************************************************************
*                                                          *
* BANYAN VINES (versions 4.0 and later) - $BV              *
*                                                          *
************************************************************

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file

To use Banyan Vines version 4.0 or later with MS-DOS version
5.0, you need the REDIRALL.EXE or REDIR4.EXE redirector
supplied with your network. If neither or these redirectors
is in the directory containing your Banyan files, ask your
system administrator for the location of one of the
redirectors.

NOTE: If you are using Banyan Vines version 4.0 or later and
      DOS version 4.x, you do not need to upgrade your
      network files to run with MS-DOS version 5.0.


1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the WHERE command to your hard disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following command:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Find out if either the REDIRALL.EXE or REDIR4.EXE file is
   on your hard disk. Use the WHERE command, supplied with
   MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following commands:

     WHERE  /R  \  REDIRALL.EXE

     WHERE  /R  \  REDIR4.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following commands:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  REDIRALL.EXE

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  REDIR4.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   If either of these files is in the directory containing
   your network files, you will not need to make any changes
   before installing MS-DOS version 5.0

3. If neither REDIRALL.EXE nor REDIR4.EXE is present on
   your system, contact your system administrator to get
   these files.


NOTE: Certain applications will not run under MS-DOS
      version 5.0 if executed over Banyan network version
      4.0 or earlier. The support for these applications
      will be available in Vines version 4.1.

NOTE: If you experience problems running Windows 3.0 in 386
      Enhanced mode with MS-DOS version 5.0, obtain
      a code patch and an updated version of REDIRALL.EXE or
      REDIR4.EXE from Banyan.


************************************************************
*                                                          *
* IBM PC LAN (versions 1.31 and later) - $PC               *
*                                                          *
************************************************************

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE FOLLOWING:

* Using DOS to change drives and directories
* Connecting to a network
* Searching a disk for a file
* Searching a file for text
* Editing a text file (in some cases)

To upgrade IBM PC LAN version 1.31 or later, replace your
current REDIR.EXE file with the new version of this file
supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0. You must expand the new
file as you copy it to your hard disk. Rename any DOS
commands in your PC LAN directory. If you are currently
using DOS version 4.x, you need to edit your CONFIG.SYS
file.

>> Instructions in Brief (for advanced DOS users)
-------------------------------------------------

     1. If you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from floppy disks,
        copy the EXPAND.EXE file from the Setup disks to
        your hard disk. If you have 5.25-inch disks,
        EXPAND.EXE is on Disk 5. If you have 3.5-inch disks,
        it is on Disk 3.

     2. Locate the directory on your hard disk containing
        your PC LAN files.

     3. Back up your existing REDIR.EXE file, which is
        probably in your 3+Open directory.

     4. Use the MS-DOS 5.0 EXPAND command to expand and copy
        the MS-DOS 5.0 file called REDIR.EX_ to your 3+Share
        directory. Syntax:

        EXPAND  <path>REDIR.EX_  <path>REDIR.EXE

     4. If you are upgrading from DOS version 4.x, delete
        two lines from your CONFIG.SYS file:

          IFS = <path>REDIR.SYS
          INSTALL = <path>IFSFUNC.EXE

     5. Rename any DOS commands in your PC LAN directory by
        giving them the .OLD extension.

     6. Copy the same MS-DOS version 5.0 commands to the
        PC LAN directory.

     7. Upgrade your computer to MS-DOS version 5.0.


>> Complete instructions
------------------------

1. If you are installing MS-DOS version 5.0 from floppy
   disks, copy the EXPAND and WHERE commands to your hard
   disk:

   a) If you are using 3.5-inch disks, insert Disk 3 in
      drive A.

      Or, if you are using 5.25-inch disks, insert Disk 5
      into drive A.

   b) Type the following commands:

          COPY  A:\EXPAND.EXE  C:

          COPY  A:\WHERE.EXE  C:

   If you are installing MS-DOS from a network, you can skip
   step 1.

2. Locate each REDIR.EXE file on your disk by using the
   WHERE command, supplied with MS-DOS version 5.0.

   For example, if you copied the WHERE command to your hard
   disk (in step 1), you would type the following command:

     WHERE  /R  \  REDIR.EXE

   Or, suppose you are installing MS-DOS files from a shared
   network directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE. You would type
   the following command:

     E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\WHERE  /R  \  REDIR.EXE


   (If you have more than one hard disk drive or partition,
    change to each drive and repeat the WHERE command to
    search every drive on your disk.)

   DOS displays the location(s) of the REDIR.EXE file(s)
   on your disk. Note the location(s).

3. Back up each of the redirector files by copying them to
   a file called REDIR.OLD.

   For example, if your REDIR.EXE file is located in the
   C:\PCLP directory, type the following command:

     COPY  C:\PCLP\REDIR.EXE  C:\PCLP\REDIR.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the redirector file(s).

4. Use the Expand command to expand and copy the MS-DOS
   version 5.0 redirector file (called REDIR.EX_) to the
   directory (or directories) containing your old redirector
   file(s). Make sure you name the new file REDIR.EXE.

   For example, suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from
   floppy disks and your old redirector is in C:\PCLP.
   You would insert the floppy disk containing REDIR.EX_
   (Disk 3 for 3.5-inch disks or Disk 6 for 5.25-inch disks)
   into drive A and then type the following command.

     EXPAND  A:\REDIR.EX_  C:\PCLP\REDIR.EXE

   Or suppose you are installing MS-DOS 5.0 from a network
   directory called E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE and your old redirector
   is in C:\NETWORK. You would then type the following
   command:

     EXPAND E:\MSDOS\UPGRADE\REDIR.EX_  C:\PCLP\REDIR.EXE

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the new and old redirector
   file(s).

   NOTE: If you receive a "File creation error" message when
         you try to expand this file, see the
         Troubleshooting section later in this document.

5. If you were previously running under MS-DOS version
   4.0:

   a) Use a text editor to open your CONFIG.SYS file.

   b) Delete the following lines from CONFIG.SYS:

        ifs = <path>\REDIR.SYS

        install = <path>\IFSFUNC.EXE

   c) Save your CONFIG.SYS (as an unformatted text file)
      and exit the editor.

6. The IBM PC LAN Installation program copies several
   MS-DOS files into the directory containing your network
   files.  These files include MODE.COM, PRINT.EXE, and
   SHARE.EXE.

   Rename any DOS commands in the directory containing your
   PC LAN files by giving them the .OLD extension.

   For example, to rename the previously mentioned commands,
   type the following commands (assuming the directory is
   called C:\PCLP):

     REN  C:\PCLP\MODE.COM  C:\PCLP\MODE.OLD

     REN  C:\PCLP\PRINT.EXE  C:\PCLP\PRINT.OLD

     REN  C:\PCLP\SHARE.EXE  C:\PCLP\SHARE.OLD

   Make sure you type the correct drive and directories for
   the actual location of the old DOS files.

7. Use the Expand command to copy and expand the MS-DOS 5.0
versions of the commands you just renamed (in step 6) to
your PC LAN directory. Follow these steps:

   a) If you are installing from floppy disks, use a text
      editor to open the file PACKING.LST, which
      is located on Disk 1.

   b) Look in this file for the disk location of each of the
      MS-DOS commands you need to copy to your PC LAN
      directory.

   c) Expand the files to your PC LAN directory.


8. Upgrade your system to MS-DOS version 5.0

NOTE: If an old version of the SHARE command is present
      when you try to start the network with MS-DOS 5.0,
      your workstation will hang.

NOTE: To update a PCLP server for MS-DOS 5.0, you must do
      the following:

      1. Follow steps 1, 2, 3 and 5 in the previous
         procedure.

      2. Install MS-DOS 5.0 on the server.

      3. Using MS-DOS 5.0, type the following command:

          SETVER PSPRINT.EXE 3.3

NOTE: You will not be able to use the Print Screen
      function under MS-DOS version 5.0 at this time. IBM
      will release a new redirector in the near future that
      will contain support for this feature.

NOTE: After you install MS-DOS version 5.0, you cannot
      install PC LAN with the PC LAN installation program.


************************************************************
*                                                          *
* DCA 10NET (versions 3.0 and later) - $DC                 *
*                                                          *
************************************************************


DCA 10Net version 3.0 or later is compatible with
with MS-DOS version 5.0.

NOTE: Although versions 3.0 and later of DCA 10Net are
      compatible with MS-DOS version 5.0, some minor
      problems were fixed in DCA 10Net version 4.2.

      If you are using a version of 10Net before 4.2 and you
      load MS-DOS version 5.0 into the high-memory area
      (HMA), the 10Net software must be loaded above the
      first 64K of memory. You can do this by using the
      CONFIG.SYS file to load large enough device drivers,
      such as SMARTDRV.SYS or RAMDRIVE.SYS. If you cannot
      load 10Net above 64K, do not load MS-DOS into the HMA
      or attempt to use the reserved-memory support provided
      by EMM386.EXE.


************************************************************
*                                                          *
* DEC (PCSA AND LAN WORKS) - $DE                           *
*                                                          *
************************************************************

If you are using Digital Equipment Corporation's PCSA (based
on MS-Net) or LAN WORKS (based on Microsoft LAN Manager),
contact Microsoft beta support to get the compatible
network redirectors for MS-DOS version 5.0.


************************************************************
*                                                          *
* ARTISOFT LANTASTIC (versions 2.5 and later) - $AR        *
*                                                          *
************************************************************

Artisoft LANtastic version 2.5 or later is compatible with
MS-DOS version 5.0.


NOTE: Although versions 2.5 and later of LANtastic are
      compatible with MS-DOS version 5.0, some minor
      problems were fixed in LANtastic version 3.02.

NOTE: If you currently use LANtastic version 2.x or later,
      you can purchase an upgrade from Artisoft.  If you
      currently use LANtastic version 3.0, this upgrade is
      free. Contact the Artisoft Sales Department (to
      purchase an upgrade) or the Customer Service
      Department (to obtain a free upgrade) at
      (602)293-6363.

NOTE: If you are using EMM386.EXE to provide EMS support,
      you might need to exclude a memory area by using the
      X=<memory-address-range> switch. If you are using
      the factory-set defaults for LANtastic, you  will need
      to exclude the range D800-DFFF. If this memory region
      is not excluded, you might experience problems when
      using the MS-DOS Shell Task Swapper.



---------------------
TROUBLESHOOTING - $TS
---------------------


RETURNING TO YOUR OLD NETWORK - $RN
-----------------------------------

If you need to return to your old network, remember to
reverse the steps you took during the network-upgrade
process. For example, rename your backup files so they have
the .EXE extensions, where appropriate. If you need
assistance, contact Beta Support.


FILE CREATION ERROR - $FC
-------------------------

If you receive the "File creation error" message when you
try to expand or copy a new network file, your old file(s)
are probably read-only. To remove this read-only protection,
use the ATTRIB command before copying the new file. For
example, suppose you received the error message when you
tried to expand the REDIR.EX_ to
C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC\REDIR.EXE. You would type the
following commands before retyping the EXPAND command:

  ATTRIB  -R  C:\LANMAN.DOS\BASIC\REDIR.EXE


INCORRECT DOS VERSION - $IV
---------------------------

If after you follow the instructions in NETWORKS.TXT you
receive the "Incorrect DOS Version" message, you might be
able to use the SETVER command to solve the problem. With
this command, you can report a specific DOS version number
to a program or device driver that requires it. SETVER will
be effective only if the program or device driver is
actually compatible with MS-DOS 5.0.

For more information about the setver command, see the
"Microsoft MS-DOS User's Guide and Reference."

CAUTION: A program you use with SETVER might not have been
         verified by Microsoft on MS-DOS version 5.0. Please
         contact your software manufacturer for information
         on whether the program will operate properly with
         MS-DOS version 5.0. If you execute a program by
         instructing MS-DOS to report a different DOS
         version number, you might lose or corrupt data, or
         cause system instabilities. In that circumstance,
         Microsoft is not responsible for any loss or
         damage.


MEMORY CONFLICTS WITH NETWORK ADAPTER CARDS - $MC
-------------------------------------------------

If you are using EMM386.EXE to provide either expanded
memory (EMS) or access to reserved memory (also known as
upper-memory blocks or UMBs) and you experience problems
with your network, you might need to exclude the memory
address of your network adapter card.

To exclude a memory address, use the X=<memory-address-
range> switch on the device command line for EMM386.EXE.

For more information about this switch, see the "Microsoft
MS-DOS User's Guide and Reference."

To determine the memory address range to exclude, see the
documentation that came with your network adapter card. If
you have an IBM PS/2-compatible computer, you can use the
reference diskette to locate the memory address range your
network card is using.

Some common memory address ranges are:
     C000-C7FF
     C800-CFFF
     D000-D7FF
     D800-DFFF


NETWORKS THAT USE EXPANDED OR EXTENDED MEMORY - $EM
---------------------------------------------------

Some of the network software that is explicitly designed to
make use of extended or expanded memory might not work with
MS-DOS version 5.0.


CONFLICTS WITH THE MS-DOS SHELL TASK SWAPPER - $SH
--------------------------------------------------

Some earlier versions of some network software might not
work when you enable the Task Swapper in MS-DOS Shell. If
you experience difficulties, disable the Task Swapper.


IDENTIFYING YOUR VERSION OF LAN MANAGER OR 3+OPEN - $V?
-------------------------------------------------------

If you are Microsoft LAN Manager or 3Com 3+Open, but you're
not sure which version, follow these steps to find out:


1.  At the command prompt, type the following command:

          NET

    If DOS displays the message "Command does not exist,"
    you are running a BASIC version.

    If the Net program appears on your screen, you are
    running an ENHANCED version. In this case,
    exit the Net program and continue to the next step.

2.  If you are using ENHANCED version:

      a) Change to the directory that contains your
         LANMAN.INI file.

      b) Type the following command:

           FIND "DOMAIN" LANMAN.INI

         If DOS does not find the string "DOMAIN", then type
         the following command (the search is case-
         sensitive):

           FIND "domain" LANMAN.INI

      c) If "DOMAIN" or "domain" is in the file, you are
         running version 2.x ENHANCED.

         If neither "DOMAIN" nor "domain" is in the file,
         you are running version 1.x ENHANCED.

    If you are using BASIC version, you might be able to
    determine whether you are running 1.x or 2.x by trying a
    few network commands. Some configurations will display
    the version number when commands are run. If this
    doesn't work, check the dates of your network files by
    changing to the directory containing those files and
    typing the DIR command. If the files are dated mid or
    late 1990, you are probably using version 2.x BASIC.
    Otherwise, you are probably running version 1.x BASIC.


DOS5B_2.ZIP

README.TXT

This file provides information about the following topics:
    Notes on Setup
     Creating the Uninstall disk(s)
     A directory called OLD_DOS is created by Setup
     Setup may create multiple OLD_DOS directories
     Using CLEANUP to remove old DOS information
     Old LINK.EXE versions may be left in path
     WINA20.386 file
     Manually Unpacking MS-DOS 5.0 files
    Setting up MS-DOS 5.0 on OS/2 systems              
     Running the upgrade on an OS/2 system
     MS-DOS 5.0 and OS/2 dual boot 
    Notes on Windows 2.x
     Running Windows/286 with MS-DOS 5.00
     Using Windows 2.1 run-time applications with MS-DOS 5.0
    Notes on Windows 3.x
     Windows 386 debugger and MS-DOS 5.00
     Running Windows 3.0 real mode in an enhanced mode window
    The SETVER command
    Disk Partitioning Software
       Identifying the Disk Utility
       Upgrading to MS-DOS 5.0
          Upgrading Disk Manager
          Upgrading SpeedStor
          Upgrading Multivol or Volume Expansion
          Upgrading Vfeature Deluxe
    Hard drive partitions with logical sectoring
    Making your hardware compatible with MS-DOS 5.0
       Intel Aboveboard
       HP Vectra CS Model 20
       Logitech C7 mouse
       Adaptec controller boards
       101-key keyboards and Qbasic/Edit
       Corel Systems drives
       Plus Development Hardcard II
       Video 7 video cards
       ProComm Floppy Drives
    Making your software compatible with MS-DOS 5.0
     Soft Ice by Nu-Mega
     Software Carousel
     Metro and Displaywrite III
     MS-DOS Multitasking Software
     Asynchronous I/O and DOSSHELL.EXE task switching
     Gazelle Systems QDOS II
     Microsoft CodeView 3.0                                         
     Raid and MS-DOS 5.0
     Quarterdeck Manifest
     Quarterdeck QEMM
     Kingston Memory Board EMS driver
     Software that accesses extended memory via INT 15
     386 To The Max (386MAX)
     Tandy Deskmate
     Northnet Atlast!
     PC-Tools Backtalk
     Microsoft CD-ROM extensions
     Softlogic Solution's Disk Optimizer
     Mountain High's autorun.exe
     Borland's Turbo Debugger 386

For more information about Upper Memory Block support, see the UMB.TXT
file.  For more information about Networks, see the NETWORK.TXT file. 

NOTES ON SETUP-------------------------------------------------------------

CREATING THE UNINSTALL DISK(S)
   If you use a bad disk to create the Uninstall disk during Setup,
you may not be able to successfully uninstall MS-DOS 5.0. Be sure to use an
unformatted or newly formatted disk.

A DIRECTORY CALLED OLD_DOS.1 IS CREATED BY SETUP
   A directory called OLD_DOS.1 is created by Setup during the installation
of MS-DOS 5.0. The files in this directory, in combination with the files
on your Uninstall disk, can be used to restore your old DOS.
   Do not remove or alter the OLD_DOS.1 directory on your hard disk if you
think you might reinstall your old DOS. After you remove the directory,
reinstalling your old DOS is not possible. You can delete the OLD_DOS.1
directory at any time by typing CLEANUP at the command prompt.

SETUP MAY CREATE MULTIPLE OLD_DOS DIRECTORIES
   If you upgrade to MS-DOS 5.0 more than once, without using CLEANUP to
delete previous OLD_DOS directories, a new directory will be created each
time you upgrade. Subsequent OLD_DOS directories will be named OLD_DOS.2,
OLD_DOS.3, and so on.
   If you have run the upgrade several times on the same system and have
created several Uninstall disks in the process, be sure to use the most
recent Uninstall disk to recover your system.

USING CLEANUP TO REMOVE OLD DOS INFORMATION
   After you have used MS-DOS 5.0 and are confident that you will not need
to restore your previous version of DOS, you can use the CLEANUP program to
remove your old DOS from your hard disk.  To remove the old DOS from your
hard disk, type CLEANUP at the command prompt, press ENTER, and follow the
directions.
   You will not be able to restore your previous DOS after running CLEANUP.

OLD LINK.EXE VERSIONS MAY BE LEFT IN PATH
   If you are running a compiler and it fails, you may have an old version
of LINK.EXE in your DOS subdirectory.  MS-DOS Setup puts the DOS directory
at the front of the path in your AUTOEXEC.BAT file.  The LINK.EXE file that
was in the DOS directory before you installed MS-DOS 5.0 may be put ahead
of the location of the LINK.EXE file you want to use.
   LINK.EXE is not shipped with MS-DOS 5.0.

WINA20.386 FILE
  When installing upon systems capable of running Windows in Enhanced mode
MS-DOS 5.00 will place a read only file called WINA20.386 in the root
directory. This file provides support for Windows when it is running in the
enhanced mode and has to stay in the root.

MANUALLY UNPACKING MS-DOS 5.0 FILES:
   Files on MS-DOS 5.0 master disks that have extensions ending with an
underscore (_) are in a compressed format.  To retrieve a single file from
the MS-DOS 5.0 master disks, use the EXPAND utility located on Disk 5.
   Syntax: expand [drive1:][path1]infile [drive2:][path2]outfile
        [drive1:][path1]infile  Specifies the location and name of the
                         compressed file you want to expand
        [drive2:][path2]outfile Specifies the destination and new name
                         of the expanded file
   Example: expand a:\redir.ex_ c:\dos\redir.exe

SETTING UP MS-DOS 5.0 ON OS/2 SYSTEMS----------------------------------
RUNNING THE UPGRADE ON AN OS/2 SYSTEM
   If you install the upgrade over IBM OS/2 1.0 you will not be able to
uninstall. This is not a problem for MS OS/2 1.0 or for IBM and MS OS/2
1.1 and later versions. You can work around this by renaming the IBM OS/2
1.0 system files, IBMBIO.COM and IBMDOS.COM, to something else so the setup
program does not confuse them with DOS system files
   If you run the uninstall on a system which had OS/2 on it before the 
upgrade running chkdsk may show some lost extended attributes. This will 
happen whenever a file which had extended attributes under OS/2 was altered 
under dos before the uninstall

MS-DOS 5.0 AND OS/2 DUAL BOOT 
   OS/2 1.1 and Compaq OS/2 1.21 dual boot installation programs don't work
with MS-DOS 5.00. MS OS/2 1.21 dual boot works fine.
  
NOTES ON WINDOWS 2.X-------------------------------------------------------

RUNNING WINDOWS/286 WITH MS-DOS 5.0
   If you run Windows/286 on a computer with MS-DOS 5.0, you will need to
run COMMAND.COM from a program information file (PIF). Winoldapp allocates
only about 39K for the COMMAND.COM file, which is not enough for the MS-DOS
5.0 COMMAND.COM.

USING WINDOWS 2.1 RUN-TIME APPLICATIONS WITH MS-DOS 5.0
   If you are using Windows 2.1 run-time applications, there may be older,
incompatible, versions of SMARTDRV.SYS and HIMEM.SYS on your hard disk.
   An older version of SMARTDRV.SYS will cause an "Incorrect DOS version"
error message to appear on your screen, and SMARTDrive will not install.
An older version of HIMEM.SYS will cause the run-time application not to
run, and may cause other incompatibility problems.
   Be sure to change your CONFIG.SYS file so the SMARTDRV.SYS and HIMEM.SYS
files supplied with MS-DOS 5.0 are used instead of those supplied with your
Windows application.

NOTES ON WINDOWS 3.X-----------------------------------------------------

WINDOWS/386 DEBUG VERSION AND MS-DOS 5.0
   If you are running the debug version of Windows/386 with DOS=LOW, the
DOS segment will be below the BIOS segment, causing your system to fail.
Call Microsoft Product Support Services at (206)454-2030 for a solution to
this problem.

RUNNING WINDOWS 3.0 REAL MODE IN AN ENHANCED MODE WINDOW
If your computer hangs or gets an application error when running win /r in
an Enhanced Mode VM, it may help if you remove the line "ebios=*EBIOS" in
the 386ENH section of the SYSTEM.INI file. However, this may make it
impossible to run other programs after exiting.

THE SETVER COMMAND---------------------------------------------------
   With the SETVER command, you can control what version MS-DOS reports to
certain programs.  SETVER "fools" programs that rely on a certain version
of DOS into running under MS-DOS 5.0.

DISK PARTITIONING SOFTWARE-------------------------------------------

MS-DOS 5.0 Setup may not be able to directly upgrade your hard disk
if one of the following disk utilities was used to set up hard disks
on your system:

Manufacturer          Name             Device Driver
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Ontrack               Disk Manager     DMDRVR.BIN
Storage Dimensions    SpeedStor        SSTOR.SYS or HARDRIVE.SYS
Golden Bow Systems    Vfeature Deluxe  FIXT_DRV.SYS
Hewlett-Packard       MultiVol         MULTIVOL.SYS
Hewlett-Packard       Volume Expansion HARDRIVE.SYS

If MS-DOS 5.0 Setup detects a disk partition created by one of the
above utilities, it will refuse to upgrade your hard disk
automatically.  In order to install MS-DOS 5.0, follow the detailed
steps outlined below.


IDENTIFYING THE DISK UTILITY

You may already know which disk utility was used to set up your hard
disk. If not, look in your CONFIG.SYS file for one of the device
driver names in the above table.  For example, if the line
"DEVICE=SSTOR.SYS" appears in your CONFIG.SYS file, the SpeedStor
disk utility was used to set up your hard disk. If you find
HARDRIVE.SYS in your CONFIG.SYS file, you must determine whether
the device driver came from Hewlett-Packard (HP DOS 3.3) or Storage
Dimensions.


UPGRADING TO MS-DOS 5.0
Procedures to determine whether you can upgrade your system and to
carry out the upgrade vary between the disk utilities.  Each is
discussed separately below.

Note:  MS-DOS 5.0 Setup requires at least 2.5 MB of free space in
your boot partition (drive C).  If you have a very small boot
partition, you may need to repartition your hard disk to create a
larger boot partition before upgrading to MS-DOS 5.0.

Setup utility comments out the device driver line in your CONFIG.SYS
file after the installation is successfully completed.


UPGRADING DISK MANAGER

If you are currently running DOS version 4.0 or 4.01, you can upgrade
your hard disk to MS-DOS 5.0 by running Setup with the /u switch, as
follows:

   setup /u

If you are running an earlier version of DOS, you should contact
Microsoft Beta support for DOS 5.0 compatible disk manager drivers
(provided to MS by Ontrack systems).


UPGRADING SPEEDSTOR

If you are currently running DOS version 4.0 or 4.01, you should have
no difficulty upgrading to MS-DOS 5.0 by running setup with the /u
switch, as follows:

   setup /u

If you are running an earlier version of DOS, you should contact
Microsoft Beta support for DOS 5.0 compatible disk manager drivers
(provided to MS by storage dimension).



UPGRADING MULTIVOL or VOLUME EXPANSION

These disk utilities were distributed with HP DOS versions 3.2 and
3.3. Hewlett-Packard recommends that you repartition and reformat your
hard disk with MS-DOS 5.0, eliminating the need for MultiVol or
Volume Expansion.  To do this, carry out the following steps:

*  Install MS-DOS 5.0 on floppy disks.  You can do this by running
   MS-DOS 5.0 Setup. Although Setup will refuse to upgrade your hard
   disk, it will install DOS on floppy disks.

*  Back up your hard disk using the HDBACKUP program provided with MS-DOS 
   5.0 or some other backup utility. The program HDBACKUP.EXE can be found
   on UPGRADE DISK 1 and can be run by typing in HDBACKUP at the A:> prompt.
   Backups created this way can be restored with the dos RESTORE command.

*  Boot from the MS-DOS 5.0 startup floppy disk you created.

*  Run FDISK.

*  Delete non-DOS partitions.

*  Create new partitions.

*  From the MS-DOS 5.0 floppy disk, run FORMAT to format each new
   partition.

*  Restart your system from the hard disk (remove floppy disks from
   drives first).

*  Run MS-DOS 5.0 Setup. Setup will upgrade your hard disk.

*  Restore the files from the deleted partitions, using the backup
   copies you created.

UPGRADING VFEATURE DELUXE

Current versions of Vfeature Deluxe is not compatible with MS-DOS
5.0. Golden Bow Systems is planning to upgrade the software to take
advantage of MS-DOS 5.0 advanced features. Contact Golden Bow system
for information about Vfeature upgrades.  Until the upgrade is
available, you can install MS-DOS 5.0 on floppy
disks. However, you may not be able to access your hard disk while
running MS-DOS 5.0.

HARD DRIVE PARTITIONS WITH LOGICAL SECTORING---------------------------
   If the version of DOS you were using before upgrading to dos 5 used
logical sectoring partitions that were larger than 32MB on the hard drive
you should never boot with your previous dos and then access the hard drive.
Because dos 5 upgrade has changed the structure of your hard drive partition
doing this could very easily destroy information on the drive. At this point
in time we know that NEC, Toshiba, Wyse and Zenith Dos' use logical sectoring
on large hard drive partitions. This is by no means a complete list and will 
be enlarged.

MAKING YOUR HARDWARE COMPATIBLE WITH MS-DOS 5.0----------------------------
INTEL ABOVEBOARD
   If you have an Intel Aboveboard in your system you will need to run Intel's
Aboveboard setup program after installing dos 5 in order to access the memory
on the board. This needs to be done because the Dos 5 installation program 
overwrites the Aboveboard's initilization information which is stored on your
harddrive.

HP VECTRA CS MODEL 20
   The Hewlett Packard portable Vectra CS Model 20 requires a 1.44Mfloppy 
in drive A at boot time for MSDOS FORMAT, DISKCOPY and DISKCOMP to recognize 
the drive as a 1.44MB floppy drive. Failure to do so will make FORMAT, 
DISKCOPY and DISKCOMP think that the drive is a 720K floppy drive and prevent 
their proper operation with 1.44MB floppies. Hewlett Packard's version of
MS-DOS 5.0 will not have this requirement.

LOGITECH C7 MOUSE
   If you are unable to use a Logitech C7 mouse, contact the company to
obtain an updated mouse driver. You will need to get version 5.0 or later.

ADAPTEC CONTROLLER BOARDS
   If you are using an Adaptec controller board with two hard drives
attached and are using expanded memory (EMS), you may need to obtain
Adaptec's adaptec.sys device driver.  For more information, contact your
Adaptec dealer or distributor or call Adaptec's technical support
hotline at 408/945-2550.

101-KEY KEYBOARDS AND QBASIC/EDIT
   If you are unable to use the arrow keys on your numeric keypad when
running Qbasic or EDIT, Microsoft offers a TSR called FIXSHIFT.COM which
may help. To obtain FIXSHIFT.COM call Microsoft Product Support at
(206)454-2030

COREL SYSTEMS DRIVERS
   If you are having trouble with a Corel System driver for a large
capacity drive (WORM, Winchester, etc.) you may need to obtain an updated
driver from Corel Systems.

PLUS DEVELOPMENT HARDCARD II
   If you are having trouble with Plus Development's Hardcard II when
running EMM386.EXE, you will need to add the option X=D700-D7FF on the
DEVICE= line for EMM386.

VIDEO 7 VGA CARDS
   If you are having trouble with MS-DOS Shell and the Microsoft mouse when
using a Video7 VGA card, it may help if you use the /Y option on the mouse.

PROCOMM FLOPPY DRIVES
   If you have trouble with ProComm floppy drives you may need to obtain
an updated driver from ProComm.

MAKING YOUR SOFTWARE COMPATIBLE WITH MS-DOS 5.0----------------------------
SOFT ICE BY NU-MEGA
   If you are using Nu-Mega's Soft Ice program you should not load it after
HIMEM.SYS on a Compaq system when you are using SMARTDRV.SYS. Soft Ice can 
corrupt the disk cache in this situation, resulting in a corrupted hard drive.

SOFTWARE CAROUSEL
   Software Carousel will lock up when running under MS-DOS 5.0 unless
SETVER has been used to report version 4.00 to it.
   Example: SETVER C: CAROUSEL.EXE 4.00

LOTUS METRO, LOTUS EXPRESS, AND IBM DISPLAYWRITE III
   These software packages do not support the extended ROM BIOS for 101-key
keyboards.  If you have trouble with them, add the following line to your
CONFIG.SYS file and restart your computer:
   SWITCHES=/K
   This will instruct MS-DOS 5.0 not to use the extended ROM BIOS.  The
applications will work, but you will not be able to access the F11 or F12
keys through MS-DOS.

MS-DOS MULTITASKING SOFTWARE:
   If you are using software that provides multitasking support for MS-DOS,
do not enable the switcher in MS-DOS Shell.  The multitasking system and
MS-DOS SHELL task swapping are likely to conflict.

ASYNCHRONOUS I/O and DOSSHELL.EXE TASK SWITCHING
   The MS-DOS Shell task switcher does not support switching of programs
performing asynchronous communications.  This includes all terminal
emulation software such as SmartCom, Procomm Plus, and server/client
software such as Laplink and Blast. The MS-DOS Shell task switcher should
not be enabled if you are using asynchronous communications programs.

GAZELLE SYSTEMS QDOS II:
   QDOS II is a DOS version-specific application.  Only versions of QDOS II
that support MS-DOS 4.xx will work correctly with MS-DOS 5.0.

MICROSOFT CODEVIEW 3.00:
   If you are using Microsoft Codeview 3.0 to debug applications that use
expanded memory, and are using the EMM386.SYS memory manager of MS-DOS 5.0
in AUTO mode, you may experience some problems. Whenever using Codeview to
debug EMS applications you should either turn EMM386 on before debugging or
use the /d or /e switches on Codeview 3.0.

RAID AND MS-DOS 5.O (IBETA)
   If you are a raid user and are upgrading from MS-DOS 3.x, copy the
NISAMR.EXE file from \\dos5server\beta. If you are upgrading from DOS 4.x, 
you probably have this file and will not need to get it.

QUARTERDECK MANIFEST:
   Versions of this application previous to 1.01 are closely tied to
internals specific to earlier versions of DOS and do not work with MS-DOS
5.0. Quarterdeck Manifest v1.01 will work on MS-DOS 5.00. For an upgrade to
v1.01 contact Quarterdeck

QUARTERDECK QEMM
   Versions of Qemm prior to 5.11 have problems when the HIMEM.SYS file is
loaded with the /INT15=xxxx option.  Add the QEMM option MEMORY=yyyy to the
DEVICE=QEMM.SYS line in your CONFIG.SYS file, where yyyy = xxxx - 64.  Or
can update your Qemm to version 5.11.
  The buffers program supplied with some versions of Qemm should not be
used with MS-DOS 5. If you were using this program previous to upgrading to 
MS-DOS 5.0 you will need to increase your dos BUFFERS= line in your 
config.sys. We suggest BUFFERS=20 as a new setting.

KINGSTON MEMORY BOARD EMS DRIVER:
   The Kingston EMSDRVR.SYS driver is incompatible with the MS-DOS 5.0
HIMEM.SYS file.  You can use the MS-DOS 5.0 EMM386.SYS file to access EMS
memory instead of the Kingston diver.

SOFTWARE THAT ACCESSES EXTENDED MEMORY VIA INT 15
   Some software that uses extended memory, such as Paradox, Oracle, QEMM,
or Turbo EMS, does so using interrupt 15.  To use this type of software
with MS-DOS 5.0 loaded high, you can use the HIMEM.SYS /INT15=xxxx switch.
   The /INT15 switch allocates the specified amount of extended memory for
the INT15h interface.
   It may also be necessary to use options on the particular software to
specify the amount of extended memory accessible through INT15.  This can
be done using the /M switch with Turbo EMS, and the MEMORY option
with QEMM.

386MAX:
   In some cases, after loading a program high with 386LOAD.COM, the loaded
program will report "Incorrect DOS version." If this occurs use the SETVER
command to set the version number for 386MAX to the lower version required
by the program reporting the error.
   If a program is loaded high using 386LOAD.COM, the DOS version number
reported by SETVER will not be passed to it by 386MAX .  This happens
because the 386MAX reports the version it sees to programs that have been
loaded high, not the version they see.
   WARNING: After this has been done, all programs loaded by 386LOAD.COM
will be reported this new version number
   The Maxhi.exe program supplied with versions of 386MAX prior to 5.0
should not be used with MS-DOS 5.0 as it will cause the machine to hang.

TANDY DESKMATE
   Versions of Deskmate prior to 3.0.2 incorrectly calculated disk space
size for large disks. If problems occur writing files to a disk because
Deskmate reports that there is not enough disk space, contact Tandy to get
the most recent version of Deskmate.

NORTHNET ATLAST!
   If you experience problems with Northnet's Atlast! upper memory manager,
contact Northnet for an upgrade.

PC-TOOLS BACKTALK
   Loading PC-Tools Backtalk into upper memory blocks with the LOADHIGH
command may cause your machine to hang. Usually this will only happen if
you have filled up the rest of the UMB space with other device drivers and
TSR's.  You should load Backtalk in conventional memory and fill the UMB
space with other device drivers or TSR's.

MICROSOFT CD-ROM EXTENSIONS
   While any version of MSCDEX.EXE that worked under MS-DOS 4.x will
function in most situations under MS-DOS 5, there are known problems with
MSCDEX.EXE when using it with the /s option to run a CD-ROM drive as a
network server. This function will not work in MS-DOS 5.00 until a new
version of MSCDEX.EXE is written.

SOFTLOGIC SOLUTION'S DISK OPTIMIZER
   Versions of Softlogic Solutions Disk Optimizer prior to 4.05 would give
the message "File Allocation Table Contains Invalid Information. Run
CHKDSK". If you encounter this problem you will need to contact Softlogic
for an upgrade.

MOUNTAIN HIGH'S AUTORUN.EXE
   If you experience problems with autorun.exe, a tape drive backup program
written by Mountain High, you will need to contact the company to obtain
an upgrade

BORLAND'S TURBO DEBUGGER 386
   Borland's Turbo Debugger 386 is configuration dependent and will need to
be reinstalled after upgrading to MS-DOS 5.00 or you may experience machine
hangs while running the debugger.

DOS5B_3.ZIP

UMB.TXT

HOW TO OPTIMIZE MEMORY WITH UMBS

  *************************************************************
  *                                                           *
  *                     BEFORE YOU BEGIN                      *
  *                                                           *
  *    *  Print this file (UMB.TXT).                          *
  *                                                           *
  *    *  You'll need an 80386 or 80486 processor with        *
  *       at least 350K of XMS memory.                        *
  *       To determine how much XMS memory is available,      *
  *       type MEM at the command line. If less than 350K,    *
  *       you need to free up XMS memory before continuing    *
  *       (See "Troubleshooting").                            *
  *                                                           *
  *    *  Backup your CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT files       *
  *       on a startup floppy disk. If you don't have         *
  *       this disk already:                                  *
  *         1. Insert a floppy disk into drive A.             *
  *         2. Type FORMAT/S A: and press ENTER.              *
  *         3. Type COPY C:\CONFIG.SYS A:\CONFIG.SAV          *
  *            and press ENTER.                               *
  *         4. Type COPY C:\AUTOEXEC.BAT A:\AUTOEXEC.SAV      *
  *            and press ENTER.                               *
  *                                                           *
  *************************************************************

THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE INTENDED FOR USERS WHO
HAVE A BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF MS-DOS. YOU SHOULD BE ABLE TO OPEN
AND EDIT FILES, UNDERSTAND THE CONTENTS OF CONFIG.SYS AND
AUTOEXEC.BAT FILES, AS WELL AS THE FUNCTION OF DEVICE DRIVERS,
MEMORY MANAGERS, AND TSRS.

NOTE: When you use the commands in the instructions, be sure
      to type the correct drives and directories for your 
      configuration. What you actually use might differ 
      from what is shown in the instructions. The commands  
      in the instructions are examples only.


-------------------
Contents of UMB.TXT
-------------------
        	
        *  Optimizing Memory with UMBs
	      Setting Up UMB Support
	      Viewing UMBs
	      Optimizing UMB Usage
	      Windows 3.0 and UMBs 

        *  Troubleshooting

        *  Networks and UMBs

        *  Alternate Memory Managers



------------------------------------------
Optimizing Memory with Upper Memory Blocks
------------------------------------------

With MS-DOS 5.0 you can increase the amount of conventional memory 
that your computer has available for running applications. Conventional 
memory is the first 640K of memory automatically used by MS-DOS and
your applications. Above 640K there's additional memory space called 
reserved memory that contains Upper Memory Blocks (UMBs). Reserved 
memory is set aside for use by your computer, but typically, some is 
left unused. With MS-DOS 5.0 you can free up conventional memory by 
moving some device drivers and programs (TSRs) into upper memory. 

This new feature of MS-DOS 5.0 requires an 80386 or 80486 processor 
with at least 350K of XMS memory available.


=================================
Setting Up MS-DOS 5.0 UMB Support

You set up UMB support by including new commands in your CONFIG.SYS and
AUTOEXEC.BAT files. If you don't have a high-memory manager you install
one first. Then you'll revise commands to place your device drivers 
and programs (TSRs) into UMBs.

NOTE: If you are using an alternate memory manager, see the "Alternate 
Memory Managers" section at the end of this document.
     
   ------------------------------------------------------------
   |                                                          |
   | SUMMARY FOR ADVANCED USERS                               |
   | --------------------------                               |
   | If you find this summary procedure too abbreviated,      |
   | see the detailed procedure immediately following.        |
   |                                                          |
   | To use UMBs:                                             |
   | ------------                                             |
   |                                                          |
   | 1. Edit your CONFIG.SYS to include the following:        |
   |                                                          |
   |         device=c:\dos\himem.sys                          |
   |         dos=umb                                          |
   |         device=c:\dos\emm386.exe noems                   |
   |                                                          |
   |    (If CONFIG.SYS already contains the EMM386 line,      |
   |    add RAM at the end:  device=c:\dos\emm386.exe ram)    |
   |                                                          |
   | 2. For device drivers you want in upper memory, replace  |
   |    DEVICE= with DEVICEHIGH=.                             |
   |                                                          |
   | 3. For programs in your AUTOEXEC.BAT file that you       |
   |    want in upper memory, add LOADHIGH (or LH):           |
   |                                                          |
   |          LH <program name>                               |
   |                                                          |
   | 4. Restart your computer.                                |
   |                                                          |
   ------------------------------------------------------------ 

NOTE: Some drivers and programs might be incompatible with MS-DOS 5.0.
A list of the drivers and programs that shipped with MS-DOS follows the 
next procedure. If you have trouble installing drivers and programs in 
upper memory, see the "Troubleshooting" section later in this document.     


To set up UMB support and load drivers and programs:
----------------------------------------------------
1.  Use MS-DOS EDITOR to open your CONFIG.SYS file by entering:

          edit c:\config.sys

    Or you can use any other text editor, but you must save your 
    CONFIG.SYS file as a text-only file.

2.  Make sure your CONFIG.SYS file contains the following lines, in the
    following order:

          device=c:\dos\himem.sys
          dos=umb
          device=c:\dos\emm386.exe noems 

    * The first command gives MS-DOS access to extended memory.
    * The second command places MS-DOS into the upper memory area. 
    * The third command installs the EMM386 memory manager. If the 
      emm386 line already appears, add RAM to it as follows:
         
          device=c:\dos\emm386.exe ram
  
3.  After the DEVICE= line for EMM386, replace DEVICE= with the 
    following to place device drivers in UMBs:

          devicehigh=

    For example, to load ANSI.SYS in upper memory, you would change 
    DEVICE=C:\DOS\ANSI.SYS to DEVICEHIGH=C:\DOS\ANSI.SYS.

4.  Save your CONFIG.SYS file as a text file.

5.  Use MS-DOS EDITOR to open your AUTOEXEC.BAT file by entering:

          edit c:\autoexec.bat

    Or you can use any other text editor, but you must save your 
    AUTOEXEC.BAT file as a text-only file.

6.  Add LOADHIGH to programs you want to place in UMBs.

    For example, to load the PRINT command in upper memory, you would change
    PRINT to LOADHIGH PRINT. (Or use LH, the abbreviation for loadhigh.)
     
7.  Save your AUTOEXEC.BAT file as a text-only file.

8.  Restart your computer.


    SAMPLE CONFIG.SYS FILE
    ----------------------
          dos=high
          files= 50
          buffers=30
          device=c:\dos\himem.sys
          dos=umb
          device=c:\dos\emm386.exe noems
          devicehigh=c:\dos\ansi.sys
          devicehigh=c:\dos\printer.sys
          devicehigh=c:\dos\smartdrv.sys 2048 512


    SAMPLE AUTOEXEC.BAT FILE
    ------------------------
         echo on
         loadhigh c:\MOUSE1\mouse
         cls
         break=on
         path=c:\dos;C:\WINDOWS;c:\util;
         prompt=$p$g
         set TEMP=C:\WINDOWS\TEMP
         loadhigh doskey
         loadhigh mode
         loadhigh append
         loadhigh dosshell

The following drivers are shipped with MS-DOS 5.0 and are safe to 
load in UMBs:

          EGA.SYS         DISPLAY.SYS     ANSI.SYS
          RAMDRIVE.SYS    SMARTDRV.SYS    DRIVER.SYS
          PRINTER.SYS

The following MS-DOS 5.0 programs are safe to store in UMBs:

          DOSKEY.COM        DOSSHELL.COM      KEYB.COM
          GRAPHICS.COM      NLSFUNC.EXE       MODE.COM
          SHARE.EXE         PRINT.EXE         APPEND.EXE

You might have OTHER drivers and programs that you'd like to place in 
UMBs. Some of these might not be compatible with the MS-DOS 5.0 UMB 
feature. If you have trouble, see the "Troubleshooting" section later 
in this document.

For more information about running device drivers and programs from 
upper memory, see Chapter 12 of the MS-DOS 5.0 USER'S GUIDE.


============
Viewing UMBS

You can determine which programs and are loaded into UMBs by 
first typing the EMM386 command to see where UMBs start, and then using 
the MEM/DEBUG (or MEM/Program) command to see how UMBs are used.


Using the EMM386.EXE Memory Manager
-----------------------------------
If you type EMM386.EXE at the command line, you'll see something 
similar to the following:

        MICROSOFT Expanded Memory Manager 386  Version 4.20.06X
        (C) Copyright Microsoft Corporation 1986, 1990

        Expanded memory services unavailable.

          Total upper memory available  . . . . . . . . .0 KB
          Largest Upper Memory Block available  . . . . .0 KB
          Upper memory starting address . . . . . . . .  C800 H

        EMM386 Active.

The information above shows no upper memory available. That's because
all upper memory has been allocated for use by MS-DOS. 

NOTE: If you are using Windows, make sure you exit before attempting
this procedure. If you don't exit first, you'll see the following
message: EMM386 driver not installed.


Using MS-DOS Commands
---------------------

To view memory usage:
--------------------
    * Type MEM/DEBUG|MORE and press ENTER.


To print memory usage output to a printer:
------------------------------------------
    * Type MEM/DEBUG|PRINT and press ENTER.


To print memory usage output to a file:
---------------------------------------
    * Type MEM/DEBUG> mem.txt

 
      The "Upper memory starting address" is the first segment in 
      which UMBs are located.  You'll see something like the following:

        Address     Name          Size       Type
        -------     --------     ------     ------
        000000                   000400     Interrupt Vector
        000400                   000100     ROM Communication Area
        000500                   000200     DOS Communication Area

        000700      IO           000A80     System Data
                        CON                   System Device Driver
                        AUX                   System Device Driver
                        PRN                   System Device Driver

       <.. removed lines here to shorten output ..>

        01A990      MSDOS        085650     -- Free --
        09FFF0      MSDOS        028010     System Program

        0C8010      MSDOS        000130     -- Free --
        0C8150      MSDOS        000AE0     -- Free --
        0C8C40      XNSBIOS      000120     Environment
        0C8D70      XNSBIOS      002610     Program
        0CB390      SESSION      000120     Environment
        0CB4C0      PRTSC        000120     Environment
        0CB5F0      PRTSC        000320     Program
        0CB920      DOSKEY       000FE0     Program
        0CC910      MIRROR       001990     Program
        0CE2B0      MOUSE        003830     Program
        0D1AF0      MSDOS        0064E0     -- Free --
        0D7FE0      MSDOS        008020     System Program

        0E0010      IO           001500     System Data
                      RAMDRIVE   0004A0      DEVICE=
                        D:                    Installed Device Driver
                      ANSI       001040      DEVICE=
                        CON                   Installed Device Driver
        0E1520      SESSION      000410     Program
        0E1940      REDIR        0093E0     Program
        0EAD30      MSDOS        0052C0     -- Free --


          656384 bytes total conventional memory
          655360 bytes available to MS-DOS
          625664 largest executable program size

         4194304 bytes total contiguous extended memory
               0 bytes available contiguous extended memory
         3124224 bytes available XMS memory
                 MS-DOS resident in High Memory Area

Given the upper memory starting segment of C800 reported by EMM386, you 
should examine the MEM/DEBUG output for any address greater than or equal 
to C8000.  Anything with "-- Free --" in the type column is available 
UMB memory. Anything with a name other than MSDOS is a program or device 
driver running in a UMB. In the example, XNSBIOS program, XNSBIOS 
environment, SESSION, PRTSC, DOSKEY, MIRROR, MOUSE, RAMDRIVE, ANSI, 
and REDIR are all running in UMBs.

The size is in hexadecimal.  In the example, there are free UMBs at 0C8010 
(size:130h), 0C8150 (size:AE0h), 0D1AF0 (size:64E0h), and OEAD30 (size:52C0h).  
If you are unfamiliar with the Hex numbering method, you can get a rough 
approximation of the UMB size in kilobytes as follows:

    (Multiply 10,000 digit by 16) + (Multiply 1,000 digit by 4) + (Divide
    100 digit by 400) = K.

Thus, in the example, the UMB at location OEAD30, size 52C0, is 
(5*4)+(2/4)=20.5K.


====================
Optimizing UMB Usage

UMB usage with MS-DOS 5.0 requires an in-depth understanding of memory. 
The following information is meant for experienced MS-DOS users only.

You can control how UMBs are used in two ways:

	*  Load order
	*  Load contents

If you have enough upper memory space to load all your device drivers 
and programs high, then optimization is easy: simply load them all in
upper memory. If you don't have enough space, then optimizing is 
considerably more difficult. You'll need to use the EMM386 and MEM/DEBUG 
commands to see which UMBs are available and then decide what to load high. 

Device drivers are loaded into the largest available UMB. That UMB is 
reduced in size by the amount of space the device driver requires. 
Thus, if a large network file is started in your AUTOEXEC.BAT, you might 
not want to load smaller device drivers into upper memory since they 
might reduce the size of the UMB so much that there won't be room for the 
large network file. It will probably take some trial and error to achieve 
the most optimal solution.


EMM386 and the E000 Segment
---------------------------
If you are certain that your system doesn't use the memory segment from 
E000 to EFFF after initialization, you can include it by adding
I=E000-EFFF to the EMM386 line in your CONFIG.SYS file.

Check your hardware manual or ask your manufacturer to find out
whether or not this area is available. Or you can experiment by editing
your CONFIG.SYS to include it. Then remove it if you have trouble.


======================================
Windows 3.0 and MS-DOS 5.0 UMB Support 

MS-DOS 5.0 UMB support works great with Windows 3.0, but programs must 
be loaded high before starting Windows.


---------------
Troubleshooting
---------------

When you restart your computer after editing your CONFIG.SYS and
AUTOEXEC.BAT files, watch the messages carefully. If you see a 
message indicating a problem loading a device or starting a program,
edit the appropriate startup file (CONFIG.SYS or AUTOEXEC.BAT). In
the CONFIG.SYS change the DEVICEHIGH= back to DEVICE= for the affected 
driver. In your AUTOEXEC.BAT remove LOADHIGH for the affected program.
When you restart your computer, the device or program you changed 
will be loaded low and the problem should be corrected.

If your system hangs after you restart it, note the messages you see.  
Use this information to identify the driver or program that is causing 
the problem. Use the startup disk (system disk) you created during 
the UMB setup procedure to restart your computer. Then move drivers back 
to conventional memory one at a time until your system starts properly.


==================
Potential Problems

*   Not enough XMS memory available.
    If MEM reports that less than 350K of XMS memory is available,
    you can increase XMS by reducing the size of your RAMDRIVE or
    the amount of memory used by EMM386.

*   Device drivers that grow during initialization.  
    DOS ensures that the UMB contains enough room for the device driver
    file.  However, if the device driver grows larger than its file size
    during initialization, loading high might not be possible.  If you 
    suspect this problem, use the SIZE option on the DEVICEHIGH= line 
    to specify the required size for the device driver.  The size must 
    be specified in .  The line should be in the form:

          DEVICEHIGH=<driver name> SIZE=hhhh path

    where hhhh is a hexadecimal number.  You can determine the final 
    size of a device driver with the MEM /DEBUG or MEM /PROGRAM command.  
    However, some device drivers can grow and then shrink before finishing
    initialization.  There is no easy way to determine the necessary size
    for this type of device driver.

*   Programs that make assumptions about memory available above them.
    Some programs assume that there is always memory above them (up to 
    a 64K boundary for example).  These programs can have trouble when 
    loaded into a UMB. The solution is to load them low.

*   Programs that get confused by addresses >640K.  
    These programs must be loaded low.

*   Programs/hardware that cause RAM to appear after EMM386 finishes
    its ROM/RAM scan. 
    Some hardware/software maps memory into reserved address space when 
    software is loaded. Since EMM386 has already completed it's ROM/RAM 
    scan and determined that no memory is there, EMM386 will be mapping 
    a UMB into the address. When the other program causes other memory 
    to be mapped to the same address, you'll have problems. To solve, 
    edit the EMM386 line to include the X= option and exclude specific 
    regions from consideration for UMBs.  
    For example:

           device=c:\dos\emm386.exe noems x=d800-dfff            

    This line causes EMM386 to exclude the area from segment D800 to DFFF.


==============
Other Problems

Problem:  I think I have set up my system for UMBs, but when I use MEM/D,
          nothing seems to be loaded in upper memory.

What to check:  
          1. That you included DOS=UMB in your CONFIG.SYS.
          2. That EMM386 is loaded with UMB support (run EMM386 from the 
             command line and check the "Starting Upper Memory Address"). 
             Note that MEM will not report memory above 640K if you run it
             from Windows 3.0 in 386 enhanced mode. Make sure that you 
             specified either NOEMS or RAM in the DEVICE=EMM386.EXE line 
             in your CONFIG.SYS.
          3. Ensure that you specified DEVICEHIGH for device drivers and 
             put LOADHIGH (or LH) in front of the programs and TSRs.
          4. Ensure that the EMM386.EXE line appears after the HIMEM.SYS
             line in your CONFIG.SYS.
          5. For device drivers, ensure that the device driver line
             in the CONFIG.SYS file appears after the EMM386 line.


Problem:  I have a device driver or TSR whose size appears to be small
          enough to fit into an available UMB, yet it is still loaded low.

What to check:
          Look at the file size of the device driver. Some device drivers 
          shrink after initialization. Before attempting to load a device
          driver into a UMB, MS-DOS checks the driver file size and makes
          sure there's enough space available in the UMB.

          To correct the problem, you need more memory space for the 
          driver. Try putting DEVICEHIGH= for that driver ahead of 
          other drivers you're loading into upper memory. 


Problem:  My system hangs intermittently.

Solution: 
          Edit the DEVICE=EMM386.EXE line in your CONFIG.SYS by inserting 
          REM before DEVICE=. Restart your computer. If your system works 
          without problem, then the trouble is related to EMM386 UMBs.
 
          Remove REM from the DEVICE=EMM386 command and insert it in
          front of DOS=UMB. Restart your computer. 

          If the problem persists, you need to exclude some memory. 
          Consult your hardware manual to see what range you can exclude. 
          Add X=<memory range> to the end of the EMM386 line. You might 
          need to try several ranges before your computer starts properly.

          If the problem does not persist when you include REM DOS=UMB,
          one of your device drivers or programs is not loading properly.
          You can correct the problem by returning the problem drivers
          and programs to low memory. One at a time, change the DEVICEHIGH=
          line back to DEVICE= and remove LOADHIGH from programs. Restart
          your computer after each change. Repeat the procedure until
          the problem stops.

          If you notice that the size of a program or driver is smaller
          when loaded into a UMB than when it is loaded low, the program 
          tried to grow beyond its allocated UMB when it moved into upper
          memory. (You can check for size variations by using the MEM /P 
          command, first loading the driver or program low, and then 
          in UMBs.) To correct the problem, you need more memory space
          for the program or driver. Try putting the DEVICEHIGH= or 
          LOADHIGH command ahead of commands for other drivers or 
          programs you're loading into upper memory. 

Problem:  I receive the "UNABLE TO CREATE PAGE FRAME" message when using 
          the RAM option with EMM386.

Solution: Use the NOEMS option instead of RAM. EMM386 is unable to find 
          the 64K contiguous space in reserved memory that is required
          to create a page frame.


-----------------
Networks and UMBs
-----------------

The procedures that follow are somewhat abbreviated. If you are
unfamiliar with modifying your network configuration, please ask
your Network Administrator (or consultant) for assistance.

Network programs tend to require a significant amount of memory. By moving 
network programs into UMBs, you can free up substantial space in lower
memory. The following sections describe how to load some of the 
major networks into UMBs. If your network isn't covered here, please 
contact your network vendor for the proper procedures.

If you're not sure which network you're using, see the NETWORKS.TXT 
file in the same directory as UMB.TXT for instructions.

NOTE: Before using the following procedures, complete the "Setting Up
UMB Support" section earlier in this document.


====================
MS-NET-type Networks

Most MS-NET based redirectors are loaded with the NET command. Check 
your AUTOEXEC.BAT file (or other file that you use to start the 
network) for a command similar to:

          NET START <other...>

where <other ...> indicates that the text following START is not important
to this procedure.

Edit the NET START line as follows:

         loadhigh net start <other...>


Restart your computer and watch the messages that appear to ensure that 
the network loads without problem. You can use the MEM command to see 
how much memory you now have available.


LANMAN 1.x/2.x Basic
--------------------
The redirectors for the Basic version will often fit into a UMB. To load 
them high, add the word LOADHIGH before NET START as follows:

          loadhigh net start <other...>

Restart your computer and watch the messages that appear to ensure that 
the network loads without a problem. You can use the MEM command to see 
how much memory you now have available. For information on using MEM,
see the "Viewing UMBs" section earlier in this document.


LANMAN 1.X/2.X Enhanced 
-----------------------

With the enhanced version of LANMAN (2.0b and earlier), you can free 
the most lower memory by instructing the network to use LIM memory
as follows.

1.  Make sure the EMM386 command line in your CONFIG.SYS appears as follows:

          device=c:\dos\emm386.exe ram 

2.  Locate the LANMAN.INI file that is used to start your network.

3.  Find the LIM= line and, if necessary, edit it to appear as follows:

          LIM=YES

4.  Save LANMAN.INI and restart your network.

NOTE: If you receive the UNABLE TO CREATE PAGE FRAME message when you
restart your network, EMM386 is unable to find the 64K of contiguous
space in reserved memory that's required to create a page frame. 
You need to remove the RAM option from the EMM386 line (step 1) and 
add NOEMS. This prevents EMM386 from attempting to use expanded memory. 
Then edit your CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT (or the batch file you use 
to start your network) to load the network drivers low. Next you need 
to use the Setup Disk that came with your computer system to reconfigure 
your hardware so that a 64K page frame is free, if possible. Then you can
return the RAM option and try loading network drivers into upper memory.
If you are unable to create a 64K block, comment out the LIM=YES line
in LANMAN.INI, replace RAM with NOEMS on the EMM386 line, and load drivers
other than LANMAN in upper memory.


=================================
Loading Novell Networks into UMBs

Insert LOADHIGH (LH) in front of your network startup command whether you
include it in your AUTOEXEC.BAT or type it at the command line.
For example, if you are using NET5.EXE to start Novell, your AUTOEXEC.BAT
(or other batch file) command will appear as follows:

           loadhigh net5

Or you could type the same command on the command line.
 

---------------------------
Alternate Memory Managers
---------------------------

If you are using an alternate memory manager, you can let it handle 
loading device drivers and programs into upper memory. Memory managers 
from alternate vendors will be recognized by MS-DOS if their drivers 
support allocating UMBs from extended XMS memory.
 
However, if you want to use the MS-DOS 5.0 LOADHIGH and DEVICEHIGH 
commands instead, you need to make the following changes:

1.  Edit your CONFIG.SYS file to include DOS=UMB.

2.  Replace the alternate commands for loading high with the MS-DOS 5.0 
    DEVICEHIGH and LOADHIGH commands.

You might want to refer to the "Setting Up UMB Support" section for
detailed instructions about editing CONFIG.SYS and using the high memory
commands.


  • Windows 95 Plus! Pack b309

PLUS309A.ZIP

WIN95APP.NFO

Windows 95 Applications: An Open Letter to the Pirate Community
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Windows 95 is the biggest and most exciting development to hit the software
scene in years, and everyone wants to jump on the bandwagon.

Problem is - there is a lot of misinformation going around regarding the
labelling of releases.

In the past few months, I have seen many "Windows 95" versions of popular
Windows applications floating around, and have downloaded a number of them,
only to find that the bulk of them are NOT "Windows 95" versions, but simply
the latest version of a Windows 3.1x application.

WINDOWS 95 APPLICATIONS ARE 32-BIT APPLICATIONS.  They are completely different
from 16-bit applications, and Windows 95 users will want to avoid using 16-bit
applications as they seriously degrade system performance.  If you have a new
app to release, label it appropriately - if you're some lame ass group who
wants to get more recognition with all your "Windows 95" applications when they
turn out to be 16-bit applications, you're just going to show the world that
you can't tell the difference between 16 and 32 bit programs.

Despite the frustration at finding real Windows 95 applications, I'll continue
to release what I can (such as many Windows 95 betas, Plus Packs, Qmodem for
Windows 95, Bounds Checker, WinICE, Windows 95 Docs, the Windows 95 Gold, ABC
Flow Chart Beta for Windows 95, Micrographix Designer 6.0 Beta for Windows 95,
Picture Publisher Beta for Windows 95, and more) to the community at large -
the more quality and ACCURATELY LABELLED releases we have, the better it is for
all of us.

文件:Windows XP 2462 Anleitung.rtf